Requirement in the file
Instructions
This assignment requires you to write an essay connecting at least one additional reading or podcast to at least one of the two books for this course:
The Future We Choose and
Manifesto for a Moral Revolution. Your essay should
· respond to ONE of the essay questions included below
· begin with a clear
thesis statement (i.e. a one or two sentence description of what your essay will argue) in the first paragraph or two
· include the essay’s thesis in bold formatted text (to identify this statement for your instructor)
· include detailed reference to the course materials to support the essay’s analysis
· address at least three
counterarguments (i.e. three fairly presented potential
objections to your analysis)
· underline the three objections that you address (to identify these statements for your instructor)
· include responses (either refutations or concessions) for the three counterarguments
· use correct APA in-text citations and Reference list entries to cite sources
· be 1250-1500 words and include the word count on the essay’s final page
· be submitted on time (10% per day late penalty).
Note: Additional credible secondary research is welcome, but not required, and the three hyperlinks in the above list lead you to three writing skills support sites that define and explain the important elements of a persuasive essay. When preparing your essay, consider using resources on these three sites beyond the specific pages referenced above.
Essay Questions
1. With reference to the mindsets, actions, and practices presented in
The Future We Choose or
Manifesto for a Moral Revolution, define Jane Goodall’s leadership style (as presented in the
On Being interview “
What It Means to Be Human”), and explain how Goodall’s specific leadership style is or is not appropriate for the private sector to adopt if it is to take bold action to address the climate crisis.
2. In an episode of
How to Save a Planet,
“We Can’t Solve the Climate Crisis Without Gender Equality. We’ll Prove It To You,” Dr. Katherine Wilkinson, Vice President of Project Drawdown says, “there is a leadership crisis at the heart of the climate crisis. And that’s not just about who is leading, but also how we are leading—by moving beyond ego, linking arms, leading with heart and centering a deep commitment to justice.” With reference to this podcast episode and the mindsets, actions, and practices presented in either
The Future We Choose or
Manifesto for a Moral Revolution, explain the leadership style that sustainable business leaders must adopt to contribute to a just transition to a regenerative economy.
3. With reference to at least two of the three Indigenous Knowledge texts (
Kimmerer,
Mazzocchi, and
McGregor), provide a high-level summary of the worldviews presented by Indigenous Knowledge and Western science in these texts, and explain how each worldview is reflected and/or challenged in
The Future We Choose or
Manifesto for a Moral Revolution.
4. Do you agree with Sarah Kaplan’s argument in ”
Beyond the Business Case” that the effectiveness of the business case justification for social responsibility may “do more harm than good”? With reference to the mindsets, actions, and practices presented in
The Future We Choose or
Manifesto for a Moral Revolution, explain what you think the role of the business case is in a just transition to a regenerative economy.
5. With reference to the mindsets, actions, and practices presented in
The Future We Choose and/or
Manifesto for a Moral Revolution, explain Brené Brown’s assertion that “shame is not a social justice tool” (as presented in the “
Shame and Accountability” episode of
Unlocking Us), and recommend specific practices that sustainable business leaders can use to move from shame/blame to accountability/action.
Grading Criteria
Your essay grade will be based on the following criteria for content, organization, writing mechanics, and citations.
Content & Organization
·
Title: The essay begins with a unique title that effectively introduces the essay’s main topic.
·
Thesis: Near the beginning, the essay includes a clearly argumentative thesis statement (i.e. a statement that the essay goes on to convince the reader is true).
·
Claims: Each of the essay’s claims is introduced, explained in detail, and supports the essay’s overall thesis.
·
Evidence: The essay includes persuasive evidence for each of its claims, including quotations, paraphrases, and summaries of sources.
· Each quotation/paraphrase/summary/example is introduced and discussed an appropriate amount to detail to support the relevant claim.
· Each paraphrase is re-written completely in your own words and does not mimic the word choice or sentence structure of the original.
· Each quotation/paraphrase/example helps to support the paragraph’s central claim.
·
Transitions: Transition words, phrases, and sentences are used within and between paragraphs to show relationships between ideas.
·
Counterarguments: The essay includes a minimum of three opposing arguments (i.e. fairly presented potential objections to your analysis). Each opposing argument is
· explained in detail
· neutrally stated
· persuasively refuted or effectively conceded.
Writing Mechanics & Citations
· The essay uses clear and correct sentence structure and writing mechanics.
· The essay includes correct APA References list.
· Each quotation/paraphrase is accompanied by a correct APA citation (i.e. author, year, and, if applicable, page number).
· The essay includes a header with your name and the page number on every page.
Begin Reading
Table of Contents
About the Author
Copyright Page
Thank you for buying this
Henry Holt and Company ebook.
To receive special offers, bonus content,
and info on new releases and other great reads,
sign up for our newsletters.
Or visit us online at
us.macmillan.com/newslettersignup
For email updates on the author, click here.
The author and publisher have provided this e-book to you
for your personal use only. You may not make this e-book
publicly available in any way. Copyright infringement is
against the law. If you believe the copy of this e-book
you are reading infringes on the author’s copyright,
please notify the publisher at:
us.macmillanusa.com/piracy.
To my parents,
Bob and Barbara Novogratz,
who taught me to love the world,
and
to all who aspire to give more
to the world than you take from it
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We make our lives with each other. This book has been
nurtured by multitudes. To all of them I am grateful.
Thanks to my brilliant editor, Barbara Jones, and the
great team at Holt. Barbara, you pushed me to
uncomfortable places, edited with insight and care, and
talked me off a few cliffs. And the book is better for it.
Thanks, too, to Ruby Rose Lee and the copy editor, Jenna
Dolan, who reviewed the manuscript. Thank you to my
irrepressible agent Elyse Cheney and your team for
believing in and fighting for this book. And for being
dreamers who do.
Cyndi Stivers, you are a miracle. Thank you for
accompanying me from the very first days of Sunflowers to
the final editing with thrilling speed and surety. William
Charnock, the shepherd, you always said yes, made my
challenges yours, remained impossibly positive, and kept
me sane. Bavidra Mohan, your thoughtful feedback
illuminated those early, messy drafts. Seth Godin, your
creativity and friendship put wind beneath my wings that
carried me across the world and back. Thank you.
My sister Beth supported my spirit throughout, just as
she did with The Blue Sweater. Beth, I love our
collaborations, and your generosity astonishes.
Carlyle Singer, Acumen’s fearless president, is my
partner in building both an institution and a movement. She
made it possible for me to write this book while remaining
close to the work. Thank you, Carlyle, for modeling shared
leadership and for being a friend.
I could not have completed the book without the
bighearted support of a small and mighty group at Acumen
who helped do whatever it took to organize and reconsider
fragments and journals of stories told and untold: Lindsay
Camacho, Charlotte Erb, Sonya Khattak, and Maureen Klein.
Lynn Roland helped make this our shared book. Thank you
to patient readers who gave truthful, constructive feedback:
Sophia Ahmed, Wei Wei Hsing, Esha Mufti, Chee Pearlman,
and, of course, my mother, the most voracious reader I
know. Thanks to Regional Directors for your patience
through this process, for your ideas, for teaching me more
than you know. Thanks to Sunny Bates, Karie Brown, Leslie
Gimbel, Jeanie Honey, Otho Kerr, and Taylor Milsal for your
endless support.
I feel like the luckiest woman on earth to do work I
adore with people I love. Thanks to the entire Acumen team
across the globe. You model the principles of this book,
teach me daily, and inspire me to be a better version of
myself. Your commitment to excellence has helped build
four new organizations in our extended family—Acumen’s
off-grid energy fund KawiSafi, our agriculture resiliency fund
ARAF, our Latin America Growth Fund, and our spin-off from
Lean Data, 60 Decibels. Each of those teams, too, have
influenced the ideas in this book, and for all of you, I am
grateful.
I interviewed many Acumen entrepreneurs and fellows
both on-site and at distance and appreciate every visit,
every interaction. Each one of you has taught me more than
I can say. And though many of your stories and lessons
about making capital work for us are not included here,
nothing is wasted. Indeed, the collection of Acumen’s nearly
130 entrepreneurs and 600 fellows around the world
represents a treasure trove of human possibility; all of you
have lessons worth sharing.
Many thanks go to Acumen’s phenomenal board of
directors who encouraged me to write this book in the first
place: our indominable chair Shaiza Rizavi, Andrea Soros
Colombel, Cristina Ljungberg, Hunter Boll, Julius Gaudio,
Kathleen Chew Wai Lin, Kirsten Nevill-Manning, Margo
Alexander, Nate Laurell, Pat Mitchell, Stuart Davidson,
Thulasiraj Ravilla, as well as Dave Heller, William Mayer,
Robert Niehaus, Mike Novogratz, and Ali Siddiqui, who only
recently rolled off the board after many years of service.
Thank you to every advisory member (I’m including those
not acknowledged elsewhere): Jawad Aslam, Diana Barrett,
Tim Brown, Peter Cain, Niko Canner, Jesse Clarke, Beth
Comstock, Rebecca Eastmond, Paul Fletcher, Katherine
Fulton, Peter Goldmark, Per Heggenes, Katie Hill, Arianna
Huffington, Jill Iscol, Maria Angeles Leon Lopez, Federica
Marchionni, Felipe Medina, Susan Meiselas, Craig Nevill-
Manning, Noor Pahlavi, Paul Polman, Kerry J. Sulkowicz, Vikki
Tam, Mark Tercek, Pat Tierney, Daniel Toole, and Hamdi
Ulukaya. For your constant support, thank you. And, of
course, none of this learning would have been possible
without Acumen’s remarkable community of partners,
course takers, supporters, and friends around the world.
When all is said and done, you are the vanguard.
These pages carry the written wisdom of individuals far
wiser than I will ever be. I cannot possibly name all of them,
but the writings of Chinua Achebe, David Brooks, John
Gardner, Anand Giridharadas, Seth Godin, Jon Haidt, Marie
Howe, Chris Lowney, Maria Popova, Bryan Stevenson,
Pádraig Ó Tuama, Elaine Pagels, Amartya Sen, and Krista
Tippett especially have been a gift. I also owe much to the
Good Society Readings and friends from the Aspen Institute,
where I am a trustee and proud Henry Crown fellow.
Thank you to the Rockefeller Foundation who supported
me with a monthlong residency at its Bellagio Conference
Center. That time helped me get started and introduced me
to a community of encouraging friends. Thanks to Akhil
Gupta as well.
Belonging to a big, crazy, loving family not only grounds
me but makes my life richer and my work more effective
and expansive. I’m forever grateful to my parents, Barbara
and Bob; to my siblings, Robert, Michael, Elizabeth, John,
Amy, and Matthew; my in-laws, Sukey, Cortney, Tina,
Nadean, and Mike. To my stepdaughters Elizabeth and Anna
and their spouses, Joseph and Sam. And to the next big
generation of family members who will change the world
along with their peers. It is for you and every other young
person on this planet that I ultimately wrote this book.
Finally, to my darling Chris, for your patient ear, your
constant support, for your forever love, for everything.
INTRODUCTION
1986. Kigali, Rwanda. I am standing in a field on a blue-sky
day, surrounded by tall, yellow sunflowers. I am a twenty-
five-year-old former banker dressed in a flowy skirt, wearing
flat, mud-speckled white shoes, my head filled with dreams
of changing the world. Beside me is an apple-cheeked,
bespectacled nun in a brown habit smiling broadly. Her
name is Felicula, and I adore her for taking me under her
wing. Along with a few other Rwandan women, she and I are
planning to build the first microfinance bank in the country.
Today, we’re visiting a sunflower oil–pressing business, the
kind of tiny venture our bank might one day support. We
plan to call the microfinance organization Duterimbere,
meaning “to go forward with enthusiasm.”
All I see is upside.
2016. Kigali, Rwanda. I am standing at an outdoor reception
on a starry night, surrounded by men and women in dark
suits. I am the fifty-five-year-old CEO of Acumen, a global
nonprofit seeking to change the way the world tackles
poverty. Rwanda’s president, Paul Kagame, and his top
ministers are at the reception to meet potential investors in
a new $70 million impact fund Acumen is building to bring
solar electricity to more than ten million low-income people
in East Africa.
I have become all too familiar with the risks of making
and then trying to deliver on big promises. Yet I’m confident
Acumen and its partners can launch and implement this
fund, and thus prove the power of innovation to help solve
one of the continent’s most intractable problems.
Just before I begin to make a formal presentation to the
group, a young Rwandan woman wearing a navy suit and
low-heeled pumps approaches me.
“Ms. Novogratz,” she says, “I think you knew my
auntie.”
“Really?” I ask. “What was her name?” I haven’t a clue
to whom she is referring: too many of my friends were
murdered in the genocide.
“Her name was Felicula,” she responds brightly.
My eyes well with tears. “I’m sorry,” I stammer. “Would
you remind me who you are again?”
“My name is Monique,” the young woman answers with
soft-spoken confidence, her eyes holding mine. “I am the
deputy secretary-general of Rwanda’s central bank.”
Words fail me completely. I am transported back to the
days when Felicula and I dreamed together of a world in
which women would have greater control over their lives.
Of course, we started with a low bar: until 1986, it was
illegal in Rwanda for a woman to open a bank account
without her husband’s permission. Although Felicula and I
and our other cofounders had big dreams to make a
difference, had you told us in 1986 that within a generation I
would be standing before a young Rwandan woman charged
with overseeing her nation’s financial system, I’m not sure
we would have believed you.
In addition to being an enterprising nun, Felicula
Nyiramtarambirwa, along with two other cofounders of
Duterimbere, was among the first three women
parliamentarians in Rwandan history. Early in their
parliamentary tenures, while Duterimbere was just getting
started, the three women felt compelled to take on the issue
of bride price, a system whereby men presented three cows
to a potential father-in-law in exchange for marrying his
daughter. Felicula especially respected the power of
tradition, but not as an excuse for reducing women to
chattel.
The bill to ban the payment of a bride price passed
easily, but a backlash erupted. Rural women felt diminished.
In their eyes, their economic value had been decimated
overnight. Women and men across the country raised their
voices in protest, and many parliamentarians blamed the
outcry on the rashness of their freshmen colleagues. The
women parliamentarians had failed to understand the depth
of cultural practices in their own nation. They focused on
what could be, but neglected to recognize the world that
was, including the high-stakes realities of politics. In 1987,
just a few days after the bride-price fiasco, Felicula was
killed in a mysterious hit-and-run accident. Some assumed it
was a government-orchestrated killing. The murderer was
never found.
I mourned Felicula, and grieved over losing a person
who gave me a sense of belonging without consideration of
my tribe or religion or ethnicity. But if I had lost a chunk of
my innocence with her death, I also had learned the folly
and danger of unbridled optimism not grounded in the
realities of the communities we wish to serve. I grew in
understanding. And thanks to the elemental work
contributed by Felicula and others, our microfinance bank
expanded, reaching borrowers not only in Kigali but across
the nation.
Then, in 1994, the Rwandan genocide ripped the
country apart, resulting in the slaughter of more than a half
million people, mostly from the minority Tutsi tribe.
Shockingly, one of the cofounders of our beloved institution
of social justice emerged as a leader of that horrendous
bloodbath. After that, I couldn’t help but question all those
platitudes I’d heard about women being more nurturing and
caring than men. Some women, I’d think. Not all women.
Yet, soon enough, like shoots of fragile flowers creeping
upward through granite cracks, a small group of women
leaders came together from across the country to put
Duterimbere back together again. The quiet, resolute
actions of these women who had lost everything but hope
rekindled their resilience and helped repair the nation’s
broken heart.
Thirty years later, not only is Duterimbere surviving, but
it is thriving, and continuing to play its part in Rwanda’s
remarkable recovery. And though the history of the
country’s first three women parliamentarians ended
tragically, Rwanda now has the highest percentage of
women parliamentarians of any country on earth.
Back in Kigali on that night in 2016, I reconnected with
the memory of Felicula, who had started work she could not
complete in her lifetime. She was taken too early, but her
work continued anyway—because she cared, fought fiercely
for her convictions, and brought others along with her. I was
reminded that every one of us stands on the shoulders of
those who have gone before, that every one of us has a
chance to build on the collective knowledge of remarkable
human beings, their achievements, the principles they
cherished. And I was there to reassure myself that we have
infinitely more knowledge, connection, tools, skills, and
resources to tackle the world’s injustices today than we did
back in Felicula’s time.
Or at any other time in history.
The poet T. S. Eliot wrote, “We shall not cease from
exploration, and the end of all our exploring will be to arrive
where we started and know the place for the first time.”
That night in Kigali, I renewed my commitment to working
toward dreams so big that they may not be completed in my
lifetime.
And I resolved to write a love letter of sorts to anyone
daring to take action in our deeply flawed world.
We are made from what came before. We make
ourselves out of the promises that lie ahead. And we are
always in the process of becoming.
When I lived in Rwanda as a younger woman, cell
phones, the internet, and social media had yet to be
invented. I listened to the news twice daily via the BBC on a
shortwave radio. It was a world of separation: separate
nations, religions, ethnicities, tribes, and genders. Though
that world was terribly unequal and unfair—nearly 40
percent of humanity subsisted on less than a dollar a day—
most of us were blissfully unaware of what was happening in
other parts of our own countries, let alone what was
happening on other sides of the world.
The revolutions in technology and globalization in the
past three decades have changed everything. The rate of
extreme poverty has fallen to 10 percent and cell phones
have connected nearly every individual on the planet. We
can see into each other’s living rooms and gain a view into
one another’s lifestyles. Rights for human beings—and
nonhumans—are expanding. On so many dimensions, the
world has gotten better.
Yet, the same forces that have shaped this world—
technology and shareholder capitalism—hold within them
the potential to destroy us. We are dangerously unequal and
divided. We collectively face the ultimatum of our climate
emergency. And many of the institutions devoted ostensibly
to improving the lives of the many, not the few, are broken,
yet we have not envisioned their replacements.
We need a new narrative. We are too entangled to abide
worldviews based on separation, nor can we look to simple
technological or market solutions. Those stories have run
their course. We will be so much richer, productive, and
peaceful if we learn not only to coexist but to flourish,
celebrating our differences while holding to the
understanding that we are part of each other, bound
together by our shared humanity. That narrative will come
not from above but from all of us.
What we need is a moral revolution, one that helps us
reimagine and reform technology, business, and politics,
thereby touching all aspects of our lives. By “moral,” I don’t
mean strictly adhering to established rules of authority or
convention regardless of consequence. I mean a set of
principles focused on elevating our individual and collective
dignity: a daily choice to serve others, not simply benefit
ourselves. I mean complementing the audacity that built the
world we know with a new humility more attuned to our
interdependence.
Of course, the very notion of moral revolution is a tall
order. Some might call it naïve. But I am not writing with
wide-eyed idealism. Over three decades I have fought many
fights for social and economic change. Much of this time has
been spent building Acumen, investing in social
entrepreneurs who seek to provide essential goods and
services at affordable prices to people living in poverty. The
work has given me a front-row seat to the realities of
making sustainable change in some of the most challenging
places on the planet. What I’ve learned from these
individuals has deeply inspired me; and I want to pass on
those lessons, because they apply broadly.
None of this is easy, of course. I have accompanied
hundreds of change agents through challenges and
sometimes crushing defeats. My face wears the lines of
failures, losses, and far too many sleepless nights.
However, hard battles do not account for all my face’s
creases. Some are etched from smiles and laughter shared
with people who insisted on striving for freedom,
opportunity, and justice against all odds. I have partnered
with good people who have changed their communities,
their companies, their nations, and ultimately, themselves. I
have witnessed people making what others might consider
hopelessly romantic dreams come true—and true not just
for a few, but for millions (in some cases, hundreds of
millions). The actions of these people, not their slogans or
pretty words, have kept alive for me the ideas of purpose, of
impact, of dignity, of love—all separate points on a moral
compass.
A new generation is rising, one that is more conscious of
how they live, what they buy, and where they work. Many
are unwilling to work for companies unless those companies
are committed to sustainability and recognize that with
power must come accountability. And a growing number of
companies are listening. I’ve been heartened to see some
CEOs move to stakeholder models, partly in response to
prompting by their younger employees, and because they
themselves recognize the need to change. If you are
working in a corporation, you have ample opportunity to
act.
Cynics might point to a system of governments,
corporations, and technologies so broken that attempts to
change it from the edges are futile. But cynics don’t build
the future. Instead, they often use their jaundiced views to
justify inaction. And never before have we more desperately
needed their opposite—thoughtful, empathetic, resilient
believers and optimists on a path of moral leadership.
This book assumes that you are interested in being part
of world-changing human capital that will help solve
problems big and small. Maybe you are a teacher or a
communicator, an activist or a doctor, a lawyer or an
investor, or some new force for positive change. I have seen
people like you alter the lives of schoolchildren and street
children, refugees, the formerly incarcerated; of people
living in forgotten communities and in places ravaged by
war, poverty, or toxic industries. I’ve witnessed you not just
doing but improving the often-unseen work of serving the
sick, healing the heartbroken, sitting with the dying to
remind others that they, too, are good and worthy of love.
Or you might be a philanthropist. The hard work of
changing systems requires financial resources. And just as
there is a new generation of entrepreneurial individuals
focused on solving complex issues, so there is a new
generation of philanthropists, men and women willing to
give not just money but time, commitment, connections,
and big parts of their hearts and minds.
Change is the domain of all of us.
In every country on earth, people are refusing to
acquiesce to the exhausting, deadening news cycles filled
with catastrophe and cynicism, seeking to make good news
instead. These people are deliberately expanding their
circles of compassion, reaching across lines of difference
with a quiet strength forged in all that we have in common.
Our problems are so similar, so solvable. And we are better
than we think we are.
Those I’ve known who’ve most changed the world
exhibit a voracious curiosity about the world and other
people, and a willingness to listen and empathize with those
unlike them. These people stand apart not because of
school degrees or the size of their bank accounts, but
because of their character, their willingness to build
reservoirs of courage and stand for their beliefs, even if they
stand alone.
Of course, this kind of character isn’t built overnight. It
is honed through a lifelong process of committing to
something bigger than yourself, aspiring to qualities of
moral leadership, defining success by how others fare
because of your efforts, embedding a sense of purpose into
your daily decisions.
Change is possible. And because large-scale,
sustainable change is possible, I have come to see it as a
responsibility to be part of that change.
When it comes to a life of making change, there are no
shortcuts. It is hard work, but it is time well spent. And when
you reach the other side of the difficult-to-see tangible
transformation, it is like nothing in the world: a deep,
abiding sense not just of accomplishment but of joy.
I wrote this book because I believe that our fragile,
unequal, divided, yet still beautiful, world deserves a radical
moral rejuvenation. This revolution will ask all of us to shift
our ways of thinking to connection rather than
consumerism, to purpose rather than profits, to
sustainability rather than selfishness. We must awaken to
see workers not as inputs, the environment not as our
personal domain, and shareholders not as all-powerful. And
we need to move away from old models of doing what is
right for me and assuming it will turn out right for you.
If you are looking for a simple how-to guide or step-by-
step instructions for building a company or a nonprofit
organization, this is not the book for you. Rather, this book
is my attempt to bring forward and share the principles I’ve
learned from thousands of change agents, based above all
on the value of human dignity. Each of their stories makes
manifest the kind of moral leadership that looks to the
future not with blind optimism but with a hard-edged hope.
The people whose work I describe in this book have had to
learn to deal with ugly truths while singing songs of the
possible. They recognize that every problem is an
opportunity for us to act.
A manifesto is a public declaration of intentions. This
one is for all who hear the call of moral leadership—guiding
principles to dream and build a better world, coordinates of
a moral compass set by those already leading this journey
of change.
Hopefully, this is for you.
Chapter 1
JUST START
A few years ago, I spoke at a small women’s university in
the American South. After my talk, I had the privilege of
sitting with a number of the school’s top students. For
several hours, we talked about what was wrong in the world
and what each of us might do about it. “What do you dream
of doing?” I finally asked a bespectacled blond woman who
had been listening intently without uttering a word.
“I want to change the world.”
“How might you do that?” I asked.
“That’s the problem,” she said. “I have no idea.”
Tears welled in her eyes. For a moment, I caught a
glimpse of my younger self.
I remembered looking out at a world I wanted to change
and having no clue as to how to do it. I was at once wildly
bold and quietly frightened, feeling that a bull and a dove
coexisted inside me, worried that I lacked the skills or the
know-how to pull off my ambitions. And some of those
feelings continued even when I became more certain of
possible paths forward.
In fact, many of the words and questions from the
students that night sounded familiar. How can I be of use?
How can I find my purpose? Where will I make the most
impact?
When we look back on our lives, we construct sense-
making narratives of who we are and how we’ve chosen to
spend our time. But when we look forward, the path ahead
can feel overwhelmingly elusive. While the fearful student
and her friends pushed for answers, I could offer only
questions and a single piece of advice. For while there are
skills to gain and character traits to develop, there is only
one way to begin.
Just start—and let the work teach you.
Too many who yearn to make a difference become
paralyzed by the fear of leaping without having worked out
every detail. Yet the decision we face is not to chart the
perfect way forward; it is simply to embark on a journey.
Once we’ve taken a step forward, the work will teach us
where to take a second step, and then a third, and so on.
Purpose does not reveal itself to those sitting safely at the
starting block. In other words, you don’t plan your way into
finding your purpose. You live into it.
Childhood memories and reveries, however distant, can
provide clues to our innermost yearnings. As a little girl, I
read stories of the saints. They were printed on cards that
my beloved first-grade teacher, Sister Mary Theophane,
gave me for doing well on tests. Many decades later, my
friend the poet Marie Howe suggested that the stories of the
saints marked the first time we little Catholic girls read of
women who wrote the narratives of their own lives. The
saints were also the first people I encountered who lived for,
and were often willing to die for, an idea bigger than
themselves. Their resolution and valor infected me with a
desire to be of use; I wanted to be like them somehow.
When I was ten, my fifth-grade teacher, Mrs. Howerton,
introduced me to a row of biographies of heroic figures, little
yellow books hidden in a corner of the school library. There
I’d sit cross-legged on the floor and disappear into the
worlds of the abolitionist Harriet Tubman, the pioneering
doctor Elizabeth Blackwell, the human rights advocate
Eleanor Roosevelt, and so on. These women refused to be
limited by small dreams, and though I was not yet able to
point to a living example of a woman like them, they stood
as beacons of the possible, of lives lived to make a
difference.
But if I dreamed of becoming a warrior for love and
justice, my first job out of university hardly fit the bill. For
more than three years, I spent my days on Wall Street as an
analyst at Chase Manhattan Bank. Though I hadn’t planned
on becoming a banker, I discovered a delight in building
financial skills and in understanding the workings of
economic systems, not to mention the side benefit of
traveling the world. Until then, I had never left the United
States. That banking job took me to forty countries, and
exposed me to political and economic realities that I’d
previously only studied in books.
What I didn’t like about banking, though, was the way
our financial system excluded low-income people from
borrowing funds that could change their lives and contribute
to their local economies. Banks required borrowers to put up
twice the value of their loans as collateral, a requirement
out of reach for even the lower-middle class. The private
sector was set up to earn profits, not to ensure that multiple
stakeholders, especially the poor, were well served.
Understanding they had little chance of being part of the
mainstream financial system, most low-income people
dared not even walk through the doors of the major banks.
As the months at Chase passed, a yearning to do
something for lower-income people took root inside me.
That yearning was a clue to the thread I should follow, a
stirring driven by a growing sense of injustice and a desire
to contribute. A weekend in mid-1985 spent walking in the
favelas of Rio de Janeiro, conversing with hardworking
people about their aspirations and realities, convinced me of
what I already knew to be true: nations would develop
equitably only if their low-income citizens could save and
borrow.
Around that time, a friend showed me an article about a
little-known economist named Muhammad Yunus who had
started a tiny operation in Bangladesh called the Grameen
Bank. Grameen was part of a fledgling sector called
microfinance, which included the Self-Employed Women’s
Association, in India; the Bangladesh Rural Advancement
Committee (BRAC); and Women’s World Banking, in the
United States. These institutions made small loans (from
thirty to one hundred dollars, on average) to millions of low-
income people, mostly women, so that they could build tiny
businesses to support their lives.
Though only about ten years old at the time, the
microfinance sector already was yielding noteworthy results.
Grameen Bank had accumulated data showing that poor
women repaid their loans at much higher rates than their
wealthy counterparts. That got my attention. I started to
dream of leaving Wall Street to work in microfinance.
However, I first had to overcome my fear of diminished
personal income and an even stronger fear of my parents’
disappointment. I was raised the eldest of seven in a
military family and had had to pay my way through
university and take on debt to graduate. Chase had set me
squarely on the path to wealth and a vision of a future with
the bank was tempting. Also, a senior officer at Chase had
recently offered me a fast-track position that would give me
the chance to break barriers for women in the financial
world.
My father did not want me to pass up what he saw as a
once-in-a-lifetime career opportunity. My mother worried
that something bad might happen to me if I worked in a
developing country—or worse, I might never get married.
And, of course, neither of them wanted me to move to
another continent; parents want to keep their children safe.
It did not help that my friends worried that our relationships
would change, and some simply thought I’d lost my mind.
The small voice inside me was shouted down by the
cacophony. I was a born pleaser and cared about what
others thought. But this tendency naturally butted heads
with another side of me, which was daring, justice-seeking,
sometimes even reckless, determined to make a difference
in the world.
Somehow I knew that if I didn’t dare then, I might never
take the risk. Though only twenty-five years old, I could
already name peers who lived provisionally, promising
they’d follow their dreams after they paid off their debts …
or married … or got an MBA. Over time, their lives had
become more expensive to manage, making it even harder
for them to take the leap. I feared living a life of quiet
desperation, to quote Thoreau, and was hungry for a life rich
in adventure.
Some people felt wholly alive in the world of finance;
that wasn’t me. I needed to venture toward a different life.
Yes, I had significant student debt to repay, but I would
figure out the dollars and cents of it all later.
After a few months of research, I discovered what
sounded like an amazing opportunity: to work with
numerous fledgling microfinance organizations across a
whole continent, providing management support and
serving as an ambassador to women interested in using
small business as a tool for change. However, there was a
hitch: the job was based in Côte d’Ivoire, West Africa, not in
Brazil, where I’d hoped to work. If I was going to make a
sacrifice of career and income, I reasoned, I should sacrifice
for a place whose intoxicating rhythms and colors held
special appeal to me. I knew almost nothing about the Côte
d’Ivoire.
Alas, no opportunity in Brazil was on the table, and I had
to make a choice. I could focus on the substance of my
desire, to become a bridge between low-income people and
the world of finance, or I could obsess over my fantasy of
living in Brazil. I couldn’t do both.
The Jesuits have a powerful saying: “Go where your
deepest yearning meets the world’s greatest need.” I
yearned to contribute to the economic development of low-
income people, to learn about the world, to live in a new
culture. For whatever reason, the world seemed to need, or
at least want, me more in West Africa than in Brazil.
So, I took the job in West Africa. I just started.
I don’t mean to sound cavalier when I say “just start.” I
was lucky to grow up with parents who ultimately supported
my decisions. That is not the case for many who face heavy
implications for rejecting the wishes of their families, clans,
and religious leaders. Indeed, for some people, just starting
a conversation can take gumption. Moreover, there was
truth in my parents’ fears: bad things did happen to me, and
it did take much longer for me to tie the knot than they (or I)
would have imagined.
But no one escapes life without being wounded and
scarred; and I had multiple chances to wed, including when I
lived in Africa. Over the years, I came to see that there are
many ways to live a life. I was “enough” on my own terms. It
would take until I was forty to meet my husband, Chris, and
only then did I realize that I’d been waiting for the love of
my life.
Young people sometimes ask, “But what if I dare and
then fail?” I failed more times than I can count. I moved to
Côte d’Ivoire and was met with outright rejection from those
I had hoped to serve. Yet I learned from my failures, and
came to understand that to rule out failure is to rule out
success.
With each experience, the good, the bad, and even the
ugly, I added tools to my toolbox. More important, I honed
my understanding of myself and how others perceived me,
preparing to listen, learn, and work in partnership. I began
to comprehend that the world does not need another hero—
sustained change results from multiple heroic acts across a
community—and that it was my job to help others shine.
Of course, there are times when nothing seems to be
working, when you don’t understand what is going on
around you, and no one trusts you enough to tell you. But
what separates those who dabble in feel-good endeavors
and those who actually nudge the world forward has nothing
to do with intellect, connections, or specific skills. The ones
whose actions and ideas produce positive consequences are
the ones who stay in the game.
Try. Fail. Then try again. Follow the thread as it unspools.
Just start.
After my bumpy start in Côte d’Ivoire, I moved to Kenya for
a few months, where I continued to stumble in my efforts to
“do good.” Finally, in early 1987, when I was still twenty-
five, I accepted a three-week consultancy in Kigali, Rwanda,
to research the state of credit for low-income women. It
became clear that the only way to change the financial
standing of the women there was to build an institution
tailored to their needs. I didn’t slow down to ask myself who
was I to try to create a financial institution based on a
measly three years’ credit experience as a baby banker at
Chase. I saw a problem to be solved—the banking system
excluded people who were just asking for a fair chance to
borrow and contribute to the economy. And I was already
meeting extraordinary local women who would partner with
me.
Who was I not to dare?
Duterimbere, Rwanda’s first microfinance bank, which I
cofounded with Felicula and others, carved a lending path
for the country’s low-income women and touched the lives
of many thousands. It also changed my life, for good.
Experiencing firsthand the power of markets from the
perspectives of low-income women reinforced my belief in
using the tools of capitalism to enable individual freedom.
The work gave me new insights and skills. In 1987, I
witnessed how global market fluctuations caused local
coffee prices to plunge, devastating the livelihoods of 80
percent of Rwandan farmers—an episode that woke me to
the perils of unbridled capitalism. Had I not taken that first
leap from Wall Street, I would not have learned this. And
had I not persevered after failing in Côte d’Ivoire, I might
have gone home without confronting my own limitations or
discovering my truest gifts. We grow when we stretch, when
we are willing to embrace the uncomfortable.
“Just start” is a mind-set that belongs not only to the young,
but to anyone who hopes to remain productive, vibrant, and
relevant throughout their lives. No one taught me about the
elixir of self-renewal like my mentor, the venerable public
servant John Gardner. I met John during my first year of
business school, just after my initial stretch of work in Africa,
and he represented precisely the kind of leader I aspired to
become. Though I didn’t fully understand it at the time, I’ve
discovered that when you don’t know where to start,
following a leader who inspires you can be a powerful
strategy.
John started and restarted throughout his life,
participating in his generation’s most momentous decisions,
yet remaining free from society’s pressures to be what
others thought he should be. The sole Republican in
President Lyndon Johnson’s cabinet, John served as
secretary of health, education, and welfare during America’s
civil rights movement, during which he started the White
House Fellows program and launched Medicare, among
other initiatives. In 1968, he resigned his prestigious
position in protest of the Vietnam War and had to start
again.
Two years later, at age fifty-four, John founded Common
Cause, a grassroots citizens’ movement to hold government
accountable. And in 1980, he cofounded Independent Sector
to support the nonprofit sector. Though in his seventies
when I met him, John would go on to cofound a nonprofit
organization, now called Encore, that inspires older people
to just start again themselves by getting involved in service
organizations across the country.
John’s was a lived and practical wisdom. “The self-
renewing man,” he wrote, “looks forward to an endless and
unpredictable dialogue between his potentialities and the
claims of life—not only the claims he encounters but the
claims he invents.” He was a half century older than me, but
John’s enduring curiosity, his sense of possibility and
willingness to try made him seem the youngest person I
knew.
So, just start. Find mentors you can learn from, whether
in person, online, or in print. And let your experiences teach
you what you have to do next. All in all, it took me nearly
twenty years of apprenticing, putting new tools in my
toolbox, and expanding my understanding of the world
through jobs in banking, development, and foundations,
before my skills, aspirations, and networks came together to
create Acumen in 2001.
I was ready to just start again. I had a theory of how we
might revolutionize philanthropy by investing it as long-
term, patient capital in intrepid entrepreneurs daring to
build financially sustainable solutions to poverty where
markets and governments had both failed the poor. But I
didn’t have many proof points. I remember privately
thinking that I would spend three years doing all I could to
build a “blueprint for change,” and then decide whether
Acumen was an idea worth trying beyond that.
Luckily, I was part of a group of pioneering individuals
who were willing to risk their philanthropy and give their
time for an idea most considered crazy.
That early group cheered on every move forward. At
each step, the work, and sometimes the world, taught us
what we had to do. When the 9/11 terror attacks changed
the global landscape, my team and I decided to work in the
Muslim world. That same thread of human dignity that had
pulled me into microfinance drew my team to invest in
Pakistan, a place previously unknown to me. After ten years
of work in South Asia and Africa, we wanted to do more to
attack the poverty of inequality, and so we expanded to
Latin America and the United States. Each new geography
was a risk, each an adventure.
Each new investment deepened our understanding of
how the world works—and gave us confidence to push the
edges of our work even further. When our companies
identified the need for talent, not just money, we launched a
Fellows program to support entrepreneurial leaders. When
more people applied to become fellows than we could
directly support, we developed an online school for social
change. When we found ourselves unsatisfied with
conventional impact measurements, we created our own
approach to measuring what matters. One thing led to
another, each new step made possible because we had
started in the first place.
Nearly twenty years have passed with Acumen. When
we started, I couldn’t have dreamed the kinds of companies
we would help build: rule-breaking, yet highly successful
enterprises unleashing the potential of millions of low-
income people. I wouldn’t have understood the kinds of
partnerships needed to bring critical services not to just
some people but to all. And though we made a few false
starts, to be sure, because of our efforts and those of so
many others around the world, a new sector exists, called
impact investing. And a new generation has a newer, better
set of tools with which to reimagine and build models of
inclusive and environmentally sustainable capitalism.
All these years later, I am still just starting. I am honing
my purpose, clarifying who I am and want to become.
And I have found in the idea of human dignity a purpose
for which I am willing to live—and, if necessary, to die. And
that has made all the difference.
You may not yet have a crystal-clear sense of your
purpose. That’s okay. It will grow with you. But if you have
an inkling that you’d like your life to be about something
bigger than yourself, listen to that urge. Follow the thread.
The world needs you.
Just start.
Chapter 2
REDEFINE
SUCCESS
On the morning of India’s winter solstice in December 2015,
Ankit Agarwal could not have imagined that a bunch of
floating flowers would change his life’s trajectory. Ankit was
showing Jakub, a friend visiting from the Czech Republic, the
sights of his hometown, Kanpur, an industrial city known for
its textile and leather tanning factories, built on the banks of
the great Ganges, one of Hinduism’s most sacred rivers. The
two young men sat on the steps leading down to the
Ganges, musing on the meaning of life. As the two
conversed, thousands of the faithful and tradition-bound
entered the waters to mark the shortest day of the year with
blessings and ablutions—and flowers. It was a scene Ankit
had witnessed throughout his life, a colorful but blurry
backdrop to his days.
Despite recent success in his early career, Ankit was full
of angst. He was pondering aloud what it would take to find
contentment and success when Jakub interrupted him,
pointing to the river as if he’d not heard a word from his
friend. Little did Jakub know that his distraction would be the
key to Ankit’s destiny. “Why is India’s most sacred river so
polluted with an endless float of dead flowers?” Jakub asked.
Ankit had always taken for granted the sight of
marigolds, roses, jasmine, and other blossoms drifting in the
Ganges. Daily, millions of people across India brought
flowers and foodstuffs to Hindu temples as blessings for the
gods. Unwilling to desecrate these blessings by disposing of
them in the trash, priests dumped them in sacred rivers.
Rotting flowers and foodstuffs in the water was just the way
things were.
“But look at the scum of chemicals floating on the
water’s surface,” Jakub rejoined, surveying the clothed men
and women wading in the river. “And imagine what those
pesticides and chemicals emanating from the flowers are
doing to those believers as they wade in carcinogenic
water.”
At first, Ankit shrugged off his friend’s observation. He
knew the Ganges was highly polluted; he had even visited
some of the factories along the river’s banks. But the sight
of those riotous rotting flowers got under his skin. How, he
wondered, could a tradition considered so essential and so
gentle have such ugly ramifications? And how bad could it
be?
That moment awakened Ankit’s curiosity and offered
him a thread to follow, one that drove his sense of
possibility and unleashed his powers of innovation. The
deeper he dove into the question of solving the “flower
issue,” the more he began to open himself to a more
profound meaning of success. And for him, the timing was
right.
Four and a half years earlier, Ankit had reported to his
first job after university as a newly minted engineer. Waiting
in the company’s reception area, he had noticed a wall filled
with portraits of every employee who’d won patents. “I want
this. I want my picture there,” he told himself. Success, or at
least happiness, began to look like a portrait with a metal
plate inscribed with his name.
So, Ankit drove himself relentlessly, staying late to
complete tasks, often sleeping in the office. Just three years
later, he became one of the youngest engineers in the
company’s history with a plaque on that wall. The whole
team applauded.
Then a strange thing happened. “Instead of jumping
with happiness, it was as if suddenly everything seemed
meaningless,” Ankit explained to me in an email. “I started
to ask what I wanted to do in life, and began to feel the
whole rush was meaningless.”
There had to be more to life than prizes, awards, titles,
or salaries. At age twenty-five, Ankit understood that his
success would come only from focusing on a “challenge that
would improve lives or the earth, really, anything that would
bring about real change.”
Those flowers floating in the river transformed into
blessings for Ankit. Here was a chance to solve a problem
that mattered. Changing the ancient practice of dumping
flowers into the rivers would require confronting a status
quo solidified over many generations. Ankit knew he would
go from being viewed as successful to being considered
crazy by some. But he had attempted the conventional
route to success and found it less than fulfilling. Now he had
a chance to redefine success for himself. Crazy might be just
the ticket.
In researching the “temple flower problem,” Ankit
discovered that Indians discarded more than eight million
tons of flowers yearly into rivers such as the Ganges. The
flowers are covered in a variety of pesticides, including
arsenic, lead, and cadmium, all of which contribute to water-
borne diseases. The more complex the problem revealed
itself to be, the less Ankit connected success to himself and
instead focused on changing the entire system.
He partnered with his best friend, Karan Rastogi, to
create Phool, a company that would solve multiple problems
at once. Phool, in Hindi, means flower. Success to the
company meant the improved health of the Ganges,
measured by the number of tons of flowers the company
was able to retrieve from the temples. Success would also
be measured by the number of jobs the company created,
and particularly by the quality of jobs for disadvantaged
people.
To realize these elements of success required a for-profit
model, according to the two entrepreneurs, one that
ensured financial sustainability and attracted enough capital
to meet the scale of the problem they were trying to solve.
Profits were an important indicator, but the true measure of
their venture’s success would be its impact on all
stakeholders, including employees and the earth.
And, of course, customers. To this end, Ankit and Karan
needed a salable product. They reasoned that a growing
group of consumers was interested in products built on
principles of the circular economy, systems that removed
“waste” from the production cycle by finding ways to reuse
and repurpose it. Ankit and Karan asked themselves what
they could produce from the flower waste that people would
want to buy, and how that product would improve people’s
lives. They spent eighteen months listening to potential
customers and trying to understand what they might value.
One ingenious product they settled on was incense
sticks. Used for cultural and religious practice, incense is
burned daily in many Indian households; however, the
majority of sticks are made from charcoal, which negatively
affects respiratory health. Ankit and Karan reasoned that
they could use what was already being treated as waste to
make flower incense sticks that were healthier and of lower
cost. The flower incense sticks would require minimal skills
to produce and would embody the spirit of the temples from
which the flowers came.
Phool now collects about ten thousand pounds of
flowers daily from Kanpur’s temples. The company provides
each temple with large bins, which are routinely picked up
and taken to a plant, essentially a warehouse and drying
area. To eliminate the flower waste’s toxicity, the company
sprays it with an organic Bioculum. Scores of women then
separate the petals to transform dried organic waste into
incense sticks and warming compost.
As part of their commitment to sustainable business
practices, Phool’s founders dedicated themselves to hiring
women from the manual scavenger caste, one of the most
marginalized groups on earth. Though the caste system is
technically outlawed in India, more than three-quarters of a
million “scavengers” are still consigned to removing
untreated human waste (using flimsy tools such as
cardboard, tin plates, and buckets) from toilets and pit
latrines, which they then must sometimes carry several
kilometers before reaching a disposal site.
These “scavengers” suffer extreme prejudice, often
living at the margins and carrying a heavy yoke of poverty.
Especially in the company’s early years, the Phool founders’
commitment to hiring women from this caste added
complexity and cost to building their business. The
scavenger community was located at the edges of town, so
the company sought to hire a bus to transport the women to
and from work. But it took two months to convince a bus
company to drive them. Then, when the owner of Phool’s
first rented space got wise to the employees’ caste, he
destroyed the factory’s equipment and summarily threw the
company out.
Though Phool sustained devastating financial losses,
Ankit and Karan started over, persisting through clenched
teeth. Ankit’s dream of success had evolved from the days
when only traditional honors mattered to him, and the
founders weren’t going to be cowed by other people’s
narrow-mindedness. As the level of difficulty rose, so did
their commitment to realizing their dream.
In January 2018, Acumen’s India director Mahesh
Yagnaraman and I visited Ankit, an Acumen fellow, at his
factory. Wearing a black leather jacket and jeans, he greeted
us in the open-air courtyard of his factory, where rows of
women sat on tiny plastic stools, concentrating as they
sifted through tangerine, bright yellow, and white flowers.
Inside the warehouse, other women stood in long lines
rolling incense sticks with speed and precision. I tried my
hand at rolling the sticks, and gained instant respect for the
women who worked at Phool. Meanwhile, the women
couldn’t stop laughing at the mess I made.
Our little Acumen group sat for a while in a small room
that abutted the courtyard with Ankit and his wife, Ridhima,
discussing Phool’s business fundamentals. Ankit spoke with
both toughness and tenderness, making it clear that Phool’s
mission to clean the rivers and provide dignified jobs drove
every decision the company made. Only then do they make
the numbers work, understanding that it may take a long
time to build a profitable business that stays true to all its
goals.
The company is committed to its employees first. In
addition to providing daily transport, Phool pays well,
provides health insurance, and serves the women tea twice
daily. It also encourages the women to take a bottle of clean
water home to their families at the end of each day. I asked
Ankit why he sent the water home with them.
“Society reminds these women nearly every moment of
their lives that they are outcastes. They are unwanted. But
when you can drink the same water as others do, finally you
can feel equal,” he responded.
We soon moved to the courtyard outside the warehouse,
where a vibrant, multicolored carpet of flowers had been
laid out for drying. A group of women sitting by the flowers
had taken a break for lunch. I requested to join them and
asked how their lives had changed since working with Ankit
and Karan. “I love coming here,” said a freckled woman with
smiling eyes, her hair pulled back. “Before this company, I
had to move from house to house for work and never feel
respected.Life was very difficult. Here, we learn new skills.
We’re with friends.”
Another jumped in: “This is the first time anyone has
tried to teach us something. Sometimes I worry that I’m not
learning fast enough. But these people believe I can do it,
and that gives me confidence. I’m bolder now at home and
in my community. I’m able to keep up with school fees for
the first time, too.”
Another woman added, “I bought my family our first
television, and now the neighbors come over to my house to
watch.”
A fourth chimed in, stating, “They respect us in this
place. We don’t have to sit on the ground.” I told her I didn’t
understand. “This seat,” she said, pointing to the two-dollar
plastic stool beneath her, “is the first one anyone has ever
offered to me.”
As our discussion continued, the women avoided any
talk of caste, understandably distancing themselves from
all-too-recent humiliations and heartbreaks engendered
from belonging to a group deemed “untouchable.” They
euphemistically referred to their past jobs cleaning up waste
as “domestic work,” and quickly steered the conversation to
their present states of happiness. I was touched by the
women’s gratitude for the opportunity of decent work that
entailed neither degradation nor abuse.
A woman in a caramel sweater over a yellow kurta,
quiet till then, added her voice to the conversation. “It is so
good here,” she said. “We feel fresh being around the
flowers. I like the smell. And it is good that our work brings
blessings back to the gods.”
She was referring to the virtuous cycle of these flowers,
collected from temples and converted into incense sticks
before being returned to the temples as a second round of
offerings. The woman did not mention that many
households that purchased the sticks would nonetheless
refuse to allow the women who produced them to enter
their homes.
“Is there anything you would change at the company?” I
asked.
The woman with smiling eyes responded, “I only want
this place to succeed. We must work hard here to help it
grow. That’s all. I only worry that one day it might move
from here.”
By then, Ankit had walked up, himself a paradox of
presentation and values. His somber mien belied the
tenderness with which he spoke to the women. “We’re not
going anywhere,” he assured them gently.
To some, Ankit and Karan’s choice of whom to hire and
how to manage those employees seemed noble but,
ultimately, misguided. It is challenging to make any
company profitable, and they could have taken a much
easier path to building a business. But Ankit and Karan
define success in terms that include more than money.
Imagine the women gossiping and laughing as they
travel in the bus driven specifically for them. Consider what
it might feel like to have tea served to you when you’ve
been considered less worthy than other people your entire
life. Or the joy that comes from earning enough money to
experience a level of self-reliance you’ve never before had.
Picture their children, who now receive fresh drinking water
each night, some of them for the first time. Laughter,
respect, the security of productive work, a sense of
belonging, dignity—these are things that matter the most to
our experience as human beings, yet our financial and
economic systems too often fail to acknowledge them when
calculating “success.”
Although it may take time to change ancient practices,
Phool is using modern market incentives grounded in moral
values. This combination of fundamentals bodes well not
only for the company’s long-term financial sustainability but
for a sense of shared success. The temple priests feel proud
that they no longer are polluting rivers in the name of the
gods. The men who collect the flowers have good, decent
jobs. The rivers are cleaner, making the pilgrims who bathe
in the Ganges and other rivers less likely to fall sick. And
consumers know that by purchasing these high-quality
goods, which have been produced sustainably, they are
providing jobs and dignity to some of the most
disadvantaged women in India. That is the kind of success
everyone can feel good partaking in.
Success doesn’t just wait for us on a distant horizon.
Success is within all of us, waiting for us to live into it. It
exists in the beauty we create, the goodwill we offer, the
ideas we spread, the causes for which we stand, and the
lives we help transform. It shows up in the health and well-
being of our children, our communities; in the way we love
the world and one another. Even if this particular venture
fails, Ankit is already a very successful man, allowing
curiosity and a desire to serve others to guide his life
choices.
Of course, the notion of redefining success rubs against
the status quo. Humans are status-seeking beings. We yearn
to be accepted, respected, loved. Our current systems
(economic, political, and social) reinforce a definition of
“winning” based on money, power, and fame. Rather than
being rewarded for what we give, we’re too often affirmed
by what we take.
What if our Golden Rule were not only “Do unto others
as you would have them do unto you” but also “Give more
to the world than you take from it”? That would change
everything. If enough of us pursued that path, the world of
inequality, exploitation, and injustice would slowly be
replaced by a world of inclusion, fairness, and dignity.
The point is this: We are the system. We decide how to
define success, and we can reject purely individualistic
terms. There is much to learn from cultural approaches that
value sustainability over economic progress, or that build in
practices to keep the community more equal. Shiroi Lily
Shaiza, an Acumen fellow from Nagaland, a state in
Northeast India, shared with me how her ancestors
practiced “the feast of merit.”
“When a community member earned significant wealth,
he would be required to host enormous feasts for the
community,” she said. “The person would consider it the
highest honor. He would be entitled to wear a special cloak
and ornament his house to signify his high social standing.
And the villagers revered that person as the pinnacle of
success, especially those wealthy people who, by the end of
their lives, had given everything away.”
Every generation has the opportunity to renew the
values, systems, and structures that define their societies,
and to jettison those that no longer serve. The most
enduring systems are those grounded in fundamental
values based on human flourishing. We can disagree on the
specifics of what humans need to succeed, but if our
starting point is an environmentally sustainable world that
enables all its inhabitants to flourish, then we’ve got the
foundation for a moral framework. Unequal systems persist,
yet they can be reimagined and reformed when people
muster enough awareness and collective determination to
do something about them.
It goes without saying that systems do not change
overnight. In the meantime, the world needs brave people
to create models of companies, organizations, schools,
religious institutions, hospitals, prisons, and governments
designed for a world interdependent and environmentally at
risk. The best will drive themselves relentlessly, exposing
their hearts to the world, understanding that others’
resistance to change is part of the deal we make when we
sign up to reject the status quo. Setbacks are inevitable, yet
as most anyone who has ever tried to change anything will
tell you, it is the difficult, not the easy, that underlies those
accomplishments that ultimately imbue our souls with the
kind of success that sustains.
Sometimes, when we are pursuing intrinsically-driven
accomplishments, progress can feel so unbearably slow that
even those who have already redefined success for
themselves must reevaluate before renewing their
commitment to the work they know is right for them. Benje
Williams spent 2011 in Lahore, Pakistan, as an Acumen
fellow building an outreach team for a drinking water
company that served local slum areas. Less than 5 percent
of Pakistani youths are educated beyond high school, and as
Benje explained, “I was unprepared for the difficulty of
hiring a workforce trained not just in technical skills but in
critical life skills.”
Benje began to dream about building a leadership and
workforce development institute that would train millions of
young unemployed and underemployed Pakistanis—part of
the “youth bulge” defining Pakistan and most of the
developing world. (Sixty-four percent of Pakistan’s
population is under age thirty, the highest percentage of
young people in the world.)
“Pakistan’s youthful generation is a national asset,”
Benje explained during one of my visits, “but only if young
people are able to obtain the necessary skills to widen their
opportunities. Otherwise, an untrained, excluded, and
frustrated youth population will pose a serious problem for
the country and beyond.”
A few years subsequent to his Acumen Fellowship
experience and after earning a degree from Stanford
Graduate School of Business, Benje returned to Lahore and
founded Amal Academy, a nonprofit leadership organization
to train first-generation graduates from secondary- and
tertiary-level universities and place them in good jobs.
This work challenged Benje on every front. He was a
foreigner with no financial resources of his own, there was
no institution of its kind in the country, and those he served
had little or no income to spend. Nonetheless, Benje created
several partnerships that provided revenue and trained
hundreds of young people in the organization’s first few
years. His reputation for effectiveness was spreading, and
his commitment to his work made him beloved in the local
community. Yet, to Benje, something was amiss.
Despite meaningful progress, there are times in every
change-maker’s journey when questions and doubts grow,
multiplying like weeds until you feel you might suffocate. In
January 2016, three years after he founded Amal Academy,
Benje asked if he could come see me when he was passing
through New York. I invited him to join me for a 6 a.m. run
along the Hudson River. The bitter cold, windy morning was
matched by a heaviness in Benje’s usually sunny demeanor.
“What’s up?” I asked.
“I’m not sure we’re doing enough,” he said.
The statement stopped me in my tracks.
“I started Amal to change the education system, not
simply to help a few young people,” Benje explained.
I reminded him that “hundreds” did not constitute a few.
From my perspective, he was right on track, three years in,
building a business model that could significantly impact
lives and cover its costs. I’d always found Benje exceptional
in every way—relentless in focus, uncomplaining, effective,
always putting others before himself. I wondered what was
eating at his soul.
Then I remembered: when Benje studied at Stanford, he
was confronted by the lure of conventional success as
defined by outsized salaries and enviable job titles. Some
students there convinced themselves that they had
competed in a “meritocracy” and “earned” whatever they
got. But Benje lived with a different ethos. He understood
that the lottery of life puts humans in a great variety of
starting positions and that luck often trumps merit. Benje
yearned to be of use. To make the right career choice, he’d
had to limit his options.
“The only way I knew to stay true to myself,” he once
told me, “was to wear blinders during the job recruitment
season, and not apply for a single job. I didn’t want to be
tempted by a position with a huge salary. I even deactivated
Facebook and Instagram because the comparison game can
be so paralyzing.”
Many of us will repeatedly face the choice of whether to
make money or make a difference. And though you can
have both, there nonetheless will be times when you must
decide which value is of greater priority. Benje had gone all
in to serve the disadvantaged and make a positive
difference. Given how long it can take to create a significant,
sustained impact, for people with grand ambition, that
decision undoubtedly leads to moments of great stress.
“You’re doing what you set out to do,” I reminded him.
“Be proud of what you’ve built. Most people talk about
change. You’re doing it. And you’ve only started.”
I hated seeing Benje be so hard on himself. I also could
recognize my younger self in him. I, too, had gone all in for
a life of social impact, and I knew well the feeling that the
marketing genius Seth Godin “calls “the Dip,” that moment
(which can feel like forever) when the thing you think you
want to do has gotten so hard that you don’t know if it will
ever work or become enjoyable.
Problems seem much easier to solve from a distance.
New jobs seem easier to obtain; new organizations, easier
to navigate. But that is not how most turn out to be. When
confronting on-ground realities, our expectations regarding
not only results, but also rewards, both psychological and
financial, diminish.
There have been periods in my life when the work felt
so hard for so long that the Dip threatened to take up
permanent residence inside me. Those were not times of
crisis—for emergencies focus my energies. In those times,
like many entrepreneurs, I can muster the power to break
through walls. Instead, the Dip would present itself during
the doldrums like a weighty tumor growing thicker and
heavier, making even fairly minor tasks feel Sisyphean.
My blues hurt more because everyone around me
appeared to be doing fabulously. During my thirties in
particular—I was around the same age as Benje at the time
of our morning jog—I saw many friends from business
school go to work at technology start-ups likely to make
them wealthy or marry people who were themselves
financial success stories. If they didn’t have a powerful
career, they had a beautiful house filled with perfectly
behaved, well-dressed children. Single, without kids,
financially stressed, and unable to describe my work in ways
most could understand, I spent more than a few lonely
nights asking myself if I was enough.
Three years into something new is often just the
moment you hit the Dip: the excitement of your ambition to
change the world somehow fades into the reality of daily
frustrations and creeping fears. Staff members don’t show
up. Funders tell you they’d like to see more proof of your
concept, yet you need the funding to do the work that would
provide the proof. Parents and friends start to ask how
things are going, worried looks stretched across their faces.
You count the number of people you’ve impacted, and it
feels small, insignificant. Those moments can feel
devastating. But they also are precisely when to remember
why you are doing this work in the first place. Friends and
mentors, part of a successful life, help, too.
In the end, as Seth Godin writes, “persistent people are
able to visualize the idea of light at the end of the tunnel
when others can’t see it.” Dips are an inevitable part of life
as an agent of change. The key is to use them to enliven
and inspire a better future.
“Look, Benje,” I said. “You’re right. You are a long way
from denting Pakistan’s broken education system. That work
will require a lot of different people, and it still may not
happen in your lifetime. But don’t get paralyzed thinking
about the entire system. Do what you do well. Once you’ve
trained five thousand of those young people—who not only
will have good jobs but will demonstrate character, practice
lifelong learning, and feel part of something bigger than
themselves—you will have created a platform. And once you
have a platform, you can change the system. But first, build
something beautiful.” With that, we hugged and each
rushed off to our mornings.
When I saw Benje again in 2018, this time in Lahore, he
had built a small group of influential Pakistani backers to
provide financial support and mentorship, championing
Amal’s work. Amal Academy had grown into a team of thirty
young, driven team members, including ten of their
fellowship graduates. The organization had trained
thousands of fellows, and forged partnerships with
corporations and universities across the country. Benje had
started a podcast to spread the message that education is
about developing both character and critical thinking skills.
He and his business partner, Ali, had become sought-after
experts on developing workforces—employees as leaders,
as agents of change, rather than workers who simply follow
directions. Tens of thousands of lives are different because
Benje redefined success for himself, and navigated
uncompromisingly toward his north star.
That day in Lahore, I thought of a blogpost Benje had
written, sharing sage advice from a mutual friend: “The
question isn’t just what problem do you want to solve, but
how do you want to spend the next forty years of your life?”
A couple of years had passed since Benje experienced the
Dip. That gentle, brilliant man had become surrounded by
erudite young Pakistanis, each of them committed to service
and to building their nation from a place of values, with
twenty-first-century skills in hand, all of them looking to him
as a role model.
D.light, one of the companies Acumen has supported from
its beginning, has brought solar light and electricity to more
than one hundred million people across the globe. By all
definitions, d.light’s founders, Ned Tozun and Sam Goldman
(whom I describe further in chapter 4), are successful. But
their success goes far beyond the many lives their work has
impacted. By tackling one of the world’s great challenges,
the replacement of kerosene with clean, affordable energy,
the company has offset millions of tons of carbon, created
jobs for thousands of people who contribute to their nation’s
development, and laid the groundwork for a new market in
off-grid energy.
One of d.light’s sales agents is a young woman named
Everlyne. I met her in August 2017, in the city of Nakuru,
Kenya, as part of a visit to examine some of Acumen’s
energy investments. Sharply dressed in a black-and-orange,
collared d.light shirt, black trousers, and heels, her hair in
neat plaits pulled into a ponytail, Everlyne resembled any
young professional you might see in any city.
Everlyne confidently guided us on a thirty-minute drive
outside the city before stopping by the side of a dirt road.
Still in heels, she led us across muddy cornfields until we
reached a village that turned out to be hers. She beamed
with pride as customers in house after house told us how
their lives had changed now that they were able to switch
on a light at night, read, talk to their families—in short, do
the things most of us take for granted. By the time we left
the village, I had no doubt that this young woman was a
born salesperson, able to achieve anything she set her mind
to doing.
It wasn’t until we were in the jeep on our way back to
town that Everlyne told her own story of growing up in one
of the country’s most conservative tribes. “Girls in my
community were not permitted to attend schools. But my
father was different: he wanted me to study. Because there
were no schools for me at home, he sent me to another
village to live with my uncle’s family and do my schooling.
That time in my life was terribly lonely at times, but now I
understand that my education meant a difficult life for my
father as well: the other men in the village rebuked him for
educating me.”
I asked her what the men thought of her father’s
decision now.
“Now they tell their sons to grow up to be like Everlyne.”
In redefining success for his daughter, despite the
obstacles, Everlyne’s father changed the definition of
success for the whole village.
“And what do you dream for yourself?” I asked her.
“First, I want to ensure that I bring electricity to every
household in my village. I want to serve my community and
my country. Once that is done, I want to go to university and
study marketing so that I can start my own company.”
This African dreamer will not allow herself to focus on
individual goals until she fulfills her promise to serve her
community.
Thrillingly, there are people like Everlyne in every town
and hamlet around the planet.
No matter who you are, the world offers you a thousand
opportunities for deeper success. Daily, you might
encounter moments to teach the person in front of you as if
she herself could change the world, to listen with the
reverence that expands the soul of another, to help
someone who cannot help himself. At the end of your life, I
hope the world says that you cared, that you showed up
with your whole self, and that you couldn’t have tried
harder. I hope they say you helped those who had been left
out; that you renewed yourself, living with a sense of
curiosity and wonder; learning, changing, and growing till
you took your last breath.
In the meantime, we’ve got a world to change.
Chapter 3
CULTIVATE
MORAL
IMAGINATIO
N
About twenty miles east of the Blue Ridge Mountains and
home to the University of Virginia, in the early 1980s
Charlottesville was a town divided. The locals, many of
whom lived in an economically depressed area about a
thirty-minute drive from the university, saw the students as
rich and privileged. Many locals worked at UVA, where they
seemed either invisible to students or served as objects of
ridicule, one-dimensional figures with thick Southern
mountain accents and humble clothing that separated them
from students attired in the requisite Fair Isle sweaters and
khaki trousers.
In the fall of my second year at UVA, a popular fraternity
threw a huge party asking everyone to dress like a local.
The very idea hurt me to think about, and I didn’t attend.
But I also didn’t protest. Then, around Thanksgiving, I
chanced upon a flyer inviting students to donate Christmas
dinner and toys to a family in need. At least this was an
opportunity to do something positive. Inspired, my
roommate and I decided to host a holiday party and asked
everyone to bring food and a toy.
Our band of friends danced and made merry long into
the night. As drinks flowed, a large pile of playthings and
foodstuffs burgeoned beneath our scraggly Christmas tree. I
went to bed smiling, then rose just a few hours later to pack
up my roommate’s red car with a veritable Christmas feast,
complete with a turkey and all the trimmings, and a big
Santa bag full of toys for our “family.” We then took off for
the edges of town, a bit worse for wear but filled with
Christmas spirit and a drive to be of service.
In less than an hour, we arrived in another world: dirt
roads and trailer parks, a couple of gas stations, a
convenience store with a barely visible street sign. We
pulled into one of the gas stations to ask for directions to
the family’s home. I had trouble understanding the thick
accent of the attendant and was mortified to ask him to
repeat himself, though I wondered whether he had trouble
understanding me as well.
Without a road map, my roommate and I managed to
lose our bearings a second time. We pulled the car to the
side of the road, stopping a man clad in overalls, his head
bent downward and his hands in his pockets as he walked
along the street. To our request for directions, he responded,
“Go down that road till the end.” He wore a quizzical
expression as he pointed at a dirt road that appeared to
lead nowhere. “Take the second left and keep going till you
see a sign for Earl’s Woodshed. The house is right behind
that.”
Another few errant turns, past some stray dogs and
abandoned cars, and we finally found a big white sign with
“Earl’s” written in red. Sure enough, right behind it was a
humble shack constructed of slatted wood, with small
windows and a porch out front. I stared at the house and
suddenly, desperately, hoped no one was home.
Only then did I imagine how our presence might make
the family feel. Here we were, two hungover coeds with no
connection to this community, arriving from out of nowhere
with Christmas in a bag—or at least our version of
Christmas. Presumably, someone in the family had signed
up for this “service,” but we knew little about the lives of
the people we were hoping to grace with a visit.
And who knew whether they had a clue about us.
A wave of shame engulfed me. “I don’t want to meet
them,” I said.
My roommate looked at me, thought for a moment, and
then agreed. With the car still running, I took a deep breath,
opened the door, ran as quickly as my legs would carry me,
deposited the bags on the porch, and hightailed it back to
the car. We then sped off, driving in silence until we found a
diner where we could talk about what had just happened.
Our conversation ranged from somber recognition to
embarrassed laughter at our own ignorance. We’d
sleepwalked into a situation with the best intentions to do
something positive for our neighbors, though we’d lived in
their city for just over a year and they’d been there forever.
We were glad to bring fresh food and toys to a family that
might otherwise have gone without, but this kind of drive-by
charity felt wrong somehow, for everyone.
Years later, I’ve thought about what I might say to my
younger self about that long-ago day. I would commend the
instinct to make a contribution, however small. But well-
meaning acts of kindness are not enough. I would push my
younger self to move from the blanket statement “I want to
help disadvantaged people” to visualizing herself in the
shoes of those she wanted to serve.
This is where moral imagination begins. But it doesn’t
stop there.
Moral imagination means to view other people’s
problems as if they were your own, and to begin to discern
how to tackle those problems. And then to act accordingly. It
summons us to understand and transcend the realities of
current circumstances and to envision a better future for
ourselves and others.
Moral imagination starts with empathy, but it does not
content itself simply to feel another’s pain. Empathy without
action risks reinforcing the status quo. Rather, moral
imagination is muscular, built from the bottom up and
grounded through immersion in the lives of others. It
involves connecting on a human level, analyzing the
systemic issues at play, and only then envisioning how to go
beyond applying a Band-Aid to making a long-term
difference.
Moral imagination is the basis of an ethical framework
for a world that recognizes our common humanity and
insists on opportunity, choice, and dignity for all of us. Had I
approached the Christmas food and toy drive with moral
imagination, I might have started by learning about the
community and the realities those who lived there faced. If I
couldn’t spend time with the families we wanted to serve, I
could at least have asked for information beyond just the
children’s genders and ages, which was the only data
provided. And I might have tried to connect with the family
beforehand, ensuring even the barest of relationships. I
could even have asked to meet just the parents, so as not to
risk spoiling the children’s dreams of a magical Santa-
delivered Christmas.
Listening to voices unheard, a value I discuss in the next
chapter, is fundamental to the moral imagination. So is
gathering knowledge about those we intend to serve. If my
roommate and I were unwilling to gain such knowledge, I
should have found an organization with a long-term
commitment to the community and supported it so that it
could do a better job than we could do ourselves.
The world has changed dramatically in the thirty years
since that winter day in the Blue Ridge Mountains. For one,
technological advances have given us GPS, so that we rarely
have to ask for directions. And the divide between classes
has become a chasm. For the privileged, everything seems
possible: sending spaceships and inhabiting Mars,
enhancing human capabilities by merging with robots, living
forever. But this world of infinite possibility and space travel
can seem impossibly distant to those who feel irrelevant,
vulnerable, or just plain poor. And if the demise of easily
automated, repetitive work engenders dreams of growing
creative endeavors for the highly educated, the end of
stable employment may feel understandably precarious for
those without university degrees.
What is needed, whether you are working in high tech or
in low-income communities, is the moral imagination to
ensure that our future solutions and institutions are
inclusive and sustainable. That takes a particular kind of
capability, one driven by empathy, immersion, connection,
and the willingness to challenge the status quo.
One of the great privileges of my life is to work with
remarkable individuals whose leadership is grounded in
moral imagination. Gayathri Vasudevan of Bangalore, India,
is one of them, though I wouldn’t have guessed that when I
first heard about her company, LabourNet.
In 2012, Acumen decided to invest in education, but we
were having a hard time finding financially viable
investment candidates. A colleague suggested LabourNet,
which already had trained more than a hundred thousand
workers. I was skeptical: I’d seen hundreds of millions of aid
dollars spent on vocational training and “technical
assistance” (nonfinancial training provided by consultants,
usually), most of it wasted. Such programs tended to be
poorly run, with little focus on training workers in the skills
that hiring companies actually needed. That said, I’d not yet
encountered Gayathri Vasudevan, who, I would discover,
defined herself not by the size of her budget but by the
changed lives of those she served.
I met Gayathri on a construction site just outside
Bangalore in December 2014. LabourNet had undertaken a
contract to train workers there, and Gayathri planned to
introduce me to some of her trainees. Dressed in a black-
and-gold silk sari, her salt-and-pepper hair in a pragmatic
bob tucked beneath a bright orange construction hat, she
cut a memorable figure.
I laughed. “Do you wear beautiful saris to every
construction site?”
“Why not?” she responded with a smile that was at once
self-effacing and mischievous. “I wear saris daily. They are
just a part of who I am.”
I was glad Gayathri didn’t feel she had to be anyone but
herself. “Then, how did a nice girl like you end up in a place
like this?” I replied with a laugh, sensing already that I could
go beyond political correctness and be myself as well. “I’d
love to hear your story.”
“For the first three years of my career, I lived in remote
rural villages,” she began. “I was always interested in policy
reform for India, but I couldn’t bear the thought of trying to
influence policies from the safe perch of an office. I needed
to understand on-the-ground realities.”
Now Gayathri was singing my song. First step:
immersion.
“You know, Jacqueline,” she said, “I had my own
arrogant assumptions when I lived in the villages. I thought
the poor could solve their problems through
entrepreneurship alone. But spending time with people in
their own environments showed me a different reality. The
most vulnerable people tend to be risk averse: when you
live at the edge of survival, life itself can be a risky
proposition. The poor value the stability and predictability of
a consistent job. Most people, wealthy or poor, want to
avoid the potential windfalls and painful losses associated
with entrepreneurship.”
Gayathri continued: “Over the next decades, I also
witnessed well-educated Indians gain lucrative jobs in the
tech sector while three hundred million untrained, unskilled,
uneducated people were left behind with little attention
focused on them.” Armed with enhanced understanding,
Gayathri set out to reimagine a better system. She and her
cofounder, Rajesh AR, started LabourNet to take on the
massive problem of India’s unskilled and underemployed,
which includes 90 percent of the workforce. She was
realistic about the rise of automation, among other
challenges, but it hurt her to see employers treat untrained
workers as merely replaceable inputs.
As in many countries, the informal sector in India exists
beyond the realm of regulation or taxation. Informal laborers
may be self-employed street vendors, beauticians, domestic
workers, personal service providers, mechanics, bricklayers,
tailors, and the like, or they may work for the subcontractors
that form an increasingly complex web of the global
economy. These workers stitch fabric for hours at a stretch;
toil over vats of lye in leather tanneries, inhaling toxic fumes
without gloves and masks; or labor as bar benders,
ironworkers, or cement mixers, forgoing personal safety on
hazardous half-built construction sites.
These are the people too often hidden in the basement
of a global marketplace that demands faster, cheaper
goods. They are the invisible, the nobodies—and there are
more of them all the time. A constant wave of entrants into
India’s labor economy, nearly twenty million people a year,
makes this precarious situation even worse for those who
see no choice but to accept low-status, low-wage jobs at
high risk to their health and, sometimes, their lives.
Consequently, Gayathri has focused her attention on
giving informal workers opportunities to imagine and then
build more predictable futures with some potential for
upward mobility. Doing this required training and supporting
workers with the skills to help them navigate an
unstructured, unstable informal labor market. To achieve
this, she built structures where few existed.
“Shall we go up?” she asked, gesturing to a rickety
bamboo ladder nearby. We ambled up it, reaching the
exposed second floor of the concrete behemoth before
walking across an open platform, past pillars and piles of
concrete blocks, until we saw a wooden door with the
LabourNet logo on it.
Inside, in a small room, forty or so young men, most of
whom looked like schoolboys except for the telltale clothing
of their trade (jeans, neon orange vests, and bright blue or
yellow hard hats) sat five to a bench in front of skinny
tables. The construction workers fixed their eyes on
Gayathri, who walked to the front of the room and greeted
the men with a smile as they stood to welcome her.
Gayathri then proceeded to give a pep talk in Hindi, a
second language to most of these men, who had come from
the far reaches of the country. She told the men that it was
up to them to build skills that could lead to more control
over their lives. I couldn’t help but reflect on the fact that
these men were earning so little, living so far away from
their homes, working on a structure that would soon house
million-dollar apartments because of their sweat.
“Is this training really enough to change the workers’
lives?” I asked Gayathri after her lecture. And then I added—
lightly, for I know there must be days when this heroic
woman is daunted by the sea of unemployed young people
rising monthly—“or will the system inevitably grind them
down?”
Instead of answering, she suggested we speak with the
men themselves. A nineteen-year-old with dark brown eyes
and a fringe of black hair pushing out of his blue hat,
smartphone in hand, spoke confidently of all he’d learned.
“The training is an important start,” he said. “At home, I
couldn’t take care of my family from the farm’s income. Now
I send enough money for my children to attend schools. I
want my children to have better lives than I did. I want to
make them proud.”
“How far away from your family do you live now?” I
asked.
“Maybe two thousand kilometers,” he responded—a
four-day trip each way, if all goes well.
The earnest worker reminded me of my grandfather,
who immigrated to Pennsylvania from Austria as a young
man, married at twenty, and hauled ninety-pound bags of
cement each day to give his six children the chance for a
life he was not lucky enough to have. I thought, too, about
the correlation between the right kind of training and the
confidence it imparts. LabourNet’s ethos requires reinforcing
in every worker the notion that they are important enough
for someone to invest in them. Only when we dare to
believe that our future can be different do we have a chance
of making it so.
I wished the young man every success.
As I write this, LabourNet has trained more than seven
hundred thousand workers in fields ranging from
construction to automotive repair to tailoring. Yet, Gayathri
believes this training alone is not enough. From among the
workers LabourNet educates, her team identifies those who
are interested in entrepreneurial opportunities, and then
reaches out to help develop their ideas. The company has
already enabled more than seven thousand people to start
their own companies. I’ve met several of these
entrepreneurs, each of whom employs at least ten people.
LabourNet supports them, mitigating the risks of
entrepreneurship by connecting them with large companies
that need their services, whether they sew school uniforms
or distribute beauty products. In essence, the company
extends its “social capital,” or networks of connections, to
low-resourced but well-trained entrepreneurial individuals
who can, in turn, provide vital services and finally earn
levels of income that are commensurate with their efforts.
By immersing herself in the realities of low-income
laborers and using her moral imagination, Gayathri came to
understand the larger system of workforce development. As
her understanding and effectiveness grew, she gained
legitimacy and a voice that enabled her to advocate for
worker-oriented policies. LabourNet has influenced skills
certification and performance standards in a number of
sectors such as automobile, leather, and infrastructure. The
company has also played a role in prodding the Indian
government to include vocational training as part of the
country’s national education curriculum. Over time, Gayathri
has become a national voice for the unheard. Her work is an
example of moral imagination in action.
From urban India to post-conflict Colombia, moral
imagination is providing a springboard to creative solutions
that acknowledge the vulnerable and respect our natural
resources. The steps that effective, pragmatic, idealistic
change agents take, from empathy to action, tend to be the
same, regardless of how or where each story begins.
In 2009, Carlos Ignacio Velasco, a soft-spoken, whip-
smart young Colombian working as a representative of his
country’s coffee industry in Tokyo, met Mayumi Ogata, a
passionate chocolate connoisseur who had just completed a
four-year pursuit to identify the world’s finest varieties of
cacao.
After working for years in a premium chocolate
company, Mayumi had wearied of the toll the industry took
on farmers and the earth. More than 90 percent of the
world’s chocolate is produced by about five million
smallholder families, 90 percent of whom earn less than two
dollars per day. And 70 percent of cacao is cultivated in
West Africa, often through unsustainable farming methods
that have worn down the soil. Faced with these alarming
statistics, Mayumi sought new areas where high-quality
varieties of the cacao fruit could be cultivated more
profitably for the farmers and without harming the planet.
Of the many places she’d visited, from Indonesia to
Bolivia, Colombia ultimately captured Mayumi’s heart.
There, she found diverse, delicate varieties of cacao in a
number of regions. But these same regions also had
suffered a half century of civil war, and still bore wounds
from the violence of drug lords, FARC (Revolutionary Armed
Forces of Colombia) guerrillas, and paramilitaries. The lands
rich in cacao also are geographically isolated from
Colombia’s main cities, and education and skills levels are
quite low. Despite the risks, Mayumi assessed that
prospects for cacao production were phenomenal there.
Besides, she loved a challenge.
Carlos had already been thinking about what more he
could do to contribute to his country: those early meetings
with Mayumi in Tokyo set his imagination alight. If Colombia
could be known for some of the best coffee beans on earth,
he wondered, why couldn’t it also build a world-class
chocolate industry? After all, coffee was introduced to
Colombia from Ethiopia in the nineteenth century. Cacao, on
the other hand, was part of the region’s natural inheritance.
Moreover, the post-conflict areas of the country needed
deliberate investment in the land and its people if peace
were to flourish. What better way to contribute than to build
a company that would produce some of the world’s finest
cacao in partnership with local communities? Here, Carlos
believed, was a chance to demonstrate the power of
business, if infused with moral imagination, to produce not
just profits for the few, but prosperity and peace where
communities had for too long felt abandoned.
Carlos and Mayumi cofounded Cacao de Colombia that
same year, 2009, and began to work on building trusted
relationships with farmers’ groups in four different post-
conflict regions. This process would take years, but time
plus conscious effort infused with moral imagination enables
possibility.
In 2017, two years into Acumen’s investment in Cacao
de Colombia, I had the privilege of visiting a farming
community in the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, one of the
highest coastal mountain ranges on earth, located in
Colombia’s far north. There lie the ancestral lands of the
Arhuacos, an indigenous people known for their
commitment to living in harmony with the universe. In those
mountains, Mayumi had come upon an exquisite rare white
cacao guaranteed to produce some of the world’s finest
chocolate. She and Carlos dreamed of forming a partnership
with the Arhuacos to produce a world-class chocolate and
export a philosophy, not just a product, to the rest of the
world.
It was certainly not a given that the Arhuacos would be
interested. They had kept their traditions intact despite
terrors imposed by colonizers, drug dealers, and soldiers.
And they considered the white cacao a sacred fruit, no
longer cultivated or commercialized. Greed-oriented
capitalism posed a new threat. Carlos and Mayumi would
therefore have to earn the Arhuacos’ trust, designing a
transformative partnership—and that took time. The work
required starting with an understanding of local history,
customs, and values before proceeding with mutual respect.
As Acumen’s Latin America director, Virgilio Barco, and I
drove with Mayumi along Colombia’s coast to our meeting
point with the Arhuacos, I asked Mayumi how the
partnership had been built. How had she and Carlos and the
Arhuacos weighed what would be gained and what would be
lost by partnering to grow and commercialize the rare
cacao?
Mayumi spoke about the spirituality of the Arhuacos,
who believe in the interconnection of all living things. “I feel
a resonance with this idea,” she said. “I was raised with
Shintoism in Japan. We also see the connection between
ourselves and the natural world. Between my own belief
system and the Arhuacos’, I can count more than eight
hundred divinities inspired by water, wind, and earth. I
respond to their spiritualism. I respond to their worldview.
Our mutual understanding helped build trust. They could
feel both my respect and my connection to them.”
A spiritual connection is one way to transcend lines of
difference and locate commonality. Mayumi and Carlos
could also have connected based on other strands of their
identities (their love of nature, their commitment to
learning), but for Mayumi especially, spiritual bonds created
the basis for her deep curiosity and respect.
We arrived at a modest village nestled by the pale blue
sea where it greets a sudden rise of green, towering
mountains. I thought to myself: No wonder the Arhuacos
believe this place to be the center of the universe.
Mamo Camilo, a spiritual leader, and several of his
associates welcomed us warmly and guided us to sit with
them beneath a tree. The Arhuacos wear simple, homespun
white tunics and loosely fitted trousers. The men’s long
black hair cascades out of their white woven caps, which
symbolize the snow-capped peaks of the sacred mountains.
Mamo Camilo, distinguished and serene, though
undifferentiated in dress, clearly garnered the respect of the
other Arhuacos, who made way for him when he walked by
and hung on his words when he spoke.
The mamos (wise guides) exert powerful influence
within Arhuaco communities. Selected as boys, they train
for a decade, learning the philosophy of the Arhuacos, along
with traditional medicinal practices and the arts of listening
and arbitrating differences among people. The day I first
visited the Arhuacos with Carlos and Mayumi, the mamos
spent three hours with us, providing a master class in the
Arhuaco cosmology. The Arhuacos believe that nature and
society are united by a single immutable law of the universe
that has always existed and always will, even after human
beings have left the planet.
“We see your culture as the world’s little brother,”
Mamo Camilo said, with no trace of scolding. “Your people
think the land is for their pleasure alone. Ours is a
philosophy that must grow with maturity. We the Arhuacos
are the elder brothers. We come with understanding that we
must respect all living creatures of the earth. We seek
harmony. Now the land has given us the rarest cacao, and it
is to all of us to nurture and ensure its preservation.”
As Mamo Camilo expounded on the cosmology of the
Arhuacos, he modeled something else: how to own your
power. His confidence and worldview were essential
components of his negotiations. Though economically
“poorer,” his community was arguably richer in spirit and
happiness. And he understood that the Arhuacos had
something to give—not just materially, but in terms of their
philosophy. After acknowledging and affirming the respectful
way in which Carlos and Mayumi had entered negotiations,
Mamo Camilo shared some of his worries about partnering
with those who operate in a modern capitalist system. What
happens to the earth if we see it as a resource but not a
responsibility?
As we walked back toward the village center together, I
noticed some of the young men holding cell phones. I
wondered aloud how the tribe ultimately would draw the
line between needs and wants, and whether entering a
contract with the company might open a Pandora’s box of
temptations.
“We understand that we cannot live in the past,” Mamo
Camilo said. “To survive, we must engage with the larger
world. Today, our people need phones if they are going to
interact with others beyond the Arhuacos. We need a few
other essential things, like batteries and solar lights. And we
need to continually remind ourselves of our responsibility for
the earth.”
Then he added that they would not have made a deal
with anyone but Cacao de Colombia, because of an earned
mutual respect, but he added a caveat: “We will partner
only so long as our project does not disturb our balance with
nature. If we lose the balance, we will end the partnership.
Do you understand?”
“Yes,” I said. I believed I did.
This was a negotiation based not on extraction or profit
alone. The agreement between the Arhuacos and the
company was more covenant than contract, a moral
commitment to remaining accountable to each other, to
showing up, to listening. Spending immersive time together
had enabled each side to understand what the other needed
in order for the relationship to work. For the Arhuacos,
participation with the company was a means to sustaining
their community, enabling it to continue transmitting its
ancestral wisdom to benefit humanity. For Cacao de
Colombia, it was the opportunity to build a successful
business that valued human and natural resources, not only
financial rewards. Both community and company will be
changed by the partnership, just as any relationship of
equals changes both partners over time.
As the company grows and the Arhuacos become
wealthier as a tribe, pressures to conform to “business as
usual” and cut corners or demand faster growth will
inevitably increase. Finding values-aligned investors steeped
in their own moral imagination will be key. But had the
company’s founders not dared first to imagine what could
be, Cacao de Colombia would never have gotten started.
In 2018, the International Chocolate Awards, honoring
the best chocolates in the world, gave Arhuaco chocolates
gold and silver medals in the Single Bean and Micro-Batch
categories. This achievement was possible because of a
Shinto-observing Japanese cacao whisperer; a Catholic-
raised, Shinto-aspiring Colombian entrepreneur; and an
indigenous community adhering to a philosophy based on
oneness with the cosmos. Each had the moral imagination
to extend a hand to those who were different, seeking what
united them and bonding in purpose.
Moral imagination offers a powerful lens through which
to see the world’s potential, recognize its disparities, and
work to address them. Use it widely and practice it wisely.
Chapter 4
LISTEN TO
VOICES
UNHEARD
On a Sunday afternoon in 2015, I sat with my colleague
Bavidra Mohan in one of India’s thousands of red-and-white
Coffee Day shops. This one was on the corner of Carter Road
in Bandra, a trendy suburb in the western part of Mumbai.
We’d arranged a meeting with Vimal Kumar, newly elected
to the Acumen Fellowship in India. But it was a quarter past
the hour, with no sign of Vimal. I’d usually attribute such
tardiness to Mumbai traffic, but this was a Sunday.
I knew little about Vimal then, except that he hailed
from the same low caste, the scavengers, as the women
Ankit employed to transform temple flowers into incense
and other products. Unlike the women, who felt relatively
voiceless before working for Ankit, Vimal was an established
community leader with a megaphone. He was an activist
founder of the Movement for Scavenger Community, a
grassroots Indian NGO focused on improving conditions for
scavengers and standing for the rights of all people. He was
also earning a PhD, which seemed a Herculean achievement
to me. I wanted to understand what obstacles Vimal had
overcome, and how he had integrated his many facets.
There was much the world could learn from a man like him,
if he first understood himself.
The longer we waited at the coffee shop, the more I
wondered if Vimal might be waiting for us outside. Had I
missed him on my way in? The privileged tend to take for
granted our right to enter most places, including
department stores, banks, elite universities, upscale
restaurants, or even lines at immigration counters. For those
who have been shunned repeatedly, however, or even
“politely” informed that their kind doesn’t “fit,” nothing is
taken for granted. Though already a man of many
accomplishments, Vimal, accustomed to being unseen and
unheard, experienced “the rules” differently than I did.
I left the coffee shop and, sure enough, found him
standing outside, dressed in a yellow shirt and long
trousers, his face moist with sweat. I could have recognized
him from photos I’d seen of his broad, open face, his
penetrating eyes and dark hair parted neatly on the side.
But his smile was a dead giveaway.
“Hello, Vimal!” I said enthusiastically. He extended his
hand. I was unprepared for his soft, gentle grasp.
Instinctively, I pulled him into a hug, and was struck again
by his tentativeness. “Let’s go inside and get out of the
heat,” I said, and he smiled in agreement. As we were
walking into the cafe, I asked him what he’d like to drink
and eat. I pointed to the glass cabinets of croissants,
muffins, and sandwiches. Vimal insisted that all he wanted
was water.
Back at our table, Bavidra and I mostly listened as Vimal
shared stories of his childhood. He counted himself among
the lucky ones. Boys and girls from his caste were typically
denied education and rejected by schools. Sometimes
parents’ own fears—of rejection or failure—were enough to
keep children out of school.
Vimal said he considered himself fortunate to have a
mother who wanted desperately for him to learn what had
not been available to her. She cleaned the toilets at a good
private school whose headmaster allowed Vimal to attend
classes—provided he sit in the back of the classroom. And
though he loved learning, Vimal endured a lonely
separateness from the rest of the boys. Everyone knew he
was considered “untouchable,” and his status was made
more visible by the fact that he could afford only patched,
ragged clothes, in sharp contrast to the school uniforms
worn by the other students.
As he grew, so did his anger at the injustice of a system
that would deny his people the opportunities considered
normal for everyone else. When the first cable company
came to his area, everyone got access to satellite TV except
for those belonging to his caste. Vimal responded by
organizing a group of local boys to tear down every installed
satellite dish. When the company replaced the satellites,
Vimal, now a street fighter, tore them down again,
promising to continue the cycle until the company agreed to
serve scavengers.
“We weren’t asking for any favors,” he said. “We just
wanted the chance to pay like everyone else.”
When the company agreed to make the satellite dishes
available to everyone, Vimal felt vindicated. Though he
wasn’t proud of an approach that involved the destruction of
property, he internalized that the powerless can sometimes
engage the powerful and “win.”
I said that our fellowship focused on nonviolent
approaches to change, yet acknowledged that history is full
of incidences of violence and wars fought by frustrated,
resentful young men with few reasons to hope for their
futures. Vimal admitted that part of him was still motivated
by anger.
“Angry with the system in general?” I asked, “or with
specific groups of people?”
“I’m angry that so many people believed India’s
problems were solved when caste was supposedly
abolished. I’m angry that my community is denied
opportunities for reasons that have nothing to do with our
abilities and everything to do with the circumstances of our
birth.”
I could feel Vimal seething as he spoke, though there
also was something so gentle about him. I imagined the
warring parts of himself, his own bull and dove, the side that
could take on the world versus the side still battling the
weight of trauma and stigma. Where might he be complicit
in holding himself back? What beautiful parts from his life
experiences might he bring forth to offer the world? How
could our community help him unleash his potential?
“What are you going to do with all that anger?” I asked.
“I’m going to fight for change,” he said.
As we were leaving, Vimal thanked me for hugging him
when we first met. “This is the first time in my life,” he said,
“when I have met someone new and been welcomed as a
friend rather than interrogated as a stranger.” He went on to
say that Acumen was the first organization he’d
encountered where people actually physically touched him.
I was elevated by this opportunity to listen to Vimal
across so many generational layers of structures and
traditions intended to marginalize people like him. I felt
humbled by his humility and elated that he was now part of
our community. Yet, though I consider myself a good
listener, I realized only later that I heard only his emotional
hunger that day, and failed to hear what Vimal could not
say, failed to recognize how physically hungry he was. As
we were in a simple coffee shop and Vimal was officially part
of our fellowship, I had unmindfully assumed that when I
asked Vimal if he wanted food or drink, he’d give me an
honest reply, knowing that I would pay and that the bill
would not set me back much. What the poet Seamus
Heaney would call my “creeping privilege”1 collided with
Vimal’s utter lack of entitlement.
A few years after our first visit, Vimal admitted that he
had waited outside for me because he had no money in his
pocket. What if a server had asked him to buy a coffee or a
pastry? The thought of being seen as a loiterer panicked
him. Then, when I asked him if he wanted something to
drink or eat, he feared I might later request that he split the
bill. Though he’d not eaten in many hours, pride, or shame,
overtook his hunger.
Privilege can deafen us to those who feel less worthy or
valuable. Those for whom the system “works” can easily
become accustomed to the world rolling out a welcome mat
and learn to behave as if every place were our exclusive
domain.
Meanwhile, outsiders or those deemed “other,” who’ve
been told repeatedly that they are unworthy or don’t
belong, often internalize negative beliefs imposed on them
by others and make themselves smaller, unable to give
voice to their true feelings, opinions, or desires. If we want
to see someone more fully and demonstrate that we respect
him or her, we must learn to listen not just with our ears,
but with all of our selves—our eyes, the emotion we sense
in the other, our knowledge of their history, of their very
identity. Listening deeply and hearing all that is unsaid is
crucial to gaining awareness of self and of others.
It was another year before I had the chance to talk
directly with Vimal again. The time seemed to have changed
him. His unassuming smile was still there, but the anger was
gone. He described the various seminars he had attended,
how in the early Acumen Fellows sessions he’d start every
conversation by throwing a figurative punch.
“I kept trying to fight,” he said. “I didn’t know how to be
any other way. But none of the fellows would fight back.
Finally, I had to recognize that the other fellows were
genuinely interested in what I had to say. They wanted to
know me. When I finally paid enough attention to accept
their interest, to accept myself, I in turn wanted to listen
more to them.”
If privilege is a possible roadblock to deep listening, so
is clinging rigidly to an outsider identity. We risk holding
ourselves hostage to outdated stories of being unwanted or
underappreciated, failing to hear even direct invitations to
the proverbial table as an equal participant. Only when
Vimal allowed himself to believe that the other fellows saw
him as part of themselves could he in turn see those same
people as part of him. When individual listening is ingrained
in collective culture, the whole community is more likely to
shine.
Empowered by a sense of belonging and acceptance,
Vimal began to expand his trust to people beyond the
group, slowly taking greater risks. While running his
organization on behalf of the scavenger community and
studying for his PhD, he also started consulting on questions
of diversity for companies such as Microsoft. He broadened
his view of the world, standing for issues related both to his
caste and to other marginalized groups.
A few months later, in 2016, Vimal and I met again in
Mumbai, this time at the tail end of a weeklong Acumen trip
across India with a group of donors (or partners, as we call
them). My team wanted the group to meet not only with
Acumen investee companies, but also with the fellows, both
to understand the purpose of supporting such a diverse
cohort of emerging leaders and, we hoped, to forge new
friendships and reinforce the idea of a single community
bound by shared values.
The Friday afternoon sun was bright as about ten
partners and ten fellows gathered in Acumen’s offices, a
light-filled space above a major thoroughfare in Bandra. The
office windows, covered with shades in Acumen’s colors
(fuchsia, lime green, violet, and royal blue), overlooked a
handful of trees, though you could hear the sounds of auto-
rickshaws and cars jamming the streets below. The partners
and fellows were there to practice deep listening.
In an exercise inspired by the nonprofit oral history
project StoryCorps, we paired each partner with a fellow and
sent them on a walk along Carter Road, a path that winds
along the Arabian Sea. We hoped the chance to look
outward while moving side by side would soften edges and
enable more intimate exchanges.
Each duo was instructed to walk for half an hour as one
person listened to the other’s story (twenty minutes of
sharing, then ten minutes for questions); they would
exchange the roles on the walk back. A Swedish filmmaker
accompanied an Indian woman engineer; an American
business leader walked alongside an Indian schoolteacher.
The goal was to discover not what made them different, but
what they shared.
Back at the office, the group reunited. The air felt
electric. A number of attendees remarked on the rare gift of
having someone give you their undivided attention. Active
listening, we agreed, is one of the deepest forms of respect.
I asked each person to introduce his or her partner,
emphasizing any common ground they had uncovered. We
had paired Vimal with the American social psychologist
Jonathan Haidt, whose work focused on how we speak to
one another, in part because they were both so interested in
the role of culture in society. And as they were chatting
happily when they rejoined the group, I calculated that they
would be a good duo to kick off the discussion.
Jonathan offered to start. He smiled as he referenced
the good fortune of meeting Vimal, but his voice became
more serious as he spoke. “I know I’m supposed to talk
about all that Vimal and I share,” he said. “But truthfully,
our lives have little in common. I grew up in a privileged
environment as a well-educated American. My parents gave
me every opportunity and every advantage. My children
have even more privilege.
“Vimal,” he continued, “has had to fight disadvantage
his entire life. His mother carried human waste in a basket
on her head, cleaning the village and finally the school.
Vimal was allowed to attend classes, but his mother had no
idea how isolated he was. When he was eight years old, she
invited her son’s entire class to their home to celebrate
Vimal’s birthday. She cleaned and cooked for two whole
days, all the while imagining the joy her little boy would feel
with his friends celebrating him. But they waited all day,
and not a single student showed up.”
Jonathan’s eyes welled with tears. “I have an eight-year-
old son, and I can’t bear the thought of what it would mean
for him to be in a similar situation. No, you see, Vimal and I
aren’t alike. My life has been so easy in comparison.”
Vimal reached over, putting his arm on Jonathan’s
shoulder.
“No, Jon,” Vimal softly admonished, “there is much that
we share. You love India. I love India. We both have studied
marginal groups. We both have two children. Plus, you are a
Jew. You know what it means to be persecuted for no reason
other than something you were born into being. You know
how unfair and unproductive that is.” He paused.
“And besides”—now Vimal smiled—“we both have
PhDs.”
When we dare to meet another as a friend, willing to
hear painful and uncomfortable truths, we can discover the
parts of our identities that overlap. We can acknowledge the
other person’s—and our own—yearning to be seen. True
listening is more than the act of hearing another’s words. It
is the unspoken recognition of our shared humanity.
Today, we exchange more words with one another than
at any time in history. Yet how many people are really
listening? Not only are we distracted by our devices, but we
see leaders everywhere doing everything but listening,
becoming louder and shriller in their arguments. With those
who seem opposed to our views, we can be especially like
strangers, acting as if those who speak a different language
should easily understand our words. Our hearts and our
heads are divided at precisely the time when we most need
them to work in tandem.
Those in positions of authority—anyone whose words
might carry greater weight than the voices of others—need
to listen more, and not assume that because the rules work
for them, they know what works for everyone. Yet I’ve also
witnessed nonprofit leaders and entrepreneurs undervalue
the experience and knowledge of donors and investors
based on their own narrow assumptions.
Listening effectively can influence the way we perceive
others in all directions. Just as being poor says nothing
about a person’s character, neither does the bank account
that marks someone as rich. In the world of fund-raising,
I’ve witnessed grant or investment seekers categorically
write off the person who failed to approve their request
rather than take the time to listen to the former’s
constructive feedback. Strategically, as my friend and
founding Acumen board member Stuart Davidson says, “If
you want advice, ask for money. If you want to raise money,
ask for advice.” We all yearn to be recognized.
Markets, too, can be a powerful listening device,
efficiently allocating resources to places where customers
are saying most clearly, “We want this.” Think of it this way.
If I offer you a gift, how likely are you to turn it down, even if
it doesn’t quite meet your needs? But what if I treat you as
a customer? You and I might haggle over the price, but as
the seller, I will know a lot more about your likes and
dislikes, about where you want to spend your resources,
than if you were simply a passive recipient of my
benevolent intentions.
Yet markets fail the poor, especially those who lack
enough income to meet even basic needs. When it comes to
health care, education, drinking water, or housing, low-
income people desperate to address critical needs may
have no choice other than turning to moneylenders or
mafias for loans, often at usurious rates. The poor must
accept prices that are many times what the middle class or
wealthy might ever be required to pay. And though well-
intentioned charities might step in, seeing the pain points of
the poor, these nonprofits often bring the services they
believe low-income people need rather than the services the
poor truly require. Few stop to listen to what the poor
actually want, causing those in need to get stuck between
the cheats and the charities, their problems often
multiplying as a result.
It doesn’t have to be this way. A growing group of social
entrepreneurs is turning conventional models of capitalism
upside down and reimagining business from the perspective
not only of the wealthy, but specifically, of the vulnerable.
These entrepreneurs start by listening to the poor with the
understanding that we can solve our problems if we begin
by treating low-income people not as passive recipients of
charity but as customers who desire and deserve a greater
sense of agency to make their own decisions and chart the
courses of their own lives.
Consider the issue of electricity. Thomas Edison
developed the incandescent lightbulb in 1879 and
commercialized its production the following year. It has
been more than 140 years, and nearly a billion people on
earth still have no access to electricity. On the African
continent alone, more than six hundred million people live in
darkness once the sun goes down, losing productivity and
security as well as a thousand other things the rest of us
take for granted.
Energy poverty, as the gap in global electricity is called,
is not just a market failure. It is a moral failure. The world
possesses the technology, the know-how, and the financial
resources to solve the challenge of universal electricity. Our
individual and collective will has been the single most
important impediment to lighting the world. But this is
slowly changing as a small group of social entrepreneurs
combine exciting new clean-energy technologies with
financially sustainable business models that have opened a
path to electrifying homes of the poor while helping to avert
long-term climate crisis. The best of these of models are
grounded in values of listening and paying attention to
behaviors of low-income people as well as their words.
All people desire at least some level of light, and all
require a heat source for cooking. Most low-income Africans
still depend on kerosene-fueled hurricane lamps, a
technology America and Europe ditched a century ago.
Though a ten-billion-dollar market, kerosene as an energy
source is dirty, dangerous, and expensive, but that market
has remained strong because there have been no good,
affordable, accessible kerosene alternatives available to the
poor.
There are structural and practical reasons that kerosene
remains in widespread use. First, households are able to
acquire it in tiny amounts. In Kenya, for instance, the
average low-income household spends about forty cents a
day to light a hurricane lantern in the evenings. If a family
falls on hard times, they can skip a night or two of light and
purchase more when better times return. Second, because
such small amounts are sold at a time, merchants build in a
very high profit margin. Mafias, or predatory businesses,
control access to kerosene and often have strong ties to
local government officials. These officials use tax dollars to
subsidize the price of kerosene for low-income people in
exchange for votes. Kerosene is therefore widely available,
and often the only option a poor household has. It provides
energy for light, but at a high cost to the individual in terms
of income, health, and quality of life.
However, despite ingrained hurdles, any system can
change if we care enough. Sam Goldman and Ned Tozun are
two entrepreneurs determined to reject the status quo that
has kept more than 1.5 billion people dependent on
kerosene. And they know how to listen.
Raised in a household of aid workers, Sam grew up
mostly in the developing world playing with boys and girls
who, though woefully lacking in opportunity, wanted to do
the same things he did. After university, he lived in an
unelectrified village in Benin, West Africa, as a Peace Corps
volunteer. He saved money by wearing a small LED
headlamp at night so that he could read and go to the
outdoor latrine without suffering the effects of the
expensive, smoky kerosene that wreaked havoc on his
neighbors.
“For years, I accepted that a state of darkness went
hand in hand with village life,” he once told me. Until, one
night, a kerosene lantern toppled over in his neighbor’s
home, burning down the house and severely injuring the
eldest son.
Sam decided to do something. He began by writing to a
number of companies that sold portable lights, hoping he
might become a distributor. No one responded. His next
move was to apply to Stanford Business School with the
intention of learning how to start the company he could not
yet find. There, he met Ned, an engineer who had recently
worked in Malawi recording the stories of AIDS victims. He,
too, wanted to start a business that would empower the
poor. Both Ned and Sam understood the system that kept
people in poverty as it was, but they focused instead on
what could be done to change it.
Many young entrepreneurs might have been
overwhelmed by the complicated dynamics of low-income
markets. The most economically disadvantaged live in
places dominated by vested interests engaged in the
“industry” of poverty—not just local mafias, but local
politicians, who often have a personal stake in controlling
the funds allocated for a community or region; religious
leaders; and even mothers-in-law who often prefer to
maintain their own privileged status within a social system
that, though broken for most people, works for them. But in
such a corrupt and complicated system, there is almost no
top-down way to solve a problem like electricity access.
From the start, Ned and Sam’s entrepreneurial
advantage was embedded in their experiences in Africa and
their respect for the poor as customers. They started small
and listened closely, all the while imagining the world they
hoped to create. While still at Stanford, they developed a
single prototype for a solar-powered lantern.
In 2007 when Sam and Ned first brought their idea to
my team at Acumen, we didn’t have a lot to work with. Their
business plan for a company called d.light rested on their
assumption that they could sell their lantern for thirty
dollars, the two reasoning that if the average household
paid about forty cents daily for kerosene, it would take them
less than three months to save up for the lamp. The young
entrepreneurs had built some networks, but it was their
character that ultimately convinced Acumen to invest. Our
intuition told us that they were seekers like us, driven by the
right ideals and prepared to back those up with grit.
The d.light founders listened right from the outset. They
asked their customers for ways to improve the product itself
—though at first they learned very little. Real listening is not
a onetime event. If you want to build a solution for a group
that has traditionally had no voice, be prepared to listen
continuously. It may take you longer than you think to hear
what people are actually saying, especially when they have
no reason to trust you.
Of course, Ned and Sam made mistakes and found
themselves in dead ends—for years. That is the price of
building an entirely new market. While, theoretically, low-
income people could pay off a thirty-dollar light over three
months, given the precariousness of their lives, they could
not save enough to meet the monthly payments. And even
if they loved the product, most of them had doubts about
this newfangled way of lighting their homes. Why should
they risk their hard-earned money on something that might
break in a month? Few had seen a product like this in the
marketplace. Better to stay with something they knew.
Sam and Ned took failure in stride, listening for clues as
to what might succeed. They knew they would have to work
harder to earn trust. Building a company infused with
purpose was the founders’ antidote to wariness. That meant
inculcating in every employee a definition of success based
on more than just selling whatever they could to earn a
day’s income; this company was going to light the world.
And every employee needed to believe in that vision
and internalize it. They had to treat every potential
customer with deep respect, showing up repeatedly, asking
questions, and listening to people, even if they didn’t like
what they had to say. In time, d.light began to earn
customers, and the company learned to build real
relationships.
I remember, years later, when d.light had become an
established company, sitting in a rural hut in central Kenya
with an unlikely trio: Teresia, a pint-size grandmother; her
sweet one-year-old grandson, on her lap; and David, a burly
Australian with a shock of white hair, the company’s Africa
director. We were there because Teresia and her daughter
had purchased one of the lanterns a few months prior, and
we wanted to hear her impressions.
Teresia’s face—calm, lined, square—make me think of
my Austrian grandmother, who also grew up on a rural farm
and knew the sweat of hard work. Though Teresia lived in a
small house that could feel like midnight inside in the
middle of the day, she lit up as she turned on her solar
lantern, telling us how it had changed her life, how even
during daily brownouts in her village, when the grid stopped
working, she was still able to see.
“So, how could the company improve the light?” I asked.
She hesitated for a second, then placed her hand on her
hip, cocked her head to the side, and spoke directly to
David. “It would be good if the light could charge the cell
phone while charging itself as well,” she said. I smiled at the
glint in her eye, the seriousness of her intent. I’d witnessed
so many encounters in which well-intentioned charities
asked people if they appreciated the services delivered and,
inevitably, the beneficiaries nodded their heads and told
them all was well.
But this time, Teresia was giving us advice. We were
listening to her, and not the other way around.
I thanked her for her good comments.
She responded by raising her eyebrow and giving me a
look to indicate that she was not finished making
suggestions.
I loved it.
“Two,” she continued, “you know, batteries for the radio
are too expensive. We couldn’t listen to the presidential
debates this time around. It would be better if the light
could also charge a radio.”
Now she was on fire, waving her arms. Two other
modifications to improve the lantern came in quick
succession.
I watched David’s face: he listened to each question and
answered respectfully. And then, inspired by Teresia, he, too,
told the truth, explaining in understandable terms what the
company could try to change and what would be too
expensive. She may not have liked every answer, but she
respected his candor.
Though this simple scene should be the norm in
business–customer interactions, two human beings
considering each other’s best interest—the level of mutual
listening felt extraordinary to me. I’d become accustomed to
witnessing people avoiding telling one another the truth. I’d
seen too many low-income “beneficiaries” pander as
privileged benefactors spoke with arrogant certainty.
This scene was different. The towering man and tiny
woman from disparate worlds were not just listening, they
were seeing each other. They were speaking as absolute
equals. In the space between them, call it love or divinity,
were the seeds of mutual respect, the opportunity for each
of them to be transformed.
By listening, Sam and Ned discovered that once their
customers made the first step from kerosene to solar, they
quickly wanted more. D.light went on to design a suite of
products, ranging from a simple five-dollar lamp for the
poorest up to full home systems that included multiple
lights, a cell phone charger, a radio, and, if they could afford
it, a flat-screen television. As investors, we began to
understand that there was an “energy ladder”: once people
got a taste of clean energy, they wanted more of it.
And why wouldn’t they? Imagine living in utter darkness
once the sun goes down in your home, regardless of where
you live. Now visualize living in a rural area, lying on a mat
on hard ground, hearing the sounds of animals and of
howling winds, not knowing what creatures are crawling
around or over you. Think of being a woman alone with her
small children while her husband works far away to earn
their daily bread; consider her fears that an intruder might
be lurking outside her isolated hut, hidden in the night’s
blackness. Such troubles and terrors add layers of stress to
the weightiness of poverty.
Then picture the dignity of flicking a switch and
illuminating your room. For anyone who lives without
electricity, the feeling can be miraculous. The scores of
customers I have met over my years investing in d.light
have reframed the way I understand the power of electricity.
A radio can stave off loneliness and bring the outside world
into a postage stamp–size room. A light can quell a dark
night’s fears and insecurities. A charged cell phone can
connect you to love and protection.
We miss many opportunities by assuming we have the
answers. Ned and Sam succeeded where many other
endeavors did not because they approached the poor as co-
creators in solving the problem of energy access. Through
repeated listening, they helped their customers realize that
they were there to serve them, not simply to take their
money.
And because the d.light team listened, and did the hard
work to follow up on what they’d heard, more than one
hundred million people now have clean light and,
increasingly, electricity. That is about one-third of the entire
population of the United States.
Sam, Ned, and the d.light team also helped ignite a
clean energy revolution that could change how Africa brings
electricity to all its people, averting long-term climate
change effects in the process. Imagine the human potential,
the human energy, that might be unlocked by this solar-
powered electricity.
Listening is a lifelong process. It requires continual
practice, especially when we’ve become too accustomed to
believing that our own assumptions are correct. I learned
this truth for the umpteenth time on an incredibly hot day in
Bahawalpur, Pakistan, an agricultural center in one of the
country’s most fertile areas, also known for its extremist
madrasas. I’d gone there to meet a group of women
weavers. They were sitting by their looms outside, beneath
a thatched shelter. Their husbands were farmers who
borrowed from our agricultural bank investee, so I knew the
families were building savings.
At the time of my visit to Bahawalpur, d.light was selling
a seven-dollar solar lantern with great success, especially in
East Africa. I hoped to see d.light come to Pakistan, where
the electricity grid reaches only about 65 percent of the
nation’s two hundred million people and, even then, might
bring electricity for only two or three hours a day in some
areas. I enthusiastically described the solar light to the
women’s group, marketing its attributes and asking if they’d
be interested in buying one if we could bring it to their
country.
Twenty pairs of tired eyes stared at me. No response.
I asked again. This time, a heavyset woman with a
husky voice, a brown veil draped loosely over her hennaed
hair, her face shining with sweat, leaned forward on ample
haunches. “We don’t need a light,” she said flatly. “Bring us
a fan.”
For a moment, I was speechless and stared back. “A
fan? I don’t have a fan. I have a light.”
“We don’t want a light. We want a fan.”
“But this is a great light. It will allow you to stay up later.
Your children can study. You can work in the evenings.”
She cut me off: “We work enough. We’re hot. Bring us a
fan.”
Until that moment, I’d never considered the importance
of a fan as opposed to a light. When it is so hot that even
the cows lie down, a fan can matter more than a light. Plus,
people already had light, even if it came from dangerous,
smelly, expensive kerosene. In East Africa, where the nights
are cool, people don’t ask for fans. But customers are not
the same in every market. Once again, I was reminded that
if you want to serve, you must begin by listening, not
assuming.
That night at my guesthouse, I took a cold shower and
lay beneath the ceiling fan, grateful; never before did I so
appreciate a fan.
Fast-forward a few years. Acumen began to invest in
solar companies in Pakistan. I visited a family compound in
the Punjab region that appeared unchanged since the
sixteenth century: men in turbans, women in purdah,
farmers using hand tools and plows in their endless fields of
mustard and sunflowers. The family I spoke with had
recently purchased a solar home system from a local
company that included multiple lights, a cell phone charger,
a radio … and a fan. The woman of the household told me
that the fan impacted her children’s ability to study more
than the lights. “The fan keeps the air moving at night and
the insects at bay. My children can sleep, which makes them
better students.” I nodded, remembering what I had learned
during my visit to Bahawalpur.
We miss so much by assuming we have the answers.
Instead, learn to listen with your whole body. Listen with
your ears, your eyes, all your senses. Listen not to convince
or to convert, but to change yourself, spark your moral
imagination, soften your hardened edges, and open yourself
to the world. When we fail to listen to those the world
excludes, we lose the possibility of solving problems that
matter most to all of us. But when we succeed at listening
with all our attention and empathy, we have a chance to set
others and ourselves free.
Chapter 5
YOU ARE
THE OCEAN
IN A DROP
If deep listening enables seeing beyond another’s words,
understanding identity can provide potent tools to empower
and unite. Identity can also be a trap, dividing us from one
another, sometimes with toxic or even deadly
consequences. Learning to navigate the many layers of your
own identity, while also expanding your awareness of the
multiple layers of others’, is an essential twenty-first-
century skill, one that can take a lifetime to acquire. Begin
on the path to mastery by discovering the many stories that
can be only yours.
I was born the eldest daughter in a patriotic American
immigrant military family. My childhood memories are filled
with identity-shaping moments: Catholic school and Mass on
Sunday, elders telling me to “be a good girl” (and to earn
good grades), and the constant rhythm of warm, boisterous
family events that usually included polka music and folk
dancing. Each school day, I pledged allegiance to the
American flag; weekly, I made the Girl Scout pledge “to
serve God and my country, to help people at all times, and
to live by the Girl Scout law.” That my dad did several tours
in Vietnam reinforced the ideas of self-sacrifice and
commitment at the core of my sense of self.
On Sundays, I would sit in church next to my mother,
who always dressed up and sometimes covered her head
with a black mantilla, her beautiful face serene. While at
church, she did not reveal the spitfire woman so familiar to
me the rest of the week. Priests and nuns encouraged us to
give “to the hungry children in China,” and though I was
only five or six years old, I regularly dropped half my fifty-
cent allowance in the poor box at the back of the church. An
empathetic child, I grew increasingly aware of the disparities
around me, though I still saw the world as divided between
good guys and bad guys—and I assumed I was one of the
good guys.
As I grew older, my life choices added contours to my
sense of who I was, challenging what I had believed and my
understanding of where I belonged. By my mid-twenties, my
work experience in scores of countries across Asia, Africa,
and Latin America made me yearn to know the world in its
manifold layers. I wanted to belong to the world, too.
The more I encountered, the more I questioned and,
unsurprisingly, the more I changed. With each change, I
came closer to my true self. This required jettisoning beliefs
and practices that no longer served my expanding
understanding of the world or of the identities I was
choosing to inhabit.
At the age of twenty-six, I sat down with my beloved
father and told him that I was questioning whether I could
continue to call myself a Catholic. I still remember the
disappointed, confused look my questioning caused. I loved
the stories and the Gospels, the rituals and music—in so
many ways, I was religious—but I didn’t love how the Church
excluded; its actual practices too often countered my own
beliefs. I could not reconcile that some people were
welcomed into the Church’s community, and others were
not; nor that women were so diminished within the Church’s
hierarchy.
I asked him, “I’ve worked alongside people in Muslim
and Hindu and other religious communities and want to
understand more about them. Aren’t their ‘essential truths’
the same as ours?” And didn’t true spirituality have to do
with seeing yourself in every other human being, and they
in you?
Life had been teaching me what sages and saints had
written about for centuries. As the American poet Walt
Whitman wrote in “Song of Myself” in 1855, “I am large. I
contain multitudes,” singing through his poetry to an
expansive identity reminiscent of the words of the
thirteenth-century Sufi poet Rumi: “You are not a drop in the
ocean. You are the ocean in a drop.”
By this time, I could no longer embrace the idea that my
truths were of a higher or even separate order from those of
people practicing other religions. I was grateful for my
religious education but yearned to explore beyond its solid
edges. I had begun to see myself as entangled with other
peoples and other faiths, ideas I carried within myself: the
ocean in a drop.
It devastated me to hurt my father. The conversation I
had with him challenged me much more than when I
informed my parents that I was leaving Wall Street to work
in Africa. Our debate about religion threatened our family’s
core identity, potentially puncturing the heart of my most
personal community. My heart ached, for I wanted no one’s
approval more than my father’s and mother’s.
“Will you ever go to church again?” my father asked, not
with anger but with quietude.
“I will when I am home with you,” I responded. I didn’t
want to renounce or fully abandon parts of what I’d been
given, but I understood the need to embrace the new as
well. I promised that my deeds would make my parents
proud. I hope to this day that they have.
As I went on to experience more people and places, the
various parts of my identity became more nuanced. As the
saying goes, you will never know the East Side till you move
to the West. By working and living in other countries, I
began to see America, the land of my birth, in more
complex ways. I loved my country’s ideals and felt grateful
daily to be an American woman. We are a can-do nation of
immigrants from all corners of the globe, exuberant in our
sense of possibility, proud to be a place where anyone,
regardless of birth status, can achieve greatness. Even
today, when I run alongside the Hudson River, I silently
salute Lady Liberty, gratefully acknowledging her welcoming
promise to all peoples seeking to make their lives on her
shores and to contribute to the American experiment.
Yet, just as with Catholicism, I also grew in awareness of
the more shameful parts of my American identity, which
continue to limit the nation’s full potential. This includes the
legacies of American imperialism suffered by Native
Americans, the still-open wounds of slavery, and the unjust
number of incarcerated young men of color. I began to
recognize that every one of us, and every society as a
whole, is a mix of light and shadow. In that realization, I
found, and continue to find, extraordinary potential for
growth, for relationships and self-discovery, for a new
idealism grounded in the gritty, sometimes ugly realities of
everyday work to be done.
Thirty years after that conversation with my father, I
feel profoundly grateful for my multiple identities, both
inherited and chosen. Each part of me is a chance to
connect to others. Growing up in a big immigrant family
made interacting with more community-oriented people in
Africa, Asia, and Latin America feel closer to home for me.
My Catholic upbringing helped me connect to other
traditional religious communities, as I understood what it
meant to prioritize family, daily rituals, and prayer, and to
honor religious leaders who interpret holy texts. The
daughter of an army colonel, I am comfortable considering
myself a citizen soldier, and I respect the discipline,
diversity, and leadership grown by the military. As a New
Yorker, I feel a kinship to residents of big cities such as
Mumbai and Karachi, Nairobi and Lagos. My inherited love of
literature has connected me to new places by making
conversations with strangers easier, providing a means of
conveying curiosity rather than tired assumptions about
their societies.
Each of us contains a multitude. The more identities we
carry within, the more chances to discover that we are at
once unique and bound by commonalities. So, as the
Nigerian writer Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie asks, why, then,
do we reduce individuals to a single story, a single identity
that can too easily be infused with our greatest fears about
one another?
I witnessed firsthand the fragility and potential
deadliness of reductive identity during the aftermath of the
Rwandan genocide. I sat in foul prisons listening to women
whom I had considered friends rant about the evil of the
Tutsis while fully believing the Tutsis would have murdered
the country’s other main tribe, the Hutus, had not the Hutus
killed them first. Those encounters taught me that monsters
and angels exist in every one of us.
Our monsters are the broken parts of ourselves, the
shames and hurts and grievances often carried from
generation to generation. If we do not confront them
peacefully yet directly, those broken parts make us
vulnerable to externalizing our pain through anger, violence,
or a deadening bitterness. In times of insecurity, the divisive
language and policies of demagogues prey upon our
weaknesses, urging us to cast blame for our problems on
those who are deemed “other.” Too often, such language
successfully entreats us to do horrendous things to one
another.
I have lost too many friends to violence in the name of
identity. Perhaps this is why I believe so strongly in the
Lebanese French writer Amin Maalouf’s explanation (in In
the Name of Identity) of how identity operates within each
of us. According to Maalouf, we each maintain a “hierarchy
of identities” that rise and fall depending on whether a
particular identity is threatened. When one of our identities
is attacked, it becomes easy to perceive ourselves only as
that identity, for how others see us can have a significant
impact on how we see ourselves.
Think about your own diverse identities—your gender,
religion, race, ethnicity, tribe, sexual identity, citizenship or
refugee status, your schools. Which parts give you pride?
Which parts shame? I’d be surprised if most didn’t give you
both. You might be a vegetarian or a carnivore; an extrovert
or an introvert; an athlete; someone who loves classical
music or hip-hop, novels or nonfiction; a nature lover or an
urbanite—likely, your mix includes at least a few
contradictions. Our personal commitments form aspects of
our identities, too. Now think of those times when a single
part of you felt threatened and you were reduced, either by
others or yourself, to a single identity. The world plays along
in these moments, flattening our sense of self to the point of
caricature.
My own identity shape-shifts when confronted with the
world around me. I feel more American when I am being
questioned at a dinner party in Karachi about U.S. drone
policy. When I am held at U.S. immigration for questioning
because of all the Pakistan stamps in my passport, I become
equally a global citizen and an American who wants my
country to treat immigrants with greater respect. Perhaps,
instead, we could start by understanding the many
identities inside ourselves, avoid the temptation of labels
and the demonization of others, and search for common
ground in those who might seem different at first blush.
If holding our multiple identities and recognizing that all
people carry myriad identities within themselves is a crucial
step toward navigating difference in an interdependent
world, a second essential skill is understanding how others
perceive you, especially with regard to power and privilege.
Throughout my twenties, I sharpened the first skill by
interacting with other cultures. In my early thirties, a painful
confrontation with the more privileged parts of my identity
had to take place before I could fully learn the second skill.
In 1996, Peter Goldmark and Angela Blackwell,
president and senior vice president, respectively, of the
Rockefeller Foundation in New York, determined to build a
leadership program to confront “the fault lines of race, class
and ideology in America.” Four years earlier, Los Angeles
had exploded with riots over the acquittal of police officers
who’d brutally beaten Rodney King, an African American
motorist. The 1991 beating had been caught on video and
seen hundreds of millions of times (before smartphones or
Facebook). Because of the riots that followed the beating,
more than 2,300 people were injured, 62 were killed, and
the city experienced a loss of more than a billion dollars.
Over the next four years, across the United States, identity
politics grew more hostile.
The Rockefeller Foundation’s most senior leadership
wanted to try to do something about a deteriorating civic
conversation in America. The two leaders of the foundation
tapped me to create and lead this new program. I had
already learned something about navigating differences
while working in Rwanda, and I had tried to become a
respectful listener as well. I loved the idea of confronting the
fractures of American democracy through investing in
diverse young leaders and was elated to build a program
that would support their development. At the same time, I
also felt that I was exactly the wrong person to lead that
program. I was white. My orientation was more global than
local. I had dreamed of investing in businesses that served
the poor, not supporting individuals to lead.
However, the need was there, the opportunity was
there, and no one else had stepped in to build something
like it. My mentor John Gardner, whom you met in chapter 1,
reminded me to be more interested than interesting. “You
will learn to understand the rest of the world better if you do
the work to know your own country,” he said to me. “You’ll
be able to speak with greater humility if you can speak from
experience about the challenges that your own country
faces.”
After much thought, I decided to start a new chapter in
my life and let the work teach me. Together with a small,
diverse and mighty team, I helped create the Next
Generation Leaders program. The scope of our ambition
thrilled me, though when we started, I had no idea of all
that I’d have to learn to give the program even the slightest
chance of success.
On the first evening of the NGL fellows gathering, as
everyone sat down to dinner, I formally introduced myself.
Twenty-four fellows sat around a horseshoe-shaped table,
representing diverse slices of the American pie, including a
Korean American leader of a community group from New
York City, an African American leader fighting to eliminate
the death penalty, a fighter pilot in the marines, and a gay
Latina activist for immigrant rights, just to name a few. After
welcoming these fellows, I began: “I hope we will use the
group itself not only to explore differences but to
understand one another, so that we in turn might better
understand ourselves.”
Heads nodded as I spoke. Though I was nervous, I
thought, So far, so good.
Given our diversity, I continued, we also hoped to define
rituals as a means of creating shared experiences and, thus,
bonds among us. Each night, before dinners together, I
suggested that a different fellow start the meal by sharing a
poem, a blessing, a quote, or silence. Each fellow could
choose whether to share his or her own tradition, whether
religious or atheist, or to honor another one. What mattered
was the fellow’s gift of reflection and an openness from the
rest of the group to receive it.
An African American minister from Chicago stood up
that first evening, choosing traditional words of thanksgiving
for the meal we were about to eat and ending with a quiet
“Amen.” Many in the group repeated the amen, but a young
African American activist stood and accused me of “making
this a Christian thing.” I reiterated that we hoped to create
the space not for what separated us but for what we shared.
He fired back that people shouldn’t be forced to hear
dinnertime prayers. Heads nodded in agreement.
The evening had barely begun, and I’d lost the group.
Over the next few months, the group regularly devolved
into arguments about identity rather than focusing on how
we might actually solve problems. I hired two elderly white
scholars to lead “Good Society” sessions, a powerful
exercise taken from the Aspen Institute, in which
participants reflect on their own values by interacting as a
group with the writings of philosophers and activists
spanning from Plato to Hobbes, Rousseau, King, and
Mandela. Upset that the readings mostly came from “dead
white men,” some of the fellows refused to participate.
I did not know how to handle the situation, and the two
facilitators ultimately left the session. The same young man
who had raised issues around having a minister share a
prayer made it clear from the beginning that I, a white
woman of privilege, should not run a program built for a
diverse collection of emerging American leaders.
Part of me thought he was right. My own insecurities
stunted my ability to bring my whole self forward, though
that was precisely what I was asking the group to do.
Ultimately, the group avoided rigorous debates about how
society might do better at encompassing our diversity.
Opinions, not reason, dominated. Some fellows remained so
busy defending their own identities that we collectively
failed to make the effort to engage with the identities of
others.
The lowest point of the year occurred at the end of a
seminar, during a go-round in which each fellow shared an
insight or question from the week’s activities. When it was
the African American activist’s turn, he suggested that this
was the right moment for me to resign. I thanked him for his
comments, but I had no answers, not for the unasked
questions swirling in the room and not even for the
questions I’d posed myself.
The weight of the room’s silence and the staring eyes of
the fellows pressed in on my chest, intensifying my feelings
of shame and guilt. Even though I’d put heart and soul into
working with my team to create and fund this program, and
had delivered on the promise of a group that reflected
America’s diversity, I had failed to facilitate difficult yet
constructive conversations. For nearly an entire year, I had
been unable to build a sense of wholeness and a connected
group that could learn from itself. And rather than share the
burden of failure with the group, I erred in thinking that the
program’s deficiencies were the sole responsibility of me
and my team.
Later that night, after a good cry, I finally came to a
reckoning with myself. The young activist had pinpointed
one of the most unresolved parts of my identity: my
privilege. It didn’t matter how I perceived myself. What
mattered in that moment was how others saw me. Until that
experience, I saw myself as an industrious woman from a
big, middle-class family who had paid her way through
college and business school and who would face the
monthly stress of school debt repayments for yet another
decade. As a young person, I was aware that being a white
American afforded me vastly better opportunities, but I also
wanted to claim the “scrappy independent woman” part of
my identity that was unafraid of sweat and hard work.
Yet, if I did not fully see myself as a woman of privilege,
my identity had expanded to include working at the
Rockefeller Foundation with a well-used passport and a
Stanford MBA. If I hadn’t been born an elite, I had certainly
become one, regardless of how I saw myself. Only when I
was able to integrate the person I had become with the
person I once was would I be able to serve in ways that
mattered.
Finally, I understood: by hiding parts of my identity, I
had been denying myself and others what I could bring to
the table. Because I had not laid the groundwork to know
myself and claim a legitimacy for running the program, I
had never been able to address the polarization that held
the room hostage to identity politics and made it difficult for
everyone to focus on the other issues at hand. I had failed
to recognize that identity, our own and that of others, is
always in the room.
Given all this, should I then resign? My resolve came
slowly but clearly. No. Absolutely not. That young activist did
not have the sole hold on what was right and fair. There
were many in the group who told me privately, and
repeatedly, that they were acquiring new insights and skills,
and they urged me to stay the course. So, I would take this
as an opportunity to grow personally and to expand my
understanding of both the challenges and opportunities
identity brings. I also realized in those days and weeks of
reflection that we would succeed in building a cohort of
diverse leaders who worked across lines of difference only if
we selected people who were open to changing themselves.
Without personal transformation, a moral revolution is
impossible.
By the second year of the fellowship, I was able to lead
with greater self-awareness and confidence. Rather than
simply “checking,” or distancing myself from, my privilege, I
learned to know when and how to use that privilege of
authority as an asset to create space so that other voices
could be heard. I was more able to recognize, and call out,
when a fellow, holding tightly to an ideological stance on
either extreme of the political divide, was making
constructive conversation impossible. When a fellow
complained in that first year that the Rockefeller Foundation
represented the imperialist capitalist elite, I simply stared,
almost fearing to respond. But during the second year, I
made it clear that everyone in the room, by virtue of
choosing to join the fellowship, would have a new element
to his or her identity. As fellows, they would have greater
access and privilege that, in turn, required additional
responsibilities.
I understood that my job was to make the conversation
safe enough for all sides to feel deeply uncomfortable at
times, and to grow from it. It was to challenge anyone who
was throwing around easy assumptions, asking them
instead to ground their perspectives in principles for which
they stood. It was to remind myself and every one of the
fellows that if every one of us was not open and willing to
change ourselves, we would never be able to change the
world.
My painful stumbles at the Rockefeller Foundation gave
me a powerful new set of skills with which to navigate
identity. First, know yourself. Second, be open to the
multiple identities others might carry within themselves.
Third, the person or organization with greater power in a
particular moment must be the bridge that extends
understanding to those with less power. Without this bridge,
real conversations won’t happen.
Keep in mind that privileges tend to fluctuate depending
on context. Every one of us might feel powerful in certain
situations and powerless in others, based on how we
perceive ourselves and how others impose on us their ideas
of who we are. The more you are aware of the power you
maintain in each situation, the more likely you are to gain a
truer understanding of others.
Though I could not have known it at the time, in pushing
me way beyond my comfort zone, that painful year with the
Rockefeller Foundation’s leadership program broke me open
and allowed me to stretch to find new parts of myself. I
don’t say this lightly; I realize that knowing all the parts of
ourselves and being aware of how others see us is more of a
struggle for some than for others, and it can be more
challenging at various stages of our lives. Moreover, some
people have single identities imposed on them in ways that
can be life threatening. This is precisely why understanding
identity—which is wholly different from learning to play
identity politics—is such an important skill to learn and
teach. We grow not in easy times but in difficult ones. In our
moments of greatest division and fear, might we all become
less comfortable and forge more nuanced understandings of
our own identities, thereby opening ourselves up to explore
the identities of others?
In 2015, I traveled to Bahawalpur, Pakistan, to discuss
values and principles of moral leadership with a group of
young Pakistani Acumen fellows who hailed from all parts of
the country. Some young men wore jeans and polo shirts;
others, traditional Pakistani shalwar kameez, long tunics
with loosely fitted cotton trousers. Women, representing
about 40 percent of the room, wore a mix of modern and
traditional clothing as well. It was the first time I was
meeting this particular group, but I felt a kinship given our
shared global community.
After I asked which living people would qualify as moral
leaders, I mused that the youngest Nobel Peace Prize winner
in history, Malala Yousafzai, Pakistan’s own daughter, was
the Antigone of our times: courageous, noble, and powerful
in her pursuit of justice.
Half the room agreed with me, some with a sense of
national pride. Half shook their heads in disgust.
“She is a CIA agent,” one young man said.
Another chimed in: “She’s simply a tool of the West. The
rich Americans love her because it fits within their story.”
When I pushed to understand, the group began arguing
with one another, their words flying past me. One of the
members, a young bearded man, sat silently, scowling. I
asked the group to quiet down, and I turned to him: “Why
have you opted out of the conversation?”
“Malala is no hero of mine,” he explained. “Her story
has been manipulated to make the West feel good about
itself.”
People around the table jumped in, both to protest and
to agree. I asked them to hold back and give the young man
space to say more.
He continued: “I’m from Swat, just near Malala’s village.
We were one of the most progressive places in the country.
We educated our daughters and sons in our valley. But after
the 2004 earthquake, the Taliban came down from the
mountains. They said Allah was punishing us for our evil
ways and began to rule the area. Since then, we have lived
with violence and fear in our midst. Schools were shut. Life
became more difficult for us. Yet the world sees Malala and
thinks we are barbarians who need to be saved by the West.
It is not right. Those same people who love her and despise
us don’t want to acknowledge that the U.S. created the
Taliban to fight the Russians in Afghanistan. And now the
U.S. blames the Taliban for any of the violence to justify
dropping drones on Northern Pakistan, on civilians. Why
don’t we ever hear about girls who escaped U.S. drone
attacks? Why don’t we ever make them heroes?”
He didn’t stop there, but instead described wounds
inflicted on his sense of identity from Pakistanis themselves.
“Even those Pakistanis who say Malala is an angel,” he said,
“don’t hide their surprise that she is so educated. They think
our region is backward, that we are second-class citizens. It
makes us feel more separate and, somehow, disgraced.”
We could have paused, agreed to disagree, honored his
reaction as one justified by his being part of a wounded
community. But we would have lost the chance to dive into
the layers of what Malala represents to so many in Pakistan.
We would have lost the chance to collectively unpack the
statement that “the West loves Malala and despises people
from Pakistan’s northern territories.” Moreover, had we
stopped, that young man may have been known from then
on through the single story of being a Muslim from Swat.
And he is so much more than that. He is a proud Pakistani; a
lover of literature, of dancing, of sports; a university
graduate. He is a father, a son, a brother, too. Also
important, he’s a teacher who runs a school for boys and
girls in his home city, and he has gone to great lengths to
protect girls’ rights to education.
The conversation about Malala threatened his Pashtun
identity. As Amin Maalouf would have predicted, in that
moment, the Pashtun man spoke only from the part of
himself that felt personally wounded—and thus, “Pashtun”
was raised to the top of his “identity hierarchy,” reducing
his story to a single narrative. If we had not had time as a
group to consider the complexities of this man’s life
experiences and the story of Malala herself, we could have
become even more divided. Instead, we deliberately created
space and time for uncomfortable conversations among
people who, above all, valued listening and moral
imagination.
You might be wondering what happened next, whether
either side was convinced by the other. We never fully
agreed as a group as to whether Malala was an angel or an
agent. Yet most of the fellows admitted later that during
that uncomfortable conversation, something within them
individually, and in the group as a whole, shifted. At the very
least, the larger group came to understand the hurt of
Pashtuns in a more personal way. And at the end of our time
together, one of the more privileged members of the cohort
spoke about the shame he felt for remaining silent in the
past when friends had insulted Pashtuns.
That unresolved conversation also elevated how we saw
ourselves as a group. At the essence of the Malala exchange
was the interplay of human dignity and identity; a yearning
to be recognized and acknowledged; an unspoken promise:
if you do not attempt to reduce me to a single identity, I will
try to see you as a more integrated person as well. While we
may not have fully resolved whether Malala was a hero, this
was the resolution we needed: a commitment to
acknowledge one another not just within the confines of the
room but in the open spaces of the world.
The conversation about Malala prepared me for a
surprising interaction I had in Dubai a few weeks later. I had
been invited to speak to twenty professional women at a
steel-and-glass restaurant atop one of the city’s imposing
skyscrapers. The scene could not have felt more different
from our simple retreat in the agricultural fields of southern
Pakistan. The middle-aged women were dressed
traditionally in abayas (long, flowing black robes) and hijabs
(head scarves), and obviously were very wealthy, exuding
the confidence that comes from operating at the highest
levels of political and professional achievement.
I spoke about my work and my hope to contribute to a
new kind of philanthropy in the region. When I finished, the
elder stateswoman of the group thanked me, then posed an
unexpected question: “What do you think about Malala?”
she asked. She clasped her hands and placed them gently
on the table in front of her.
This time I was prepared. I started from a place of
identity, acknowledging that while she was just a young
woman, Malala had come to symbolize a tension between
the West and the Muslim world, at least for some. I
acknowledged that young women and men have been killed
by the Taliban and by U.S. drones, and that with such
violence, our children and the poor are the ones who lose
most.
And then I shared my own belief that regardless of the
circumstances that made Malala a teenage celebrity, she
was using her privilege as a platform to stand for young
people across the world, and doing so with respect for her
religion, her parents, and her country. She may have been
born a Pashtun girl from Swat, but now she belongs to all of
us, and the world is better for it. I ended with another
acknowledgment of my hosts: “I love this region and
recognize the unholy partnership between fair-weather
friends in both Pakistan and the United States. Both sides
have dirty hands. It is our children who bear the brunt of
violence and despair. It must be to us as women, as citizens,
as mothers and sisters and aunts, to stand for building a
peace that goes beyond politics, so that all children can
grow to become what they deserve to be.”
The elder woman smiled and said, “Yes.” And then she
was quiet for another moment. I wasn’t sure what was
coming next.
Finally, she said, “Thank you. Now we can talk.”
Being aware of and acknowledging the identities others
hold is a key skill for navigating complex conversations.
Once that group of twenty professional women in the room
had become even slightly more trusting, we could speak
more freely of politics and philanthropy, of the situation of
women in the Middle East, and of problems in international
development.
Ultimately, our future as a human race depends on all of
us subscribing to a revolution of morals in which we each
commit ourselves to something beyond ourselves. We spend
so much time focused on what we believe to be true rather
than opening ourselves to the ways others perceive the
world. A peaceful, sustainable planet demands that we
celebrate our individual multiple identities while recognizing
the one thing we have in common: we are all human beings.
We are born equal by virtue of our precious, blessed, wild
humanness—and that is enough to bind us to one another.
Each of us is the ocean in a drop.
Our shared humanity is strong and vast enough to
encompass our beautiful diversity. Think of yourself as a
bridge extending forward so that others might walk across.
Commit to stretching beyond your comfort zone to meet
those whose realities are different from your own. You might
be surprised at what you find on the other side.
Chapter 6
PRACTICE
COURAGE
I was a child of the 1960s, a time of heaving change, when
cracks surfaced in ancient institutions and the tightly woven
fabric of society began to loosen. In fourth grade, girls were
allowed to wear “nice pants” on Fridays to public schools,
and even my Catholic elementary school stopped requiring
uniforms. Through Vatican II, Pope John XXIII transformed
the Catholic Church’s relationship to the modern world. The
birth control pill was introduced, and movements for civil
rights and human freedoms broke out across the globe.
Even then, most girls refrained from sports, took home
economics in school to learn to cook and sew, and were
taught to be polite at all times.
Luckily, my parents believed that their growing tribe of
boys and girls could do anything. When I was nine, my
father coached a middle school football team in Fort
Leavenworth, Kansas. He brought me to practice one day,
and some of the boys teased him: “Coach,” they said, “you
didn’t tell us you had a girl.”
“Yup,” he said, “but she’s as tough as you are.” He then
challenged two of the boys to a pull-up competition with me.
I wanted to die of embarrassment—until I was actually in
the competition; then I wanted to win. And, at least in my
dad’s memory, I did. My mortification gave way to a secret
pride in being physically strong, a self-perception that
became a superpower. In an age when most girls were
cheering on the sidelines for boys playing sports, I wanted
to be nowhere but on the field itself.
Necessity prompted my parents to instill a scrappy
entrepreneurial courage in their brood. Raising seven kids
on a military salary was no easy feat. When my brothers
and I complained that “everyone else’s moms” bought them
Levi’s jeans or Converse sneakers, our mother would give us
the evil eye for wanting to be like everyone else. “You don’t
need to wear brand names,” she’d say, disappointed. “You
are Novogratzes. But if you seriously feel the need to be like
other people, I’ll make a deal with you. I’ll cover the cost of
plain jeans or sneakers at the Army Post Exchange, and you
pay the difference for the branded ones.”
My parents believed that each of us was capable of
doing anything we set our minds to. And having someone
play the role of encourager is one of the biggest gifts any of
us can receive. It reinforces the courage that comes just by
believing you count, that you’re capable of something. (It
doesn’t really matter what that something is.)
As a result of my mother’s deal making, we were always
looking for entrepreneurial ways to earn income for greater
independence and, sometimes, to buy those Levi’s. I started
babysitting when I was ten, then went on to work behind the
ice-cream counter at a Howard Johnson’s at fourteen before
ultimately bartending while still in high school. And I made
and sold Christmas ornaments door to door to earn enough
money for school trips. Each experience required facing into
discomfort—knocking at the houses of strangers to
introduce myself, to ask people to buy things I’d put my
heart into making. I had to learn to deal with rejection, to
make decisions for myself and to handle money. And while
the first or second or sometimes tenth time I tried
something might still feel uncomfortable, each experience
expanded my worldview, even the most incremental of
victories imparting me with the belief that life could be a
great adventure if you were willing to dare.
Courage is not the absence of fear. Courage is the
ability to look fear in the face and continue to walk forward.
All of us have something that frightens us, whether or not
we admit it, and there are as many forms of courage as
there are of fear. Only by nurturing our courage will we
prevent our fears from making and then keeping us small.
Childhood gave me the courage to take physical and
entrepreneurial risks, but it did not prepare me to speak
truth to power. The institutions that grounded my youth did
just the opposite, in fact, reinforcing the idea that girls
especially were supposed to be “good” and respectful.
Though I might have imagined myself a maverick, I also was
groomed to be polite and considerate, without being honest
or tough enough to ask for what I truly needed.
As a child, when I most needed courage to use my
voice, I lacked any skill or sense of my own power
whatsoever. After a long night of babysitting, a
neighborhood father drove me home. He parked the car in
our house’s driveway, turned to me as if to say good night,
and suddenly began kissing and forcing himself on me. I
pleaded for him to stop, and fought to get out from under
him, but I was also, somehow, polite until I managed to
wriggle free.
I was twelve years old. I can still remember my outfit: a
pink gingham button-down shirt tucked into bell-bottom
jeans with little houses embroidered around the waistband
and an oversize pink comb in the back pocket, my long hair
in braids tied with little white ribbons. I had never before
kissed a boy nor really even considered the possibility.
I rushed into the house and saw my brave, loving father
talking at the kitchen table with one of his best friends. The
only word I could muster was hello. I scrambled up the
golden shag-carpeted stairs to the bathroom and jumped in
the shower wearing all my clothes. Sitting in the bathtub,
the water pouring over me from overhead, I felt dirty and
ashamed, confused and hurt. I never babysat for that family
again, coming up with all sorts of excuses to avoid doing so.
For decades, I gave no external voice to my internal
hurt, at least not to adults. I must have believed, or known,
somehow that saying aloud what had happened would upset
the social order of my world. I knew that my parents would
have been devastated. My father was the kindest man I
knew, and he had returned from Vietnam only months
before. My mother was fierce, fearless, and focused when it
came to raising her brood. I could not bear the thought of
hurting either of them.
I dreaded the very notion that my father might injure
the neighbor in his desire to avenge me. And what of the
man’s wife and children? I convinced myself that silence
was a better option. I had neither permission nor practice to
say aloud the true things that might need to be said, even if
they harmed the reputation of a respected member of the
community.
Forty years later, when I heard the news of the
neighbor’s death, I felt an unexpected sense of freedom.
Now I understand that I was caught in a system that
required the silence of the weak in order to protect and
maintain the privilege of the strong. We remain voiceless
because we fear rejection, shame, or letting others down.
We stay silent when bad things happen to us or to those
around us, afraid of losing status or love or the security of
home. We want to keep our jobs or maintain the peace or, in
some situations, stave off further violence.
Thankfully, systems that privilege some groups over
others have begun to erode. A generation is more willing to
confront ugly truths, openly recognizing that acts by some
to denigrate or hurt others are unacceptable. People are
finding others to stand in solidarity with them, even if they
live in different communities. For any of us to be free, we
must all be free.
Finding one’s own voice and using it is one of the most
difficult kinds of courage to develop. It grows from
discovering and valuing our most authentic selves,
regardless of the systems and structures that otherwise
might attempt to define us. For those who’ve been injured,
this requires courageously confronting our own trauma and
injuries. But courage is a muscle. The more we exercise it,
even in small ways, the more courageous we become.
Sometimes life gives us opportunities to do the right
thing, even at a possible cost to ourselves. In my first job, I
recognized a worrying pattern in a Swiss bank that had
significant loans outstanding with Chase. It looked to me as
if the bank would fail. The country director in Geneva
ridiculed me as a baby banker who clearly had no
understanding of the way Swiss banks operated. My boss
discouraged me from politically ruffling powerful feathers.
But I had triple-checked my work, and I knew that my job
was to raise concerns, even if the worst-case scenario never
happened.
And so, I did. After an anxious, wakeful night, I sat at a
big wooden desk across from the bank’s towering, powerful
country head. My knuckles were white from gripping the
seat beneath me, and I felt as if I were in a roiling storm at
sea. My voice quaking, and resisting the urge to vomit, I
relayed my conclusions to the disdainful country leader.
Later, I submitted my report to the global credit committee.
I didn’t sleep for the next two nights, anxious that my
findings might result in the loss of my job.
A few days later, the bank failed. My reputation was
burnished, and I internalized the importance of speaking my
truth, even through trembling lips. I also tried to remind
myself that things could have gone differently. The bank
might have stayed afloat, and my boss could have seen me
as a troublemaker. But at least my integrity, even if known
only by me, would have remained intact.
That experience fueled my courage to stand up for my
beliefs when I switched from banking on Wall Street to
microfinance in Rwanda. A local priest had accused our
microfinance organization, Duterimbere, of usury (charging
illegally high interest), though we charged women just 12
percent a year to borrow versus the informal moneylenders,
who charged as much as 10 percent per day. Knowing I’d
survived my initial discomfort at Chase, I was more
prepared to confront the cultural guardians in Rwanda. In
Rwanda, the stakes were higher, for they were about not
just my career but our organization’s very mandate.
Even after I was gaining the courage of my convictions
and learning to fight for my beliefs, I still lacked confidence
in another area of my life: public speaking. When it came to
speaking in front of groups, it took me longer to learn that
fear is conquerable if you confront it, understand what lies
beneath it, and then face it, often repeatedly, until you
make it a friend. As with most hard things, that takes
practice.
The particular fear of public speaking showed up early in
my life and persisted. When I was a teenager, my knees
would knock whenever I had to make a presentation. On
Wall Street, we had to study public speaking as part of our
training. After witnessing my nervous laughter and rapid-fire
speech, my instructor told me that I was perhaps the worst
public speaker she’d ever encountered. That single
comment set back my confidence even further. But I knew
that public speaking would be an essential skill for leading
change, so I looked for opportunities to present to small
groups, sometimes staying up half the night to practice. If a
speech went well, I’d gain a bit of confidence. If it was a
flop, I’d think about what I could learn from the experience.
It took years to get to the point where I sometimes even
enjoyed public speaking.
During this process, I also learned to calm my nerves. As
a young woman, I’d listened to the advice of those who told
me to “pump myself up” before speaking. That only
stressed me further. “Imagine the audience naked,”
someone else suggested. But that image distressed me.
Pretending I was a superhero served to keep the attention
on myself, and didn’t work, either.
It took years to realize that I had it all backward. Rather
than focus on myself, I needed to direct my attention to the
audience. I was speaking, after all, as a messenger, not a
protagonist. My job was simply to be an instrument of love,
I’d remind myself, whether to inspire thought or provoke
action. Rather than attempting to stare down my ego, I
would try to allow my ego to dissolve. This approach turned
out to be a grounding mechanism, enabling me to get out of
my own way and do what I had come to do.
All of us are at times strong and at other times fragile,
certain and unsure—these contradictions are part of the
human condition. Sometimes, the same people who display
nerves of steel when negotiating high-stakes deals find it
almost impossible to provide difficult feedback to beloved
employees. Each act requires its own kind of courage, and
few of us are fearless in every situation. Some people fear
being viewed as imperfect or unworthy; instead of
courageously communicating mistakes or failures, they hide
small problems, denying partners or friends or investors the
chance to help rectify the situation. Sometimes those same
problems grow into full-blown disasters, making manifest
the very fears the person tried to avoid.
At Acumen, we’ve lost important investments because a
team member lacked the confidence to advocate for a risky
deal, assuming others would think him crazy for proposing
it. But if you want to play it safe, you shouldn’t get into the
business of change. Change involves risk, and risk, which is
not the same as recklessness, requires courage.
Institutions can try to make it easier for people to take
risks, but it is up to each of us to practice small acts of
courage so that we build muscles to do the right thing.
Regularly, we should ask ourselves, what is the cost of not
daring? Of not trying? Of not speaking up when it matters?
Practice courage until you become courageous. Think of
fear not as a bad thing, but simply as a mechanism to alert
you to emotional or physical danger. The more you confront
what lies beneath the fear, the more you can tackle it
through repeated confrontations and small victories. Those
wins, ultimately, will prepare you for the times when the
world needs you to stand bravely in the fire and take on the
seemingly impossible.
And even then, for some, there are times (hopefully
rare) when the stakes of change suddenly rise to a matter of
life or death, when you have only fraught options and you
find yourself flying without a net. In such situations, what
separates those who are able to master their fears from
those who run or hide is purpose.
One leader with this gritty, muscular courage, one
fueled by a singular purpose and commitment to
community, is Andrew Otieno. A mild-mannered man of
slender build, Andrew worked as a senior leader at Jamii
Bora Bank, a Nairobi-based nonprofit microfinance
organization imbued with an ethos of self-help and mutual
support. In addition to serving as a senior leader of Jamii
Bora, Andrew also founded and ran a health clinic close to
where he was born in Kibera, the largest urban slum in
Africa.
Life threw many challenges at Andrew, giving rise to a
steely toughness to backstop his temperate demeanor. But
even he could not have imagined the gut-wrenching
fortitude he’d have to muster after Kenya’s 2007
presidential election caused an eruption of tribally driven
violence that left Andrew’s cherished community raging with
riots and fires.
Andrew oversaw Jamii Bora’s office in Kibera. The
lending operation served tens of thousands, including the
more than 1,700 merchants who operated out of the fabled
Toi Market, one of East Africa’s largest open-air bazaars.
Known for selling secondhand clothing and just about
everything else, Toi was a vibrant, colorful, glorious mosaic
of tiny kiosks that enabled millions of dollars to flow through
the marketplace, supporting the livelihoods of nearly a
hundred thousand people each year. It was there, on the
edge of the market, that Andrew’s office sat, witness to an
artery of economic growth and opportunity. For some, that
market provided the best route out of poverty.
One night, during the raging post-election weeks of
rioting, a couple hundred young men looted and razed the
market in a massive brawl that left many wounded and
several dead. In the morning, all that was left on the
hallowed ground of Toi were ashes and charred stumps that
indicated where market stalls had once stood. The
community was not only traumatized, but left with no place
to work, and most were at risk of falling deeper into poverty.
Toi could easily have become a war zone.
The young men’s night of destruction had been fueled
by wounds of identity and a desire for vengeance. With their
rioting, the men—mostly unemployed, and many of them
gang members—had aimed to “reclaim” land they believed
was rightfully theirs. Kibera had been established as a land
grant to Nubian soldiers who’d fought on behalf of the
British Army in World War I—albeit without a formal title to
show this. Over time, other tribes migrated to Nairobi, and
Kibera, its population exceeding two hundred thousand, was
declared an informal settlement in which all land belonged
to the government. Presumably, many of these young men
were descendants of the Nubian soldiers and thus wanted
“their” land back.
Yet, without Toi Market, the community as a whole lost
its primary economic artery, its lifeline to commerce, and its
connection to the larger city. Merchants had lost their wares,
which for most accounted for nearly everything they owned.
Some residents had lost family members. All of them lost
some sense of security, for there was no one visible to
protect them.
Andrew Otieno could have only one purpose at this
point: rebuild the market.
How to do that, though, in the face of the young vandals
who had terrorized the community? Since the post-election
violence, the international NGOs and even the police had
stayed away. And the community had been left on its own.
But Andrew understood that he was not fully alone. The
founder of Jamii Bora, an irrepressible Swedish woman
named Ingrid Monro, had spent decades committed to
building an organization in which people helped and
accompanied each other. Because she had immersed
herself in the Kibera community, Ingrid also understood the
life-or-death importance of the marketplace. She recognized
that while Andrew and other local leaders had to lead the
rebuilding of Toi Market, she had a form of social capital to
offer them: connections to international agencies. While
Ingrid traveled to Europe to raise money to rebuild Toi
Market, Andrew remained in Kibera to navigate at the local
level.
In early 2008, soon after the worst of the riots, I met
Andrew in Jamii Bora’s bright offices in a more central part
of Nairobi to discuss a different matter related to Acumen’s
investment in the organization. The calm and beauty of the
city stood in stark juxtaposition to what I’d heard about the
ugly violence and danger in the slums just a few miles away.
Andrew and I spoke about the Toi Market situation and how
so many people in Nairobi were going about their business
as if nothing had happened to their neighbors.
“For many,” Andrew said, “Kibera is both in our own city
and a different world altogether.”
He asked me to go with him to see the market. No, I
said. I didn’t want to show up as a voyeur, and I knew there
were enormous security risks. But Andrew would not hear of
it. “No outsiders will go and witness,” he said, “so no one
understands the situation. We are left on our own. If Mama
Ingrid fails to find the money, you might need to help us,
too.”
The fires were still burning in Kibera when we arrived,
and reports of continuing violence jangled my already tense
nerves, though I found comfort in Andrew’s calm and sober
grace. The Jamii Bora lending office, situated at the market’s
edge, had been ransacked. There was not a single desk or
chair or computer in sight. Still, a long line of women sat on
the floor, hoping they might borrow again, or at least speak
to someone.
Andrew and I, along with his colleague Gabriel Kadidi,
ventured into the empty marketplace, past young men
hammering stakes into the ground to mark their territory. A
number of merchants shuffled around their old work spots. A
man folded newly washed baby clothes on a tiny bench that
he carried in and placed in the spot he’d rented when there
was still a market. “Who do you think will risk the danger to
come here to buy baby clothes?” I asked, needlessly
reminding him that violence was still widespread.
He sighed. “Probably no one. But I’ve no food for my
family and nothing left but hope.”
As if on cue, a man in a tan jacket ran over to Andrew to
tell him that, on the other side of the market, a few hundred
feet from where we stood, a muscular young man in a dark
blue T-shirt and jeans had struck an older man’s bald head
with a machete. The man in the tan jacket and another
resident then carried the wounded elder to a beat-up car
parked by Jamii Bora’s office. In the chaos, I never learned
what happened to the perpetrator, but the injured man
survived. There were no police in sight.
I couldn’t help but juxtapose the scene with the
perfectly folded baby clothes piled amid the burning embers
of the marketplace. I desperately wanted to flee.
“How will you get this market built in light of the danger,
these tensions?” I asked Andrew. “Who will help you do it?”
I could understand Andrew’s urgency, but I could not
see how he would pull off the reconstruction—not soon
anyway, and not without more violence.
“We will find a way,” Andrew whispered, his face
strained.
I hated to leave him. I was returning to a place that
provided me every opportunity and liberties I too often took
for granted—freedom from fear, freedom from abject
poverty, freedom to travel. Here in Kibera, despite the
destruction and even the deaths, despite the burned-out
storefronts, razed marketplace, and marauding young men,
ordinary citizens would still get up, get dressed, and go to
work. They would find a way to bring their children to
schools taught by heroes—more ordinary citizens doing
extraordinary things. This experience with Andrew renewed
my commitment to become braver myself, to show up more
fully, to be more compassionate.
A few months later, I was back in Kibera. Astonishingly,
so was the market. Ingrid had raised the money, and
Andrew had overseen a peace process that would rival the
Oslo Accords in bringing sworn enemies into cooperation
and agreement. I asked him to walk me through how he’d
managed to erect a thing of beauty from a heap of ashes
and rage.
“It wasn’t easy, but I took one step at a time,” he said.
First, he’d searched the refugee camps and discovered the
leaders of the looting: a local gang member and his
sidekick, let me call them David and Jonah. Andrew
explained his plans to rebuild the market and restore peace,
and he told the men he hoped for their blessing. The men
shouted that they wanted revenge, not peace. Their
intention was to build two hundred houses where the
market stood, one for each member of the gang. Waving a
machete, Jonah threatened to kill Andrew if he didn’t
comply. Andrew didn’t move. He recognized the men’s
grievances and restated his goal to rebuild the peace—and
that he needed their help.
I’d meet David later that day. He was handsome, with
dark skin, high cheekbones, cool black eyes, and a steely
expression. His hair was cut close to his head, and his
muscular arms were as solid as granite. If Jonah could
threaten with his weapon, David’s eyes made it clear to me
that he’d killed people before.
Andrew had neither the tools of a trusted judicial system
nor the funds to offer reparations. The currents of identity
tore differing truths through the tortured landscape, and
Andrew could see only imperfect options each way he
turned. He understood from the start that without security,
he’d have to find a solution to peace that included the
young vandals. The thought sickened him: rather than
punishment, these men were being rewarded for the
destruction they’d wreaked. But the trade-off for that
injustice was a functioning marketplace that served
thousands.
A few days after the failed first meeting with David and
Jonah, Andrew had returned to the refugee camps. David
and Jonah still thought he was nuts, but David decided they
might as well listen to this man who was willing to be as
crazy as they were, just in a different way.
By that time, the residents at the camps were starving.
The UN agencies were slow in distributing foodstuffs, and
the market was not functioning. Jamii Bora had been given
the job of distributing food to residents in the camps, but
Andrew knew the food itself was vulnerable to looting now
that the market was gone. He also understood that those
most likely to create trouble were the same young men who
had razed the market in the first place. So, he made the
risky, albeit strategic, decision to hire David and his guys,
both ensuring that residents could access needed food and
taking a step toward building goodwill with the young men.
As he said to me, “No outsiders were securing the peace. I
had few options, so I chose one with the greatest chance of
meeting the community’s most urgent needs.”
In time, Andrew, stressing the potential gains each
would make, negotiated a deal in which all sides would
contend with some loss. He aimed for solutions grounded in
realities of the community itself that positively touched the
broadest swath of people. He hired the gang members to
rebuild the market, and then negotiated with the market
residents to allocate two hundred stalls to the gang, one for
each of its members. The utmost he could achieve was
imperfect, and the imperfect would claim almost everything
Andrew could muster within himself.
The young men didn’t quite get houses, but they now
each owned a business and a chance to rebuild their lives.
To the market residents, Andrew offered an uneasy peace
and the chance to get back to work, to stand again on their
own two feet.
“Look, if you help these boys, we will have the market
running again,” he said. “If you don’t, there will be trouble,
because the boys believe this is their rightful territory. And
there is nowhere else for them to go.” To me, Andrew
acknowledged that he had struggled mightily to find a way
to arbitrate between competing truths. What made that
arbitration possible was focusing on his goal and
communicating as often as he could—with everyone.
With no good options, Andrew found the courage to
make a compromised decision, acknowledging it was the
best he could do. His effectiveness at bringing the
community along with him was a master class in leadership.
While many organizations temporarily left Kibera after the
violence, Andrew committed personally to keeping Jamii
Bora operational. He showed up daily to his empty office at
the edge of the market in case problems or disagreements
arose, aware that while the short-term fix was a new
marketplace, healing the tensions and wounds beneath
could take much longer.
Andrew survived unimaginable pressures. He risked his
reputation and his life for his community. And he himself
seemed surprised by his bravery, which was ignited and
sustained by an abiding commitment to his people, his
place, his nation. We cannot choose what happens to us, but
we can choose how we respond. In courageously confronting
ugly realities, and by knowing not only what he stood for but
for whom he stood, Andrew collaborated with other brave
men and women. Together, they prevailed in rebuilding a
market and restoring peace.
Andrew’s challenges were extreme, but they are not
unique. Leaders all over the world must contend with
situations in which they must “navigate the gray” or look
unflinchingly at ugly truths and make a decision anyway.
The only way to survive and thrive is to acknowledge the
imperfections, to say aloud that you could not be trying
harder, and sometimes, to compare your outcomes to what
would have been had you done nothing at all.
All this takes courage, and gaining courage requires
practicing it.
The same night that the young man lifted his machete
and struck an innocent elder in the Toi Market, I flew to
Switzerland. The next morning, surrounded by happy,
wealthy children bundled in warm winter coats against a
backdrop of fluffy snow, I suddenly experienced a sense of
vertigo. Images of the violence I had experienced over many
years rushed through me: a farmer holding the barrel of a
shotgun against my throat on a lonely road in Mexico; three
men in Tanzania attacking me on a beach; a random guy
waiting at a bus stop in Guatemala City pointing his gun at
me. My brain was in overdrive. I thought of the man who
inexplicably punched me in the gut as I walked down Fifth
Avenue early in the morning on Valentine’s Day, and the
man in Malaysia, physically smaller than me, whom I think I
hurt more than he hurt me. I was always a fighter in the
moment, but these incidents were rising up to haunt me.
I wept for my younger self, for the friends I’d known
who’d been wounded or murdered for their beliefs or for
merely being in the wrong place. I wept for the images of
the bodies of people slain in Rwandan churches and the
layer upon layer of violence that is part of human society.
Since that night, there have been other moments when
an image, whether in the newspaper or on the streets,
summoned these painful memories, bringing back the taste
and smell of fear. The fears would arise like Harpies,
screaming. It took years for me to recognize that I would
defeat those demons not by using the fallback skills of my
early identity (courageously confronting the “enemy” and
shaking off the pain or, more truthfully, running away from
it), but by accepting my own vulnerability and self-doubt. It
was only when I began to love the imperfect and broken
parts inside of me that I could show up with my whole self.
I’m still working on it.
I finally understand today what I wish I had known long
ago: If we see ourselves only as victims, we risk failing to
recognize our own fallibility, and this makes it impossible to
accept the flaws of others. If we see ourselves or others only
as perpetrators, we extinguish possibilities of redemption. If
we refuse to see at all, we trap our diminished selves in
darkness, relinquishing hopes for growth and renewal. In all
such cases, we thwart our potential for wholeness.
The neighbor who attacked me as a twelve-year-old girl
may have been told he was worthless his entire life. I’ll
never know. The man with the machete in Toi Market may
have internalized a sense of irrelevance and invisibility,
making it easier for him to cast blame for his hurts on
another tribe than to take personal responsibility for them—
just as it is easier for the wealthy people in his larger
community to blame him alone rather than acknowledge the
structural impediments to this young man’s flourishing as
well. The cycle of violence, internal and external, individual
and structural, can be endless.
Unless we have the courage to stop it.
No one escapes life without broken parts. When we find
the courage to repair what is broken inside ourselves, to
reconcile the hurts we’ve internalized and the hurts we’ve
inflicted on others, we can finally renew our fragile world.
We can finally comprehend that our individual and collective
wholeness is necessarily enmeshed. This kind of repair
requires moral courage, the will to face fears and to fight for
those who are unlike us, especially those outside our own
families or tribes.
So, practice courage. It will prepare you for those times
when you, and the world, need it most.
Chapter 7
HOLD
OPPOSING
VALUES IN
TENSION
“I would be happy to give you money if you promised you’d
build five million houses, but five hundred?” The wealthy
venture capitalist spoke with an almost comic level of
disbelief. “Can’t you be a little more audacious?”
It was 2004, and I had traveled to Palo Alto, California,
to an office on Sand Hill Road, the storied “Main Street” of
Silicon Valley. I sat in a large glass room across from a man
with a mien of certainty and the insistent mannerisms of
someone for whom time is definitely money. The venture
capitalist had made a gazillion dollars betting big in fast-
paced technology start-ups, a few of which had created
billionaires, at least on paper, seemingly overnight. The
irony that I was there to pitch the idea of “patient capital” to
this person was not lost on me.
“Patient capital,” I said, “is an approach to early-stage
investment in entrepreneurs who are stepping in where
markets and government have failed the poor. Acumen’s
patient capital approach is straightforward, but new.” I went
on to explain that we raise philanthropic donations and
invest for ten years (or more) in companies that serve the
poor. We bring management support, introduce new
markets and networks, and make a long-term commitment
to partnering in order to impact the lives of the poor. Patient
capital focuses not simply on maximizing profits but also on
holding the tension of both social impact and financial
returns.
The VC did not conceal his allergic reaction to the idea
of trade-offs. “If you build a highly profitable business that
people value, it will grow virally,” he said, using a popular (if
overused and misunderstood) Valley term.
“Yes,” I said, “but we can’t assume that we’ll build a
profitable model in the short term. Reaching people with
limited income and hobbled trust requires a balance that
harvests the strengths of both markets and philanthropy.
Finding that balance doesn’t happen overnight.”
I started to explain that we had just invested in a new
development community outside Lahore, Pakistan, that
aimed to construct five hundred houses. Building a
development for slum dwellers on land so barren it
resembled a moonscape would require not just
infrastructure such as water and electricity, but also
creating Pakistan’s first-ever mortgage product for low-
income people that was sharia-compliant (governed by
Islamic religious law).
The VC stopped me again. “But five hundred houses?
That’s not very interesting.”
“It will take time to build trust among low-income
people who have had scam artists sell them houses on
paper and then disappear,” I said. As in most developing
countries, Pakistan’s urban poor tend to live in large,
informal slum settlements on the outskirts of town, with
little or no government infrastructure. It took time to
navigate the bureaucracy and corruption endemic to low-
income housing everywhere. And the product had to be
priced so that people who paid forty or fifty dollars per
month in rent could afford to buy a house.
I could hear myself growing defensive. Something in the
VC’s manner made me feel rushed and inarticulate. I was,
clearly, failing to persuade him.
“I still don’t understand why you’re thinking so small,”
the VC repeated. “This is the problem with social enterprise:
you work at the margins without really changing anything.”
He said he might be interested in five million houses. “But
five hundred houses?” he repeated. “Why even bother?”
Now it was my turn to be frustrated. Hadn’t the VC
heard the challenges I’d just described? By then, I’d spent
more than twenty years trying to make change in low-
income communities, and understood the complex ground
realities that made solving poverty so challenging. When
you are investing in a technology platform company such as
Google or Amazon, yes, you can reach millions of people
seemingly overnight. But housing for the poor? If it were
that easy, there wouldn’t be a seven-million-housing-unit
shortfall in Pakistan. (Today, the number is closer to ten
million.)
“Why even bother?” I responded. “Because if you don’t
bother, we’re stuck with the status quo. And that isn’t
working for the people who most need change.” I repeated
the reasons we needed to be both patient and urgent. “We
will be audacious,” I said, “as soon as we have a model that
can grow to scale. Creating that model requires innovating
in unknown territory.”
The VC was unconvinced; he passed on the opportunity.
My conundrum was one common to anyone introducing
a new approach to solving old problems. While I could paint
a vivid picture with lived experiences of what had not
worked in international development, I had no proof of how
the patient capital model did work. I could only describe
what could be. And there was little my team and I could do
about that except to continue to seek and support
innovations that might succeed, and accompany them until
they did.
I left the meeting feeling diminished by my failure to
convince the VC of the merit of the patient capital model
and daunted at the thought that it might take years before
the model was taken seriously.
It was even more confounding for me to see investors
who had rejected a patient capital model turn around and
give millions in philanthropy to splashy top-down ventures
with little chance of long-term success. In the early 2000s, a
number of well-intentioned entrepreneurs-cum-donors made
grand proclamations about building thousands of schools,
adopting communities, or fashioning merry-go-rounds as
creative ways to pump water. These were big bets on
scaling solutions, with audacious promises of massive short-
term payoffs. Missing from the equation was the humility to
start by listening to what the poor actually needed and
wanted, to focus on building a business model that actually
worked, and only then, to focus on growing the solution to
reach millions.
After a few years of enormous spending, many of the
projects failed, leaving empty schools, broken wells, and
more disenfranchised and mistrustful communities. The
philanthropists moved on—some having learned from the
experience, some blaming the communities rather than
examining their own choices. Solving complex problems is
rarely accomplished with a silver bullet or a single approach.
Effective leaders looking to bring about change have no
choice but to hold opposing values without rejecting either.
The venture capitalist was right in that we must have
the audacity to imagine a different future. John F. Kennedy’s
audacious vision for landing on the moon inspired a nation
to do the impossible. We must have the kind of audacity
that drove a new generation to build technologies that
changed the way humans interacted across the globe. And
we must balance that audacity with a new humility that
considers and is accountable for the unintended
consequences of our actions.
If audacity and humility must be balanced to shift
systems, so must accountability and generosity. Our current
institutions have traditionally leaned toward one or the
other rather than encompassing both. We assume the
business sector is more accountable and efficient; the
charitable sector, more generous. Because Acumen bridges
both the nonprofit and for-profit sectors, co-investors have
phoned me more than once to demand that Acumen make a
grant to help an ailing company we were both supporting.
One memorable call came from an irate co-investor in Africa
who reached me on a Saturday morning at my home in New
York City. He was unhappy with my team’s insistence that all
co-investors work with the troubled company on the same
financial terms. The investor believed that Acumen alone
should bail out the company, which was navigating
treacherous financial waters.
“Why us alone?” I asked. “Why wouldn’t you also
support the company?”
“You are patient capital,” he responded. “You can afford
to help.”
I almost laughed out loud, for he represented a much
larger and richer institution, one that could presumably take
much more financial risk than Acumen.
“We can be generous, yes,” I said, “but equally, we
focus on accountability. If you are interested in the future of
the company, we’ll work through how best to do it together
—and take equal risk in doing so.”
My response triggered a powerful reaction. “You get on
stages and talk about love,” this investor said, “but when it
comes down to it, you’re just like everyone else.”
I was taken aback. “I’m sorry, but our focus is patient
capital. It is not stupid capital,” I said, deliberately using
language that I thought would resonate with him. I believe
in love, to be sure. But real love requires setting
expectations and helping people gain the capacities to meet
those expectations. That entails being willing to have
uncomfortable conversations, to know when and how to
step in financially, and to understand when a bailout creates
dependency. Real love is not a soft skill. In this particular
case, we needed to send a message to the ailing company,
and the market, that all investors believed in the company
and were working together to turn around its operations—
head and heart.
Those who see the role of business as solely to make a
profit often employ either-or thinking. But presupposing that
profits alone signal the existence of social good limits our
ability to think creatively, collaboratively, and
constructively, not to mention realistically. The mirror
image, relying solely on charity or government, is limiting as
well. In a world of interdependence, we will flourish only if
we move to “both-and” thinking, integrating purpose and
profit, generosity and accountability, the community and the
individual.
Holding on to both-and thinking requires sustained
effort. It is much easier to focus on profit alone or to ignore
financial discipline and throw money where your
heartstrings tug you. But if you are looking for easy
solutions, you probably will not realize substantive change.
In 1527, the Italian philosopher Niccolò Machiavelli
wrote about the tensions between leading with love or fear,
two proxies for generosity and accountability. While
Machiavelli’s Prince preferred fear, young leaders often tell
me that they would rather lead with love. But if fear or
accountability on its own can be punitive and diminishing,
love or generosity alone can create dependency and
entitlement. With both, progress hangs in the balance.
As the world becomes more entangled and institutions
more diverse, the capacity to hold opposing values without
rejecting either has emerged as a critical skill for solution
building. Consider a simple mantra: “Use feelings of
discomfort as a proxy for progress.” The disquiet may not
make decisions easier, but it will help you identify the forces
you are dealing with, buttressed by both conscience and
reason.
Jawad Aslam, the young man who created the five-
hundred-unit housing development I describe at the
beginning of this chapter, perfected the art of holding
opposing values. It took him many years, but learning to
allow for and acknowledge dual perspectives, he was able to
build homes, not just houses, for a community that had
always scraped by on the margins.
I met Jawad in Lahore in 2006, about a year after he’d
arrived. A Pakistani American from Baltimore, he’d had a
solid career in commercial real estate until the events of
9/11 roused in him a yearning for more. He experienced
firsthand the mistrust that many Americans began to harbor
about Muslims and felt his own religious identity deepen.
The time seemed right to travel to his parents’ homeland to
try to be of use.
Once in Pakistan, Jawad apprenticed with Tasneem
Siddiqui, one of the nation’s gurus of affordable housing,
who offered him the chance to lead a project called Saiban.
In order to sustain itself, the Saiban housing development
needed to be profitable. From the beginning, Jawad was
more interested in building community than merely
constructing physical pieces of property. All people would be
welcome as potential homeowners, provided they were
there to live and actively participate in the community.
Unlike many developers of affordable housing, he felt
responsible for basic services, a sense of security, and an
enabling of social cohesion. In turn, he asked residents to
help tend the parks and common spaces, thus forging a
sense of community while also empowering individual
households to gain choice and freedom.
The nexus of these contradictory forces was the
community mosque. People of all faiths were welcome to
live in Saiban—and they came, not only from the slums of
Lahore, but some from as far away as Karachi, a fifteen-hour
drive. The home buyers represented most sects of Islam,
with a small number of Hindu and Christian families (in
Pakistan, Hindus and Christians each represent about 2
percent of the population). Each sect wanted to use the
mosque for prayers on a daily basis.
But as there was only one mosque, giving every sect
exactly what it wanted was infeasible. In Jawad’s mind,
there was no better way to reinforce the idea of a shared
community than to ask all Muslims to pray together—and
that would require some loss of individual autonomy, an
independence each sect had enjoyed prior to moving into
this new place.
At first, Jawad’s view that the mosque could and should
be shared isolated him: few agreed with him. In modern
Pakistan, it is unusual to see mosques filled with Muslim
worshippers of different sects; a Christian corollary would be
Catholics and various branches of Protestants attending the
same Sunday service. But Jawad conceived his seemingly
radical idea as a chance to renew values of community
within the context of modern diversity.
Moreover, there was precedent in Pakistan for sharing a
mosque. Until the early 1970s, diverse members of a
community would gather together in the local mosque each
week to pray, whether they were Deobandi or Barelvi, both
Sunni sects, or even members of a Shi’a sect.
Rather than capitulate to the modern tendency to want
only what is good for ourselves, Jawad insistently argued for
what was best for everyone. He carried this idea of the
commons in tension with his commitment to encouraging
each family to build their own house in whatever style
suited them. While the residents appreciated the freedom to
reflect their individuality in the homes they built, many
residents disliked the idea that they would have to share the
most sacred time of each day with people whose traditions
diverged, however slightly, from their own.
Month after month, Jawad negotiated, cajoled, and
arbitrated among the competing sects. “There were times
when we had to stop meetings altogether because people
became physical,” he remembers. Residents wanted to feel
comfortable and safe “with their own.” Still, he never lost
sight of his fundamental objective: a peaceful, diverse
community that would ultimately reinforce a sense of
belonging.
Finally, after more than a year, Jawad and the elders
came to an agreement. The community elected a highly
respected imam, who led daily prayers as all sects sat and
prayed together.
My husband, Chris, and I were planning to visit Jawad at
the housing development in May 2010 on what turned out to
be the day after terrorists attacked two mosques in Lahore,
murdering nearly one hundred people during Friday prayer.
The tragedy was a cruel reminder of how hatred and fear of
the other can lead humans to engage in abhorrent,
murderous acts. Stunned and saddened, we decided to stick
with our plan, almost as an antidote to the shocking
violence the city had just witnessed.
As we made the twenty-five-minute drive from
downtown Lahore to Saiban, Chris and I sat in tense silence.
Any unspoken anxiety vanished, however, as we arrived and
walked across familiar parks filled with laughing children,
their parents relaxing beneath tall trees I’d seen planted
years before as tiny saplings. A big-armed woman sold
candy and trinkets out of her tiny shop to chattering
neighbors. For a moment, we forgot the violence just a few
miles away; this tiny pocket of the world was tranquil,
comforting.
Chris remarked that the community also was more
vibrant than some suburban neighborhoods he knew in the
United States, where households appeared distant and
isolated from one another. I recalled the hardships Jawad
endured in the beginning of Saiban’s existence, as he tried
to convince residents to take responsibility for maintaining
their collective green spaces. He had planted those trees,
hoping neighbors would join him; at the time, they merely
thanked him for his efforts but offered no support
themselves. He tried shaming people. That didn’t work,
either. But as more houses were built, a friendly competition
naturally arose among various blocks as each tried to make
their park the best. The result, finally, was a beautiful semi-
urban oasis.
We approached a group of elders, all men, sitting
outside the mosque conversing with one another. They told
us of their pride in the community, how it had become a
place of hope for residents. Their children attend good
schools, they said. Jobs had come, too, and buses regularly
transported workers to town. As for the mosque, all was
good, the elders said. One of the men mentioned that
during the recent spate of sectarian violence across Lahore,
their community was one where the peace was never
broken.
I reminded Jawad of the extraordinary number of
grueling, uncomfortable hours he personally had invested in
listening to individual needs and balancing them with his
vision for a robust community.
He smiled. “Everyone here is a migrant from the city,”
he said. “Some come from as far away as Karachi because
they’ve heard this is a welcoming place.” He continued:
“Nobody migrates by choice. There’s always some hardship
or reason why people have to leave the place they originally
called home. Our job is to try to facilitate that process for
them. And they in return have to learn to live with others
who are different, which leads to some kind of loss for them,
too.” In short, Jawad had deliberately built a community, not
just a development of individual houses.
Finding and maintaining the right balance between the
individual and the community, freedom and belonging,
competition and collaboration, requires moral leadership
precisely because that balance can be discovered only by
inviting constructive conflict for the betterment of the
whole. Done correctly, efforts like Jawad’s can serve as a
model for new social infrastructure with the potential to
bring out the best in people, asking each of us to manage
the inevitable inherent tensions required to live in a
community where all are valued.
If we ignore the tensions within ourselves, our
organizations, and our societies—if we keep the conflicts
internalized and unmentioned—they don’t disappear.
Instead, as soon as we begin navigating complex issues and
decisions across lines of difference, those conflicts become
exacerbated. The key is to recognize and give voice to the
tensions in ways that both sides of a debate can hear, a
sometimes thankless task, to be sure, yet fundamental to
the practice of moral leadership.
In the winter of 2017, a group of about twenty Acumen
fellows from India and Pakistan organized a series of video
discussions among themselves. Most of these fellows hadn’t
previously met; and indeed, some had never had a direct
conversation with any person on “the other side” of the
national lines dividing India from Pakistan. But tensions
between the two countries had been rising, and the two
groups were eager to practice transcending the boundaries
that separated them.
The groups of fellows from both countries created
ground rules and reminded themselves to seek some truth
in what the others were saying. They dared to utter the
prejudices they held about one another. Mostly, they
listened. The conversations were brave and tender; and
sometimes, excruciatingly stressful.
I had the privilege of checking in with each group
afterward, and I remember a Pakistani woman sharing
almost apologetically how nationalistic she felt at times
during the video encounters. “Suddenly, I became purely
Pakistani and experienced moments of mistrust that gave
me shame afterward,” she confessed. This led to an
important conversation about identity, and the ways in
which it can impede our abilities to reach out to understand
another’s perspective.
While visiting Mumbai a few months after the video
sessions, I spoke to a group of Indian Acumen fellows. The
conversation was again grounded in identity, but what
happened next was a powerful example of the challenges of
holding tensions when belief systems push us to retreat to
comfortable corners. One young man said he’d felt proud of
participating in the conversations, reaching across cultural
and political differences in troubled times, so he posted a
screenshot of the video call on Facebook.
“Almost immediately,” he said, “I was deluged with
hatred. What hurt most was that some of the most outraged
responses came from childhood friends.”
At home that evening, he shared his experiences with
his parents, hoping for empathy. Instead, he met a dark wall
of rage.
“It was bad enough that you decided to become a social
entrepreneur,” his father scolded. “Now you are consorting
with the enemy. Your uncle died in the Partition. We have
family in the Indian Army.
“You must decide whether you are with your family or
with the enemy,” his father continued. “You must decide if
you are a true Indian.”
The young man looked at me ruefully, and asked, “Is it
possible to be both an Indian patriot and a global citizen?”
Hearing those words was heartbreaking, though I
shouldn’t have been surprised. The early twenty-first
century has witnessed growing strains that reinforce in-
groups that find strength in creating mistrusted out-groups.
I said to him, “If you define patriotism as being the best
at the expense of other peoples and nations, and if you
blame others for your own problems or refuse to engage,
then you cannot be a patriot and a global citizen.”
He stared as I spoke.
“But,” I continued, “if you are willing to model a sense of
belonging that translates into responsibility for the national
good, and if you believe in celebrating the remarkable parts
of your nation with the rest of the world, while recognizing
exceptional aspects of other nations, then you are indeed a
patriot. And the world needs more of such patriots.”
Just as any solid relationship or familial unit needs to
include strong individuals to thrive, so a family of nations
requires healthy countries to work toward their own
wholeness and contribute to the global community. Today’s
problems (climate change, inequality, refugees, outbreaks
of disease and terrorism) know no national boundaries. We
will solve them only if we can hold the uncomfortable
tension of national priorities on the one hand and the
urgency of our global challenges on the other. We must
commit to building sustainable neighborhoods, companies,
and nations, each of them locally rooted and globally
connected, each giving more to the world than it takes.
Can I be a patriot and a global citizen?
Absolutely. Proudly. Even if sometimes uncomfortably.
In every country, we hear similar conversations. Our
fears can propel us into corners where we hold ourselves
hostage to ideologies that reinforce differences. We stop
listening to the other side, fearing loss to ourselves, even if
we don’t fully understand what that loss might be.
In the United States, for instance, fear of immigrants
and refugees has driven neighbors into two angry camps.
“Build a wall!” one side screams. “Open borders,” the other
side retorts with equal rage. The actual details of either
position don’t seem to matter as long as each side feels
satisfied with its own righteousness.
By allowing polarities to dominate a debate, we free
ourselves from facing the painful trade-offs and costs that
every choice entails. And we deny ourselves the opportunity
to rediscover that we are better than we think we are.
We will not have any hope of finding humane, effective
solutions until we quiet ourselves enough to hold the truths
that, though seemingly opposite, do exist on either side.
What if we slowed down enough to reach out and identify a
truth or even a half-truth in what the other was saying? Both
sides, one hopes, would acknowledge that there are no easy
solutions to immigration in a world besieged by poverty,
inequality, and climate change; a world in which the
populations in rich countries are shrinking while the number
of people in poor countries is growing. The population of the
African continent alone is expected to double by 2050 and
nearly quadruple by 2100. Only by daring to recognize the
uneasy truths that lie far, far apart will we gain the chance
to solve our common problems.
Rumi wrote, “Out beyond ideas of wrongdoing and
rightdoing there is a field. I’ll meet you there.” Eight
hundred years later, we have a chance to breathe new
meaning into this ancient wisdom. A modern moral
revolution demands that all of us hold contradictions, even
stark ones, within ourselves as well as between ourselves
and others. For each of us, the first step is to reach across
the wall of either-or and acknowledge the truths that exist in
opposing perspectives.
When engaging someone whose views are opposed to
your own, consider taking these three steps. First, seek, with
eager curiosity, the truths in the other side’s argument.
Second, take a figurative stride, even a small one, toward
the other, acknowledging where there might be common
ground. And third, hold tightly to the essence of your whole
self, while embracing other aspects of your identity lightly.
You must be open to change and learning if you expect the
other side to be the same. Whether we’re talking to an
impatient venture capitalist or tiptoeing through a political
minefield, these skills can help us find better ways forward
that may not please everyone but will bring more of us
along.
After repaying Acumen for the loan to Saiban, Jawad
Aslam went on to create a for-profit housing development
based on a similar model. Nearly a decade after he first
arrived in Pakistan, he successfully sold half that housing
company, providing Acumen and other investors with
double-digit returns. He also raised twenty-five million
dollars from a strategic partner who had deeper experience
in housing than we did to build sustainable communities
across all of Pakistan.
And still, Jawad balanced opposing values in the way he
shared success. Rather than keep the 50 percent of shares
from the sale of the company for himself, he split them up
among its employees, including the young man who serves
the tea. Jawad has proven that mortgages can be made
affordable to the poor—and sustainable to lenders.
As I write this, I cannot help but think of that long-ago
conversation with the Silicon Valley VC. I wonder what that
venture capitalist would have made of Jawad’s
accomplishments today. In addition to building eight
hundred homes, he has built a model for affordable,
sustainable community development from which countless
others can learn. He helped housing policy in Pakistan
become more transparent and accessible. In short, he lives
a life capable of inspiring other change-makers across the
world.
Though Jawad repaid our investment in his company
with a healthy financial return, our partnership with him is
forever: he is now on Acumen’s Global Advisory, helping us
navigate new challenges. Even if things had turned out
differently and his entire housing development had failed,
by holding firmly to his mission, embracing the tensions,
and finding the courage to stand apart and do what was
right, Jawad would have built something valuable: his
character.
When we dare to understand the other, we find the
seeds of our best selves.
I can’t help but think of the housing crisis facing San
Francisco. In that city, so close to where the VC and I had
our long-ago conversation, some of the most successful
companies in the world must confront the unintended
consequences of the economic boom they’ve created:
widespread homelessness, a by-product of inequality. How
valuable would Jawad’s learning, experience, and character
be to that city today? Here, again, solutions will require both
audacity and humility.
In every family, organization, community, and nation,
there are fields in which we all must dare to meet. A moral
revolution demands that all of us do more to reach across
the wall of either-or and to acknowledge the truths that
exist at the opposite poles. Most of our solutions lie in the
truths or partial truths on each side, “out beyond ideas of
wrongdoing and rightdoing.”
Chapter 8
AVOID THE
CONFORMI
TY TRAP
A few months before the financial crisis of 2008, a
prominent Swiss banker invited me to serve on an advisory
council for a new fund he was developing. The fund would
invest in microfinance institutions that, in turn, would make
small loans (from thirty to a few thousand dollars) to poor
women in the developing world. “This fund is going to
generate the highest financial returns in our portfolio,” the
eager professional said, “and there is little risk associated
with it.”
I felt a knot in the pit of my stomach. “So, you’re asking
me to join an advisory in which a Swiss bank plans to earn
their highest returns from the poorest women in the world,
at little risk to the rich? Doesn’t that sound odd to you?”
The banker quickly responded, “Don’t think of it as
making money off the poor.”
“How should I think of it, then?” I asked, “especially
given your pitch that this fund will generate the highest
financial returns of all the funds you manage.”
The banker became a bit sheepish. “Fair enough,” he
said. “But don’t you agree that a fund investing in
microfinance banks is a step in the right direction? This will
bring more money into a sector that needs to grow. This is a
chance to do well by doing good.” He added, “It would be
great to have a voice like yours interacting with a bank like
ours.”
His flattery pricked a slight feeling of mistrust.
“Traditional investors with no background in low-income
markets looking for high returns make me nervous,” I said.
“But you will meet wealthy investors on the advisory
and build a relationship with our bank, which could help
your own fund-raising,” the banker responded.
I paused to work out what was bothering me. The Swiss
banker seemed genuinely thrilled that his fund was creating
a positive impact. But at the same time, he’d structured a
conventional financial vehicle in a system that rewards
greed without considering whether or how that system
would deliver on its promises to “do good” for the poor. My
feelings were complex. I was, and am, a believer in the
strategic imperative of providing low-income people access
to affordable credit to enable them to enhance their
capabilities and choices. And we at Acumen had invested
our own patient capital to help build several microfinance
institutions when we believed our investment would be most
catalytic.
Then it dawned on me. The key difference between the
Swiss banker’s approach and that of Acumen lay in how we
each perceived means and ends. The banker saw financial
returns as his end. If the poor were served—well, that was
an ancillary benefit. He had never visited the microfinance
banks in which his funds had invested; he’d never met any
of their low-income borrowers. My mistrust was not of him
as a person but of a system that would make decisions
based on short-term profitability, not on whether those he
professed to serve were seeing positive changes in their
lives.
Distance easily dulls our moral imagination. In the
banker’s case, just believing that he could sell a product
that allowed investors to “do well by doing good” was
enough. He had geographical distance from those who
would be making and taking out the loans, and that afforded
him emotional distance, too. What mattered to the banker
was generating high returns for his shareholders. What
mattered to me was something else. I wanted to use the
tools of the market as a means to solve poverty, not as an
end. We were playing in different arenas, with different
intentions. I thanked the man for his kind offer, but passed
on the opportunity to join his board.
When a product for the very poor is marketed as doing
good while generating outsized profits at zero risk for the
very rich, a moral question is born. In a world of extreme
inequality, what kind of economic system is just? By
conforming to a system structured solely to maximize
shareholder returns, we avoid taking personal responsibility
for the answer to that moral question.
Conformity to traditional market priorities is a trap that
can make it exceedingly difficult to do what is right.
Decisions that depend on moral choice, not transactional
effectiveness, are rarely straightforward once you are clear
about what’s at stake. If I had decided to join the banker’s
board in order to influence the fund’s ongoing activities,
yes, I probably would have met influential people who could
have helped Acumen. But I ultimately needed to know that I
would be partnering with someone who was at least open to
going against the grain of shareholder capitalism.
A few months later, when the financial crash occurred,
the economic system got a reckoning—and most everyone
was touched by it. In the United States, many on Wall Street
and on Main Street alike lost fortunes. Millions lost their
homes. Most traders agreed that the financial system had
gotten out of control. Still, they defended their actions,
arguing that they never did anything illegal, unable or
unwilling to wrestle publicly with whether what they did was
right. Meanwhile, millions of people with no financial
cushion, caught up in the promises of “easy money,” had
risked their futures and paid a dreadful price. In the end,
everyone lost. As for that Swiss banker, he never got his
microfinance investment fund off the ground.
No matter how determined we are to do the right thing,
we all fall prey to conformity traps within the system we’ve
chosen. We want to “win,” to appear successful, respected,
or powerful, so we cut corners and tell little white lies. We
hold our itching tongues when people around us demean
those from another group—not because we are bad people
but because we don’t want colleagues or friends, religious
leaders or classmates, parents or siblings, to think we are
weak, disloyal, naïve, unsophisticated, or foolish. And
sometimes, in the longer term, we end up causing harm; we
end up becoming the person we said we’d never be.
Our anxieties germinate in the systems we inhabit. Who
are we measuring ourselves against? Whose opinions
matter to us? What does winning even look like?
Mustering the moral courage needed to do what’s right,
not what’s easy, requires knowing when conformity is a
force for good and when it instead muffles our conscience.
The theologian Reinhold Niebuhr wrote that “groups are
more immoral than individuals.” By shifting the blame to
systems bigger than us, we tend to convince ourselves that
we have no choice but to “go along to get along.” But if you
dare to act on dreams of change, you must find the guts to
stand apart while also building the relationships needed to
design better systems.
The warning signs of traps nearby read almost like a bad
poem:
It’s just business as usual.
Everybody’s doing it.
And I don’t want to look stupid.
If I don’t do it, someone else will.
No one else is saying anything.
Don’t the ends justify the means?
I really don’t have another choice.
I wouldn’t do this just for myself.
People are counting on me.
Besides, I’ll do it just this once …
Self-justifying phrases, uttered by you or those around
you, separate you from accountability. Like the banker who
was emotionally removed from the people his fund would
have impacted, it’s easy to insulate ourselves from our
actions. But we can make the choice to be guided by our
own moral compass and play for the long term. Stay close
to people who keep you honest and who will stand by when
you feel isolated, or worse. Keep in mind that business as
usual remains that way until we change our definition of
what is “normal.”
It’s also easy to be a critic who regularly finds fault
rather than proposes solutions or, better yet, risks her
reputation attempting them. So, avoid the trap of
perfection, not just the trap of conformity. If you are a
builder, there will undoubtedly be times when you have no
choice but to compromise in service of a greater goal. Think
of the gray areas Andrew Otieno had to navigate to
reconstruct the market in Kibera. Moral leadership requires
the judgment to make the right short-term compromises so
as to realize the long-term change we seek.
Rejecting conformity outright is required for change.
Until 1865, slavery was business as usual in the United
States. The abolition of legal slavery began with those few
courageous individuals who dared to go against the moral
conventions of the time, conventions endorsed, in many
cases, by teachers, parents, religious leaders, and, again,
the law itself. Many who protested paid the ultimate price
for their actions, and the abolition movement required
strong allies to stand with them before the tide turned.
If you are a change agent, then you are by definition a
nonconformist. You stand for something. Get used to the
awkwardness of turning right when everyone else turns left,
and pursue what you know to be true. And before you
partner or invest, do your homework to understand a
person’s character rather than be swayed solely by
charisma or connections. I have been burned more than
once by trusting someone because they had received
ringing endorsements from people I admired.
In the same year as the financial crisis, Acumen
invested in a company led by a magnetic, capable
entrepreneur. (I’ve withheld the name of the company and
country to protect innocent people.) At first, the
entrepreneur gained significant momentum, and local
recognition, for his highly efficient and profitable company.
Our team was swayed to invest partially due to the
entrepreneur’s commitment to allocating a percentage of
the start-up’s services to the poor. But the first time I met
with him, after we’d invested, I was left with a nagging
feeling that something was wrong.
Sometimes your gut recognizes what your brain initially
misses. Within eighteen months of our investing, the
company was thriving financially and creating significant
impact. At the same time, our local team discovered that
the entrepreneur was keeping two separate sets of financial
books—one for us and a much-less-profitable one for the tax
collector. When we brought this to the entrepreneur’s
attention, he explained matter-of-factly that “everyone does
it.”
Acumen has a strict ethics statement that every
investor signs. The practice of keeping two sets of books is
illegal and unethical. What, we asked ourselves, should our
next move be? Here, too, we risked falling into the
conformity trap. We assumed that if we took the case to
court, we would fail. And when we reached out to a few
investors to ask how they handled such issues, more than a
few suggested that the practice of using two sets of books
was, indeed, “business as usual.”
We knew what we had to do, but it is not easy to write
down profitable investments, especially ones demonstrating
social impact. Writing off our investment would result in a
hefty financial loss to Acumen. Yet, if we did nothing, we’d
reinforce unethical behavior, reduce our legitimacy as
champions for impact (even if only in our eyes), and take a
painful hit to our own integrity. “Everyone does it” cannot be
society’s or any organization’s standard for decision making.
But doing the right thing can be soul crushing and
frustratingly lonely when peers or colleagues would rather
you “won” according to the rules of the status quo.
Our team at Acumen conferred: Were we willing to write
off our investment completely if we couldn’t find someone
to buy our stake? Were we willing to go to court, given an
unreliable justice system? And what if we could convince the
entrepreneur to change his ways? Were we willing to extend
our trust to him again?
We reached out to the entrepreneur to give him a
second chance. He refused, reiterating that keeping two
sets of books was accepted business practice in his country.
I realized that our real failure had been in doing too little to
understand this misalignment of values before we invested.
Corruption is a disease with epidemiological patterns
that spread and fester. The poor suffer costly and
sometimes harrowing permanent consequences: health
services and police protection are sometimes denied unless
bribes are paid, and those unable to pay, often innocent
people, lose their health, their freedom, their livelihoods,
and even their lives. Systems grow so corrupt that people
feel incapacitated unless they participate in the brokenness
of it all, and the potential of everyone to live with dignity is
diminished.
The Acumen team decided to exit the company. We sold
our shares at a relatively small loss to another impact
investor that didn’t mind investing in a company that was
compromised and preferred to focus on its potential impact.
For a year after the sale, we watched the company grow in
its reach and prosper financially, gaining media coverage for
its impact. Some, I’m sure, wondered whether, in this case,
the ends did justify the means.
Some months later, I picked up a local newspaper and
saw the face of the entrepreneur looking straight out at me.
He’d been arrested for corruption. I hated to think of the
people who’d lose basic services, yet I was relieved that we
at Acumen had found a way to extract ourselves before the
investment devolved into crisis. I was reminded again of
why we invest in character, in those people willing to stand
apart from the crowd, sometimes opening themselves up to
looking foolish but always willing to grapple with doing the
right thing for their customers, employees, and society, not
just for the sake of profits.
Would the story still be persuasive if the entrepreneur
had been wildly successful? I think it would. Acumen had to
establish a norm, a code that our team and our companies
would live by. In creating more just, inclusive, and
sustainable systems, the means, not solely the ends,
matter. You make change when you model change.
Even when you are proven “right,” it is
counterproductive to revel in righteousness. Even as we at
Acumen breathed a sigh of relief that we’d exited the deal, I
knew that luck had also played a role. I’m certain that we’ve
made other mistakes in assessing character, and I have
never met a single person without flaws, starting with
myself. The best we can do is aspire to live with integrity, to
tell the truth and expect the truth from those with whom we
partner. Flaunting the moral high ground when others fall
does little to compel them or us to do the hard work of self-
assessment with honesty and humility. Your greatest calling
card is your reputation for integrity. Treat it like gold, though
it is worth even more.
A few years ago, one of the Acumen fellows cheated on
his expenses. Like Acumen’s entrepreneurs, our fellows sign
statements of ethics, which make clear our expectations for
their conduct when they join the Acumen community. Those
statements reinforce an ethos that we are striving to uphold
qualities of moral leadership. The community creates a
support system for mutual accountability.
My senior team at Acumen was split on what to do.
Some believed the fellow should be expelled from the
program immediately. Yet he was deeply remorseful and
asked for the opportunity to redeem himself. His boss
reinforced his otherwise stellar performance and character.
After thinking long and hard about the situation,
consulting both the fellow and two people close to the
situation, my senior team agreed on giving him a second
chance. We asked the fellow to write a letter to his boss and
to me, sharing lessons learned. He also wrote a letter to his
cohort of fellows, and a few weeks later, his in-person
apology led to a powerful conversation about the
community’s norms and expectations. Everyone grew from
the experience, and to this day, the young man has
continued to excel not just in what he does but in who he is.
While every situation is different, one thing remains
clear. As the American civil rights advocate Bryan Stevenson
has said, “Each of us is more than the worst thing we’ve
ever done.” Stevenson explained this idea: “I think if
somebody tells a lie, they’re not just a liar. I think if
somebody takes something that doesn’t belong to them,
they’re not just a thief.” If we banish someone from the
community before considering all the circumstances, if we
let go of a basically good person who has a fierce desire to
grow and contribute, look how much we miss.
Our modern instant-feedback society offers ample
opportunities to shame and blame, sometimes with
destructive and even deadly consequences. Say a young
person is caught cheating on an exam or stealing from her
organization’s petty cash. Perhaps, she felt great pressure to
send money home to her parents. Maybe she was testing
the system, or just being thoughtless. Although this is the
first time she’s violated the group’s ethical contract, when a
peer discovers what she has done, he posts a statement of
outrage, publicly shaming the young woman in question.
Within an hour, a barrage of angry voices rises in a pile-on
of shock and humiliation. Notions of restoration or
redemption, essential aspects of healthy communities, may
quickly feel futile.
The scene is uncomfortable and all too familiar. Can we
instead pause, try to understand, and focus on solutions?
Might we all take a few moments of reflection before we
comment on social media, thinking about what our words
will mean to the person in question and the whole
community?
In the early years after the Rwandan genocide, everyone in
the country possessed the powerful and necessary right to
accuse others of war crimes. That freedom also empowered
some to use “I accuse you” for nefarious purposes, charging
innocent neighbors because of past grievances having
nothing to do with genocidal actions. Others made
accusations purely out of greed. On a visit to the country in
1997, three years after the genocide, I remember the
almost unimaginable anxiety and despair expressed
privately by people who had been unjustly accused of
horrible acts. Even a baseless accusation could tarnish a
reputation by planting seeds of doubt in a society already
plagued by mistrust.
While the circumstances are usually less dramatic, the
internet enables all of us to be instant judges, which in
some cases unleashes roaring mobs. Our online lives bring
us close to those who think and feel like us. This is
wonderful in many ways, but it also creates conformity
traps. If we’re not careful, we can get swept along in toxic
forms of groupthink and mob behavior. We thus have a
corollary responsibility to balance judgment with
judiciousness, a responsibility requiring self-imposed
discipline. Thankfully, the world is full of role models carving
paths to what is right for all of us.
On March 15, 2019, a white supremacist attacked two
mosques in Christchurch, New Zealand, killing fifty people in
the middle of their Friday prayers. Refusing to conform to
tired conventions such as speaking compassionately to the
victims, sending thoughts and prayers, and blasting the
murderer’s name across global media platforms, New
Zealand’s thirty-eight-year-old prime minister, Jacinda
Ardern, quickly called for changes to the system. She
refused to use the name of the terrorist and moved within
days to change outdated gun laws. With compassion and
toughness, heart and head, the prime minister led with all
her humanity, bringing out the best not only in her own
citizens but in people across the world.
Constrained by neither female nor male stereotypes,
Jacinda Arden acted swiftly to protect her nation’s people
and stood with moral courage for those who had suffered
most. Her nonconformity set her apart in ways that invited
others to participate. Taking the prime minister’s lead, tens
of thousands of New Zealanders gathered to honor their
Muslim neighbors. Women of all ethnicities turned up
wearing headscarves, as their prime minister did. Even the
global media respected Ardern’s leadership, refusing to
splash the name of the terrorist across the world, thus
denying him his twisted lust for infamy. Rather than simply
mirroring those who had gone before her, the prime minister
set a new standard for a powerful moral response to hatred.
Each of us has opportunities to avoid conformity traps
and offer the world the best version of ourselves, whether
we are a prime minister, a teenager, or a corporate leader.
Fifteen-year-old Greta Thunberg of Sweden started a youth
movement in 2018, waging a one-girl protest to fight
climate change that eventually gained the attention of the
entire world. America’s most effective advocates for gun
reform include teenage survivors of a mass shooting in 2018
that killed seventeen students at Marjory Stoneman Douglas
High School, in Parkland, Florida. Young people are raising
their voices and calling for change, and the world is taking
note.
Brave CEOs, too, are standing apart. Bob Collymore, the
beloved Kenyan CEO of Safaricom, made public his net
worth and challenged his peers to do the same, though few
followed his lead. He fought corruption relentlessly and
modeled an ethos of service continuously. What made him a
true nonconformist, however, was the way he lived the
minutes of his life. Some of his closest friends grew up and
worked in Nairobi’s slums. During a time of heightened
terrorism, Collymore fasted for Ramadan to demonstrate
solidarity with Muslims.
“Never be ashamed of who you are,” he would tell
young people. “Never let people decide how you should feel
about yourself. A person’s a person no matter how small.”
Bob died too young, at sixty-three, but because he
dared to be his own man, his influence will last for
generations.
We often start out wanting to be like others until an
external event or situation forces us to confront the toll
society’s strictures impose on those who are different.
Gayatri Jolly, a privileged young Indian woman, grew up
assuming she would join her family’s successful home care
business as one of its first women directors. She attended
the “right” schools in the United States and studied business
to prepare herself. But back home in New Delhi, Gayatri
found herself spending two years sitting in her family office
feeling ineffective and, too often, ignored. Everyone,
including employees, assumed she would work for her
family only until she found a suitable husband. Instead,
Gayatri told her father that the arrangement wasn’t
working. And then, with his support, she moved to New York
City to study at the influential Parsons School of Design.
While at Parsons, Gayatri decided to build a company
that designed and manufactured beautiful clothing, a
company led, run, and aimed at women. Her social
enterprise, which she called MasterG, would also train
women to become masterjis, or expert pattern makers, a
profession that in South Asia was held only by men at the
time. Well-intentioned friends and relatives urged her to
aspire to be a designer with her own collection, a much
more conventional, status-oriented route. For Gayatri, the
price of nonconformity was hearing others make light of her
desire to “help the poor” as if she were simply a “failed
designer” on a mission.
Though aware of her privileged position in society,
Gayatri knew what it felt like to be invisible in her own
family’s business, and thus a sort of outsider. Time would
teach her to use her sense of invisibility as a gift. Coupling
that with her empathy for underprivileged and underserved
women who had none of her access, she was able to
imagine using her privilege as a bridge to them. She
followed a thread, an instinct—that she had the skills and
knowledge to offer the garment industry—and in doing so,
served a group that had for too long been invisible.
In early 2017, I visited Gayatri’s training center on the
edge of a semi-urban hamlet called Gwal Pahari, on the
outskirts of New Delhi. The village, home to the traditional
Gujjar community, is a place with high reported levels of
child marriage and domestic abuse. Female feticide is also
common. Indeed, some of the young women in Gayatri’s
program suffer chronic illness from repeated illegal
abortions, forced on them by families who did not want to
welcome additional daughters. Yet a growing number of
young women either escaped their families or found ways to
secure their blessing to join Gayatri’s MasterG training
program.
The tailoring room, a place usually associated with poor
working conditions, was bright and filled with young women
in their late teens and twenties, all of them moving through
different stages of pattern making and stitching classes.
Some sat at sewing machines; others learned to make
patterns. Gayatri had taken her lessons from Parsons and
extended them to these women.
Beyond practical skills, the program teaches the women
to think more freely, to create and give voice to their
knowledge. Asked regularly for their opinions and their
decisions, often for the first time in their lives, these women
necessarily confront the socialization that required them to
be seen but not heard, to be nice and know nothing, and to
believe that they were worth less than a man.
“Our community must break the pattern of prejudice
against women,” Gayatri says frequently, her pun intended
to communicate action both to the women she serves and
to the industry she hopes to reform. “To change the system,
our women must begin by changing themselves.” Gayatri
dreams that some of the trainees will become celebrated
outside the studio and serve as role models for young
women across India and the world.
One of the masterjis, a petite young woman named
Rajni Mourya, was slight of build with long hair and wide
brown eyes and was attired in a bright pink-and-white dress
with flouncy sleeves. Rajni’s father, an informal laborer, had
died when she was a teen, leaving her with a sick and
debilitated mother and younger siblings to support. Upon
her father’s death, she dropped out of university to scratch
out a meager income by providing tailoring services in her
local area.
“Girls like Rajni weren’t meant to succeed,” Gayatri told
me.
Life changed radically once Rajni joined the MasterG
Fashion Design and Skill Development Program. Seeing how
Rajni cut patterns and tailored garments for her class
assignments, Gayatri perceived a rare talent, and I soon saw
what she meant. Rajni is now working full-time with Gayatri,
pattern making and stitching for the company’s upscale
clients across the world. She is also pursuing a degree via
distance learning.
Rajni stood at Gayatri’s side to welcome me to MasterG.
Rajni was learning English, so Gayatri did most of the
talking. “We’re going to make a jacket as our gift for you,”
she said, beaming, adding that Rajni would be the one to
take my measurements and do all the tailoring and
finishing. Gayatri pointed to a small room where Rajni and I
and a couple of the young women who could help translate
would gather. While Rajni was expertly taking my
measurements, I asked her what her dreams were.
“I want to be a Somebody,” she said, adopting language
commonly used at Acumen. I smiled.
As she was taking the last measurement, it was Rajni’s
turn to smile. When I asked her the reason behind her ear-
to-ear grin, she blushed. “I got your measurements
perfectly,” she said. “I don’t need to change anything.”
“Anything of what?” I asked, not fully understanding
what she was talking about. Her friend explained that she
and Gayatri had already blocked out the pattern earlier, and
Rajni was fairly certain of my measurements.
“But we’ve never met,” I said, stating the obvious. “How
were you able to guess my measurements with such
precision?”
She seemed puzzled by my surprise. “Oh, madam, I
watched you on YouTube,” she said matter-of-factly. “That’s
how I could guess. I know your colors, too,” she added. A
few minutes later, she showed me an array of silks, each
dyed a different jewel tone, all perfectly curated for me.
A generation ago, Rajni would likely have lived a life
trapped by tradition and poverty, with limited freedom and
little ability to support her family financially. Now she has
access to a world-class education, a support system, and a
steady income. She has a chance to dream in ways not
afforded to most young women in her community, nor in
any previous generation. Like Gayatri, she dared to be a
nonconformist and, as Gayatri regularly says, “break the
pattern.”
Of course, Rajni and the other young women sometimes
have to switch their mannerisms, behaviors, and even the
way they speak when they are at home in order to survive
in their communities. They still regularly face situations in
which they pretend to know less than they do as a survival
mechanism. Some hide their work and, most definitely, their
dreams from family members. But more of them are moving
out of bad marriages, setting up shops of their own, finding
their voices, and building strength in the unity they offer
one another. Already, the MasterG women are becoming
role models for a new generation: Gayatri has trained more
than a thousand of them, all of whom were tired of waiting
for someone else to give them freedom.
Gayatri sees technology purely as a tool. She attracts
customers based on her unique talents and then uses online
communications to connect customers across the world to
expert pattern makers like Rajni. In this way, she extends
her privilege, her social capital, to bridge two worlds. Her
pattern makers gain skills, self-confidence, and increased
income. Customers are able to see the direct impact of their
choices. If we learn to control it and not be controlled by it,
technology does not have to divide us. It can be used to
feed and strengthen relationships.
As for Gayatri, I have no doubt that she will be a famous
designer. But her success will be a shared success. As Rajni
and the other young women learn to trust themselves and
fly, they will buoy Gayatri as well, enabling her to break
ever more patterns. Instead of striving to gain a seat at the
proverbial “table,” she is building a table of her own.
The difference between Gayatri and that Swiss banker is
that Gayatri avoided conformity traps. They both wanted to
do good for the world. The banker, however, believed his job
was to protect the short-term interests of his shareholders
by valuing profit above all else, even though when markets
turned, the most vulnerable stakeholders lost most. In
contrast, Gayatri devised in MasterG an inclusive business
model that refuses to see the world as separated by us and
them, profit and purpose. Indeed, the urgent challenge for
our times is to reimagine capitalism as a tool to enable our
wholeness rather than to reinforce our separation. There
could be no better blueprint for those of us who believe in
the need for a moral revolution, and only those who are able
to sidestep conformity traps can meet this challenge.
Chapter 9
USE THE
POWER OF
MARKETS,
DON’T BE
SEDUCED
BY THEM
When I started Acumen in 2001, many prospective donors
insisted we should be a for-profit fund. We were investing
patient capital in mostly for-profit companies, they
reasoned. If we used philanthropy to support for-profit
investments, we would muddy the waters. At the same
time, some nonprofit leaders flatly rejected out of hand the
idea that we would use business as a tool for change. After
a talk I gave in Bangladesh during Acumen’s early days, an
earnest young person accused me of being a “rapacious
venture capitalist, earning money off the backs of the poor.”
That hurt. But, as I have learned, making all sides
uncomfortable can be a signal that you are on to something.
I hear echoes of a similar conversation between
generations. The older generation, especially those who
lived in state-dominated economies like those in Eastern
Europe, China, Russia, India, and large parts of Africa,
remember lives of limited choices and opportunities and
tend to favor free markets. The younger generation, who
experienced the financial crisis of 2008, a calamity fueled
by unbridled greed, convincingly points to the ravages of
capitalism: inequality, divisiveness, climate change. Each
group clings to its own version of reality.
Let me make a plea for nuance.
On the one hand, markets, the part of the economy that
fulfills the needs of customers with products and services
provided by businesses, have a fundamental role to play in
healthy societies. At their best, markets efficiently allocate
resources to meet the greatest demand. As long as
individuals have access to them, markets give people
control over their own lives rather than leaving them to the
whims of government or charitable benefactors. Think of the
massive emergence from poverty over the past thirty years,
a billion people around the world supported by the opening
of markets (along with interventions such as better health
care and education).
On the other hand, if markets enable individual
freedom, they also create inequality. Unchecked, capitalism
overlooks or exploits those who cannot afford to pay;
insufficiently considers the well-being of employees; and
does not integrate onto balance sheets the cost of poorly
utilizing earth’s precious resources. The result is a
profoundly unequal society in which the wealthiest feel
above the system and the poorest feel left out altogether. In
other words, capitalism without restraint is not good for any
of us.
Moreover, when certain groups are barred from markets
because of politics or prejudice, they can’t participate fully
in society. Remember Vimal, whose community was denied
the opportunity to purchase a satellite dish for their
televisions until he and his friends fought to be served?
They weren’t asking for favors, only access to markets as a
form of freedom.1
Knowing how to use and build markets is one of the
most powerful tools we have for solving our problems. If you
want to change even a small part of the world, learn to use
the best of what markets can do while keeping them in their
place. Resist the allure of short-term profit making, but don’t
reject the market entirely. Hold the tension. Use the market
as a listening device (I explain this in chapter 4) and let it
teach you what people value alongside what they can
afford.
Indeed, the notion of the market as a listening device
can be a powerful starting point for understanding both
private and public problems. When Acumen first explored
the issue of safe drinking water, a basic human need, we
saw countless water filters designed to change the lives of
the poor. But the inventors of those technologies often failed
to let prospective clients’ needs and tastes inform their
designs.
Consequently, they learned far too late that people care
a lot about their water’s clarity, taste, and convenience, not
to mention its price—in many urban and, increasingly, rural
areas, the poor pay much more for water than their wealthy
counterparts. Even if water is provided by the government,
listening to poor “customers” is critical to any program’s
success. By failing to listen to the market, hundreds of
billions of well-intentioned funding has gone down the drain.
In sectors such as energy, people with low incomes will
pay for products and services when they see tangible gains
on their investment. If I sell you an affordable solar light
and, over time, save the money you would normally have
doled out for kerosene, you are likely to tell your neighbors
about it. That the solar light is cleaner, healthier, and
significantly improves your lifestyle doesn’t hurt, either.
But in other sectors, such as education, lower-income
earners may not be able to afford what they need. If I offer
early-childhood education facilities but charge enough
tuition that the school at least breaks even, that leaves out
the poor. I believe that every child in the world deserves an
education that will allow them to contribute to the best of
their abilities. So, does that mean public education is
government’s responsibility alone?
I used to confidently assert that the only way to enable
fair opportunity to all children was to insist on public
education for all—until I visited scores of schools in India
and Pakistan. There, government-financed public schools
are riddled with bureaucracy and corruption. Classrooms
tend to be run-down and equipped with broken furniture or
no furniture at all; and for the most part, neither teachers
nor students show up for class. As a result, in Pakistan, 40
percent of low-income parents send their children to private
schools. Low-income parents hungering to educate their
children are willing to struggle and pay mightily for a better
chance.
While we might demand that governments improve the
quality of education for all children, how do we again hold
the tension and use markets to build alternative models that
serve the poor a high-quality product? By listening to the
market, social entrepreneurs can identity what parents can
afford to pay and then define the gap between that amount
and the actual cost of delivering quality services. In the
short term, philanthropy might fill that gap. But in the
longer term, the only way to rectify the situation will be for
government to step in.
Let’s stand back from economic ideologies and start
with the human problem we want to solve. We need a full
understanding of the problem from the perspective of all
stakeholders; only then can we determine the right kinds of
capital (as well as the partnerships) needed to make the
solution work. If you believe, as I do, that all human beings
deserve access to affordable, quality education, to
electricity, to primary health care, to a minimum level of
clean drinking water and the like, then we need financial
models that ensure universal access.
As I discussed earlier, Acumen has always seen its
patient capital investments as a means to solving problems,
not an end. In other words, the end or purpose of money is
not simply to make more money, but to create something of
value.
To place that in a moral framework: the more value our
investments create, especially for the poor and vulnerable,
the more we value our investments. Philanthropy enables us
to take outsized risk—and time—investing in companies
disrupting systems to serve the poor. Profits are a means to
the sustainability of the innovations we support and,
eventually, to ensuring that we also can cover our costs in
the long term. Acumen’s success hangs in the balance of
two points on our moral compass, impact on one side and
financial sustainability on the other.
Consider a complex issue like sanitation. People in the
developed world take for granted having toilets that flush
waste into enormous sewage treatment networks. In the
developing world, however, 2.3 billion people rely on an
outhouse or latrine, or else they defecate in the open air,
which can lead to disease and often a loss of dignity.2
Indirectly, poor sanitation imposes a higher cost on
women than on men. Schools that lack safe toilets typically
see significant drop-out rates for girls once they begin
menstruating, as they have no place to tend to their
personal hygiene needs. And rural areas lacking any toilets
whatsoever force women to relieve themselves in fields,
where they are vulnerable to violence from passersby.
Local governments, international aid agencies, and
charities have all attempted unsuccessfully for decades to
build latrines in slum areas. But without a plan to remove
the waste and sustain the management of those toilets, the
latrines quickly overflowed, creating stench and toxicity. No
wonder traditional investors have stayed away from the
business of providing toilets for the poor.
Solving such a complicated problem for one-third of the
world’s population could seem overwhelming—but not to
David Auerbach, Lindsay Stradley, and Ani Vallabhaneni,
who met at MIT’s Sloan School of Management as graduate
students and went on to found Sanergy. The three had each
lived and worked in low-income communities, and they
understood the connections between poor sanitation and
diarrhea, cholera, and other water-borne diseases in slum
areas especially.
The Sanergy founders were agnostic as to whether to
take a for-profit or nonprofit approach to the problem; what
mattered was solving it. In 2010, they traveled to Nairobi,
Kenya, and found a smallish slum community of about forty
thousand people where they could immerse themselves in
learning and experimentation until they found a solution
that worked. They used the market as a listening device,
and considered every stakeholder group.
Mukuru, like the rest of Nairobi’s slums, was known for
“flying toilets,” the practice of defecating on paper inside
one’s home and then tossing the bundle onto rooftops
outside. The Sanergy founders met with many residents
there who were willing to pay for a better, cleaner solution,
especially as they were already in the habit of paying to use
filthy toilets as a last resort. Individual entrepreneurs saw
business opportunities in the owning and operating of
toilets, and Mukuru, like all of Kenya, needed good jobs to
employ its youth. Building a network of clean and
sustainable toilets there made sense.
But before Sanergy could begin operating, the team
needed to find local entrepreneurs willing to extend trust to
three foreigners who had not yet proven their business
model. “We just kept showing up,” cofounder Lindsay
Stradley explained. “For weeks, we would go into the slums
and talk to people, until we made it clear we weren’t going
anywhere. The problem of waste had gotten out of control in
Mukuru, so people were desperate to try a new solution.
Plus, the entrepreneurs we connected with saw a business
opportunity for themselves that also would do good for the
community.”
Sanergy’s business model seeks to create value out of
waste. The company manufactures toilets and sells them to
the entrepreneurs, or “franchisees,” for about five hundred
dollars per toilet (a cost financed mostly via microloans).
Sanergy employees then collect the waste from the
entrepreneurs on a daily basis and compost it. In the early
years, the founders lacked an answer to one of their biggest
questions: what to do with the waste once it was collected.
Might the government and others eventually come to see it
as a resource rather than simply a cost? That would depend
on whether the company was able to turn the waste into
fertilizer that met health standards and that local farmers
would purchase. The team would gain insights only by
starting.
The founders correctly assumed the franchisees would
repay their loans on the toilets with proceeds from their
customers. Still, as it turned out, Sanergy needed both
grants and loans before they could build a whole system to
move waste effectively. They used grants to advertise their
new service to local residents and for research into how best
to compost and convert the waste into useful, salable
products.
I visited Sanergy’s office in Mukuru on a Sunday
afternoon in October 2015. The slum’s narrow entry road
was lined with tarpaulin-covered kiosks crammed willy-nilly.
Alleyways snaked between ricky-ticky houses made of mud,
with open sewers running alongside. Lines of colorful
laundry hung among the houses like prayer flags, and
children were dressed in their finest clothing from a morning
spent at church. A little girl reminded me of a princess from
a Velázquez painting, her delicate hand daintily holding up
her long, silky, scalloped blue skirt to avoid its becoming
soiled.
Lindsay Stradley met me at Sanergy’s small but lively
office, which was filled with young people from around the
world. She had just had her first child, but still came daily to
the office to meet with local toilet entrepreneurs, solve
problems with them, and grow the business. To show me
Sanergy’s business in action, she led me out of the office,
striding in front of me through the muddy streets wearing
jeans and bright yellow rubber boots, a huge smile on her
face, clearly in her element.
We stopped in front of one of the toilet kiosks to meet
Leah Gachanga, a square-jawed businesswoman with soft
brown eyes. A colorful scarf was wrapped around her head.
Leah proudly told me that she’d already grown her
enterprise from one to three toilets, netting about five
dollars per day on top of what she and her husband earned
running a clothing store. Lindsay and I stood outside the
bright blue toilet units with “Fresh Life” (Sanergy’s local
brand) painted in yellow on the sides. Just outside the units,
Leah had set up a vanity station, complete with a mirror and
washing stand. Like all Fresh Life agents, she charged about
five cents per use for adults, two cents for children. She
took care to clean the toilet after each customer left, and
each day, young men in Fresh Life uniforms arrived to
collect the waste in sealed containers, leaving the toilets
fresh and odorless.
Leah relayed how much she loved contributing to her
community. “Before Sanergy,” she told me, “there was so
much human waste right outside our houses. We would walk
home, especially in the rainy season, and mud would rise so
high that your boots became covered in an awful mix. Now
the pathways are clean. Disease has fallen. I’m helping to
make my community cleaner, and that makes me proud.”
Moreover, her efforts have changed the prospects for her
family. “My customers have provided me with enough
income to buy a home and educate my children in good
schools,” she said. “Fresh Life is good for all of us.”
Lindsay and I continued walking along alleyways to the
composting unit. Though Sanergy had been operating for
several years by then and had seen significant interest from
local farmers in its fertilizer, the company still lacked the
European equivalent of FDA approval verifying that the
product met health standards. When approved, the fertilizer
delivery service would create good jobs and play a vital role
in the community’s health, culture, and business
environment.
Lindsay, David, and Ani had focused maniacally on
building a sustainable company that could solve a critical
problem and, over the long term, provide a positive return
to shareholders. But what they needed at that moment were
patient investors who shared their values and aspirations.
Though many loved the vision, most investors still wanted
proof of the company’s profitability before they would
consider making a bet on Sanergy. The proof would only
come later, making it all the more critical for the Sanergy
founders to find investors who understood markets, yet also
were willing to experiment and learn what it would take to
build a sustainable, impactful model for change.
For patient investors, Sanergy’s impact is significant. By
March 2019, Sanergy had sold more than 2,500 toilets to
local entrepreneurs, created more than 2,750 jobs, and
provided affordable, hygienic sanitation services to more
than 100,000 people, removing in excess of 6,000 tons of
waste each year. That’s about 600 big dump trucks full of
human waste, which is composted and converted into
organic fertilizer before being sold to commercial and
smallholder farms. Major corporations interested in selling
organic food products recently expressed interest in the
fertilizer, which would bring the company’s supply chain full
circle.
Mukuru has been the main beneficiary of Sanergy’s
work. Disease rates have fallen, and education rates for
adolescent girls have risen, as young women now have safe,
private toilets to use at school. Community members feel a
deep sense of pride in their homes, a benefit that matters,
even if it is not always easy to measure.
The Sanergy founders have built a model that works,
and are now looking to partner and grow the business
significantly. Thrillingly, the city of Nairobi is interested in
joining with the company to bring sanitation to all people.
And the company continues to raise both grant money for
research and development and investor capital.
Within eight years, Sanergy has become an example for
patient investors, smart philanthropists, and city
governments that are serious about solving a significant
public health issue. The company’s founders dreamed of
providing a blueprint that governments could use to deliver
“off-grid waste management,” enabling the world’s urban
poor to improve their health, comfort, and dignity. Using
moral imagination, the right kind of capital, and a circular
business model that seriously considered all stakeholders,
Sanergy’s intrepid founders have succeded in turning waste
into gold.
The more you understand how markets work, the better
you’ll be able to put markets in their place. The more you
gain the tools needed to build financial viability into any
endeavor you pursue, the more effectively you can solve
intractable problems. Understanding markets is also critical
to seeing and correcting some of the intrinsic flaws in our
global economic system, blind spots that rely
disproportionately on the toil and sweat of the working poor,
holding them in a perennial cycle of indebtedness and
impoverishment.
For example, agricultural markets have flourished for
hundreds of years at the expense of the poorest farmers,
the people who actually grow the food and drinks that
nourish us. In Colombia, more than a half million smallholder
farming families grow, pick, and export some of the finest
coffee on earth. Yet the vast majority of these farmers live in
poverty, often unable to cover the costs of production.
In 2009, Tyler Youngblood, a freelance writer and coffee
enthusiast, found his imagination ignited by the rich, wet,
emerald hills of Colombia’s coffee-growing region. His
curiosity drove him to meet everyone he could in the coffee
industry and learn as much as possible about Colombian
coffee production and its markets. His empathy for the
coffee farmers urged him to ask: why was it so hard for
them to make a living?
Almost everyone Tyler met pointed to the complicated
global supply chain for coffee, which has been in place for at
least a century. Millions of farmers grow coffee beans of
varying qualities, then handpick the coffee cherries and sell
them to domestic buyers and exporters at prices
determined by global coffee futures. The exporters sell the
coffee to roasters abroad, who in turn sell bags of high-
priced coffee beans and lattes to the end consumer.
Why, Tyler wondered, were farmers beholden to a daily
global commodities price, which was known for wild swings
(from under a dollar to three dollars per pound) and had
little to do with the realities of their production costs, when
consumers paid the same amount for lattes regardless of
commodity prices? Why, in an age of transparency, given
that 25 million of the world’s poorest citizens grew 80
percent of coffee produced, wasn’t there a more ethical way
to organize the industry?
Imagine being a farmer who drudges for months each
season, investing your savings and time and not knowing
what you will be paid until the day you deliver your harvest.
You want to be able to sell your produce at fair prices.
Ideally, you’d like “fair” to be a price that not only covers
your costs but rewards your hard work with a
commensurate financial return or profit. This is not what
most coffee farmers experience. The majority of Colombian
coffee farmers operate at a net financial loss. No wonder the
average smallholder farmer is fifty-seven years old—most
farmers’ children decidedly do not want to become farmers.
Tyler dreamed of designing a system that started from
the farmers’ perspective. He knew this would entail
ensuring a supply chain that compensated farmers fairly
while also delivering a premium product to consumers. Isn’t
that the real point of markets, anyway, to ensure a fair and
reasonable exchange of goods in ways that create value for
all parties involved?
The result of Tyler’s inquiry is Azahar, a coffee company
that makes the markets work for farmers as well as
everyone else along the supply chain. The company buys
coffee directly from smallholder farmers because single-
origin beans yield higher prices from international buyers. To
ensure just pricing, Azahar works to understand farmers’
costs of production and negotiates a long-term, fixed-price
contract with roasters. These contracts between farmers
and Azahar can yield prices two times higher than the global
commodities price.
In return for their partnership, Azahar insists on the
highest level of integrity from the farmers—timely delivery
and no mixing of different qualities of beans. The company
is able to pay so much more for the beans because it has
developed a network of sustainable coffee consumers who
want to know who is growing their coffee and how those
people are treated. When I was in Colombia in November
2018, the world price was just about one dollar per pound;
Azahar was paying the farmers, on average, two dollars per
pound. The well-paid farmers are loyal to the company and
consistently deliver the highest-quality beans.
I witnessed this sense of shared prosperity in 2017,
when Acumen’s Latin America director, Virgilio Barco, and I
traveled to Nariño, in the southwest part of Colombia,
bordering Ecuador and the Pacific Ocean. The land around
Nariño is rich, verdant, and productive, perfect for growing
coffee. Yet, like the Arhuacos who cultivate cacao in the
north, the farmers who grow coffee in the southern region
suffered greatly during the fifty-year civil war. Azahar was
changing not only daily realities but future possibilities.
In Nariño, we met with a group of men and women
farmers who had participated in an early revenue-sharing
experiment with Azahar. Long, lonely hours toiling in the sun
had carved creases of austerity and weariness into their
faces. Most of the farmers stood quietly in a circle wearing
jeans and cowboy hats, their eyes cast downward. Tyler,
dressed in a white button-down shirt and jeans, his longish
brown hair behind his ears and scholarly glasses perched
above a mischievous smile, broke their silence with a simple
hello. Then all eyes turned to him as he explained that
thanks to an American buyer, each farmer would receive a
bonus for the harvest based on additional premiums to be
paid by the company.
One by one, the farmers approached the group’s
accountant, who sat on a simple stool in front of a small
wooden table, checking handwritten ledger paper for the
amount of beans each farmer had delivered. The farmers
accepted the bonus in cash, usually with a wide grin, as the
group applauded proudly.
I asked one of the men what he would do with his new
income. “I’m saving to buy more land,” he said. Tyler
explained that for the first time, Colombian smallholders see
the potential to earn a good living in coffee, but only if they
own more than two hectares—and most farmers in Colombia
own less.
“You seem happy today,” I said to a cluster of farmers.
“But is this company really different from the other coffee
buyers?”
“Azahar cares about us,” one farmer responded. He had
jet-black eyes and a thick fringe of hair to match. “They
aren’t here just to make money from us, but to help us earn
money, too. We trust them.”
“Our job is to build a community of trust,” Tyler
explained to Virgilio and me over dinner that evening.
“Specialty coffee depends on a supply chain with trust at
every link. Our buyers depend on us to sell them single-
origin beans with no mistakes; they need to trust that we
will deliver the highest-quality coffee. Our customers need
to trust that our farmers are paid sustainably. And our
farmers need to trust that we will adhere to our fixed
agreement, paying the best prices in a timely manner. They
need to know that we will show up. We have to do this
outside a traditional commercial or legal framework. We
have to do it because it is the right thing to do.”
The phrase a “community of trust” resonates; it unites
the many stakeholders of social enterprise, linking the
hands and minds of those who produce and deliver our daily
bread and everything else we use. The reality of creating
such a community is another story. Many peers and
investors think Tyler and others like him are insane to pay
double the world coffee price.
Tyler took a conventional economic model and turned it
upside down, understanding that farmers needed to be fully
included in the supply chain, not as inputs but as dignified
human beings whose long months of work produced daily
cups of joy for the world. It took the courage and creativity
of nonconformity to build a business based on the
production costs of the farmers, not on maximizing sales to
the buyers. It took persistence fueled by a belief that trust,
empathy, and mutual accountability are the bedrock of
healthy societies.
In November 2018 we met Tyler again, this time at a hip
yet elegant retail Azahar store in a popular section of
Bogotá. Every table was filled with residents talking,
working, and drinking Azahar’s fine coffee. “When I got here
in 2010,” Tyler said, “Colombians couldn’t find much high-
quality coffee from their own country to drink. All the good
stuff was exported. It feels good to be part of changing
that.”
Market fundamentalists may ask how entrepreneurs
such as the founders of Sanergy and Azahar make good
decisions while balancing multiple bottom lines. With the
single metric of profit, the results are binary: you are either
profitable or not. But profit doesn’t take into account the
natural resources we consume, the pollution we create, and
the employees we empower. Nor does it grapple with issues
of fairness that operate in systems with wildly unbalanced
power dynamics. The shareholder capitalist system also
does not value the social and environmental capital some
businesses are creating (which, in some cases, is
enormous), focusing only on short-term profitability. But
human beings created the current systems that govern our
lives. It is up to human beings to change and evolve those
systems.
The current economic system keeps the attention on
what we can count (profits) rather than on what we most
value (our children’s health and education, the quality of the
air we breathe, just compensation to the poorest, etc.).
Companies and investors tend to allocate financial and
human resources to achieve the highest possible financial
returns, and even some impact investors count it as a bonus
rather than a requirement when social impact is also
achieved. The expense of corporate resources on fairly
integrating smallholder farmers into the supply chain,
training women and minorities, and protecting and
strengthening the environment tends to be relegated to
Corporate Social Responsibility or philanthropy. Yet, only
when companies regularly quantify and value nonpecuniary
but fundamental human and environmental benefits will we
see a more inclusive, sustainable market system.
Like many of our peers, the team at Acumen and I have
been working for many years to develop new approaches to
measuring social impact as a complement to quantitative
financial analysis. In Acumen’s early years, like most socially
oriented organizations, we counted “outputs” (the number
of toilets produced, the number of people trained or jobs
created). That approach gave us a sense of scale, but it fell
short of showing whether our companies were effective at
helping people lift themselves from poverty. And we wanted
to hold ourselves, and our companies, accountable for doing
just that.
The cell phone revolution led to the ability to
communicate with thousands of low-income customers
simultaneously. In 2015, building on the work of others,
Acumen developed Lean Data, an approach to measuring
impact using cell phones. Using this approach, Acumen can
simultaneously text thousands of customers of a given
project or company, asking a series of questions from which
we then deduce invaluable information such as income level
and whether using a certain product has had a positive or
negative impact on its user. We learn what people value, or
don’t, about a specific project. Low-income customers
answer these questions very seriously, so that companies
know how to serve them based on what they actually need,
not what we think they need. Lean Data is a step forward in
treating the poor as customers, not victims.
For example, remember the solar lighting company
d.light from chapter 4? Acumen has invested more than
thirty million dollars in companies like d.light that are
bringing off-grid solar electricity to low-income people
around the world. We hope to realize financial returns yet do
not expect to compete with traditional venture capitalists on
a returns basis alone. Instead, we are counting on our
portfolio of companies to bring measurable change to the
lives of many. Our energy companies, reaching well over
110 million and counting—does not disappoint.
Consider these results. Lean Data surveys have
demonstrated that solar light results in low-income people
staying active an extra hour each night. Children study
about an hour more as well. Customers tend to place high
value on the security and peace of mind that electricity
brings—harder to quantify but important. Our investments
also have kept more than seven million tons of carbon
dioxide and black carbon from being released into the
atmosphere. Over one hundred million lives are better. And
most important, we know in what ways those lives have
improved because the people living with the solar products
have told us so.
Imagine if more of us allocated our resources, placing
social and environmental impact on an equal footing with
(or higher than) financial returns. Everything would change.
Using markets without being seduced by them does not
require a degree in rocket science, but it does require
fortitude to move beyond a profit-alone mentality. The
process starts with focusing first on purpose; considering all
stakeholders; using the right kind of capital; hiring
competent, values-aligned talent; and measuring what
matters, not just what you can count. We are the ones who
choose the kind of economy and society we inhabit. We can
continue to play by tired rules that work only for the few, at
the expense of the many, or we can imagine and build new
rules that work for everyone. It is all within our individual
and collective grasp.
Chapter 10
PARTNER
WITH
HUMILITY
AND
AUDACITY
If you want to create or renew systems, small is beautiful
but scale is critical. Changing systems for the poor, not just
the rich, requires understanding how to use markets and
how to partner with government, which means moving from
small-scale purity to the messy and complex thickness of
scale. I’m not talking about growth for growth’s sake
though. Rather, I’m underscoring the need to recognize the
problem you are solving and then executing a strategy to
either replicate your business model or partner to expand
your model’s reach. Neither path is easy. But if you are up to
the challenge, you could enable widespread transformation.
In the summer of 2007, I was speaking at the Aspen
Ideas Festival to a crowd of a couple hundred wealthy
people, mostly Americans, about Acumen’s latest
investment, an ambulance company in India. The Indian
government was spending more than a billion dollars
annually on emergency services, yet in Mumbai (the
country’s financial center and largest city), only a few
emergency service units actually functioned. At that time,
the emergency medical sector across India was notoriously
bloated and corrupt; 90 percent of people traveling in
ambulances were already dead and en route to the morgue.
It was common knowledge that if you wanted to get to the
hospital quickly, you were much better off calling a taxi.
Earlier that year, Acumen’s India team had invested in
Ziqitza, a social enterprise with the singular mission of
disrupting the emergency services industry in India. The
company had begun operating with nine ambulances as a
purely private business: 80 percent of clients paid market
prices to be transported to private hospitals. The company
made a deliberate commitment to ensure that the other 20
percent of its clients were low-income people who paid only
what they could afford.
Ziqitza was committed to an anticorruption policy,
sharing Acumen’s belief that strong action was required to
break the inevitable correlation between corruption and
poverty. We knew that the risks of disrupting such a massive
industry were enormous, but the combination of the
inclusive business model and the character and
commitment of the founders reinforced our conviction in
making the investment.
Under that white tent in Aspen, one of India’s most
eminent businessmen raised his hand to ask a question.
“I applaud your ambition,” the great man said. “But did I
hear you correctly? Nine ambulances? Mumbai is a city of
seventeen million people [by 2019, more than twenty-two
million]. Are you seriously backing a group with only nine
ambulances?” The businessman continued, his doleful
lament by then so familiar that I could have filled in the
words myself. “This is the problem with social enterprises.
They are mediocre businesses run by smart, idealistic
people and have no hope of changing anything except at a
small-scale level. This sideline approach distracts from the
real issues and takes pressure off government from doing
their job.”
My face flushed. The businessman’s statement felt like
censure, a personal rebuke made public in front of my peers
at an esteemed institution where I served as a trustee. I
sensed a wave of doubt about our model sweeping the
audience. Heads nodded in unison.
A snippet from a Mary Oliver poem arose inside me like
a good friend: “Let me keep my distance, always, from
those / who think they have the answers.” Bring on the
skeptics—we need them—but those of us who want a better
world have little use for critics who armor themselves with
rigid certainty, especially if they propose neither assistance
nor solutions.
“At least we’re trying,” I said, “and nothing else seems
to be working. Why would we not try?” I was a believer in
social enterprise precisely because the big players who
dominated systems rarely had the creativity, daring, or
nimbleness needed to disrupt the status quo. Yet I wasn’t
certain that we would succeed. Indeed, the odds were
against this company. But Ziqitza would learn only by trying.
And so would we.
That day in Aspen, I wish I’d known then what I
understand now: that visionary builders who reshape entire
industries perceive the big picture while working to get their
initial operating model right, even if that model starts out
small. These audacious individuals must possess the
character to withstand naysayers and bullies.
Of course the founders of Ziqitza started small. As with
Jawad in his dream of affordable housing in Pakistan, they
were out to build something that had not succeeded in India
prior to their efforts. The group required time to experiment
and fail until they discovered how to run a high-quality
ambulance service with a decidedly social objective. Once
the model was in place, the company could then more easily
partner with government to reach a scale that served
millions.
While I was less articulate in that Aspen tent than I
would have liked, a number of factors persuaded me that
my team at Acumen had made the right bet on Ziqitza.
First, the founders had started their business to solve a
problem with which they had a deep sense of personal
connection. Years earlier, in the southern Indian state of
Kerala, Shaffi Mather, one of Ziqitza’s five founders and its
team leader, had nearly lost his mother when she woke up
choking and couldn’t find anything but a taxi to take her to
the hospital. Around that same time, the mother of Shaffi’s
cofounder Ravi Krishna was traveling in New York City when
she collapsed on the sidewalk. Ravi’s mother’s companion
called 911, and within minutes they were met by trained
medical personnel who provided effective assistance on the
spot, saving Ravi’s mother’s life. Why, the founders
reasoned, shouldn’t India’s people expect a similar
response?
Second, when the time came to scale up the business,
the Ziqitza cofounders would be ready. Like Shaffi and Ravi,
the other cofounders, Sweta Mangal, Naresh Jain, and
Manish Sacheti, had experience working in different
divisions of large corporations, learning to manage talent,
build effective supply chains, and grow technology
businesses. They knew how to lay the groundwork for scale.
And, last, we at Acumen believed in the character of the
founders. Shaffi Mather reminded me of a bull in a china
shop, filled with the right kind of ambition, enthusiasm, and
energy, if not always with grace and mindfulness.
If anyone could pull off a major disruption in a broken
and corrupt industry, this guy and his partners could, even if
they did not yet fully understand their project’s exact path
to growth.
When I told Shaffi about the Indian businessman’s
disparaging remarks, he simply shrugged. “You know what
Gandhi said about society-changing innovations?” he asked.
“First, they ignore you. Then they laugh at you. Then they
fight you. Then you win.”
But if vision, the right skills, and character got Ziqitza to
the starting block, the Indian businessman’s question
nonetheless dogged me. I wondered how the company
would raise additional investment capital, given its
commitment to providing 20 percent of its customers with a
significant subsidy. We had invested because Ziqitza was
dedicated to an inclusive business model. Yet how, I
wondered, could we protect our investment to serve the
poor while supporting the company’s clear need to grow
financially?
In the early years, the company grew organically,
serving thousands of low-income people who’d never before
had access to ambulance services. That was a good start,
but given our focus on the poor, the company wasn’t
reaching enough low-income people to justify our large
stake. A few well-intentioned potential investors suggested
that it would do better financially and reach more people
overall if it targeted a higher income bracket and removed
the requirement to serve low-income people.
“You can always go down-market once you’ve built a
viable model,” one American investor told me.
True, I thought, but how many years would that take?
The idea sounded too much like business as usual: serve the
wealthy and give back through the side door only once
you’re flush with profits. Ziqitza had at the core of its
business a vision to serve all people, and we needed to do
what we could do to protect that vision while also helping
the company expand.
In 2008, a year after I spoke at Aspen, an established
U.S.-based emergency services company explored
purchasing a significant share of Ziqitza, sensing its long-
term financial potential. Though thrilled to see such interest,
I worried about whether this more profit-oriented entity
would agree to devoting 20 percent of its services to the
poor. The next morning, I called Shaffi, and he agreed that
Ziqitza would change its bylaws to make explicit the
company’s commitment to serving the poor before any
shares were sold. That bylaw change strengthened trust
between Acumen and Ziqitza. We were both learning to
build for purpose and profitability.
Then, tragedy. On November 26, 2008, I was celebrating
Thanksgiving, my favorite holiday, with my family in New
York when a teammate called and told me to turn on CNN:
Mumbai was under siege from terrorists. The Taj and Oberoi
hotels, two of the city’s finest, were burning; people were
trapped inside and many were believed dead (in total, 174
were killed and more than 300 wounded). I couldn’t believe
this was happening in my beloved Mumbai. Tears streamed
as I watched footage of desperate, terrified people running
through smoky streets.
Next, to my amazement, there appeared in front of
every burning building, bright yellow ambulances—our
ambulances—each equipped with capable medical
personnel and all the up-to-date technology required to
respond to the acute needs of disaster victims.
The ambulance drivers, I later learned, ran headlong
into the burning buildings, despite the presence of terrorists
killing anyone in their path. Somehow, every driver survived
while rescuing more than a hundred of the terrorists’
intended victims. Lives were saved because of this little
company—and everyone in our global community felt part
of it. For all of this, thanksgiving.
A few months after the tragedy, I shared a simple lunch
with the ambulance drivers on the rooftop of the company’s
office at the edge of Mumbai. I asked a driver who was
relatively short in stature but of sturdy build what had made
him act so courageously on the day of the attacks.
“There was too much need,” he said. “When the
commandos came, I followed them into the hotel. We saw
the attackers with their guns firing. A commando pushed me
to a corner where I would not be seen by the terrorists. We
waited for the terrorists to move to another room and then
we pulled wounded people out of the hotel. There were so
many people in pain. So, we went back in. We came back
the next day and the next day, too.”
I praised the driver’s humility, and asked again how he
had stared down the threat of death and acted anyway.
He answered, “I’m a driver who can help save lives. It is
my duty to do so, madam.”
Here was a man who earned just a few dollars a day. His
character was a reflection of the company that valued and
nurtured character in every employee. To me, his courage
made him a giant.
I wasn’t alone in being moved by the effectiveness of
the company. Though still relatively small, it managed a
swift, competent response, earning the respect of Indian
bureaucrats charged with bringing public emergency health
services to their states. Soon, Ziqitza was invited to
compete for state government contracts to provide free
ambulance services. In pursuing these tenders, it could now
point to its track record as well as its ethics.
Thus began the company’s transformation into a
private-public partnership, and to a level of growth that
would eventually make it one of the largest emergency
service companies in the world. As of 2019, Ziqitza operates
more than 3,600 ambulances, employs 12,000 people, and
has delivered more than 4 million patients to hospitals.
Moreover, by moving from a private-sector company to
partnering with the government, it was able to extend its
services to those who previously were excluded from the
emergency health care system altogether. In 2014, Acumen
did a Lean Data study of two of the states where Ziqitza was
operating and found that more than 75 percent of those
served were poor, an almost complete flip of the client ratio
when the company was private.
But that impressive scale and the company’s increasing
inclusiveness came neither easily nor without a cost. To
make such growth possible, Ziqitza’s leaders needed the
humility to stare down the realities of their business. That
may seem oxymoronic, but the opposite approach would be
to assume that you can simply build a better service or
product and watch the world beat a path to your door.
Humility is needed to recognize the barriers in your way.
Audacity is key to imagining a different future regardless,
firing up the resolve to overcome impediments to your goal.
For Ziqitza, those realities included the complacency,
bureaucracy, and corruption that often go hand in hand with
doing business, as many Indian government officials in the
ambulance industry demanded petty (and not so petty)
bribes both to win and maintain contracts. In March 2019 in
Acumen’s Mumbai office, Shaffi and I had a long talk about
government. He said there are “good officials, bad officials,
and indifferent ones.”
Ziqitza cofounder Sweta Mangal tells the story of
dealing with one particularly vexing official who demanded
a 5 percent “fee” each month before he would process the
government payment, which the company needed to pay its
employees. The company refused.
“Each month, he would delay,” Sweta said. “That delay
would result in us being slower to pay our drivers and other
workers, who lacked any financial cushion to absorb even
minor shocks. We would explain to our team that the late
payments were due not to a lack of competence on our part,
but because we stood by our values. The employees were
proud to work for us, but some also reminded us that you
can’t eat values.” Sweta added that those conversations
humbled and hurt; and reinforced the founders’ resolution to
stay the course.
As the company continued to refuse to pay the bribes,
the government official grew more aggressive, at one point
calling Sweta to demand payment. He had apparently
forgotten that ambulance companies record all phone calls.
You might think the shame of being recorded in the act
of extortion would be enough to quell someone’s appetite
for corruption, and for a few months, demands for bribes
ceased, at least from that one official. Then, at one point,
the local government represented by that official accused
Ziqitza of corruption, which we took very seriously at
Acumen. There were times, in truth, when it would have
been easier for Acumen to walk away, but we had signed up
to be patient investors, partners in disruption. Moreover, we
believed in government and the potential of the right
private service providers such as Ziqitza to partner and
make good on government’s obligations to its citizens.
Some might ask, why even bother partnering with
government when there are so many challenges and
seductions?
First, government itself is not corrupt. Individuals may
take advantage of systems that need improvement, but that
doesn’t mean that all people working in government are
corrupt. As Shaffi would say, you have to find “the good
ones.” And there are plenty of thoughtful, principled,
courageous individuals in government doing what they can
to change broken, corroded systems. They can be powerful
change-makers and allies, so keep an eye out for them. You
might also consider working in the public sector yourself.
Second, partnering with government is essential for
getting quality health care to the rural poor. Markets alone
will never succeed in protecting our most vulnerable from
disease or misfortune, but companies such as Ziqitza can
help government achieve its goals of serving its citizens and
protecting its most vulnerable.
Eventually, Ziqitza gained a reputation for transparency.
The company came to know which government officials
shared their values and which did not. The best local
government agencies discussed their own challenges and
problem-solved directly with the company. Over time, these
various “good” partners and Ziqitza wove a web of trust
that only intensified.
Our most disadvantaged communities could avoid many
every day tragedies if our public systems were built on twin
pillars of character and competence. I saw this in 2014,
when visiting Ziqitza’s branch office in Bhubaneswar, the
capital of Odisha, one of India’s three poorest states. Before
Ziqitza’s partnership with the local government, an older
fisherman said to me as tears ran down his face, “I saw too
many family members die when we had to use a bullock
cart to get them from my village to the hospital. Now, the
gods have come, madam. We can save ourselves.”
I got the sense of a “before Ziqitza” and an “after
Ziqitza” way of thinking and behaving.
Sumit Basu, the thirtysomething regional manager of
Ziqitza Odisha, recounted stories of a terrible cyclone that
ripped through the state a year prior. “We had every
ambulance at the ready,” Sumit said. “Over two nights with
the cyclone, the company’s vehicles drove thirty-seven
pregnant women to safety and delivered at least one
healthy baby inside an ambulance. Not a single life was lost.
Our region has seen great tragedies, and lost thousands due
to cyclones in the past. But Ziqitza and the government
were fully prepared this time. We worked together.”
Solving humanity’s toughest problems requires no single
hero, but a system of people, companies, organizations, and
government that rally around a common enterprise. Ziqitza
could offer operational efficiencies and nimble decision
making, but the company had to partner with government
to reach millions of low-income people in need of their
services. Government required the high standards, quality
of service, and efficiencies delivered by the private
company. Workers, whether manning call centers, driving
ambulances, or serving as medical technicians, had to look
beyond their own needs and operate from a sense of duty
and service to the greater good. Ziqitza’s rules and
practices have now become the standard benchmarks for
ambulance services across India.
The road to trust and effectiveness for Ziqitza was long
and, at times, arduous. The company’s story of creating and
maintaining reliable, productive partnerships carries
important lessons for every organization that wants to
extend beyond what it does well on its own.
First and foremost, be clear about your purpose and
honest about what you bring to the table, as well as what
you hope to take away. Are you and your partner values-
aligned and committed to learning together? Are you willing
to compromise and be clear on those compromises, not in
an easy “the ends justify the means” way, but in that gray
area that recognizes the imperfection of the world—and of
every human being? To create change, we have to be willing
to be uncomfortable without losing sight of what is most
important.
Partnering effectively takes time and commitment. If we
believe that a moral revolution requires everyone, we must
become skilled at building trusting partnerships across
sectors. Honing this skill almost always requires a shift in
both assumptions and behaviors. Nonprofits need to let go
of suspicions that all corporations are greedy, exploitative,
and unconcerned with the earth, while still holding to
account those who are greedy and exploitative. For-profit
companies must drop the assumption that all nonprofits are
full of woolly headed, morally righteous do-gooders who get
nothing done, while still calling on the carpet those who are
ineffectual. And many of us must shift our lazy assumptions
about other sectors, giving up presumptions about
government (“corrupt and ineffective”), media (“liars”),
philanthropy (“entitled and disconnected”), and technology
(“monstrous and self-serving”). Of course, some people and
organizations fit these assumptions, but when we refuse to
see the humanity in those who share a desire to create
change, we miss the chance to amplify our work and realize
our mission. And we are all needed to build more just and
inclusive societies in which each individual counts.
Yasmina Zaidman, Acumen’s chief of strategic
partnerships, wisely counsels, “If I could have one wish—
and this is something I try to practice myself—it would be to
enter a new partnership with greater openness to what the
other side can offer and a courageous vulnerability to
sharing fears—and with the patience to take the time it
needs to build trust.”
In other words, commit to the commitment itself.
Sometimes, what looks like a great partnership at first
might ultimately let you down. My heart has been broken by
corporations that told a good story of purpose, but in the
end were focused on business as usual. One phrase I dread
is “We want to be part of radical change as long as it
doesn’t impact shareholder value.” That is a clear moment
for pushback, or for a difficult conversation, at the very
least. It is a chance to try to bring your would-be partner’s
focus back to the problem you’re trying to solve together. If
you cannot do that, you may need another partner.
If, however, you find a corporate partner that recognizes
that its global supply chain is broken and wants to explore
models to make it more inclusive and sustainable, try to
support that partner as it fights its internal battles. As with
government, some of the most courageous change agents I
have met work in large corporations. They are aware of the
risks involved in rejecting the status quo, but they do so
anyway. For them, partnering with external allies staves off
the solitude that comes from being a lone questioning voice
and also helps them bolster the firm’s legitimacy in
delivering on its promises to stakeholders.
Some partnerships fail; it’s part of life. If a partnership
sounds too good to be true, it usually is. If donors insist that
you “collaborate” with another organization whose mission
or values do not seem aligned, spend time making sure that
the misalignment truly exists, and then say no gracefully.
Be wildly cautious when an organization calls and says,
“We love what you do. We should find ways to partner.” If
they cannot articulate why to partner, how to partner, or,
most important, to what end, you won’t have a partnership;
you’ll have a mess. Ironically, sometimes those you see as
least like you may be exactly who you need for what you
want to accomplish. So, start again with your mission and
an understanding of which skills, markets, and
communication outlets enable you to realize the good you
are creating for those in need.
What if you are starting out with just a giant, uplifting and
daring idea and no resources, networks, or money? How do
you even begin to find the partners who can help you realize
your goal? There are few better stories in my experience of
impact investing than the one about a chicken company in
Ethiopia that started out as a ragtag operation with
founders who’d never before seen live chickens yet went on
to change the fortunes of millions of poor farmers. Today,
they are providing financial opportunities, improving health
outcomes, transforming an industry, and in so doing,
helping to strengthen a nation.
That story begins in 2009, when an American named
Dave Ellis spent a year in Uganda working for a well-
intentioned start-up NGO that never got off the ground.
Most of the Ugandans he met wanted jobs, which convinced
him that poverty would not be solved by an act of charity.
The next year, encouraged to try something different, Dave
and his partner, Joe Shields, traveled to Ethiopia, a country
of one hundred million people, with a small amount of
investment capital in search of a business that would enable
them to make a greater difference.
Soon after arriving in Tigray, a region in northern
Ethiopia near the border of Eritrea, Dave chanced upon the
right opportunity: The government owned a six-hundred-
thousand-square-foot defunct chicken operation and was
looking for a partner to make it productive. The only
problem was that it contained not a single healthy flock of
chickens. Under past management, most of the chickens
had died.
Though Dave had grown up in Chicago and had never
encountered a live chicken, he was undaunted. The lease for
the factory was within his financial reach, and the
opportunity he saw was enormous. In the region of Tigray,
an estimated 58 percent of children were malnourished.
Eggs are an inexpensive form of protein, and chickens
generate income. Moreover, a new generation of Ethiopian
leaders was looking to partner with private-sector players to
jump-start a flagging economy.
Unlike the cofounders of Ziqitza, the ambulance
company that initially was private, Dave, Joe, and a third
cofounder, Trent Koutsoubos, put their company into
partnership with government from the start; they assumed
that “all they had to do” was raise baby chicks to egg-laying
age (forty-five to sixty days) and then sell them to
government extension agents, who would be responsible for
selling the chicks to smallholder farmers across the country.
To fledgling entrepreneurs Dave and Joe, this plan sounded
straightforward and easy.
The first night the entrepreneurs were on the farm with
newly purchased chickens, two of the chicken houses
caught on fire from an electrical malfunction, and the
founders had to carry the frightened birds outside in their
arms. Once things settled down, the company restarted
operations and set a date with government extension
workers to pick up a major order of baby chicks exactly
thirty-five days after they were born.
The workers showed up with fifteen trucks—a month
late. By then, the company founders had already scrabbled
to sell the baby chicks to whomever they could find; this
was another setback to operations, resulting in more lost
money that the founders didn’t have. As for the extension
workers, they had no choice but to return to their posts with
empty trucks. Trust on both sides plummeted.
Dented but undaunted, Dave and Joe went back to the
drawing board. The cofounders reviewed what had
happened and reminded themselves of their purpose. They
were in Ethiopia to build a successful chicken operation that
would feed the poor and change the lives of farmers. They
reconsidered their own strengths and weaknesses as well as
those of their various partners.
Try. Fail. Learn. Start again.
This time, Dave and Joe tried selling one-day-old chicks
directly to the farmers, but the farmers were both poor and
overworked, earning on average $350 a year. Smallholders
can afford to buy just a few chickens at a time, and they
have multiple constraints that prevent them from finding
the right vaccines, the most effective feed, and the means
to keep the chickens safe at night, when predators such as
foxes and dogs roam about looking for vulnerable, fluffy,
chirping yellow snacks. In short, raising baby chicks from
birth to forty-five days (after which they could thrive in a
village environment) took time, money, and expertise, none
of which the smallholders had.
Though operations faltered again, Dave and Joe were
gaining a better sense of the farmers’ and the government’s
potential as partners. While Ethiopia’s state-run enterprises
may have lacked some efficiencies, the government’s
agricultural extension workers, who knew and lived among
smallholder farmers, were highly trusted. The government
workers thus represented an enormous asset to the
company—if Dave and Joe were willing to discern those
functions where government workers were most capable of
delivering. Dave explained: “We saw that we could work
with local government offices to mobilize demand for the
chickens and educate the farmers. The government also
helped us reach last-mile areas we could never reach
ourselves.”
So, the cofounders changed the model again. The
company, which Dave and Joe named EthioChicken, now
breeds chickens and incubates eggs, selling them a day
after they’re born in batches of one thousand to “agents,”
individual entrepreneurs who raise the chicks for the next
forty-five to sixty days. EthioChicken provides the agents
with the vaccines, feed, and other supplies along with the
inputs and advice they require to succeed. Then the agents
help the farmers by selling three to four chickens at a time
in collaboration with government extension workers. Once
the chickens are at egg-laying age, they stay close to home
and eat most anything, making them the perfect investment
for a poor farmer.
In August 2017, Dave and I met Yohannes, a nineteen-
year-old who had signed up to serve as an agent, raising the
tiny chicks until they’d grown old enough to sell to individual
farmers. We stood together in the corrugated tin shed
Johannes had constructed to house two thousand chicks.
Wearing wraparound sunglasses, a black watch, a white lab
coat, and an amulet around his neck, Yohannes waved his
delicate, long-fingered hands enthusiastically as he shared
with me his success. A couple of years prior, he’d taken a
loan from a local microfinance organization to purchase his
first batch of a thousand chicks. “I knew that I had to keep
those chicks healthy and alive,” he told us. “I slept in the
room with them every night. EthioChicken gave me advice,
and the government helped me until I could sell all the
chickens. Now I am a happy man. All my brothers and
sisters go to school and are happy, too.”
We’d been speaking for a good half hour before
Yohannes shared that he’d taken a risk with the company
because his life depended on it. He and his five younger
siblings had been orphaned, and the teenage Yohannes was
responsible for their collective welfare. His risk and diligence
paid off: by the end of 2017, he had sold fifteen thousand
chickens, all to smallholder farmers. That year, his earnings
exceeded ten thousand dollars, an astronomical sum in a
country where most people earn a dollar a day.
In 2019, EthioChicken sold over 1.5 million one-day-old
chicks every month to 5,500 agents who earned anywhere
from $1,000 to $10,000 a year. The agents sell to about 4
million farmers, who represent nearly 25 million family
members. By our estimates, EthioChicken is annually
injecting more than $200 million into Ethiopia’s economy.
The company has grown to 1,200 employees, all but 4 of
them Ethiopian. In the five-million-person region of Tigray,
where EthioChicken started, malnutrition rates have fallen
more than 11 percent. The government credits EthioChicken
with much of that gain in nutrition, and it has integrated
chicken rearing into its overall agricultural strategy.
EthioChicken learned to partner—with the government,
with agents, with Acumen as an investor, and with charities
such as the Gates Foundation. Each of these partners
brought something different to this enterprise, while
remaining committed to the same goal. Getting
EthioChicken on its feet may have taken longer than either
Dave or Joe thought it would when they started, but by
partnering with government, the company helped make
Ethiopia a model for empowering smallholder farmers with
chickens and their eggs as a source of both income and
protein.
What struck me most about Dave’s and EthioChicken’s
approach to partnering was, again, not only the audacity of
their vision, but the quality of their humility and, therefore,
their ability to build trust. Dave speaks openly about the
mistakes the company made when he and Joe first arrived in
Ethiopia. He recognizes that they initially assumed they had
the answers, rushing to share what they themselves were
bringing to the table. They first had to listen more closely to
what the government needed in order to help its people—
and only then act.
Dave and Joe also realized that they could not partner
alone effectively. They needed the assistance of people such
as Dr. Fseha Tesfu, their soft-spoken but resilient Ethiopian
national sales manager, who manages EthioChicken’s
relationship with government. On the government side, the
state minister for livestock, Dr. Gebregziabher
Gebreyohannes, was a believer in the company’s potential
from its early days, backing them up as they hit inevitable
speed bumps along the path to success. After all,
individuals, not institutions, create the relationships that
lead to change.
Dave models building trust with those at all levels of an
institution, and all kinds of stakeholders. I have watched him
interact with agents, farmers, and extension workers with
enormous humility, shaking everyone’s hand; speaking in
Ethiopia’s official tongue, Amharic; eating the local food
with the exuberance he brings to everything; and praising
the goodness he has discovered in his adopted country. In
never forgetting that you are a guest, you are more likely to
be accepted as a local.
In 2014, recognizing the company’s ability to deliver,
Ethiopia’s Southern Nations, Nationalities, and Peoples’
Region offered EthioChicken a contract to take over two
more failing farms, this time on a fixed-payment
arrangement. “I don’t think we would have been as
successful without working with the Ethiopian government,”
Dave told me. “The government allowed us to build trust
very quickly with smallholder farmers. And to build a market
that has changed the game.”
I was recently asked if it was possible to teach people to
build trust. Yes, I believe so. Given that trust is our rarest
currency, we have no choice but to teach our children, and
one another, to be trusting and worthy of trust. You build
trust by showing up, by listening to what someone else has
to say, by keeping promises. You build trust through shared
endeavor and by the consistency of your words and actions.
You build it by admitting mistakes and by communicating
both when things go well and when they fail. You build trust
by knowing your values, living them, and being clear with
others that you will not violate those values.
Most of our grandmothers could have given us this
same advice.
Chapter 11
ACCOMPAN
Y EACH
OTHER
In 1987, while I was building Duterimbere, I also helped a
group of unwed mothers transform a charity project into a
bakery business. I’d recognized that too few
microentrepreneurs in Rwanda employed people beyond a
couple of family members, so I decided to try my hand at
building a business, foolishly assuming the endeavor would
be easy. The women already knew how to bake, and there
was a ready market in the fancier offices in town. Moreover,
there was no real competition at the time.
But in the beginning, no matter how hard I tried to make
things work, we failed. The women didn’t show up on time.
They stole from the bakery. They were too fearful to knock
on office doors and introduce themselves, looking at the
floor when anyone spoke to them. The women had few
marketable skills, no trust, and little entrepreneurial drive. It
took me a while to identify the entanglement of forces that
kept these women from taking advantage of this “market
opportunity.” They were from poor families, and most were
illiterate and unskilled, divided from mainstream society and
divorced from their own sense of worth.
So-called “respectable people” kept their distance from
such poverty, referring to the poor women as “prostitutes”
and seeing them as second-class citizens, at best. The poor
and vulnerable continually suffer from poverty’s many forms
of violence: dangerous physical environments, miserable
schools, inadequate health care, and untrustworthy courts.
In turn, many poor and vulnerable people inflict a further
sense of unworthiness on themselves. I began to
understand what Rousseau meant when he wrote in The
Social Contract that “man is born free, yet everywhere he is
in chains.”
Intuitively, I adjusted the role I played, no longer simply
a manager, but a coach, a cheerleader, a friend. Each
Friday, I’d hold sessions to teach the women how business
worked in ways that connected to their realities, not mine.
We practiced saying hello to strangers. I joined them to try
to convince shopkeepers to stock our baked goods. I was at
the bakery most mornings when they arrived, and we
celebrated small victories together. And sometimes we
laughed, joyfully and boisterously. Their challenges in the
bakery became mine to solve not for them but with them.
Though frustrated daily, I found that I liked the person I
was when I was around these women. I discovered ways to
hold a mirror to their inner beauty and potential, and they
reflected back to me the best parts of myself. Appreciation
revealed itself in an unexpected smile, a hug, or a collective
cheer when our sales finally began to creep upward and the
number of stolen goods declined to zero. Yet our shared
journey was more than one of mutual gratitude. In time, the
women began to earn more than most of their peers while
building a business, seeing a steady income, and
establishing self-esteem. Finally, they had unearthed a
sense of dignity inside themselves that no one could take
away from them.
Without knowing it, I was learning to practice the
principle of accompaniment.
Accompaniment is a Jesuit idea, meaning to “live and
walk” alongside those you serve. It is the willingness to
encounter another, to make someone feel valued and seen,
bettered for knowing you, never belittled. Guiding another
person, organization, or community to build confidence and
capabilities requires tenacity, a disciplined resolve to show
up repeatedly with no expectation of thanks in return. This
kind of accompaniment requires the patience to listen to
others’ stories without judgment, to offer skills and solutions
without imposition. It is to be a follower as well as a guide, a
humble yet aspirational teacher-student focused on
coaching another with firm kindness and a steady presence.
With those you aim to serve or lead, your job is to be
interested, to help make another person shine, not
demonstrate how smart or good or capable you yourself are.
Accompaniment is especially important when partnering
with those who are from places or families that have been
traumatized or marginalized by war, violence, isolation,
aggression, or by drugs or generational poverty.
Accompaniment recognizes that for many individuals and
communities, spiritual poverty is as devastating as material
poverty. The simple act of showing up and connecting with
another’s humanity can help a person rekindle hope in ways
they might not otherwise have dreamed of doing.
Think of someone in your own life who saw the best
version of who you could be, even when you couldn’t see
that version yourself. That person could be a parent, sibling,
mentor, teacher, coach, or boss who dared you, pushed you,
equipped you with the skills to succeed; a friend who told
you hard truths constructively, perhaps with toughness but
bolstered by determined love, all with the end result of
making you feel bigger, more awake, more here. If you can
think of just one person who accompanied you like that, you
should count yourself lucky.
Now think of the people who feel left out—those living in
poverty, in conflict areas, sitting in prison, or struggling in
refugee camps. Many in those communities are exposed to
endless callousness and constant criticism. Often, they
internalize the perceptions that others impose on them—
that they are predatory, parasitic, unfit, unworthy, or
invisible.
Despair is not the singular domain of the poor. For all of
us who have suffered unimaginable loss or who are in crisis
or physical pain, just getting out of bed can sometimes be
an act of courage. For anyone experiencing loneliness or
despondency, there is great power in knowing that while
you have to do the hard work of change on your own,
someone out there has your back.
I’ve always been drawn to businesses that integrate the
spirit of accompaniment into their operations. I moved to
Africa in 1986 because I’d seen how banking had overlooked
the poor and was inspired by the earliest microfinance
models, which lent money to low-income women and
imparted them with skills, confidence, and community. One
of the most inspiring of these was the Self-Employed
Women’s Association (SEWA) in India, a trade union for
ragpickers, brick crushers, women who carry huge loads on
their heads, and the like. Based on an ethos of strength in
unity and a pro-poor philosophy, SEWA has grown to more
than two million members. Though the women of SEWA may
have limited material assets to claim for themselves, their
union membership is their bond to one another, and it is
upon this bond that SEWA extends microloans to them.
In 2015, on a cold and bitter January day in New Delhi, I
met Deepa Roy and Shruti Gonsalves, two of SEWA’s
directors, to travel with them on a visit to Acumen’s new
investee, SEWA Grih Rin, a housing finance subsidiary that
provides loans to women who lack legal title to their land
and thus are unable to obtain mortgages to improve their
homes.
Together, we drove more than two hours on
crisscrossing highways whose twists and turns made me
nauseated at times. As we traveled farther from the city, the
spaghetti roads relaxed and narrowed, carrying us past farm
fields and barren industrial areas, until we reached Savda
Ghevra, a massive resettlement project for people rendered
homeless by slum clearances undertaken mainly by the
Indian government to remake parts of Delhi for major
events such as the Commonwealth Games. Even before we
reached our destination, I couldn’t help but imagine the
four- to five-hour round-trip bus commute people living in
the area endured daily to look for work in the city.
The unpaved settlement lanes were lined with a mix of
brick and poured-concrete houses painted Candy Land
colors, as well as temporary shacks patched with bamboo
poles, sheets of plastic, cardboard boxes, and random
pieces of fabric. Soon we arrived at a two-story structure
painted a startling aqua green with a narrow, banister-free
exterior staircase zigzagging sideways along the wall from
ground level to a door on the second floor. A diminutive
woman with salt-and-pepper hair fastened in a neat bun
waited for us in the second-floor doorway wearing socks and
sandals and a mauve kurta layered over a burgundy
sweater and loose homespun shawl. A cataract clouded one
of her bright eyes.
“My name is Dhanpati,” the woman said, inviting us into
her small, clean, unheated home with pink interior walls. We
settled into white plastic chairs for what would be a three-
hour conversation. Dhanpati began by telling us about her
“happy life” in the slums near Connaught Place, in Central
Delhi, where she’d grown up knowing everyone and was
confident she belonged. Describing the slum clearance that
changed her life in 2008, she began to weep. “It was raining
the day they came to evict us,” she said.
The bulldozers knocked over her house and the
dwellings of her longtime neighbors as if the structures were
made of cardboard. The destruction became a harrowing
storm of concrete and dirt, a lamentation of photographs,
papers, and other mementos that churned and settled in the
dust, all that remained of a once-vibrant community where
she and her family lived and worked and dreamed.
Dhanpati’s voice dropped to a whisper. “We were
promised an allotment for land, but you had to pay seven
thousand rupees [about a hundred dollars] to process the
allotment, and most of us didn’t have that kind of money.
So, we lost everything.”
For six years, Dhanpati’s family of ten lived in a tent in a
mustard field. “At least,” she said, “we were close to the
resettlement area and did our best to navigate the system,
even if so little of the system actually worked.” In the
meantime, while her family was seeking some sort of
assistance, Dhanpati began working at the supposedly free
public toilet in the area. “Since government does not show
up,” she said, “I clean the toilet and charge people per use.
They are happy I am there. Otherwise, it would be too
filthy.”
The opposite of accompaniment is separation. To enable
the violence of slum clearances and other systems that strip
people of life’s possibilities requires a separation among and
within ourselves. We reduce people to statistics in ways that
dehumanizes them, keeping ourselves at a distance from
the ugly realities of our decisions—or our inaction. We tell
ourselves there is nothing else to be done. We blame
victims’ hardships on “the system” or characterize the poor
as being unwilling or unworthy. We prefer not to know.
Thus does separation lie at the core of poverty. When
policy makers decided to build a stadium in that Delhi slum,
Dhanpati lost the only home she’d ever known. She felt
humiliation in her homelessness, and shame in her inability
to afford school for her children or find adequate health
care. She bore the cost of too many cold and sleepless
nights, accustomed to the loneliness that comes from
feeling forever on the outside looking in, far away from her
community. As Dhanpati told her story, her eyes flickered
with both fight and desolation.
The separation that divides human beings also creates
divisions within people, making them feel that they are less
than others, that they are not worthy, that they are not
enough. In reconnecting and reconstituting our common
bonds, in accompanying one another, we have the greatest
chance for renewal in our work, in our communities, and
also within ourselves.
I asked Dhanpati if she trusted anyone.
“I trust only myself.”
“What about SEWA?” I asked.
She smiled and said, “Yes. I trust them.”
I asked why.
She looked around the room. “The people from SEWA
visit,” she said. “They fulfill promises. They lent me the
money to build my home. They call me by my name. It is
the only place in my life where I hear my name aloud. I am
Dhanpati when they come.”
I asked her to say more.
“Women like me lose our identity as soon as we marry.
We are called wife or daughter-in-law or mother, but never
our real names. SEWA makes me feel more important, as if I
am somebody. I am Dhanpati. My name means ‘Lord of
Wealth.’ I am somebody.” Then she added proudly that she
was current on her loan payments.
SEWA accompanies its female members, trains them
with skills, and holds their hands when needed. At the same
time, SEWA Grih Rin understands that it cannot and must
not simply solve their members’ problems, but must enable
the women to solve problems for themselves. In turn, the
women show up for one another.
SEWA Grih Rin’s accompaniment of these women
signals the union’s fight for the rights of the self-employed,
the landless, and those who would change their own lives if
given the chance and skills. The female members know that
the institution is there to support them.
Accompaniment is a way of upholding your commitment
to another’s success. After her year as an Acumen fellow
with a Rwandan coffee company that purchased beans from
some of the poorest farmers on the planet, Australian-born
Ramya Waran accepted a full-time job with the company,
running operations while the CEO negotiated contracts with
specialty buyers and maintained a more external presence.
Ramya loved working with the farmers, and took great pride
in being a female leader who supported women to lead
themselves.
Sadly, that coffee company ultimately failed. While
investors, including Acumen, focused on what it would mean
to shut it down and do what was necessary to repay its
creditors, Ramya turned her attention to the three hundred
smallholder farmers who had lost their livelihoods. Despite
her own exhaustion and working without a paycheck for
months, Ramya stayed on the job until every farmer felt
secure and connected to a new company.
I will never forget my phone conversation with her. I was
walking down a blustery New York City street while Ramya
was up late in Kigali. “While the company is operational,”
she told me, “the best thing I can do for investors is to
ensure a fair and profitable company. But with investors out
and the company shutting down,” she continued, “I have to
focus on the farmers. Isn’t that what we mean when we
commit to standing with the poor? The bankruptcy wasn’t
their fault. They are the most vulnerable stakeholders of all
here.”
When faced with excruciating decisions involving
divergent stakeholders, I call to mind and am inspired by
Ramya’s fierce determination to accompany the farmers.
She had no financial cushion, and she was living in a foreign
country, yet not for a minute did she allow the situation to
be about her. Ramya was there to accompany the farmers,
to stand with the poor so they could carry on with their
prospects intact after the company that had trained and
supported them collapsed.
In times of both success and failure, we can choose with
whom we stand. Going beyond yourself to enable others not
just to persevere but to thrive lies at the heart of
accompaniment. Twenty-first-century capitalism rewards
money, power, and fame, not the immeasurable impact we
have on a person’s confidence, their courage, or their ability
to, say, remain in school or even to make it through another
day. This failure to recognize important work imperils us all.
By rewarding only what we can measure, we perpetuate
systems that fail to honor that which we value most—and
the price we pay is nothing less than our collective soul. But
we can choose to build new systems grounded in a moral
framework premised on the belief that we are here on earth
to serve others and to sustain our planet for the next
generation. That starts with the simple, dedicated act of
accompanying one another.
At a time when elements of the developed and the
developing world exist within every country, the principle of
accompaniment is universally relevant. As countries become
wealthier and more unequal, they inevitably become more
individualistic and fearful, breeding grounds for isolation,
loneliness, and mistrust.
Many models of accompaniment in the developing world
are based on the understanding that people yearn to
belong, to be cared for, and that individual communities
thrive when they are parts of larger communities. In other
words, human beings thrive when we believe someone
cares about us. It isn’t much more complicated than that.
During the HIV/AIDS crisis in Africa, many organizations
employed a community health worker (CHW) model,
enlisting and transforming ordinary community members
into health workers who accompanied their neighbors. The
CHWs would show up at the homes of HIV-infected patients
to make sure they were eating correctly and taking their
medicines. The best of these health workers emotionally
accompanied the ill, making them feel seen and worthy. In
turn, the CHWs become valued members and leaders of
society.
Manmeet Kaur, an American daughter of South Asian
immigrants, worked both in South Africa and India, where
she experienced the CHW model firsthand before returning
to New York to pursue her MBA. In 2013, she founded a
company in Manhattan’s Harlem neighborhood called City
Health Works, which aims to integrate CHWs and coaches
into the U.S. health care system. She’d seen unskilled South
African women receive a few months’ training and then
support patients with HIV, often with remarkable results.
“Why couldn’t residents serve as peer counselors in the
States?” she wondered.
In Harlem, as in much of the United States, significant
numbers of residents suffer from chronic diseases such as
diabetes, asthma, and hypertension. Manmeet reasoned
that partnering directly with these patients could help them
modify their lifestyles and provide companionship while also
saving the government and insurance companies a
considerable amount of money.
On another wintry January day, this time in 2017, I went
to City Health Works to visit a local health coach named
Destini Belton, an African American whose uncluttered attire
(black pants, a red sweater, and stud earrings) and pulled-
back hair were paired with a straightforward personality.
Personable, smart, and matter-of-fact, Destini spoke to me
as if we were old friends while we walked to a colorful
community center in Spanish Harlem. Inside the center, we
passed a gym full of young boys playing basketball, and
then a dance hall where older men and women were
dancing salsa, finally to arrive at a room filled with thirty
women and three or four men playing cards or bingo or
mah-jongg. A petite elderly Chinese woman walked from
table to table offering oranges and powdery cookies.
We joined a group of black and Latina women who were
gladdened to see Destini and who welcomed me warmly. We
talked about their lives and what it felt like to be clients of
City Health Works. Maria, wearing a wool cap and holding a
cane, spoke about how much she loved feeling part of
something. “Destini takes me to the grocery store and
teaches me how to shop for healthy foods,” she said. “I
appreciate that. These people know what they’re doing. We
go on walks, and Destini checks in on me to see that I’m
taking the right meds. Whenever I have a problem, I just call
her.” As Maria spoke, the other women at the table nodded
their heads in agreement.
“But are you healthier?” I asked.
“You bet I’m healthier!” Maria exclaimed. “I’ve lost
weight and I feel good. It’s been a long time since I had to
go to the hospital.”
I turned to Destini and asked for her reaction to so many
compliments.
“It does make me feel valued,” she responded. “I had a
dead-end job before this one, just working in retail. But now
I’m being trained. I’m contributing to the community and
my family.”
I asked Destini what she appreciated most about her job
as a health coach.
“I teach the women how to do better at eating and
shopping,” she said. “And they appreciate it. Some have a
better sense of hope now. They’ve been suffering from the
same diseases for so many years, and now they are seeing
for the first time that they can feel better if they manage
their issues.”
“Has seeing the women changed you?” I asked.
“I feel more important now, and my own eating also has
improved.”
“Why do you think your eating habits have changed?”
“If you’re the coach, you’d better practice what you
preach!” Destini responded. “Being a coach is helping more
than my patients. It’s helping my whole family and some of
my friends, too.” I realized as she spoke that in teaching one
family member how to take better care of their health,
Destini was impacting extended families, including her own.
As Manmeet later explained, “We teach our health
coaches to start by asking three questions of their clients:
What are your fears? What are you struggling with? What
motivates you to live a longer life? After a couple of visits,
clients might disclose more sensitive struggles that are
contributing to their poor health, whether they fear taking
their medicines or are too ashamed to go to local food
pantries. The health coaches learn to listen, and the clients
feel seen, because our coaches have similar life
experiences. People from vulnerable situations are not just
defined by their situations. They have individual and
collective strengths.”
As for the health workers, Manmeet added, some have
told her that they observe themselves “leveling up,”
acquiring new skills and believing more deeply in
themselves because the company assumes they can do
more than they imagined for themselves.
City Health Works now has accompanied more than two
thousand clients in Harlem and is taking the model to other
parts of New York City. Manmeet has proven that the model
lowers overall health costs, securing state contracts that will
allow her to build a profitable company.
People sometimes ask how “accompaniment” scales as
a principle. I would say that how we support one another is
an ethos, a way of seeing others—and ourselves. If we
spread that ethos, and if we celebrate those who do it well,
then accompaniments and the benefits from them will only
increase.
Accompaniment is not only for a business or an
organization. It is a framework for a more inclusive, caring
society. Wherever people feel lonely, isolated, or anxious,
there is an opportunity: to prevent chronic disease, to
support the elderly, to take care of the very young, to help
the sick and suffering, to help prisoners feel less alone, and
to enable the formerly incarcerated and drug users to get
back on their feet. All of us will at some point need to be
accompanied. All of us have the power to accompany
someone else in need.
At the end of my day in Harlem, I reflected on its
connection to that chilly visit to Dhanpati’s pink house on
the other side of the world. I was mesmerized by her story:
Dhanpati’s was a narrative of an entire system that people
like her across the world are expected to navigate though
every card in the deck is stacked against them.
That day, Dhanpati noticed that I’d not stopped
shivering from the freezing air since we’d arrived. She
offered us hot tea and biscuits. We declined, knowing the
family would have to cross the street to buy water and milk
for the tea. But Dhanpati would not accept my refusal.
“If I visit you, you will give me tea. Now you are visiting
my home. I will do the same.”
I accepted the milky sweet tea gratefully, delighting in
the shot of sugar and heat. Dhanpati instantly offered me a
second cup. My desire to take it was slowed only by my
sense of shame. By now, the entire family had joined our
conversation and was waiting patiently for us to be sated
before they served themselves.
The irony of Dhanpati’s attentiveness and her focus on
service—her accompaniment—was not lost on me. Who was
the real giver here? In that tiny teacup was an ocean of
grace provoking me to examine how often I failed to pause
and notice the needs of those right in front of me. I had
much to learn from Dhanpati, and from the way SEWA Grih
Rin accompanied her so that she could accompany others.
This is the secret of accompaniment: I will hold a mirror
to you and show you your value, bear witness to your
suffering and to your light. And over time, you will do the
same for me, for within the relationship lies the promise of
our shared dignity and the mutual encouragement needed
to do the hard things.
Whatever you aim to do, whatever problem you hope to
address, remember to accompany those who are struggling,
who are left out, who lack the capabilities needed to solve
their own problems. We are each other’s destiny. Beneath
the hard skills and firm strategic priorities needed to resolve
our greatest challenges lies the soft, fertile ground of our
shared humanity. In that place of hard and soft is
sustenance enough to nourish the entire human family.
Chapter 12
TELL
STORIES
THAT
MATTER
“Aren’t you too old to be so idealistic about Africa?” a
prominent Nigerian businessman taunted me with a smile
during a 2009 dinner party in a posh home in Accra, Ghana.
Around the long rectangular table with me were eighteen
West African businessmen and my colleague Catherine
Casey Nanda. The air held the scent of frangipani and
formality.
Catherine and I were at that table to introduce Acumen
to potential philanthropic supporters in West Africa, to paint
a picture of what Acumen was capable of igniting in the
region, and to set the stage for raising local funds.
Catherine had already shared anecdotes of potential
investments we would make in Nigeria and Ghana, stories
that offered strong testimony to the potential of our work.
The night had been progressing swimmingly.
Then I launched into a perhaps too-rhapsodic address
about Acumen’s work from a more global perspective. The
man’s question about my idealism took me by surprise. His
words were skeptical; his tone, cynical. I was conscious of
my race, my outsider status, and the larger stakes of this
first meeting to introduce Acumen to West Africa. At the
same time, I experienced the man’s provocation as an
affront to what my team and our collective work
represented. Into the center of that table, with its starched
and pressed linen and its sterling silver, attended by
uniformed men wearing pristine white gloves, the
charismatic questioner had thrown down a gauntlet.
I reached across the finery to accept the challenge,
asking the man what he meant by his question.
“Just what I said,” he responded flatly. “Aren’t you too
old to be so idealistic about Africa?”
Now all eyes were on me.
“I choose idealism as an antidote to cynicism,” I said,
locking the man’s eyes with my own. “That doesn’t mean I
don’t see the ugly or the challenges. I’m trying to picture
how I would inspire an audience by describing only the
continent’s underbelly. Isn’t West Africa much more than
that?”
Internally, I could feel the presence of two voices, one
telling me to put a muzzle on my mouth; the other one
urging me forward. “Would you rather I spoke about some of
my experiences with incompetence or corruption or abject
indifference?” I asked, as the timbre of my voice gradually
crescendoed. “For I could give a lecture on any of those
topics. I could also share anecdotes of elites who talk a big
game of love and peace only to let down their countrymen
and women, knowing that as long as they are in the ‘right
clubs,’ the world will applaud their riches and ignore their
misdeeds. Or I could recount times I’ve been held up,
mugged, assaulted, robbed, and threatened. I could speak
about colleagues of mine who fought for justice, for years,
only to be murdered during the Rwandan genocide; or
describe others who capitulated finally to their insecurities
and their thirst for power, ultimately joining the perpetrators
of that bloodbath.”
I took a breath, if only to stem my swelling emotions.
“Sometimes,” I concluded, “there are days when I have to
fight a hardening of my own soul from seeing too many
people treated like throwaways. So, yes, I can paint the
opposite of idealistic for you. But as the Nigerian author
Chimamanda Adichie says, there is more than a single
story.”
Of course, I can tell stories of lightness and darkness
about every country I know, especially about my own
nation. But we were talking about a continent that had
shaped my identity and, in many ways, had taught me what
real love is. Anger rose inside my chest like a clenched fist
as that part of me that had committed to showing up with
real love, not easy love, felt threatened.
And the man had questioned me on the wrong night.
Or maybe it was the right one.
I was in the middle of a family crisis that seemed to
parallel our dinner discussion. A month earlier, my thirty-
five-year-old sister, Amy, had undergone brain surgery that
had left her entire left side paralyzed. The surgeons had told
her she might never walk again. She was in rehab in New
York City, and we knew, regardless of the outcome, that the
road ahead would be a long one.
But you don’t want to mess with my sister. Amy
understood the prognosis; we all did. She knew that parts of
her body would be slower to return to mobility, if they ever
did, and that other parts held more potential. She was
studying every kind of therapy imaginable, supported by a
tight community of family and friends who accompanied
her, aware that in the end, she was the one who would have
to do the excruciating work of recovery. And my sister kept
to a single narrative: You don’t get to choose what happens
to you. But you do get to choose how you respond.
“When I’m in the room with my sister,” I said to those at
the table, “we listen carefully to the surgeon’s dreary words,
but we don’t dwell on them; instead, we talk about the
wedding my sister Amy is planning with her prince of a
fiancé. I tell her how much I’m looking forward to dancing
with her.”
I continued: “Some might say that is foolish optimism—
or too idealistic, but I believe you become the story you
choose to tell. While my family can accompany my sister,
that’s all we can do. Amy has to do the heroic work of
fighting every day. She is focused and tough. And she
refuses to acquiesce to narratives that would have her
accept what many see as inevitable.
“And you know what?” I continued. “Mark my words: I
will dance with my sister at her wedding.”
I paused long enough to notice that everyone had
stopped eating.
“Make of it what you’d like, but I am dedicated to
contributing to the growing movement of enterprising,
committed, capable, ethical, and public-spirited African
social entrepreneurs who are serving their communities,
nations, and this very continent. I am betting on individuals
who will not be hemmed in by other people’s narratives.
“Look, the negatives I described about Africa are truths,
just like those that my sister’s surgeons hold about
probabilities of recovery. Equally as real, however, are the
stories of astonishing creativity and hard work on this
continent. Kenya’s mobile banking technologies have
leapfrogged services in the West. Nigeria’s Nollywood is the
third-largest film industry in the world. I’ve met brilliant
scientists, technologists, doctors, musicians, poets, writers,
philanthropists, activists, teachers, and, yes, even
politicians here, all of whom are focused on serving the
greater good. I have been humbled by the wisdom of people
in this region who’ve known great suffering yet still are
determined to try to give and to forgive.
“It is all here. All of it. The question is which stories will
we tell, those reeking of despair or those imbued with a
hard-edged hope.”
The man’s mouth broke into a toothy smile. “Hey,” he
said, “I’m a journalist. I’m paid to be skeptical.”
“I get that,” I replied. “I just have to beat the drum for
hope, you know, as a radical response to cynicism.”
He insisted he wasn’t cynical, just skeptical, and
everyone laughed. Maybe because the discussion was so
real and so raw, Catherine and I found ardent supporters
that night, people whose efforts helped us build a program,
now based in Lagos, Nigeria, whose stories of possibility
Acumen and scores of fellows and entrepreneurs can now
tell.
The job of the moral leader—which is the job of all of us
—is to learn to tell the stories that matter, stories that unite
and inspire, reinforcing our individual and collective
potential, and paint a picture of the future that we can build
and inhabit together. Stories that matter are not stories that
demean, deride, divide, ridicule, belittle, blame, or shame.
We must take the harder path of telling stories that hold our
truths, both the ugly and the beautiful, while remaining
laser-focused on the possible.
Stories matter, for they have consequences. The stories
we choose to tell often define who we become. Indeed,
recent advances in science are proving that the narratives
we tell about ourselves and others influence even our health
and longevity. Show me a happy person, and I will show you
someone who owns her own narrative, who shares most
happenings in positive ways and tragic events as turning
points rather than end points.
In consciously shaping our personal narratives, we find
the freedom to become our best selves, and can do more to
accompany and inspire others. Take the case of Teresa
Njoroge. An elegant young Kenyan woman with a successful
career in banking, in January 2011 she was jailed, along with
her three-month-old daughter, in the Langata Women
Maximum Security Prison in Nairobi, Kenya, for a crime she
didn’t commit—for a year. Teresa could have told a story of
being a victim, a story of bitterness, rage, or revenge.
Instead, she claimed a more positive narrative for herself,
turning a tragic and costly miscarriage of justice into a
springboard for service and possibility—and without letting
the broken criminal justice system off the hook.
Teresa shared the story of her arrest during one of my
Nairobi visits in 2017. “I loved my career and everything
that went with it, especially the status and prestige,” she
said. “But then I handled a fraudulent transaction
unknowingly. The police arrested and charged me with
fraud, and that same arresting officer told me that if I paid
him ten thousand dollars, the case would disappear.
“Even if I had the money,” Teresa continued, “why
would I pay a bribe when I had done nothing wrong? I spent
the next two and a half years in and out of courts, fighting
to prove my innocence. It was humiliating to see my face
and name in newspapers and on television. And then, just
before the court date, the court offered me the chance for
freedom—if I paid fifty thousand dollars. But the
investigation had produced no evidence whatsoever of any
crime, so I had no fear of conviction. I refused to pay, and I
found myself locked behind a prison gate.”
The prison guard in Langata issued Teresa a number as
a proxy for her name. As a prisoner, she was given a loose-
fitting black-and-white-striped cotton uniform to wear just
like everyone else. Though her first days in the prison were
full of trepidation, Teresa quickly came to understand how
many of her fellow inmates had simply fallen through the
cracks of society, ending up in jail after having been falsely
convicted, or used as a scapegoat in corrupt systems where
the poor and most vulnerable bear the brunt of society’s
failures.
Living as a prisoner, among prisoners, Teresa came to
reinterpret the misguided stories we tell ourselves about
those who are incarcerated. “Too often, we criminalize
poverty,” she said. “Poor women are arrested for lacking
licenses to hawk their wares on the streets. Technically, they
are breaking the law, but they are trying to sell what little
they have so that they can survive. The same applies when
mothers sometimes steal tiny portions of food to feed their
children or find medicines to keep a sick relative alive.
Again, they might be guilty, but aren’t their stories more
about broken health systems, broken education systems,
broken economic systems? Don’t those stories matter more
than the individual infringements of women and men cast
aside by society before they even had a real chance to
participate?”
Teresa resolved to work on the challenges of the
criminal justice system. “My time in prison was a blessing in
disguise,” she reflected.
Upon her release, she founded an NGO called Clean
Start, to help female prisoners gain the skills and confidence
to participate as full citizens of society. This mission has
become part of who she is: “Daily, I think about the women
in prison and those who have left but are kept out of
society’s opportunities. Daily, I wonder how their children
are faring.”
Teresa’s story begins with the narrative that matters
most to her—her own. The truer we are to the details of our
inner and outer lives, the more universal those details
become. In time, Teresa’s story has become the story of all
imprisoned people. By hewing to her own deepest realities,
she has been able to extend empathy toward prisoners as a
collective group and acknowledge that she is in them, and
they, in her.
The moral leader elevates, providing pathways to
redemption and meaning. Teresa’s narrative is not just
about enduring hardship. It is also about second chances,
and taking charge of your own life. She now enters jails
willingly, lovingly, and finds in the female inmates a life
force that enlivens her spirit and fortifies her will.
The psychiatrist and Holocaust survivor Viktor Frankl
wrote, “Between stimulus and response there is a space. In
that space is our power to choose our response. In our
response lies our growth and our freedom.” The narratives
we choose to tell ourselves and others can be extremely
consequential, steering us toward roads of despair or
pathways to freedom. The choice is ours to make.
Of course, the space “between stimulus and response”
is no space at all for those who respond emotionally or
defensively to every Facebook post or tweet. Social media
encourages us to post fabulous stories and images, to
curate our personal “brands” based on “best of” lives lived
externally. Meanwhile, our internal realities may painfully
diverge in comparison, making it even more challenging
than in previous generations to be honest with ourselves
about who we are and who we want to be. But the ability to
tell stories that matter starts with the story of self. Those
narratives must be truthful and vulnerable, and grounded in
self-awareness, if we hope to engender trust and enable
self-discovery in those around us.
We fail in this accounting if we reduce our own narrative
to a single defining story. I’ve known too many people who
cling to a narrow definition of themselves, repeating the
same story so many times that they divorce themselves
from their own words, thereby limiting their potential for
growth. I once knew a man who started every introduction
recounting his youth, how he would lie on a mat beneath a
yellow moon, his belly empty and aching as his mother
pretended to cook over an open fire while, in reality, stirring
nothing but water. He shared this narrative in ways that
captivated every audience—at least, the first few times they
heard it.
Over time, I realized that my friend used his childhood
story less to teach or illuminate than to protect from
rejection of the man he had become. While that
impoverished boy would always be a part of him, he had
since become a privileged adult with significant
opportunities and responsibilities. By failing to integrate his
new story into the old, he neither made peace with that
frightened, hungry little boy nor fully acknowledged his
older, successful, complicated self. Consequently, everyone
was cheated from knowing the fullness of him in the
present; and he lost most of all.
In that same vein, diminishing ourselves to elicit
sympathy or pity from those more powerful than ourselves
might result in short-term material payoffs; but those
narratives risk reinforcing negative biases and spiritual
depletion. I once visited a private school for underprivileged
but talented youth in East Africa, and I was overjoyed by the
quality of the young people I met there. At the same time, I
became increasingly dismayed at the way each of them
introduced him- or herself. A beautiful fourteen-year-old girl
with a veil draped softly over her head shared her name and
then immediately launched into her story as a poor village
girl who was beaten by her recently deceased father. A few
minutes later, I met a fifteen-year-old boy dressed in a
perfectly pressed school uniform, his hair neatly combed. He
shook my hand professionally. Before I could ask a question,
he told me that his parents were poor and had no means to
educate him. A third and then a fourth youngster handed
me similar stories of suffering.
My head in a whirl, I thanked the young people for their
time, then excused myself to seek out the headmaster. I
found him outside the school’s well-stocked music room—a
tall, balding man in a blue suit. “Your students are
remarkable,” I began. “I could imagine each of them
running a company, a school system, or even a country in
their lifetimes. But I also feel uncomfortable with the way
they introduce themselves. Rather than painting pictures of
endless, hopeless poverty, why can’t they present
themselves as the highly talented students they are, young
future-oriented people who have earned a right to attend
any school on earth and succeed?”
The headmaster spoke plainly and slowly. “Most visitors,
especially donors, want to know that we use their money for
poor children who would not have the opportunity for
education without them. Philanthropists want to feel good
about their giving; we are simply helping them do that.
Without their funds, there would be no school.”
“But what about the young people themselves?” I
asked. “Doesn’t this beggar approach lock them into
presenting themselves as poor and grateful, rather than
talented and brimming with potential? What message does
this send to the students? And doesn’t it reinforce the savior
complex in wealthy individuals?”
The headmaster’s expression was a mix of
understanding and irritation. “It is hard to raise money,” he
said, and sighed.
I agreed with the hard part, though I deplored his
methods. We will not build strong institutions or confident,
capable people if we don’t tell the whole truth. And we
diminish ourselves when we tell—or heed—stories that
reinforce negative stereotypes.
On the other hand, if we spin yarns from hyperbole and
empty promises, we feel like frauds. I was lucky to be raised
by a mythmaking mother who infused her children with the
belief that we could be anything we wanted to be, provided
we worked hard and didn’t quit. And I was regularly cut
down to size by a rowdy bunch of siblings who, even today,
remind me of the foibles of my youth, making it impossible
for me to take myself too seriously. Stories shape and then
reshape each of us. Stories matter.
Too many children are raised on narratives that reinforce
a sense of inferiority or meekness. Some of those children
grow into adults who never escape society’s low
expectations. Others seem imprisoned in bitter allegories of
their own making. Somewhere along the way, they forgot
that our stories are not set in stone. We might inherit
stories, but it is up to us to craft the narratives of our lives,
just as Teresa, the falsely accused banker, did.
We are raised on stories about characters in bedtime
fables, proverbs, religious texts, and family anecdotes;
these shape our worldviews and color our moral
frameworks. Many of the narratives we inherit also demean
other people. Think of Vimal, the Acumen fellow who, as a
boy, was repeatedly told myths about his caste, deemed the
lowliest of people, humans who deserved no livelihood other
than cleaning toilets or removing human waste. That story
was a “fiction,” if you will, to borrow a meaning for that
word from the Israeli philosopher Yuval Harari. For what is
caste if not a story written by a group of people long ago to
explain the world to themselves (and others) in ways that
protected their privilege by making others inferior and
giving a false sense of order to society?
Our most inspirational leaders share stories of human
possibility in which we can see ourselves; consider the
speeches of Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther King Jr., and
Nelson Mandela, for example. Creating counternarratives
that refuse to divide and diminish requires a reclamation of
the parables and histories of people too often unheard,
eliciting from them insightful, true stories that resonate with
everyone’s humanity. Good news lies in spectacular role
models of fortitude and forbearance, decency and dignity,
models who exist in every hamlet and slum, in every city
and on every isolated mountain.
Recounting tales of possibility also impacts the culture
we create. If you want to inspire courageous acts of
integrity, celebrate those who act with courage. As the
philosopher Plato wrote, “What is honored in a country is
cultivated there.”
As the ambulance company Ziqitza began to expand
across India (as told in chapter 10), the founders knew that
the question of culture was paramount to their success. The
company built its reputation on delivering effective services
without bribery or corruption, and that demanded shifting
the expectations not only of the private and public partners,
but of the drivers, emergency medical technicians (EMTs),
and patients as well.
The right stories reinforced those values.
“We are talking about people’s lives,” said Sumit Basu,
the company’s regional manager in Odisha. “What else
matters when you have this responsibility?”
Sumit relayed the story of Pratap Kumar Sethi, an EMT
who noticed an open wallet beside an unconscious man
thrown from his vehicle during an accident. Pratap gathered
up the wallet and found $350 in rupees, more than several
months of his salary. He carried the wallet to the hospital,
holding it tightly until the man involved in the accident was
conscious enough to receive it.
At Ziqitza, Pratap’s story was cause for celebration. The
company made him a hero, elevating him as a role model
and getting local media to spread the news and reinforce
the company’s values. The drivers told me how proud they
felt to be part of a company that was “good,” and stressed
that seeing Pratap celebrated publicly inspired them to do
the right thing as well. Ziqitza cofounder Shaffi Mather later
affirmed that a stronger culture translated into more
effective results.
Our hope for a moral revolution rests on telling stories
that unite, that challenge stereotypes and easy prejudices,
and that ultimately reinforce our dignity. Telling those stories
effectively, however, requires a humility that acknowledges
the light and dark in all of us. When you dare to tell your full
story, you will inevitably touch people who relate to your
most vulnerable elements. And as you dive into the more
painful stories from your past, you may find clues to help
shape the story of who you want to become.
At Acumen, we ask new cohorts of fellows to do an
exercise called River of Life. First, the fellows pair off and
discuss the twists and turns of their lives; then each fellow
shares his or her story with the full group (twenty or so
people). Each narrative contains moments of success and
joy, and inevitably times of sorrow or hurt, tragedy or
shame—and sometimes all of these. They tell of childhoods
trapped in crushing poverty, of tragic losses borne too
young. They have grown up in refugee camps, or they have
lived in terror of the Taliban, Naxalites, paramilitaries, or the
police. They have been betrayed; they have been
abandoned. Some have suffered physical or sexual abuse.
The stories make you weep. Every fellow has a story worth
telling, all of them adding to the story of us, a story still
unfolding.
Listening to people share stories of trauma or loss within
their life trajectories is a profound reminder that our
tragedies neither define nor destroy us. How we respond to
our trauma plays a much greater role; and therein lies the
groundwork for the most important stories we can write, not
with pen and paper but in the way we conduct our lives. The
stories shared during the River of Life exercise are
reminders that some individuals choose service and
kindness or commit to fighting for justice in order to defy
the darkness.
Shameem Akhtar was born to a thirteen-year-old father
and a fifteen-year-old mother in a speck of a village outside
a small city called Mirpur Khas, in the vast desert of Sindh,
Pakistan. Shameem’s father, just a boy himself, was initially
devastated at bringing a girl into the world. The story for
girls in his tribe was that of being unworthy, a burden. He
and his wife wanted more for their child.
Shameem’s father had an elder brother, one of the first
in his family to attend university. The elder suggested that
the young couple raise Shameem as a boy—dress her as a
boy, treat her as a boy, and, most important, educate her as
a boy. No girl of their village had ever attended school, and
this plan would allow her to learn.
Thus began Shameem’s adventures as a little boy,
climbing trees, riding bicycles, and attending school. While
her cousins stayed indoors learning to cook and clean,
Shameem sat at the feet of elder men during jurgas, or
councils, absorbing the rules and practices of political
negotiations. Unlike the village girls, she had the chance to
read newspapers, ask questions of male elders, and dream
of other places.
During a long discussion with Shameem at Acumen’s
Karachi office in July 2018, she shared with me the
contradictions of her childhood: “I felt sorry for the girls in
my village but disliked spending time with them, for they
spoke about clothing and makeup, things that bored me. It
made no sense that the boys had the same hands and feet
as I did, yet were treated so differently. I studied hard to be
the best in my class and prove what girls could do.”
I asked her if she had dreaded finally “becoming” a girl.
“Yes, very much,” she admitted. “By the time I was
sixteen, the villagers could see I was female, and many men
insulted my father. Maybe they didn’t like watching a
daughter do better than their sons.” And though being
treated as a boy gave her physical and mental confidence,
Shameem still feared walking alone in a dress at the
university she was then attending.
And her story was not hers alone. Though her father
was not yet thirty when Shameem left for university, he
accompanied her through every challenge. When she
expressed her apprehension to him, he said simply, “I didn’t
raise you to be afraid.”
Though her father endured misunderstanding and
ridicule for the way he raised Shameem, his determination
that she succeed never wavered. This is a story of a father’s
love as well as of a daughter’s courage and capability.
When we dare to push the edges of comfort, the
narratives we tell ourselves can shape-shift and transform
the world. After university, Shameem learned of a job
opportunity with a regional NGO a five-hour bus ride away
from her village. Again, she asked for her father’s blessing;
and again, he said yes. But she was the one who decided to
live a story that would have no limits, regardless of the
costs. Her education had gifted Shameem with dreams
unavailable to “people like her,” and she was not going to
squander them.
Shameem’s new job exposed her to her country’s
diverse people and places, and also to its poverty. “Now I
could see how much more privileged I was than poor women
who were dying in childbirth because they were too far from
a hospital, or whose poverty forced them to choose which of
their children to feed.” Her perspective broadened further
when, as an Acumen fellow in 2015, she met with leaders
from across her country.
In 2016, inspired by the life choices of others, Shameem
decided to leave her job at the NGO and return to her region
to bring education to other little girls. By then, parents of
children were more amenable to the idea, especially those
who had witnessed Shameem’s family receive the money
she sent back home. But nothing prepared her for the
feeling of “seeing a classroom full of little Shameems”
looking back at her as she told the stories of Nelson
Mandela and other history-making individuals. Those bright,
shining faces were worth the cost of her two-hour bus ride,
twice daily, to reach the schools. In the course of the next
few years, Shameem would also earn her PhD.
Shameem’s narrative is filled with layers and lessons—
about the value of education, the power of courage, and the
strength that comes from having someone in your court. Her
story also reveals the incalculable potential lost when we
deny any human being the freedom to learn and contribute.
And Shameem does not need anyone else to tell her
story. In November 2017, I had the great privilege of
curating a session for the TEDWomen conference in New
Orleans, a session in which Shameem participated. She
arrived from Karachi on Halloween night, and the city
streets were overflowing with residents in outlandish
costumes, portraying every ghoulish, irreverent celebrity
character and personality imaginable. Shameem took it all
in stride, though I assured her that Halloween in New
Orleans was not the only story of that city.
Two days later, she stood proudly onstage. The TED
conference had given this child of the desert, born to
illiterate teenage parents, a platform to speak in her own
words, on her own behalf. In return, Shameem spoke for
every child who has been overlooked because of their
gender, race, ethnicity, class, or disability.
Our collective story is a mosaic of narratives that inspire
our better selves, counter those who would divide us, and
reveal the hidden gifts and capacities that the world would
rather not see. The story of us is ultimately that of love
forever unfolding. And no story matters more than that.
One more thing: one of the most indelible memories of
my life is dancing wildly with my sister, Amy, at her epic,
unforgettable wedding.
Chapter 13
EMBRACE
THE
BEAUTIFUL
STRUGGLE
In November 1992, several friends and I trekked the Borneo
rainforest accompanied by two hardy guides, Mustafa and
Gun. We were there to explore the forest ecosystem, natural
and human. The trip was rough going at times; we trudged
for weeks along narrow pathways through dense,
unforgiving vegetation. We would have been wearied by the
intense humidity that kept our clothing perpetually damp
had a constant flow of leeches not jumped onto our limbs
and distracted us with more pressing concerns. At night,
random bugs and enormous beetles had a way of crawling
into our sleeping bags. Our fresh food ran out after a few
days, leaving us with only heaping piles of rice and canned
sardines for meals. Yet, we daily experienced wonder and
were regularly astonished by the lushness of layered jungle
terrain punctuated by shafts of sunlight peeking through the
filigreed forest canopy overhead.
Our guides were delightful. Though their English was
basic at best, Mustafa and Gun helped us witness firsthand
the cost of human activity wrought by commercial logging,
stopping to point toward groves of tree stumps and wide
roads plunging violently into what used to be fertile forest.
We didn’t spot a single mammal on the journey, and heard
just one gibbon call out to others. As for the local people, an
“Indonesianization” policy had consigned nomadic tribes to
reservation-like villages, uprooting them from their homes
and denying them their culture.
In the course of our journey, I began to see more clearly
the symbiotic relationship between human beings and the
environment. Men hauled teak and other hardwoods from
the rainforest to sell across the world, animals lost their
habitat, and humans lost part of the world’s lungs. Native
peoples could not sustain themselves under the onslaught,
and the entire world paid a price. Here, at the source of our
shared ecosystem, the violence of poverty and greed were
palpable.
Both guides seemed to sense when I was feeling nearly
overwhelmed by the destruction wrought by human beings’
thirst for things. In those moments, the guides would
attempt to distract me from my ruminations, directing my
attention to an exotic orchid or tangled vines or moon
shadows dancing across the trunks of skinny trees
shimmying in the night breeze. I’d find in the astonishing
beauty around me a sign of life urging itself to survive. I’d
also hear an admonition of what we would lose if we didn’t
repair the world.
On one of our final nights in the rainforest, the Borneo
journey gifted the group a moment of transcendence. At the
end of a long, sweltering day, we rested in a small clearing.
We were all bone-tired, unrestored by the sticky sponge
baths we’d taken in a nearby blackwater creek. We ate what
we could of our regular canned dinner and then sat silently
with our guides beneath a veil of mosquito netting. Knowing
we were nearing the end of our adventure, I was desperate
to convey my gratitude and admiration to the guides.
With no knowledge of Bahasa, the guides’ language, I
could express only rudimentary thoughts through my words.
But if we lacked a common language, I reasoned, maybe
there were songs we shared. I started to sing, hoping I’d hit
a tune the guides would recognize. After trying and failing
with at least a dozen songs, I finally chanced upon one of
my favorite Christmas carols: “Silent night, holy night, / All
is calm, all is bright…”
Upon hearing the familiar tune, Mustafa and Gun both
smiled and began to sing. The others joined in, and our little
group became a choir, harmonizing in four languages:
English, Bahasa, German, and French. I felt myself extended
not only to my fellow journeyers but to the forest around us
and all its living things. Long, arduous days immersed in
nature had stripped us of artifice, granting us access to a
deeper level of “knowing” somehow. The night’s flickering
lights and unbidden symphony illuminated the possible,
expanding my soul’s longing to know that all could be
healed.
Silent night, holy night.
When we finally could sing no more, the six of us held
hands for a moment and bowed to the divinity we
experienced in one another.
That night, I went to sleep full of awe and secure in my
belief of an illimitable consciousness that binds us with all
living things. I silently recommitted to work toward human
dignity and a more sustainable earth. And I understood then
that skills and resources are not enough to solve our
problems: we must ground our systems in a spiritual
foundation big enough to sustain our astonishing diversity.
Such a foundation is based on the notion of transcendence,
that all living things are interconnected, that we are
deserving of dignity.
Humans’ growing awareness of our interdependence is
driving people across the planet to reimagine and try to live
by a new set of guiding principles. I see this in the growing
army of social entrepreneurs across the globe, including
those you’ve met in these pages. Some are devoted to
expanding human possibilities. Others are fighting to save
the planet, to reverse the march of so many species toward
extinction, to temper the destructive elements of
technology. No matter your field, there is much to learn from
activists imagining and building new systems together for
our twenty-first-century world.
For example, environmental and animal rights activists
are pressing, sometimes successfully, to enshrine
“nonhuman rights.” In Colombia in April 2018, a group of
twenty-five young people won a court ruling to “recognize
the Colombian Amazon as an entity, subject of rights, and
beneficiary of the protection, conservation, maintenance
and restoration.” New Zealand and several U.S. states have
won similar cases.
This was a game changer based on a moral framework:
if corporations are, for legal purposes, given “personhood,”
and if rivers and forests can have rights, so might animals.
Groups across the globe are beginning to argue that some
mammals like chimpanzees, elephants, and orcas should be
assigned certain rights to protect their survival. These new
frameworks are manifestations of the belief that we can,
and must, transcend our individual needs and desires to
build structures that work for and sustain all of us.
More than a quarter century since that night in the
Borneo rainforest, my youthful aspirations feel affirmed
when I see the progress we are making in reimagining a new
economic system that is both inclusive and sustainable. Yet,
I’m bemused when young people earnestly ask me how I
can be so old and still so passionate about my commitment
to work toward dignity, despite all the inevitable setbacks
and failures. I feel a growing sense of urgency to do more in
the decades that lie in front of me. All of us know that the
work of change is hard, that it is long—sometimes decades
long, sometimes lifetimes long.
So, how do any of us sustain? Every change agent must
find within herself the strength to carry on through the dark
times and the courage to push against a resistant status
quo, not just for a couple of years but, potentially, for
decades. Anger can go a long way, yet it eventually whittles
the soul. External awards may be reinforcing, yet whatever
comfort they provide is fleeting. Any honor bestowed by
others can be taken away. There must be something more,
something that nourishes the spirit and makes slogging for
years through the mud and grime of social change bearable.
I have found sustenance in a part of the journey that
few talked about when I began: beauty. To paraphrase Dr.
King, there is beauty in struggle. There is beauty around us,
beacons of the possible, especially if we still ourselves long
enough to recognize it. Beauty inspires and motivates.
Beauty sustains. The key for each of us is to define what
beauty means for us, to think of it not as superfluous or
indulgent but as an essential part of what it means to be
human.
Life is hard—which may be why humans have insisted
on creating beauty in even the darkest times and in the
meanest places. In every poor community I’ve ever visited,
beauty manifests. Think of tribes the world over that
embellish bowls and farm implements or weave evocative
imagery into everyday fabrics. In the harsh climes of India’s
and Pakistan’s deserts, women collect water wearing the
brightest colors imaginable, multiple clay pots stacked on
their heads and steadied with confident arms encircled with
sparkly bangles. In war zones, I’ve witnessed little girls
walking down dangerous streets in pretty white party
dresses. Even in the grimmest slums of Kampala or Lagos,
women hang beautifully embroidered, diaphanous curtains
to cover walls made of corrugated tin patched with
cardboard and coffee cans: beauty for survival, for bringing
life itself to parched and tired places.
Beauty is an expression of human dignity. It resides in
the work of showing up, of extending ourselves and bringing
kindness when we feel like being anything but kind. Beauty
lives in the narratives of those who are striving to overcome
profound obstacles just to survive. It thrives in the bonds of
human connection and the quiet moments of contemplative
reflection. Let beauty be a powerful touchstone, not only to
reinforce your own resolve, but to rejuvenate those you
serve.
The practice of paying attention is a form of beauty, a
kind of prayer, connecting us in ways that elevate. Hone
that skill so you can encourage it in others. In the 1990s, I
volunteered at Phoenix House, a drug rehabilitation center
on the Upper West Side of New York City. My job was simply
to talk to the female clients. Unsure of how to break the ice
and move to deeper topics, I thought I’d try prompting
conversation with a poem, and chose Maya Angelou’s
“Phenomenal Woman.” I suggested we go around the room,
each of us reading one line, thereby linking ourselves with a
daisy chain of words.
As we started to take turns reading, it became clear that
some of the women were functionally illiterate. As I listened
to one woman stumble over the first word in the poem
—“Pretty women…”—I felt ashamed that I’d set them up for
failure.
Then something magical happened.
The woman sounded out, “Pret-ty” and then reached
toward the group as if to grab the second word.
The other women, in turn, leaned toward her, their
mouths forming the “wo” sound in “women,” lips puckered
as if to blow her a kiss. Soon they were a unified voice,
quietly urging, cheering at the end of each line. By the last
stanza, we were a chorus, a proud group of women singing
from the rooftops: “’Cause I’m a woman / Phenomenally. /
Phenomenal woman, / That’s me.”
Reciting that extraordinary poem created a gentle
opening for us, a way into a deeper conversation about
what it means to be a woman, and that, at least for a
moment, made the future a little less daunting.
The beauty in that room at Phoenix House stemmed
from the collective witnessing of another person visibly
overcoming a challenge. We are most lovable when we are
vulnerable. But the feeling of shared victory was episodic.
Everyone but me had to wake up the next morning and
recommit to the grind of rehabilitation. The work of personal
transformation can be brutal. Daily practices can
supplement small victories at the edges if only to remind
ourselves and each other that we are good, that we are not
alone. Otherwise, the work can feel too hard.
And what of those who are committing to reforming
entire systems, not only their own lives (which can be
difficult enough)? Those people require mastering a sense of
personal grounding, as well as the business practices
needed to make a change process succeed. On both counts,
there are few examples like Dr. Govindappa Venkataswamy,
founder of India’s venerable Aravind Eye Care System. At
age thirty, he was crippled with rheumatoid arthritis, yet he
did not allow the disease or anything else to hold him back.
Instead, he dedicated himself first to overcoming his
physical ailments and then to becoming one of the most
highly skilled surgeons in India.
At fifty-eight, the age when his peers faced mandatory
retirement, Dr. V left the Indian civil service and embarked
on a quest to end treatable blindness. He had seen the toll
of blindness on his fellow citizens, especially the poor, who
could not afford cataract surgery. He also understood the
nourishment that can come from serving others and knew
he had a gift to offer the world. Unfazed by his age,
infirmities, or lack of significant financial resources, he just
started.
In 1976, in a tiny house fitted with merely eleven beds
in the south Indian town of Madurai, Dr. V founded Aravind
Eye Care System, resolving to provide eye care services to
all people regardless of their ability to pay. Then he went in
search of the most elegant and efficient solutions to
bringing cataract surgery, affordably, to millions of India’s
poorest—and to do so with a financially sustaining business
model.
I first met Dr. V in 2002. He had driven himself to meet
me at Madurai’s tiny airport and was standing at the gate
leaning on a wooden walking cane, his hair thick and white,
a mischievous twinkle in his eye. As he drove me into town,
he described his beloved Aravind Eye Care System like a
young man excited by ideas and possibilities and recounted
how he acquired knowledge wherever he could find it.
“We had to build a system that was fast, low-cost, high-
quality, and accessible to the poor,” Dr. V explained.
He told us how in his search for effective business
models, he was taken by the American fast-food company
McDonald’s, which broke down operational processes into
distinct, repeatable practices. The Aravind Eye Hospital
would do the same, he decided. Surgeons stand in the
operating theater and do what they do best: perform
cataract surgeries. Trained health workers prepare patients,
deliver them to the operating theater, and then take them
to the recovery rooms, where other health workers support
the post-op processes.
Had Dr. Venkataswamy integrated only McDonald’s
values of efficiency and accountability, his business model
could have made him a very wealthy man. But Aravind’s
mission was to eradicate blindness among the poor, and Dr.
Venkataswamy believed in the interconnection of all things.
His spiritual philosophy undergirded a business model that
was driven, first and foremost, to provide eye care to all
people, regardless of their ability to pay, and to treat the
poorest with the respect and dignity they deserved.
In other words, Dr. V’s spiritual philosophy, which put
the poor first, required toughness and discipline that far
exceeded the skills and resolve of businesses pursuing
profits alone. That same philosophy sustained his focus on
his mission for forty years. In turn, Dr. Venkataswamy
integrated those values into every operational aspect of this
nonconforming eye hospital system.
Aravind Eye Hospitals remains one of the most powerful
pro-poor business models I have ever encountered. “It is not
enough to provide essential eye care to the blind for free,”
Thulsi Ravilla, the genius businessman who worked closely
with Dr. V, explained to me. “Our starting point was
ensuring that all people could access eye care. If you want
to serve the poorest, you have to consider and integrate
their costs of giving up a day’s earnings and paying bus fare
to and from the hospital.” The result of Aravind’s efforts has
been to deliver world-class health care to more than fifty-
five million low-income patients, half of whom do not pay.
Dr. Venkataswamy’s spiritual grounding kept him
focused on creating an operational model that would
succeed only if it effectively served the poor. Taking time
daily to replenish and renew his commitment to his mission,
he was up well before the sun each day; spent hours in
reflection and meditation, reciting Sri Aurobindo’s epic poem
Savitri; and reminded himself that divinity exists in the
interconnection of all things.
To meet Dr. V was to experience a man who remained
present in the here and now, focused on human potential
with no trace of despondency. It was impossible to refrain
from smiling around him, as his spirit and unbridled laughter
lit up a room. In his own words, “Intelligence and capability
are not enough. There must be the joy of doing something
beautiful.” For more than thirty years, Dr. V sustained his
vision with the wisdom of an elder and the curiosity of a
child. Though he died in 2006, his legacy is alive in the
minds and vision of millions who have been changed for the
better because he existed.
Dr. Venkataswamy confidently wove his understanding
of the material world and its realities with his unabashed
belief in human interconnectedness and dignity. Whether
you are fighting to solve poverty, to heal the earth, to
reform the criminal justice system, or pursuing a host of
other aims, there will inevitably be moments when the more
established world makes you feel like a fool for “not
understanding business” or “being soft” or for trying too
hard. Remember, again, in those times that real love is a
hard skill. I also hope you can find rituals, whether religious
or decidedly nonreligious, to sustain and connect you more
fully to the realization that we are on this fragile planet for a
short time, that we are here together, that all we have is
one another. And that you are enough.
I’ve been moved to see young people breathe new life
into ancient rituals. Fahad Afridi, a Pashtun Acumen fellow in
Pakistan, told me that when he touches his head to the
ground in prayer, he is reminded to pause and feel gratitude
for the earth, for all we are given. In this I heard echoes of
an Acumen India teammate, Karuna Jain, who shared her
family’s tradition of starting each day by feeding seeds to
birds outside their home as a touchstone for our
interdependence. Others pursue yoga or meditation; they
might read or listen music, or dance, or walk or run in
nature. What matters is pausing long enough to pay
attention, to hear yourself, to bring a small respite to the
day.
There are a thousand ways to reconnect to the here and
now. The Jesuits practice a daily examen, a quick check-in
with themselves, once at noon and again at the end of the
day. I have adapted a shortened four-step version. In the
morning, set your intention for what you hope to do or how
you hope to be during the day. At noon and/or in the
evening, step back and assess how you are doing and what
you’re learning from both success and failure. Third, forgive
yourself for where you failed. And fourth, express gratitude.
When I remember to incorporate this short practice into my
day, I feel calmer, more focused, more grounded.
There is wisdom in practices that entreat us to pause, to
breathe, to contemplate what we are here to do. It takes
only a moment to remind myself that my very life depends
on the millions who toil planting the food we eat, making the
clothes we wear—and that our interconnection demands
some sort of reciprocity. I try to start most days reading a
poem—Rumi, Hafiz, Mary Oliver, Rainer Maria Rilke, Seamus
Heaney, Maya Angelou, and Marie Howe are among my
favorites. Poets trade in the universal, the transcendent, the
awe-inspiring simplicity of the world. The silence between
their words is almost a meditation itself.
My most consistent and timeworn ritual is to go for a
morning run. I love to feel my body come alive as the world
wakes up, to breathe in the colors of the sky, to mark the
changes in seasons, to explore new places and rekindle
delight in being alive. No matter how bad things get—and
thirty-plus years of working on poverty is a long time—a run
restores my spirit and readies me for the day. Of course,
these are simply my practices employed to help sustain my
life’s work and hopefully make me a better leader. Whoever
you are and whatever you do, I hope you can find your own
ways to make time to nourish your spirit and find a sense of
wholeness even when the world is trying to break you. I
hope you balance action with time for reflection.
A decade ago, when I published The Blue Sweater, I was
surprised to receive so many letters from readers who
voiced their desire to be of use. None moved me, though,
like the long text message I received from a man named
Kevin George Otieno, a resident of the Kibera slum in
Nairobi. Kevin had found the book through an Acumen
fellow, Suraj Sudhakar, who was working at a company that
operated pay-per-use city toilets according to a different
model from that of Sanergy. Kevin was hanging around the
toilet operation, asking about Suraj’s work. Eventually, Suraj
offered him a copy of my book—on the condition that Kevin
write and send me a review.
A few weeks later, I received a long text from Kevin:
“I’m just like you,” he wrote. “Like you, I have failed many
times. I was only able to complete third grade. I am HIV-
positive and out of work. But if you have failed in your life
and still made so many changes, then it gives me hope that
I can, too. And just like you, I also want to help bridge the
gap between rich and poor.”
I was speechless, glad that documenting my own
failures could help someone so different from me overcome
some of his fears. After reflecting for a day or so, I wrote
Kevin back. “If you’d like to give my book to other friends
who might enjoy reading it, I’m happy to send copies to
you,” I wrote. “But I’d like to hold a book club to hear from
your friends.”
“Deal,” Kevin replied. “I’ll take a hundred.”
So began the Blue Sweater Book Club, organized by
Kevin, his friend Alex Sanguti, and five others. Despite their
hardscrabble lives (selling eggs on the street, working as
laborers, sometimes earning the equivalent of about thirty
cents for a day’s work), they each found time to distribute
the one hundred books to fellow slum residents.
Driving through Kibera’s muddy alleyways the day of
the book club meeting, I was unprepared for what I saw.
More than a hundred people were crammed into Mama
Hamza’s community center, a corrugated-tin box of a room
outfitted with white plastic chairs. I felt overcome with
shyness, acutely aware of my privilege while writing about
poor people living in slums like this one. I desperately did
not want to let this group down.
The self-proclaimed “controller,” Kevin kicked off the
event, cheekily warning the other club members that he
would cut off anyone who was long-winded. “This is about
the future,” he proclaimed.
Alex went next, speaking about experiences that had
taught him that tribalism and nepotism were barriers to
one’s goals in life.
“If you ate a meal or slept with a roof over your head
last night,” he said, “remember that many have it much
worse than you do.”
The two were a hard act to follow. The slum dwellers
asked many questions—how to start a business, how to find
funding for a local project—and I did my best to respond.
Then a young woman, slender, short, and muscular, wearing
jeans and a dark cotton blouse, piped up from the back:
“I’m a teenager and a single mother. I have no money,
and I’m HIV-positive. How can I be a leader? Who will follow
me?”
I stammered through a nonresponse, citing Jesus and
Muhammad, and then some people whose names no one
there recognized. I was embarrassed to have drawn a blank,
as I knew so many audacious, competent leaders of humble
backgrounds from this young woman’s city. But at just that
moment, out of the crowd, a beautiful woman in a flaming
red dress stepped forward. I recognized her at once: Jane.
We’d met through Jamii Bora, the Nairobi-based
microfinance organization. Her story was full of
backbreaking challenges, yet she was a survivor.
Jane spoke directly to the skeptical young woman, from
her own experiences. “If you had known me ten years ago,
you would not believe I am here today,” she said. “I was a
prostitute for seven years before I came to Jamii Bora. By
then, I was also a single mother with HIV. Jamii Bora taught
me to sew, and now I am a tailor. My children are happy.
And I feel so lucky that I volunteer at the health clinic to
counsel people who have just discovered they are HIV-
positive.
“I grew up very poor. I could not follow my dreams to be
a doctor because of what life gave me. But now, in some
ways, I’m better. You see, doctors, they give out pills. But
me, I give out hope.”
Jane began to turn around and then stopped, looking
again at the agitated teen mom. “Everyone can be a
leader,” she said. “Don’t make excuses.”
The larger conversation continued, and I tried to direct
more of the queries toward the other people standing in the
room, but the questions to me continued. And just like Kevin
in his original text to me, many people started their queries
with the phrase “I’m just like you, but…”
I started to feel like a fraud.
“I appreciate your generosity and your humility,” I
finally said, “but the truth is, you are not just like me. I live
in a good neighborhood in New York City and attended some
of the country’s best schools. I hold an American passport
and my skin is white. I travel around the world and know the
freedom in my privilege. I hope I never take it for granted,
but my life is very different.”
Mama Hamza, the irrepressible entrepreneur in charge
of the community center, broke into a huge grin. “We know
that,” she said. “Yes, you are privileged. But still, you fight
for issues we fight. You care about the changes we want to
make. You fail and sometimes succeed—like we do. You see
yourself as part of us. This is what makes us like you—and
you like us.”
On the way back to my hotel, I shared a van with
Catherine Casey Nanda and Jocelyn Wyatt, two younger
colleagues who have since become close friends. We drove
in silence through Kibera’s still-muddy streets, each of us
lost in thought, my heart lodged in my throat. Something
had happened in Mama Hamza’s center. We had all shown
up simply as ourselves, to learn and gather in communion.
I was no longer that young woman trying and failing to
lead a diverse group of young Americans when I could not
fully acknowledge my own identity. I wondered what had
taken me so long to remove every mask I’d ever worn and
finally show up as no one else but my truest self.
The transcendence of that experience at Mama Hamza’s
was another reminder that we are part of something bigger
than ourselves. Instead of kneeling in a grandly lit cathedral
or a mosque with soaring ceilings, we stood together in a
dark, makeshift community center in an impoverished slum,
yet the ground in Kibera on that night felt no less sacred.
That precious moment continues to feed my commitment all
these years later. That evening, I was able to acknowledge
the beauty inside myself and, in so doing, make it easier for
others to acknowledge what was good and beautiful inside
them. The theologian Howard Thurman has called that quiet
recognition “the sound of the genuine.” When we reveal our
most genuine selves, not only do we invite the same from
others, but the choice to work toward something beyond
ourselves becomes inevitable.
Finally, when times are terrible—and few of us escape
living without experiencing tragedies and sorrows—there is
sustenance in beauty manifested in service, in the arts, in
rebuilding what has been destroyed. In 1994, I had the
immense privilege of sitting alone with fabled dancers of
Cambodia’s Royal Ballet at their modest studio in Phnom
Penh. During the mid- to late 1970s, under the Pol Pot
regime, the Khmer Rouge army murdered over a million
Cambodians, targeting intellectuals and artists. Just thirty
classical dancers survived the war, and only three remained
living when I visited to learn about their work as part of the
Philanthropy Workshop, a program I had created at the
Rockefeller Foundation.
A petite gray-haired woman dressed in wide-legged
yellow trousers and a deep red jacket imparted her
recollections of the refugee camps after the war. She was
elegant and graceful, with a perfect carriage. “I would lie in
my cot,” she said softly, “and try to piece together the
dances but could only hold on to fragments,” she recalled.
“You see, our dances have been passed down through each
generation orally, for more than a thousand years. Only we,
the dancers, held the keys to reviving this part of our
nation’s heritage. I desperately hoped that other dancers
might still be alive, trying to remember, as I was.” These
women’s recollections were links to the dances’ revival—and
their immortality.
Once the surviving dancers had found one another, they
pledged to train their grandchildren’s generation—their
daughters’ generation had already grown too old—in the
ancient techniques of the Royal Ballet. She spoke calmly,
slowly, her gaze straight at me while tears trickled down her
face, not once lifting her hand to dry her cheeks.
Suddenly, little girls pranced into the studio for practice.
Watching the class, I was mesmerized as the elderly women
stood at the center of the room clapping to beguiling
rhythms of age-old music played by old men with slender,
creative hands sitting at the edge of the dance floor. Little
fairy pixies pirouetted around the women, a circular rainbow
of fluttering iridescent silks surrounding slender, wise old
trees. The bland room metamorphosed into an enchanted
garden.
After unimaginable bloodshed and loss, I thought to
myself, there is dance. There is a new generation to teach.
And in that new generation is a chance for rebirth. The
elderly dancers, nearly annihilated, were honoring what was
most beautiful about the nation’s past and building it into
the future, forging a hard-edged hope out of suffering,
beauty, and faith.
Faith does not have to be religious, and prayer can take
a thousand forms. We are on dangerous ground when “faith”
becomes associated with political parties, or when
nonbelievers are seen as heretics rather than seekers. A
moral framework for an interdependent world has no place
for religious practices that divide. What matters instead is
that we agree to at least some shared moral principles that
enable our collective human flourishing. In whatever form
faith takes for you, I wish you a reservoir from which you
can draw sustenance. May you find ways and rituals to
remind you to be present in the world, to be grateful.
When you are broken or exhausted—and you will be—
remember beauty, gratitude, faith, and love. Remember
that in the struggle, there is a beauty that endures.
Remember that there will be beauty in moments of tragedy
as well as in times of shared celebration. But most
important, remember that beauty is inside you, if you let it
be.
Chapter 14
MANIFESTO
A few times a year, I run or walk uptown along New York
City’s Hudson River to pay homage to a hero from my
childhood whose example has accompanied me throughout
my life. At the entry to Riverside Park, under soaring oak
trees, stands a giant-size bronze statue of Eleanor
Roosevelt, human rights activist and one of America’s most
venerable First Ladies. Mrs. Roosevelt’s figure, attired in a
simple dress and a spring coat, leans casually against a
boulder, her hand at her chin, her distinctive face in restive
contemplation. Silently, I thank her for her service to her
country and the world.
Because she dared, the world is a different place.
Because she had the courage to stand for those who were
excluded, my life as a woman is radically better than it
would have been had I been born in her era. Because she
maintained her faith in the goodness of people while having
a front seat to one of the darkest times in human history, I
try to assume that same goodness in others.
Mrs. Roosevelt embodied principles of moral leadership,
renewing her commitment time and again to remake an
imperfect world. If she harbored inner doubts, she
nonetheless displayed a willingness to confront her fears
and undertake exceedingly demanding and sometimes
delicate tasks in service of her commitment to others. I can
only imagine the tensions Mrs. Roosevelt had to balance—
first, as a wife and First Lady who sometimes openly
disagreed with her husband’s policies; and second, as a
leader who believed in and fought for the rights of African
Americans, low-wage workers, and women in her country
while also embracing the duties of America’s responsibility
to fight a world war. Hers was a public life with its own share
of private pain, in which she grew in wisdom and
effectiveness until the end of her days—because she tried.
As a young woman, Mrs. Roosevelt was not particularly
aware of race issues in America. But as the wife of a
president fighting a war over human rights in Europe, and
with the encouragement of resolute African Americans
willing to speak their own truths to power, she expanded her
understanding. She listened. She took valiant, unpopular
stands to push for expanded rights for African Americans. In
return, she was called a Communist, a traitor, and, I’m sure,
much worse. But as she practiced acts of moral courage,
she became more courageous. And through it all, she lost
neither her humility nor her audacity.
In 1946, the world was only beginning to recover from a
war of murderous destruction: thirty million lives lost, many
because they were deemed by some to be less valuable
than others. A manifesto was called for to renew the world’s
most urgently needed values. Mrs. Roosevelt’s crowning
achievement was chairing the United Nations Commission
on Human Rights. She played an influential role in drafting
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which in
December 1948 the UN General Assembly proclaimed as the
international standard for human rights. In it, Mrs. Roosevelt
and her coauthors set forth a rights-based framework with
the hope of protecting future generations from the horrors
the world had just endured.
That Declaration, one of history’s most aspirational
expressions of what we owe one another as human beings,
established human rights as a moral principle to be
nourished and protected. The Declaration is based firmly on
the equality of all human beings. By virtue of being born
human, the document argues, every person should be
guaranteed the right to be treated as nothing less than
human. Consider the opening lines of its preamble:
“Whereas recognition of the inherent dignity and of the
equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human
family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the
world.” In this single principle, the immutable value of
human dignity stands front and center.
Without doubt, seventy years later, most countries still
fall short of meeting some of the most basic rights, whether
it be the right to equal protection of the law or the right to
education and a “fair and adequate living standard.” Read
the Declaration’s principles and it becomes impossible to
resist shaking your head at how far the world remains from
the aspirations inscribed in it many decades ago. Reread it
and you might discover gaps where more aspiration is in
order.
Some disagree with the Declaration’s core premise.
Cynics and strongmen may scoff that the Declaration of
Human Rights is hopelessly idealistic or unrealistic. Others
would willingly trade off political freedoms (of free speech or
the protection of minorities, for instance) to know their
economic rights are protected above all. In unstable times,
humans’ fear of scarcity, hurt, and loss causes too many of
us to lean on the false security of privilege by excluding or
blaming others.
While imperfect, the Declaration has endured as one of
the most important documents of all time. It has been
translated into more than 330 languages, and while not
legally enforceable, it has assumed a moral and political
significance, inspiring generations to protect the oppressed
and those who speak out on their behalf. It has served as
the basis for constitutions and treaties, setting forth
standards for expanding what is owed every human being if
we hope to live with true dignity.
I am far from being an expert on Eleanor Roosevelt, yet I
wonder what she would have thought of the early decades
of the twenty-first century. I imagine she’d have been
pleased by the continued expansion of individual rights and
freedoms, and astonished by how individualistic yet
interdependent we have become. I’d guess she’d have been
curious about the juxtaposition of the possibilities and perils
of a technologically connected world. She would almost
certainly have recognized the continued relevance of her
belief that human rights begin “in small places, close to
home—so close and so small that they cannot be seen on
any maps of the world. Yet they are the world of the
individual person; the neighborhood he lives in; the school
or college he attends; the factory, farm, or office where he
works.”
Though our greatest threats are divergent from those
Eleanor Roosevelt’s generation faced, in many countries
around the world there is a chilling symmetry in the
spreading fear of the “other.” The burgeoning refugee crisis
prompts one to ask: who is responsible for masses of people
who, no longer able to survive on their lands, have no
choice but to leave behind everything and everyone dear to
them? Climate change, the phenomenon most critical to
humanity’s shared future, was not even contemplated in the
mid-twentieth century. The earth is witnessing the
extermination of species at a shocking rate, imperiling our
food supplies, our oceans, and the equilibrium and beauty of
nature. A new declaration infused with the moral
imagination of a new generation might consider not only our
rights, then, but our responsibilities, recognizing that if we
do not sustain the earth, human rights will die along with
our species.
In a time of low trust, such a manifesto will not come
from on high—certainly not one that will guide our daily
actions. Yet we face threats that carry within them perilous
consequences and untold opportunities—not for some, but
for the human race as a whole—challenges requiring each of
us to renew the values of human dignity, basic rights, and
decency. When we finally muster the courage to change
ourselves, only then can we change the world.
Freedom does not exist without constraint. Saying aloud
those values that bind us, whether we start with our
families, our organizations, our communities, or our nations,
is a start. Aspiring to live those values is the next step.
Within each of us lies the basis for the only revolution that
will save us: a moral revolution.
In 2011, we at Acumen put into writing our deepest
beliefs about the work we do to use investment as a tool for
social change and to build a community of remarkable
people—social entrepreneurs, fellows, philanthropists,
impact investors, committed students, and agents of
change. I offer you Acumen’s manifesto here simply as one
example of a declaration of principles that guide a
community dedicated to being part of the moral revolution
called for by our divided world. This declaration of principles
is aspirational, but it has become a moral compass, a daily
reminder of who we aim to be and who we practice being:
It starts by standing with the poor. Listening to
voices unheard, and recognizing potential where
others see despair.
It demands investing as a means, not an end,
daring to go where markets have failed and aid
has fallen short. It makes capital work for us, not
control us.
It thrives on moral imagination: the humility to
see the world as it is, and the audacity to
imagine the world as it could be. It’s having the
ambition to learn at the edge, the wisdom to
admit failure, and the courage to start again.
It requires patience and kindness, resilience and
grit: a hard-edged hope. It’s leadership that
rejects complacency, breaks through
bureaucracy, and challenges corruption. Doing
what’s right, not what’s easy.
It’s the radical idea of creating hope in a cynical
world. Changing the way the world tackles
poverty and building a world based on dignity.
Acumen’s manifesto has served our global community
well. The phrase “It starts by standing with the poor”
confronts us in every investment meeting and at every
management session as we grapple with how to ensure that
our work favorably impacts low-income populations. The
idea of “investing as a means, not an end” requires that we
balance financial returns with the goals we seek. Balancing
patience with urgency, calling out our own failures,
committing to resilience, yet knowing when to call it quits—
our commitment to these values sets standards that better
us.
And we’re far from perfect: though a sense of humor, of
joy, and a willingness to forgive ourselves and others are
not included in the manifesto, they nourish and sustain us.
My team and board have had many discussions about
the word poor, and how language can be limiting.
Ultimately, Acumen has maintained the word poor because
we see poverty simply as a lack of choice and opportunity;
the word says nothing about a person’s character. Indeed,
some of the richest lives I have ever encountered have been
lives of scarce means, while others with the financial
advantages of kings have been desperately lacking in spirit.
Although we don’t mention the earth in our manifesto,
Acumen’s community assumes that if you care about
poverty, you will also focus on climate change, which
continues to harm the vulnerable disproportionately more
than the wealthy. This set of guiding principles has provided
steady grounding, especially in those times when solid land
is unavailable.
I have also observed with awe how embodying values
can ripple across lands and oceans to unexpected places.
Don’t underestimate the impact you can have as a parent, a
teacher, a colleague, an organization builder. When I started
Acumen, I dreamed of touching the lives of millions, though
the actual community we directly worked with was relatively
small.
If you include only the philanthropists, entrepreneurs,
and fellows with whom Acumen interacts directly, then two
decades after its founding our work reaches thousands. If
you include the participants who have taken our online
courses for social change, Acumen’s principles have
affected hundreds of thousands. But if you count the low-
income people whose lives are tangibly different because a
community of individuals decided they could do more for
the world together than any one of them could accomplish
alone, our efforts have impacted hundreds of millions.
To be of use, a manifesto based in a moral framework fit
for the twenty-first century must connect with values that
transcend nation, culture, religion, race, and class.
Identifying a minimum set of values, though essential, is not
always straightforward. Sometimes, in quiet moments, I’ve
reflected on how many people in Acumen’s community were
raised to hate other members within our global circle.
Whether with fellows, entrepreneurs, or the customers our
companies serve, I’m regularly in conversation with people
whose parents taught them that certain neighbors were
“bad” or “evil.” The global community comprises groups of
deeply wounded people from places or of ethnicities,
genders, or sexual identities under grave threat of
persecution.
Yet cutting across every line that attempts to divide us
is the growing recognition that we are bound to one another
by virtue of our shared humanity and quest for dignity. I’ve
been inspired by many people who grew up in communities
that rejected other traditions but are now choosing to
embrace a universal truth: there is divinity in each of us,
and we are connected to something greater than ourselves.
And whether you believe that dignity comes from God or
is inherent simply in our having been born human, the end
result is the same. Every one of us deserves to be seen, to
be respected, to determine his or her own life. Every one of
us is owed a fighting chance to flourish.
From the beginning, my partners and I built Acumen as
a deliberately diverse community, not for its own sake but
so that we could use that diversity to know and to learn
from one another how to navigate the growing tensions in
our world. We wanted to affirm our differences without
erasing them, arriving at a sense of wholeness based on
commonly shared values.
That commitment to one another and to shared values
requires a willingness to confront obstacles to listening, to
seeing, to making true human connection. The work of
building our community requires being open to other faiths,
cultures, and traditions, to celebrating what is most
essential in each of them while building the courage to
speak up about that which no longer serves. We commit
ourselves to being members of a single human family,
beyond any nation or religion, caste or tribe. This work is
difficult and it is long, but it is the work of the moral
revolution, the only way to build a future that will sustain us.
Your organization or business might work from different
foundational principles than Acumen. The point is to reflect
and put your purpose and values into words to serve as your
own compass for decisions and actions, not only as an
organization but as individuals.
Statements of values can guide actions and reinforce
bonds of community—if they are lived. I’ve seen religious
communities mask terrible acts with beautiful words from
sacred texts, and I’ve witnessed philanthropists make
change in one area of their lives while engaging in unethical
practices elsewhere. To unite any group, let alone the world,
in common purpose requires role models and business
models that demonstrate values made manifest.
Muhammad Ali, an Acumen Pakistan fellow, is one such
role model who relentlessly lives his values. I first met him
in 2014, while leading a two-day seminar with his cohort of
twenty fellows. This group of fellows and I again used
literature as a springboard to conversation aimed at
clarifying each individual’s values, as well as identifying
common beliefs held by this very diverse group of human
beings.
When we first introduced ourselves, I was struck by
Muhammad Ali’s unassuming manner. He wore simple wire-
frame glasses, his dark hair combed to the side, his
mustache neatly trimmed, his button-down shirt and khaki
trousers perfectly pressed. He spoke broken English in a soft
voice that made him appear a bit shy at first. I imagined him
working in an accountant’s office. This could not have been
further from the truth.
Once he opened his mouth, Muhammad Ali quickly
impressed me with the quality of his ideas, grounded in
ancient texts, and his commitment to putting his ideals into
action. His values were based unyieldingly in the inherent
worth of every child and an insistence that it was society’s
duty to protect all children.
By the time I met him, Muhammad Ali had spent twenty
years rescuing children caught in the dark world of human
trafficking. In 2004, he’d founded Roshni Helpline, to identify
and rescue the missing children of the dispossessed.
Muhammad Ali spoke with understandable anger about
sexual assault, false adoption, prostitution, child labor—just
a few of the myriad reasons a child goes missing in Karachi
every day.
Muhammad Ali railed against the inequitable system
that rallied the police, media, and community members to
search for a single missing child of privilege while thousands
of poor children who disappeared each year across the
country drew little to no notice; they were left to experience
their terror alone. Few resources, either philanthropic or
governmental, focused on the children who lived at society’s
furthest edges.
Fighting human trafficking requires confronting the
ugliest parts of ourselves, sides that many would rather not
see. To better understand how Muhammad Ali’s values
translated into results, in 2017 I drove with Acumen’s
Pakistan director, Ayesha Khan, to a Karachi slum area
known for high levels of insecurity and violence and climbed
a pale-blue staircase to the small second-story office of
Roshni Helpline.
There, Muhammad Ali recounted how his mission to
protect vulnerable children had led him to discover one of
his most deeply held values: the power of a diverse
community. “In the beginning, our organization had little
money or staff,” he explained, “and I soon recognized that if
we were going to find a lost child, we could only do it with
the full support of the community we were trying to serve.”
He ultimately called upon the police and relied on a complex
informant system of thousands of local volunteers, including
shopkeepers, street children, and Karachi’s transgender
community.
Transgender community members, a highly visible but
discriminated group, have been fundamental to Roshni’s
success. Though they can be seen begging on streets and
dancing at weddings in Karachi, transgender folks typically
exist at the margins, with little access to jobs or income,
living in informal housing with “chosen families” of people
like them. Where others regarded transgender people as
outsiders, Muhammad Ali recognized them as potential
partners. “Traffickers often move children through
underground routes that include bus stations, where
transgender people can often be found. They were willing to
help and have been our best volunteers.”
During our visit, I had the privilege of sitting with
several of Roshni’s transgender volunteers. The group
leader, Hina Pathani, wore a flowered shalwar kameez, her
dark hair pulled back into a bun, tendrils framing her face.
She explained that while she and other transgender
volunteers had little money, they took great pride in their
work. “I love my country,” Hina said. “I want to be known for
contributing, for doing something that makes me proud, and
not to be seen as less than others.”
Muhammad Ali set free the potential of community
members who collectively became the superpower enabling
Roshni’s success. To date, the organization has saved nearly
four thousand people, most of whom are children. Only
through enlisting the help of the marginal and vulnerable
could Muhammad Ali succeed, finding the strength to do
what traditional child protection systems could not.
Muhammad Ali knows that four thousand people may
not sound like a lot to outsiders, but each of those children
represents a family. Each of those children represents a life
to be lived. Muhammad Ali’s work, which reveals the best of
human conscientiousness countering the worst of human
depravity, reminds me of lines from the poem “The
Pedagogy of Conflict,” by the human rights activist and Irish
theologian Pádraig Ó Tuama:
When I was a child,
I learnt to count to five:
One, two, three, four, five.
But these days, I’ve been counting lives, so I
count
One life.
One life.
One life.
One life.
One life.
In a world that too often views our most indigent
children as throwaways, Muhammad Ali is a candle burning
to ensure that we behold the unseen.
Despite his local effectiveness, Muhammad Ali lacked
access to financial and human resources to expand his
reach. This is where our responsibility for extending social
capital to voices unheard cannot be overestimated. Since
becoming associated with Acumen, Roshni Helpline has
worked with no fewer than ten fellows who’ve volunteered
services in marketing, communications, technology, and
government affairs. A few months after I visited, the
Acumen team took a small delegation of our philanthropic
partners from Pakistan and the United States to see
Muhammad Ali’s work firsthand. A few of the locals had
never been to the part of town where Roshni worked; nor
had they ever had a real conversation with transgender
folks.
By the end of the day’s visit, the philanthropists had
agreed to fund Roshni’s entire budget for the following three
years. Wealthy individuals signed on as ambassadors,
spreading the word about Roshni’s work and raising enough
money to build a safe house for traumatized children.
Putting the Acumen manifesto’s values into action, the
philanthropists encouraged Muhammad Ali to be audacious
in his plans, yet they maintained the humility to listen to
what the founder of Roshni most needed rather than
imposing their own desires.
Momentum built. The Karachi police requested that
Roshni Helpline train its officers to be of better support. A
local paint company sponsored artists to paint portraits of
the missing children on the elaborately decorated trucks
that drive across the country—and within months, a child
who’d been missing for seven years was rescued. Fifteen
years after Muhammad Ali founded Roshni Helpline,
Pakistan’s Supreme Court is making the kidnapping of
children under age eighteen a cognizable crime, which
means the police now will have the authority to investigate.
By valuing not only the individual but the communities
that support that person, Muhammad Ali has tapped into
many people’s urge to be of use. The transgender
volunteers along with philanthropists, designers, marketers,
artists, a public relations company, and others are
demonstrating what is possible when a diverse group of
individuals unites to reweave the torn fabric of society.
When we do this, we recognize not only our powers to heal,
but our entanglement with one another. We gain the chance
to remind ourselves that we are in this world together, that
all we have is each other, that, to use words of the poet
Gwendolyn Brooks, “We are each other’s harvest.”
James Kassaga Arainaitwe is an Acumen fellow from
Western Uganda who lost both parents and all four of his
siblings to disease, including AIDS, before he was ten years
old. Kassaga (his preferred name) was raised by his
grandmother, a gentle battle-ax of a woman fiercely focused
on giving her grandchild two treasures no one could take
from him: self-discipline and an education. When local
schooling options ran out at age eleven, she put Kassaga on
a bus alone for the three-hundred-kilometer journey to the
childhood village in southwestern Uganda where the
nation’s President Museveni maintained his personal home.
Kassaga’s grandmother figured the small boy would
somehow find a champion to help him meet the president’s
family and secure a scholarship to school.
His grandmother’s risk paid off. Because of his tenacity,
Kassaga met the country’s First Lady, and not only found a
place to learn in Uganda, but went on to attend Florida State
University on a full scholarship.
As an Acumen fellow, Kassaga worked in Bangalore,
India, at Gayathri Vasudevan’s LabourNet, the company
described in chapter 3 that provides effective vocational
and entrepreneurial training for low-income workers. On
weekends, Kassaga would volunteer at a school for low-
income students. That experience reconnected him with
what had initially saved him: education.
Dots connected: During his time in India, Kassaga met
Acumen fellows who’d worked with Teach for India, a part of
the powerful Teach for All network founded by Wendy Kopp.
They began a brainstorm that would expand to include other
fellows who were designers and strategists. Soon, Kassaga,
aided by an Indian community of trusted partners,
conceptualized and created Teach for Uganda.
In times of growing fears and divides, citizens are the
future of a new global diplomacy. Values-driven communities
can expedite making global ambassadors of all of us. The
India fellows had forged a bond with Kassaga over their
shared experiences with Acumen and their belief that every
child deserves a basic quality education. As Kassaga later
wrote me, “Their tireless sacrifice for an organization in a
country they’ve never stepped foot in reveals more than
just their love for me. It shows the interconnectedness of
humanity. To them, I was not seen as the ‘other.’ I became
their brother, and they became my sisters and brothers. It is
the African spiritual ideal of ubuntu, or ‘human kindness,’
that forever unites me with them.”
Kassaga is supported in myriad ways by Acumen’s
Ugandan fellows, who provide him with training,
connections, a needed ear, and what we at Acumen
affectionately call a “one-armed hug”—enough support to
stand with someone, but not so much that you disable
them. With the support of a local and global community
behind him, Kassaga is primed to make Teach for Uganda a
success, unleashing the energies of a new generation and
bringing back the best of what other regions have to offer to
the country he calls home.
A revolution of values is one that necessarily relies on
countless, immeasurable daily heroic acts. Unified in the
pursuit of dignity, we can serve in a thousand ways.
Fortified by one another, we can choose to celebrate role
models who help others succeed. Strengthened by a
commitment to shared values, we can build meaningful,
productive relationships across lines of difference.
Consider writing your own manifesto. It should start with
what is most important to you, the world you want to create
—in your school, local community, or company. Next,
consider the means you will need to achieve those ends.
What are the obstacles you face? The tensions you must
hold? What kind of person do you want to be as you live
your purpose? If you can envision your horizon, you can
build a pathway there. It will inevitably be a long, twisting
one, sometimes turning back on itself entirely. But I hope
your path will be joined by many others, drawn to that
mission, purpose, and values to which you subscribe.
All of us are needed for a moral revolution. It doesn’t
matter where you live, the size of your bank account, or
what you do for a living. The world needs you to flex, to
stretch to uncomfortable levels, to build your moral
imagination, to listen more deeply, to reckon with your
sense of identity, and to open yourself up to understanding
the layered inconsistencies and differing perspectives of
others. It requires each of us to partner better, to tell stories
that matter, and to embrace the beautiful struggle.
Critically, a revolution of morals requires each of us to
rethink success, asking ourselves whether we are doing
enough to serve others, whether we are enabling others to
help themselves, whether we are kind. We must find the
courage to recognize, integrate, and accept the light and
dark sides of ourselves so that we can bolster and integrate
our larger communities. Finally, we must have faith that we
can solve our biggest problems, trusting that we can bridge
our divides because we are connected, because we can see
one another, because our shared destiny is dependent on
the dignity of every one of us.
Whoever you are and whatever you do, the world needs
you to lead. There will be times when happiness may feel
elusive and the horizon impossible to reach. But remember
that each day, we wake up to another chance to renew the
world. Daily, we have a choice to recommit to the work we
came to do. Daily, we can reconstitute the promise of hard-
edged hope.
After the horrendous terrorist attacks in the fall of 2015
in Paris and California, Baheira Khusheim, an Acumen fellow
from Saudi Arabia, wrote me an email from a hospital in
Houston, Texas, where she was accompanying her father as
he underwent treatment for cancer. The Saudi consulate
had called her, she wrote, to ask her to be cautious when
moving about. Friends suggested she remove her headscarf
so as to avoid facing discrimination. Muslims, they said,
were at risk of counterattacks.
After some consideration, Baheira decided, “If I do not
stand up to show the world a different face of my religion,
who will?” The irony of sitting in a cancer ward where so
many women covered their heads with scarves was not lost
on Baheira. She could wear a scarf in solidarity with the
cancer patients, she reasoned. Why couldn’t she wear one
out of respect for her religion?
The following day, Baheira, her head covered, made a
trip to a nearby grocery store. The young Saudi woman self-
consciously was walking down the vegetable aisle when a
stranger rushed up to her. His intense expression sent her
into a mild panic. Then Baheira noticed the bouquet of
flowers in the stranger’s hand. “I bought them to bring to
my house,” he explained. “But when I saw you here in my
hometown, I thought I’d give these flowers to you instead.
Thank you for your courage in showing your Muslim identity
during this difficult time.”
About a year later, I was invited to Saudi Arabia to
launch the Arabic translation of my first book, a gift made
possible by our four Saudi fellows and scores of young
people who felt close to Acumen’s mission. Many people,
including some from Acumen’s own community, expressed
disapproval that I would travel to the country given its poor
human rights record. But I was there to engage with young
people who hungered to be part of the world.
Three of the Acumen fellows there, Yousuf Alguwaifli,
Shahd Al Shehail, and Lujain Al Ubaid, hosted me in Riyadh,
introducing me to many young people who impressed me
with their knowledge of other cultures. Many expressed a
deep desire to help change their country while also keeping
and sharing the traditions that made them proud, such as a
shared commitment to family and the region’s unmatched
hospitality to guests.
On my final morning in Riyadh, I took a taxi to the
airport. Though I’d previously been welcomed graciously by
everyone I’d encountered, the driver treated me
disdainfully, almost shouting at me to adjust my hijab and
abaya, the black headscarf and gown worn there to cover a
woman’s head and body. Sitting silently, I felt humiliated,
reminded for a brief moment what the powerless experience
a hundred times a day. Then, as I was putting my bags
through security, a surly worker harassed me. I focused
again on holding my composure, reminding myself not to
allow his disrespect to inform my actions.
Nonetheless, I was shaken up by both incidents. I
spotted a coffee shop in the terminal and made a beeline for
the comfort of a latte. As I was standing in that line, a Saudi
man approached me. He was carrying several boxes of fresh
dates in his arms. I wondered what was coming next.
“Excuse me,” he said, “but I watched that man attempt
to humiliate you in the security line. You kept your grace
through it, and I want to thank you for that. But watching
the interaction made me feel ashamed. I don’t want you to
leave my country thinking you are not welcome. I don’t
want you to think that kind of behavior is acceptable to us.”
I smiled and said thank you.
“Please,” he continued, “take these dates home. They
are full of sweetness. Take them as a gift from myself and
my fellow Saudis. Enjoy them with your friends and family.”
I thanked him profusely but tried to refuse. Laughing, I
added, “Plus, there must be twenty pounds of dates in your
arms. I can’t even carry all those!”
He insisted I take them, helping devise a way for me to
hold them more easily. And then he added, “Knowing you
have them will do me good. Don’t you think we need
reminders of how much love is out there?”
Yes, I said. I do. I do.
As Eleanor Roosevelt wrote long ago, the work of
renewing a world based on extending dignity to every being
on the planet begins in small places, close to home. As we
go through life on this tiny, blue planet, the only home we
know, imagine the changes that might arise if we each took
a step toward making it a home in which all of us could
participate, where each person could flourish with peace
and justice and a sense of wholeness for many, many
generations to come.
The world is waiting for you.
NOTES
Chapter 4: Listen to Voices Unheard
0. 1. From the poem “From the Republic of Conscience.”
Chapter 9: Use the Power of Markets, Don’t Be
Seduced by Them
0. 1. The economist and Nobel laureate Amartya Sen powerfully articulates
the idea of access to markets as a form of freedom in his book
Development as Freedom.
0. 2. According to the WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme for Water
Supply, Sanitation and Hygeine’s 2019 update report, Progress on
Household Drinking Water, Sanitation and Hygiene 2000–2017: Special
Focus on Inequalities, more than 4 billion people live without safely
managed sanitation, even if some of them have access to a toilet.
SELECTED READINGS
Angelou, Maya. “Phenomenal Woman.” In Maya Angelou: The Complete Poetry.
New York: Random House, 2015.
Arendt, Hannah. Eichmann in Jerusalem: A Report on the Banality of Evil. New
York: Penguin Classics, 2006.
Brooks, David. The Road to Character. New York: Random House, 2015.
Brooks, David. The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life. New York:
Random House, 2019.
Brooks, Gwendolyn. “Paul Robeson.” In The Essential Gwendolyn Brooks. New
York: Library of America, 2005.
Collier, Paul. The Future of Capitalism: Facing the New Anxieties. New York:
Harper, 2018.
Dalio, Ray. Principles: Life and Work. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2017.
Eliot, T. S. Four Quartets. Boston: Mariner, 1968.
Frankl, Viktor E. Man’s Search for Meaning. Boston: Beacon, 2006.
Gardner, John W. Self-Renewal: The Individual and the Innovative Society.
Brattleboro, VT: Echo Point, 2015.
Giridharadas, Anand. Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World.
New York: Knopf, 2018.
Godin, Seth. The Dip: A Little Book That Teaches You When to Quit (and When to
Stick). New York: Portfolio, 2007.
Godin, Seth. Linchpin: Are You Indispensable? New York: Portfolio, 2011.
Hafiz. The Gift. Translated by Daniel Ladinsky, New York: Penguin, 1999.
Haidt, Jonathan. The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics
and Religion. New York: Pantheon, 2012.
Harari, Yuval Noah. Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind. New York: Harper
Perennial, 2018.
Havel, Václav. The Power of the Powerless: Citizens against the State in Central
Eastern Europe. New York: Routledge, 1985.
Helminski, Kabir, ed. The Rumi Collection: An Anthology of Translations of
Mevlâna Jalâluddin Rumi. Boston: Shambhala, 2005.
Howe, Marie. Magdalene: Poems. New York: W. W. Norton, 2017.
King, Martin Luther, Jr. “Letter from Birmingham Jail.” In I Have a Dream. Logan,
IA: Perfection Learning, 2007.
Lowney, Chris. Heroic Leadership: Best Practices from a 450-Year-Old Company
That Changed the World. Chicago: Loyola Press, 2005.
Lukianoff, Greg and Jonathan Haidt. The Coddling of the American Mind: How
Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure. New York:
Penguin, 2018.
Maalouf, Amin. In the Name of Identity: Violence and the Need to Belong.
Translated by Barbara Bray. New York: Arcade, 2001.
Machiavelli, Niccolò. The Prince. Edited and translated by David Wootton.
Indianapolis, IN: Hackett Publishing, 1995.
Mandela, Nelson. “I Am Prepared to Die.” Testimony, Rivonia Trial, April 20,
1964, Pretoria, South Africa. Nelson Mandela Foundation,
http://db.nelsonmandela.org/speeches/pub_view.asp?
pg=item&ItemID=NMS010&txtstr=prepared to die.
Oliver, Mary. “Mysteries, Yes.” In Evidence: Poems. Boston: Beacon, 2009.
Ó Tuama, Pádraig. “The Pedagogy of Conflict.” In In the Shelter: Finding a Home
in the World. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 2015.
Ó Tuama, Pádraig. Sorry for Your Troubles. Norwich, UK: Canterbury Press, 2013.
Pagels, Elaine. Why Religion?: A Personal Story. New York: Ecco, 2018.
Plato, The Republic. Translated by Desmond Lee. New York: Penguin Classics,
2007.
Popova, Maria. BrainPickings.org blog.
Rohr, Richard. Falling Upward: A Spirituality for the Two Halves of Life. San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 2011.
Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. The Social Contract. Translated by Maurice Cranston.
New York: Penguin Classics, 1968.
Rumi, Jalal ad-Din. The Essential Rumi. New expanded edition. Translated by
Coleman Barks. New York: HarperOne, 2004.
Sen, Amartya. Development as Freedom. New York: Anchor, 2000.
Smith, Adam. The Theory of Moral Sentiments. New York: Penguin Classics,
2009.
Solomon, Andrew. Far from the Tree: Parents, Children, and the Search for
Identity. New York: Scribner, 2012.
Stevenson, Bryan. Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption. New York:
Spiegel & Grau, 2014.
Tippett, Krista. Becoming Wise: An Inquiry into the Mystery and Art of Living.
New York: Penguin, 2016.
Venkataraman, Bina. The Optimist’s Telescope: Thinking Ahead in a Reckless
Age. New York: Riverhead, 2019.
Whitman, Walt. Song of Myself. N.p.: Dover, 2001.
Yunus, Muhammad. A World of Three Zeros: The New Economics of Zero Poverty,
Zero Unemployment, and Zero Net Carbon Emissions. New York: PublicAffairs,
2017.
ALSO BY JACQUELINE NOVOGRATZ
The Blue Sweater: Bridging the Gap Between Rich and Poor
in an Interconnected World
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Jacqueline Novogratz is the New York Times
bestselling author of The Blue Sweater and founder
and CEO of Acumen. She has been named one of the
Top 100 Global Thinkers by Foreign Policy, one of the
25 Smartest People of the Decade by the Daily
Beast, and one of the world’s 100 Greatest Living
Business Minds by Forbes, which also honored her
with the Forbes 400 Lifetime Achievement Award for
Social Entrepreneurship. In addition to Acumen, she
is a sought-after speaker and sits on a number of
philanthropic boards. She lives in New York with her
husband. You can sign up for email updates here.
Thank you for buying this
Henry Holt and Company ebook.
To receive special offers, bonus content,
and info on new releases and other great reads,
sign up for our newsletters.
Or visit us online at
us.macmillan.com/newslettersignup
For email updates on the author, click here.
MANIFESTO FOR A MORAL REVOLUTION. Copyright © 2020 by Acumen Fund. All
rights reserved. For information, address Henry Holt and Co., 120
Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10271.
www.henryholt.com
Lines from “The Pedagogy of Conflict” by Pádraig Ó Tuama, originally
published in Sorry for Your Troubles (Canterbury Press, 2013).
Reprinted by permission of author.
Cover design by Karen Horton
Cover photograph of book cloth © Andrey Khokhlov / Alamy Stock;
cover photograph of fabric stripes © Fotosoroka / Shutterstock.com
The Library of Congress has cataloged the print edition as follows:
Names: Novogratz, Jacqueline, author.
Title: Manifesto for a moral revolution: practices to build a better
world / Jacqueline Novogratz.
Description: First edition. | New York: Henry Holt and Company, 2020.
Identifiers: LCCN 2019052281 (print) | LCCN 2019052282 (ebook) |
ISBN 9781250222879 (hardcover) | ISBN 9781250759269 | ISBN
9781250222862 (ebook) | ISBN 9781250759269 (international
edition)
Subjects: LCSH: Social responsibility of business. | Poverty.
Classification: LCC HD60 .N685 2020 (print) | LCC HD60 (ebook) | DDC
658.4/08—dc23
LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2019052281
LC ebook record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2019052282
e-ISBN 9781250222862
First Edition: May 2020
Our e-books may be purchased in bulk for promotional, educational,
or business use. Please contact the Macmillan Corporate and Premium
Sales Department at (800) 221-7945, extension 5442, or by e-mail at
CONTENTS
1. Title Page
2. Copyright Notice
3. Dedication
4. Acknowledgments
5. Introduction
6. 1. Just Start
7. 2. Redefine Success
8. 3. Cultivate Moral Imagination
9. 4. Listen to Voices Unheard
10. 5. You Are the Ocean in a Drop
11. 6. Practice Courage
12. 7. Hold Opposing Values in Tension
13. 8. Avoid the Conformity Trap
14. 9. Use the Power of Markets, Don’t Be Seduced by Them
15. 10. Partner with Humility and Audacity
16. 11. Accompany Each Other
17. 12. Tell Stories That Matter
18. 13. Embrace the Beautiful Struggle
19. 14. Manifesto
20. Notes
21. Selected Readings
22. Also by Jacqueline Novogratz
23. About the Author
24. Copyright
THIS IS A BORZOI BOOK
PUBLISHED BY ALFRED A. KNOPF
Copyright © 2020 by Christiana Figueres and Tom Rivett-Carnac All rights
reserved. Published in the United States by Alfred A. Knopf, a division of
Penguin Random House LLC, New York, and distributed in Canada by Penguin
Random House Canada Limited, Toronto.
www.aaknopf.com
Knopf, Borzoi Books, and the colophon are registered trademarks of Penguin
Random House LLC.
LCCN: 2019047560
ISBN (hardcover) 9780525658351
ISBN (ebook) 9780525658368
Cover image: NASA/Getty Images
Cover design by John Gall
v5.4
ep
We dedicate this book to Christiana’s daughters,
NAIMA AND YIHANA,
and Tom’s daughter and son,
ZOË AND ARTHUR,
and to the generations who will inhabit the future we
choose.
Let us not pray to be sheltered from dangers,
but to be fearless when facing them.
—RABINDRANATH TAGORE
CONTENTS
Cover
Title Page
Copyright
Dedication
Epigraph
Authors’ Note
Introduction: The Critical Decade
PART I TWO WORLDS
1. Choosing Our Future
2. The World We Are Creating
3. The World We Must Create
PART II THREE MINDSETS
4. Who We Choose to Be
5. Stubborn Optimism
6. Endless Abundance
7. Radical Regeneration
PART III TEN ACTIONS
8. Doing What Is Necessary
Let Go of the Old World
Face Your Grief but Hold a Vision of the Future
Defend the Truth
See Yourself as a Citizen—Not as a Consumer
Move Beyond Fossil Fuels
Reforest the Earth
Invest in a Clean Economy
Use Technology Responsibly
Build Gender Equality
Engage in Politics
Conclusion: A New Story
What You Can Do Now
Appendix
Acknowledgments
Notes
Bibliography and Further Reading
AUTHORS’ NOTE
We are good friends and fellow travelers on this planet, but
we differ in many ways. We were born in two different
geological periods. Christiana was born in 1956, at the end
of the twelve-thousand-year Holocene epoch, when a stable
climate allowed humanity to flourish, and Tom in 1977,
when the Anthropocene epoch—characterized by
humanity’s destruction of the very conditions that allowed
us to thrive—began.
We come from opposite sides of the geopolitical map;
Christiana from Costa Rica, a small developing country that
has long been a model of economic growth in harmony with
nature, and Tom from the UK, the world’s fifth-largest
economy and the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution
and its reliance on coal.
Christiana comes from a deeply political family,
immigrants to Costa Rica on both sides. Her father was
three times president of the country and is considered the
father of modern Costa Rica. Not only did he initiate some
of the most far-reaching environmental policies in the
world, he remains the only head of state ever to have
abolished a national army. Tom stems from a family steeped
in British history and rooted in the private sector. He is a
direct descendant of the founding chairman of the East
India Company when it was the only company in history to
have a private army. Tom’s earliest memories are of looking
for oil with his petroleum geologist father.
Christiana is the mother of two adult daughters, and
Tom is the father of a daughter and a son, both under age
ten.
We could have had nothing in common, but we deeply
share that which is most important: concern for the future
of our children and yours. In 2013, we decided to work
together to forge a better world for all children.
From 2010 to 2016, Christiana was Executive Secretary
of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change, the organization tasked with guiding the response
of all governments to climate change. Assuming the highest
responsibility for negotiations right after the dramatic
debacle of the 2009 Copenhagen climate change
conference, Christiana refused to accept that a global
agreement was impossible.
In 2013, she heard about Tom, who was then president
and CEO of the Carbon Disclosure Project U.S.A. and a
former Buddhist monk. Intrigued by his unusual
combination of experiences, Christiana asked him to join
her in New York City to discuss his becoming her Senior
Political Adviser.
At the end of a walk around Manhattan that took the
better part of the day, Christiana turned to Tom and said,
“It’s clear to me that you have none of the experience
necessary for this job. But you have something far more
important: the humility to foster collective wisdom, and the
courage to work within a complexity that is beyond any
mapping.”
With that, she invited him to join the UN effort to
advance the negotiations for the Paris Agreement as her
chief political strategist. He designed and led the largely
covert Groundswell Initiative, which mobilized support for
the ambition of the agreement from a wide range of
stakeholders outside of national governments. A few years
later the most far-reaching international agreement on
climate change ever attempted was finally achieved.
When the green gavel came down at 7:25 p.m. on
December 12, 2015, adopting the Paris Agreement, five
thousand delegates who had been holding their breath for
hours jumped out of their seats in ecstatic delight, in
celebration of the historical breakthrough. One hundred
and ninety-five nations had just unanimously adopted an
agreement to guide their economies for the next four
decades. A new global pathway had been charted.
But pathways are valuable only if they are used.
Humanity has procrastinated for far too long on climate
change—now we have to walk the path, or rather we have
to run it. This book maps the route of that run, and we hope
you will run alongside us.
Join us at www.GlobalOptimism.com
INTRODUCTION
The Critical Decade
The world is on fire, from the Amazon to California, from
Australia to the Siberian Arctic. The hour is late, and the
moment of consequence, so long delayed, is now upon us.
Do we watch the world burn, or do we choose to do what is
necessary to achieve a different future?
Who we understand ourselves to be determines the
choice we will make. That choice determines what will
become of us. The choice is both simple and complex, but
above all it is urgent.
In Washington, D.C., at ten a.m. on a Friday, a twelve-
year-old girl marches with her friends, holding up a hand-
painted sign of the Earth enveloped by red flames. In
London, grown-up demonstrators dressed in black, wearing
riot police headgear, form a human chain blocking traffic at
Piccadilly Circus, as others glue themselves to the
pavement in front of the headquarters of BP. In Seoul,
South Korea, the streets teem with elementary
schoolchildren sporting multicolored backpacks and
carrying banners that say CLIMATE STRIKE—in English, for the
benefit of the media. In Bangkok, hundreds of teenage
students take to the streets. With firm resolve and heavy
hearts, they walk behind their defiant leader, an eleven-
year-old girl carrying a sign: THE OCEANS ARE RISING AND SO
ARE WE.
All over the world, millions of young people—inspired by
Greta Thunberg, the teenage girl who began a lone protest
in front of the Swedish parliament—are engaging in civil
disobedience to draw attention to climate change. Students
understand the scientific projections and are terrified about
the diminished quality of life on their horizon. They demand
decisive action now. They are helping to raise the level of
outrage about the insufficiency of our efforts to address the
crisis, and they have been joined by scientists, parents, and
teachers. From the quest for independence in India to the
civil rights movement in the United States, civil
disobedience has erupted when a reigning injustice became
intolerable, as we are now seeing with climate change.
Unacceptable generational injustice and a deplorable lack
of solidarity with the vulnerable have opened the floodgates
of protest. Those who will be most affected have taken to
the streets. Their anger is energy that we desperately need.
It can propel a wave of defiance against the status quo and
catalyze the ingenuity needed to realize new possibilities.
These protests should come as no surprise. We have
known about the possibility of climate change since at least
the 1930s and have been certain since 1960, when
geochemist Charles Keeling measured CO2 in the Earth’s
atmosphere and detected an annual rise.1
Since then we have done little to counter climate
change, the result being that greenhouse gas emissions,
the cause of climate change, are increasing. We continue to
pursue economic growth through the unbridled extraction
and burning of fossil fuels, with a fatal impact on our
forests, oceans and rivers, soil, and air. We have failed to
manage wisely the very ecosystems that sustain us. We
have wreaked havoc on them, unintentionally perhaps, but
relentlessly and decisively.
Our negligence has catapulted climate change from an
existential challenge to the dire crisis it is now, as we
rapidly approach limits beyond which Earth as we know it
will cease to be. And yet for many, these depredations are
invisible. Despite the increasing frequency and intensity of
natural disasters, we have still not connected the dots
between the ongoing destruction of our natural habitat and
our future ability to ensure our children’s safety, feed
ourselves, inhabit coastlines, and uphold the integrity of
our homes.
Governments have taken incremental steps to address
the issue. The farthest-reaching effort is the Paris
Agreement, which delineates a unified strategy for
combating climate change. All governments of the world
unanimously adopted it in December 2015, and most
ratified it into law in record time. Since then many
corporations, large and small, have set laudable emissions-
reduction goals for themselves; many local governments
have enacted effective policies; and numerous financial
institutions have shifted significant capital from fossil fuels
to alternative clean technologies. However, some
governments have started to declare a climate emergency
because as essential as the current corrective actions are,
taken together they still fall far short of what is necessary
to stop the rise—and start the reduction—of emissions
worldwide. Every day that passes is one day less that we
have to stabilize our increasingly fragile planet, by now on
its way to becoming uninhabitable for humans. We are
running out of time. Once we hit critical thresholds, the
damage to the environment, and consequently to our future
on this planet, will be irreparable.
Over the years, public reactions to climate change have
run the gamut. At one extreme are the climate deniers who
say they don’t “believe” in climate change. President
Donald Trump is the most prominent example. Denying
climate change is tantamount to saying you don’t believe in
gravity. The science of climate change is not a belief, a
religion, or a political ideology. It presents facts that are
measurable and verifiable. Just as gravity exerts its force
on all of us whether we believe in it or not, climate change
is already affecting us all no matter where we were born or
where we live. The irresponsibility of not “believing in
climate change” is becoming more apparent with every
new catastrophic event. Climate deniers are shamelessly
protecting the short-term financial interests of the fossil
fuel industry to the detriment of the long-term interests of
their own descendants.
At the other extreme are those who acknowledge the
validity of the science but are beginning to lose confidence
that we can do anything to address climate change. People
feel real grief over the unspeakable loss of ecosystems and
biodiversity, over how much more we are about to lose,
including the future of human life as we know it. Those who
are enveloped by this grief may have lost all faith in our
collective capacity to challenge the course of human
history. Every new documentary, every new scientific study,
every report of disaster deepens the pain. Grief can be a
powerful, transformative experience for some, and
arguably a major reason climate change has continued
largely unchecked for so long is that we have failed to truly
feel what it will mean. It is important that we all allow
ourselves adequate time and space to deeply feel our grief
and to openly express it. As we tune in to the raw emotion,
many of us will undergo a dark, unsettling period of
despair, but we cannot allow it to erode our capacity to
courageously mobilize for transformation.
Anger that sinks into despair is powerless to make a
change. Anger that evolves into conviction is unstoppable.
A larger group of people, between these two extremes,
understand the science and acknowledge the evidence but
take no action because they don’t know what to do, or
because it is far easier not to think about climate change.
It’s scary and overwhelming. To a large extent, many of us
stick our heads in the sand. Every time we see a report on
extreme weather—hurricanes that used to occur once every
five hundred years in a region now occur twice in a month,
droughts that shrivel entire villages off the face of the
Earth, heat waves that break record upon record, disasters
that illustrate what is really going on—we feel a knot in our
stomach. But then we turn off the news and distract
ourselves with something likely to make us feel less
hypocritical. Better to act as if nothing were happening, or
as if there were no way to stop it. That way we can delude
ourselves that life will continue unimpeded. While this
reaction is understandable, it is also a colossal mistake.
Complacency now will lock us into a future of guaranteed
scarcity, instability, and strife.
We are already too far down the road of destruction to
be able to “solve” climate change. The atmosphere is by
now too loaded with greenhouse gases and the biosphere
too altered for us to be able to turn the clock back on
global warming and its effects. We, and all our
descendants, will live in a world with environmental
conditions that are permanently altered. We cannot bring
back the extinct species, the melted glaciers, the dead
coral reefs, or the destroyed primary forests. The best we
can do is keep the changes within a manageable range,
staving off total calamity, preventing the disaster that will
result from the unchecked rise of emissions. This, at least,
might usher us out of the crisis mode. It is the bare
minimum that we must do.
But we can also do much more.
By addressing the causes of climate change now, we can
at once minimize risks and emerge stronger. Today we have
the unique chance to create a future where things not only
stabilize but actually get better. We can have more efficient
and cheaper transportation resulting in less traffic; we can
have cleaner air, supporting better health and enhancing
the enjoyment of city life; and we can practice smarter use
of natural resources, resulting in less pollution of land and
water. Achieving the mindset needed to attain this
improved environment would signal a maturation of
humanity.
Without diminishing the enormity of what we are facing
with climate change, we are capable of changing course,
and no objective evidence says otherwise. Our societies
have faced daunting challenges before—institutionalized
slavery and racism, the oppression and exclusion of
women, the rise of fascism. To be sure, none of these
challenges have been definitively solved, but addressed
collectively, we know they are surmountable. Climate
change is even more complex because of the finality it
portends for the human species, but we are well prepared
to deal with it. We have already achieved a host of social
and political successes; we have most, if not all, of the
technologies we will need; we have the necessary capital,
and we know which policies are most effective. We can do
this.
But we are far from doing what is needed.
Whether you are complacent about climate change, or in
pain, or angry, this book is an invitation for you to take part
in creating the future of humanity, confident that despite
the seemingly daunting nature of the challenge, collectively
we have what it takes to address climate change now.
This invitation requires your immediate response.
Two dates should now be seared in everyone’s mind:
2030 and 2050.
By 2050 at the latest, and ideally by 2040, we must have
stopped emitting more greenhouse gases into the
atmosphere than Earth can naturally absorb through its
ecosystems (a balance known as net-zero emissions or
carbon neutrality). In order to get to this scientifically
established goal, our global greenhouse gas emissions must
be clearly on the decline by the early 2020s and reduced by
at least 50 percent by 2030.
The goal of halving global emissions by 2030 represents
the absolute minimum we must achieve if we are to have at
least a 50 percent chance of safeguarding humanity from
the worst impacts. We are in the critical decade. It is no
exaggeration to say that what we do regarding emissions
reductions between now and 2030 will determine the
quality of human life on this planet for hundreds of years to
come, if not more. If we do not halve our emissions by
2030, we are highly unlikely to be able to halve emissions
every decade until we reach net zero by 2050.
That is our final limit. We cannot exceed it.
Why?
The effects of climate change do not proceed along a
straight line. A bit more doesn’t equate to a bit worse.
Several parts of our planet are critically sensitive, such as
the Arctic summer sea ice, the ice cover of Greenland, the
boreal forests of Canada and Russia, and the tropical forest
cover of the Amazon. They have been maintaining a stable
temperature on Earth for millennia.2 If those ecosystems
were to go up in flames or be otherwise compromised,
global temperature would rise precipitously, leading to
irreparable worldwide damage. Think of this as an
uncontrollable domino effect of devastation.3
Today’s decisions on energy, transportation, and land use
will all have direct and long-term effects on climate change
because they lock in their respective emissions levels for
decades, and cumulative emissions could push us over
tipping points permanently and catastrophically.4 (See the
graph in the appendix, this page.) There will be no putting
the genie back into the bottle. The milestones of 2030 and
2050 are rooted in the latest science that tells us just how
long we can go on doing little or nothing before disaster
sets in.
Here’s the good news.
We are still just barely inside a zone where we can stave
off the worst and manage the remaining long-term effects.
But only if we do what is required of us in the short term.
This is the last time in history when we will be able to do
this.
Soon it will be too late.
We know what to do, and we have everything we need.
Concern about climate change varies by country, but an
increasing majority of people want their governments to
address the issue.5 So as not to put our children’s future in
jeopardy, we must connect the urgency of now to the reality
of that future.
—
We tend to think of “saving the planet” as salvaging certain
iconic ecological features: polar bears, humpback whales,
or mountain glaciers. The prevailing logic is that nature is
suffering, and humans are complicit, therefore we should
act. While that sentiment is worthy in many ways, it can
also leave us feeling that the problem is “out there”
unrelated to our daily life.
Climate change has long been misunderstood as an
environmental issue affecting the survival of the planet.
The truth is, the planet will continue to evolve. It has done
so for 4.5 billion years, going through dramatic
transformations that for the most part did not support the
existence of humankind. We currently enjoy unique
environmental conditions that do support human life, but
we forget that modern civilization as we know it is only
about six thousand years old.6
The planet will survive, in changed form no doubt, but it
will survive.
The question is whether we will be here to witness it.
That’s why climate change is the mother of all issues.
This crisis both dwarfs and encompasses any other issue
we may care about. Climate change should be of concern to
all who care about social justice. It affects the poor in every
country disproportionately—not only because they are
often more exposed and invariably more vulnerable to
climate-related shocks, but also because they have fewer
resources with which to respond to disaster.
Climate change should be of concern to all who care
about health. The burning of fossil fuels releases the
greenhouse gas emissions that are responsible for climate
change. But the burning of the very same fossil fuels (coal
for industrial heat or electricity generation and diesel or
gasoline for transportation) also pollutes the local ambient
air with particulate matter. Microscopic pollutants in the
air slip past our body’s defenses, penetrating deep into our
respiratory and circulatory systems, damaging our lungs,
hearts, and brains. They are so pernicious to human health
that more than 7 million people die from air pollution each
year.
Climate change should be of concern to all who care
about economic stability and investment value.7 It is no
secret that coal has lost its financial viability in most parts
of the world because it can no longer compete with cheaper
and cleaner renewable energy options such as solar.8 Coal
mines and coal plants are closing, and there is increasing
momentum in the coal divestment movement, likely to be
followed by divestment from other fossil fuels.9 Central
banks around the world are assessing the macroeconomic
risk of trillions of dollars invested in those high-carbon
assets. The consensus is growing that we need to shift
smoothly but decisively into clean energy assets that will
more safely keep their value over the long term.10
Finally, and fundamentally, climate change should be of
concern to all who care about intergenerational justice—
which should be every one of us. If we fail to act as we
should, future generations will be powerless to undo the
inexorable consequences of our failure. Hence our
profound moral responsibility to them. Failure to make
hard choices now will rob our children and grandchildren
of their rightful future.
Some believe we are hardwired to react to threats only if
they are immediate. The threats from climate change are
now immediate. Superstorms, cyclones, wildfires, droughts,
and floods everywhere give us ample evidence of climate
change, and those disasters will increase in frequency,
scale, and location. We cannot deny or ignore climate
change any longer. We now need to let go of half-hearted
attempts and instead act in proportion to the magnitude of
the challenge.
PART I
TWO WORLDS
CHAPTER 1
Choosing Our Future
Geological time is long and slow. Or at least it used to be.
Ice ages, during which vast glaciers covered much of the
northern continents, have sluggishly come and gone
throughout the history of our planet. The last ice age lasted
about 2.6 million years. With very gradual warming
resulting from natural influences on Earth’s climate, we
slowly left that ice age and entered the Holocene epoch,
which stretched out over twelve thousand years—until the
twentieth century—under relatively stable temperatures,
fluctuating only 1 degree Celsius above or below the
average.1
Throughout that geological period, temperatures,
precipitation patterns, and terrestrial and ocean
ecosystems settled into a “sweet spot” of natural conditions
conducive to human propagation and well-being. That
environmental stability allowed the human species of
approximately ten thousand people living in small tribes to
start a sedentary life, evolve into agricultural farmers and
settlers, and eventually develop cities, supported by
industry and machine manufacturing. It allowed humans to
thrive and the population to grow to the current 7.7
billion.2
During the Holocene, “life created the conditions
conducive to life.”3 And we could have continued in that
geological era. But we didn’t.4
Over the past fifty years, we have severely undermined
the environmental integrity of our Blue Marble and
threatened our continued life here. Our post–Industrial
Revolution lifestyles have caused massive damage to all our
natural systems. Mainly because of the unbridled use of
fossil fuels and vast deforestation, the concentration of
greenhouse gases in the atmosphere today exceeds
anything we have had since well before the last ice age,5
resulting in extreme weather events of increasing
frequency and intensity all over the world: floods, heat
waves, droughts, wildfires, and hurricanes. Half the world’s
tropical forests have been cleared, and every year about 12
million more hectares are lost. In about forty years, at the
current rate, 1 billion hectares could be gone—a land mass
equivalent to Europe.6 In the last fifty years, the
populations of mammals, birds, fish, reptiles, and
amphibians have, on average, declined by 60 percent.
Some suggest we are already living through the sixth mass
extinction.7 According to the latest research, 12 percent of
all surviving species are currently threatened, and climate
breakdown will significantly amplify that threat.8 Oceans
have absorbed more than 90 percent of the extra heat we
have produced over the last fifty years.9 As a result, half
the world’s coral reefs are already dead,10 and the Arctic
summer sea ice, whose reflective capacity helps to regulate
temperatures all over the world, is shrinking rapidly.11 The
melt from land glaciers has already caused sea levels to
rise more than twenty centimeters, leading to major salt
intrusion in many aquifers, worsening storm surges and
existential threats to low-lying islands.12 In short, in just
the last fifty years we have catapulted humanity and the
planet out of the previous benevolent Holocene epoch and
into the Anthropocene, a new geological period where
biogeochemical conditions are dominated not by natural
processes but by the palpable impact of human activity.
Humans are for the first time ever the prime driver of
large-scale climate change on the planet.13
All studies you may read about the Anthropocene epoch
point to the unprecedented levels of destruction that we
have caused in just five decades.14 The underlying
assumption in those analyses is that we have irretrievably
cast our die and that increasing destruction will be the
leitmotif of the entire geological era.
We take a radically different view.
We argue that devastation is admittedly a growing
possibility but not yet our inevitable fate. While the
beginning of this period of human history has been
indelibly and painfully marked, the full story has not been
written. We still hold the pen. In fact, we hold it more firmly
now than ever before. And we can choose to write a story
of regeneration of both nature and the human spirit. But
we have to choose.
In deciding what kind of world we and future
generations will live in, we don’t have many options; we
have in fact only two, both of which are set out in the Paris
Agreement, and both of which we present here for your
consideration. Keep in mind that we have already warmed
the planet by 0.9 degrees Celsius more than the average
temperature before the Industrial Revolution. Under the
Paris Agreement, all nations committed to collectively limit
warming to “well under 2 degrees Celsius,” and ideally no
more than 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit),
through national emissions-reduction efforts that
substantially increase every five years. To start the process,
in 2015, 184 countries registered details of what they
would do in the first five years and agreed to come back
every five years to make stronger commitments, since the
first round of commitments was only the first step toward
achieving the long-term goal of net-zero emissions.
We present two scenarios. One or the other will become
our reality.
—
The world we are now creating, leading to warming of more than 3 degrees.15 The
first scenario we set out illustrates the very dangerous
trajectory we are on right now. If governments,
corporations, and individuals make no further efforts than
those registered in 2015, we will go to a warming of at
least 3.7 degrees Celsius by 2100. Worse yet, if they do not
fulfill even the registered commitments, we can expect
warming of 4 or 5 degrees. (See the appendix, page 172.)
Be forewarned, this picture is dark. Even though many of
the worst-case scenarios might not be realized until the
second half of the century, it is clear that by midcentury
human misery would be high, biodiversity would be
decimated, and that we and our children would live in a
world that is constantly deteriorating with no possible
recuperation.
—
The world we must create, limiting warming to no more than 1.5 degrees Celsius.16
We cannot turn back the clock on past emissions. However,
even at this late stage, we can strive for and achieve a
better world in which nature and the human family will not
only survive but thrive together. Scientists have been
extremely clear that the 1.5-degree-Celsius-warmer
scenario is still attainable but that the window is rapidly
closing. To have at least a 50 percent chance of success
(which in itself is an unacceptably high level of risk), we
must cut global emissions to half their current levels by
2030, half again by 2040, and finally to net zero by 2050 at
the very latest.17 A change of this magnitude would require
major transformations in almost every area of life and
work, from massive reforestation to new agricultural
practices; from the cessation of coal production by 2020
and of oil and gas extraction soon thereafter to the
abandonment of fossil fuels and even the internal
combustion engine.
Precisely what we need to do is detailed later in the
book, but for now, we have to wake up to the fact that we
can choose our future and collectively create it. Our
collective responsibility is to ensure that a better future is
not only possible but probable, and then not only probable
but foreseeable.
The great baseball player Yogi Berra famously said that
predictions are hard to make, especially about the future.
In constructing these scenarios, we are aware that making
predictions about the world in thirty years’ time is to some
degree an imaginative enterprise. However, everything we
set out in these scenarios is predicted or expected by the
best science.18 Indeed, much of what science has foretold is
already happening. Read each scenario not as a prediction
of the future but as a warning of what may come and what
we still have a chance to change.
CHAPTER 2
The World We Are Creating
It is 2050. Beyond the emissions reductions registered in
2015, no further efforts were made to control emissions.
We are heading for a world that will be more than 3
degrees warmer by 2100.
—
The first thing that hits you is the air.
In many places around the world, the air is hot, heavy,
and depending on the day, clogged with particulate
pollution. Your eyes often water. Your cough never seems to
disappear. You think about some countries in Asia, where
out of consideration sick people used to wear white masks
to protect others from airborne infection. Now you often
wear a mask to protect yourself from air pollution. You can
no longer simply walk out your front door and breathe
fresh air: there might not be any. Instead, before opening
doors or windows in the morning, you check your phone to
see what the air quality will be. Everything might look fine
—sunny and clear—but you know better. When storms and
heat waves overlap and cluster, the air pollution and
intensified surface ozone levels can make it dangerous to
go outside without a specially designed face mask (which
only some can afford).1
Southeast Asia and Central Africa lose more lives to
filthy air than do Europe or the United States.2 There fewer
people work outdoors, and even indoors the air can taste
slightly acidic, sometimes making you feel nauseated. The
last coal furnaces closed ten years ago, but that hasn’t
made much difference in air quality around the world
because you are still breathing dangerous exhaust fumes
from millions of cars and buses everywhere. Some
countries have experimented with seeding rain clouds—the
process of artificially inducing rain—hoping to wash
pollution out of the sky, but results are mixed. Seeding
clouds to artificially create more rain is difficult and
unreliable, and even the wealthiest countries cannot
achieve consistent results.3 In Europe and Asia, the
practice has triggered international incidents because even
the most skilled experts can’t control where the rain will
fall, never mind that acid rain is deleterious to crops,
wreaking havoc on food supply.4 As a result, crops are
increasingly grown under cover, a trend that will only
increase.5
Our world is getting hotter. Over the next two decades,
projections tell us that temperatures in some areas of the
globe will rise even higher, an irreversible development
now utterly beyond our control. Oceans, forests, plants,
trees, and soil had for many years absorbed half the carbon
dioxide we spewed out. Now there are few forests left,
most of them either logged or consumed by wildfire, and
the permafrost is belching greenhouse gases into an
already overburdened atmosphere.6
The increasing heat of the Earth is suffocating us, and in
five to ten years, vast swaths of the planet will be
increasingly inhospitable to humans. We don’t know how
habitable the regions of Australia, North Africa, and the
western United States will be by 2100. No one knows what
the future holds for their children and grandchildren:
tipping point after tipping point is being reached, casting
doubt on the form of future civilization. Some say that
humans will be cast to the winds again, gathering in small
tribes, hunkered down and living on whatever patch of land
might sustain them.7
Passing tipping points has already been painful. First
was the vanishing of coral reefs. Some of us still remember
diving amid majestic coral reefs, brimming with
multicolored fish of all shapes and sizes. Corals are now
almost gone. The Great Barrier Reef in Australia is the
largest aquatic cemetery in the world. Efforts have been
made to grow artificial corals farther north and south from
the equator where the water is a bit cooler, but these
efforts have largely failed, and marine life has not returned.
Soon there will be no reefs anywhere—it is only a matter of
a few years before the last 10 percent dies off.8
The second tipping point was the melting of the ice
sheets in the Arctic. There is no summer Arctic sea ice
anymore because warming is worse at the poles—between
6 and 8 degrees higher than other areas. The melting
happened silently in that cold place far north of most of the
inhabited world, but its effects were soon noticed. The
Great Melting was an accelerant of further global warming.
The white ice used to reflect the sun’s heat, but now it’s
gone, so the dark sea water absorbs more heat, expanding
the mass of water and pushing sea levels even higher.9
More moisture in the air and higher sea surface
temperatures have caused a surge in extreme hurricanes
and tropical storms. Recently, coastal cities in Bangladesh,
Mexico, the United States, and elsewhere have suffered
brutal infrastructure destruction and extreme flooding,
killing many thousands and displacing millions. This
happens with increasing frequency now.10 Every day,
because of rising water levels, some part of the world must
evacuate to higher ground. Every day the news shows
images of mothers with babies strapped to their backs,
wading through floodwaters, and homes ripped apart by
vicious currents that resemble mountain rivers. News
stories tell of people living in houses with water up to their
ankles because they have nowhere else to go, their children
coughing and wheezing because of the mold growing in
their beds, insurance companies declaring bankruptcy
leaving survivors without resources to rebuild their lives.
Contaminated water supplies, sea salt intrusions, and
agricultural runoff are the order of the day. Because
multiple disasters are often happening simultaneously, it
can take weeks or even months for basic food and water
relief to reach areas pummeled by extreme floods. Diseases
such as malaria, dengue, cholera, respiratory illnesses, and
malnutrition are rampant.11
Now all eyes are on the western Antarctic ice sheet.12 If
it did ever disappear, it would release a deluge of fresh
water into the oceans, potentially raising sea levels by over
five meters. If that were to happen, cities like Miami,
Shanghai, and Dhaka would be uninhabitable—ghostly
Atlantises dotting the coasts of each continent, their
skyscrapers jutting out of the water, their people evacuated
or dead.
Those around the world who chose to remain on the
coast because it had always been their home have more to
deal with than rising water and floods—they must now
witness the demise of a way of life based on fishing. As
oceans have absorbed carbon dioxide, the water has
become more acidic, and the pH levels are now so hostile
to marine life that all but a few countries have banned
fishing, even in international waters.13 Many people insist
that the few fish that are left should be enjoyed while they
last—an argument, hard to fault in many parts of the world,
that applies to so much that is vanishing.
As devastating as rising oceans have been, droughts and
heat waves inland have created a special hell. Vast regions
have succumbed to severe aridification sometimes followed
by desertification,14 and wildlife there has become a distant
memory.15 These places can barely support human life;
their aquifers have dried up. Cities such as Marrakech and
Volgograd are on the verge of becoming deserts. Hong
Kong, Barcelona, Abu Dhabi, and many others have been
desalinating seawater for years, desperately trying to keep
up with the constant wave of immigration from areas that
have gone completely dry.
Extreme heat is on the march. If you live in Paris, you
endure summer temperatures that regularly rise to 44
degrees Celsius (111 degrees Fahrenheit). This is no longer
the headline-grabbing event it would have been thirty years
ago. Everyone stays inside, drinks water, and dreams of air-
conditioning. You lie on your couch, a cold, wet towel over
your face, and try to rest without dwelling on the poor
farmers on the outskirts of town who, despite recurrent
droughts and wildfires, are still trying to grow grapes,
olives, or soy—luxuries for the rich, not for you.
You try not to think about the 2 billion people who live in
the hottest parts of the world, where, for upward of forty-
five days per year, temperatures skyrocket to 60 degrees
Celsius (140 degrees Fahrenheit)—a point at which the
human body cannot be outside for longer than about six
hours because it loses the ability to cool itself down. Places
such as central India are becoming increasingly
challenging to inhabit. For a while people tried to carry on,
but when you can’t work outside, when you can fall asleep
only at four a.m. for a couple of hours because that’s the
coolest part of the day, there’s not much you can do but
leave. Mass migrations to less hot rural areas are beset by
a host of refugee problems, civil unrest, and bloodshed over
diminished water availability.16
Inland glaciers around the world are quickly
disappearing. The millions who depended on the
Himalayan, Alpine, and Andean glaciers to regulate water
availability throughout the year are in a state of constant
emergency: there is little snow turning to ice atop
mountains in the winter, so there is no more gradual
melting for the spring and summer. Now there are either
torrential rains leading to flooding or prolonged droughts.
The most vulnerable communities with the least resources
have already seen what can ensue when water is scarce:
sectarian violence, mass migration, and death.
Even in some parts of the United States, there are fiery
conflicts over water, battles between the rich who are
willing to pay for as much water as they want and everyone
else demanding equal access to the life-enabling resource.
The taps in nearly all public facilities are locked, and those
in restrooms are coin-operated. At the federal level,
Congress is in an uproar over water redistribution: states
with less water demand what they see as their fair share
from states that have more. Government leaders have been
stymied on the issue for years, and with every passing
month the Colorado River and the Rio Grande shrink
further.17 Looming on the horizon are conflicts with
Mexico, no longer able to guarantee deliveries of water
from the depleted Rio Conchos and Rio Grande.18 Similar
disputes have arisen in Peru, China, Russia, and many
other countries.
Food production swings wildly from month to month,
season to season, depending on where you live. More
people are starving than ever before. Climate zones have
shifted, so some new areas have become available for
agriculture (Alaska, the Arctic),19 while others have dried
up (Mexico, California). Still others are unstable because of
the extreme heat, never mind flooding, wildfire, and
tornadoes. This makes the food supply in general highly
unpredictable. One thing hasn’t changed, though—if you
have money, you have access. Global trade has slowed as
countries such as China stop exporting and seek to hold on
to their own resources. Disasters and wars rage, choking
off trade routes. The tyranny of supply and demand is now
unforgiving; because of its increasing scarcity, food can
now be wildly expensive. Income inequality has always
existed, but it has never been this stark or this dangerous.
Entire regions suffer from epidemics of stunting and
malnutrition. Reproduction has slowed overall, but most
acutely in those countries where food scarcity is dire.
Infant mortality has rocketed, and international aid has
proven to be politically impossible to defend in light of
mass poverty. Countries with enough food are resolute
about holding on to it.
In some places, the inability to gain access to such
basics as wheat, rice, or sorghum has led to economic
collapse and civil unrest more quickly than even the most
pessimistic experts had previously imagined. Scientists
tried to develop varieties of staples that could stand up to
drought, temperature fluctuations, and salt, but there was
only so much we could do. Now there simply aren’t enough
resilient varieties to feed the population. As a result, food
riots, coups, and civil wars are throwing the world’s most
vulnerable from the frying pan into the fire. As developed
countries seek to seal their borders from mass migration,
they too feel the consequences. Stock markets are
crashing, currencies are wildly fluctuating, and the
European Union has disbanded.20
As committed as nations are to keeping wealth and
resources within their borders, they’re determined to keep
people out. Most countries’ armies are now just highly
militarized border patrols. Lockdown is the goal, but it
hasn’t been a total success. Desperate people will always
find a way. Some countries have been better global Good
Samaritans than others, but even they have now effectively
shut their borders, their wallets, and their eyes.21
Ever since the equatorial belt started to become difficult
to inhabit, an unending stream of migrants has been
moving north from Central America toward Mexico and the
United States. Others are moving south toward the tips of
Chile and Argentina. The same scenes are playing out
across Europe and Asia. Enormous political pressure is
being placed on northern and southern countries to either
welcome migrants or keep them out. Some countries are
letting people in, but only under conditions approaching
indentured servitude. It will be years before the stranded
migrants are able to find asylum or settle into new refugee
cities that have formed along the borders.
Even if you live in areas with more temperate climates
such as Canada and Scandinavia, you are still extremely
vulnerable. Severe tornadoes, flash floods, wildfires,
mudslides, and blizzards are often in the back of your mind.
Depending on where you live, you have a fully stocked
storm cellar, an emergency go-bag in your car, or a six-foot
fire moat around your house. People are glued to weather
forecasts. Only the foolhardy shut their phones off at night.
If an emergency hits, you may only have minutes to
respond. The alert systems set up by the government are
basic and subject to glitches and irregularities depending
on access to technology. The rich, who subscribe to private,
reliable satellite-based alert systems, sleep better.
The weather is unavoidable, but lately the news about
what’s going on at the borders has become too much for
most people to endure. Because of the alarming spike in
suicides, and under increasing pressure from public health
officials, news organizations have decreased the number of
stories devoted to genocide, slave trading, and refugee
virus outbreaks. You can no longer trust the news. Social
media, long the grim source of live feeds and disaster
reporting, is brimming with conspiracy theories and
doctored videos. Overall, the news has taken a strange,
seemingly controlled turn toward distorting reality and
spinning a falsely positive narrative.
Those living within stable countries may be safe, yes, but
the psychological toll is mounting. With each new tipping
point passed, they feel hope slipping away. There is no
chance of stopping the runaway warming of our planet, and
no doubt we are slowly but surely heading toward some
kind of collapse. And not just because it’s too hot. Melting
permafrost is also releasing ancient microbes that today’s
humans have never been exposed to—and as a result have
no resistance to.22 Diseases spread by mosquitoes and ticks
are rampant as these species flourish in the changed
climate, spreading to previously safe parts of the planet,
increasingly overwhelming us. Worse still, the public health
crisis of antibiotic resistance has only intensified as the
population has grown denser in inhabitable areas and
temperatures continue to rise.23
The demise of the human species is being discussed
more and more. For many, the only uncertainty is how long
we’ll last, how many more generations will see the light of
day. Suicides are the most obvious manifestation of the
prevailing despair, but there are other indications: a sense
of bottomless loss, unbearable guilt, and fierce resentment
at previous generations who didn’t do what was necessary
to ward off this unstoppable calamity.
CHAPTER 3
The World We Must Create
It is 2050. We have been successful at halving emissions
every decade since 2020. We are heading for a world that
will be no more than 1.5 degrees Celsius warmer by 2100.
—
In most places in the world, the air is moist and fresh, even
in cities. It feels a lot like walking through a forest, and
very likely this is exactly what you are doing. The air is
cleaner than it has been since before the Industrial
Revolution.
We have trees to thank for that. They are everywhere.1
It wasn’t the single solution we required, but the
proliferation of trees bought us the time we needed to
vanquish carbon emissions. Corporate donations and public
money funded the biggest tree-planting campaign in
history. When we started, it was purely practical, a tactic to
combat climate change by relocating the carbon: the trees
took carbon dioxide out of the air, released oxygen, and put
the carbon back where it belongs, in the soil. This of course
helped to diminish climate change, but the benefits were
even greater. On every sensory level, the ambient feeling of
living on what has again become a green planet has been
transformative, especially in cities. Cities have never been
better places to live. With many more trees and far fewer
cars, it has been possible to reclaim whole streets for urban
agriculture and for children’s play. Every vacant lot, every
grimy unused alley, has been repurposed and turned into a
shady grove. Every rooftop has been converted to either a
vegetable or a floral garden. Windowless buildings that
were once scrawled with graffiti are instead carpeted with
verdant vines.
The greening movement in Spain began as an effort to
combat rising temperatures. Because of Madrid’s latitude,
it is one of the driest cities in Europe. And even though the
city now has a grip on its emissions, it was previously at
risk of desertification. Because of the “heat island” effect of
cities—buildings trap warmth and dark, paved surfaces
absorb heat from the sun—Madrid, home to more than 6
million people, was several degrees warmer than the
countryside just a few miles away. In addition, air pollution
was leading to a rising incidence of premature births,2 and
a spike in deaths was linked to cardiovascular and
respiratory illnesses. With a health-care system already
strained by the arrival of subtropical diseases like dengue
fever and malaria, government officials and citizens rallied.
Madrid made dramatic efforts to reduce the number of
vehicles and create a “green envelope” around the city to
help with cooling, oxygenating, and filtering pollution.
Plazas were repaved with porous material to capture
rainwater; all black roofs were painted white; and plants
were omnipresent. The plants cut noise, released oxygen,
insulated south-facing walls, shaded pavements, and
released water vapor into the air. The massive effort was a
huge success and was replicated all over the world.
Madrid’s economy boomed as its expertise put it on the
cutting edge of a new industry.
Most cities found that lower temperatures raised the
standard of living. There are still slums, but the trees,
largely responsible for countering the temperature rise in
most places, have made things far more bearable for all.
Reimagining and restructuring cities was crucial to
solving the climate challenge puzzle. But further steps had
to be taken, which meant that global rewilding efforts had
to reach well beyond the cities. The forest cover worldwide
is now 50 percent, and agriculture has evolved to become
more tree-based.3 The result is that many countries are
unrecognizable, in a good way. No one seems to miss wide-
open plains or monocultures. Now we have shady groves of
nut and fruit orchards, timberland interspersed with
grazing, parkland areas that spread for miles, new havens
for our regenerated population of pollinators.4
Luckily for the 75 percent of the population who live in
cities, new electric railways crisscross interior landscapes.
In the United States, high-speed rail networks on the East
and West Coasts have replaced the vast majority of
domestic flights, with East Coast connectors to Atlanta and
Chicago. Because flight speeds have slowed down to
increase planes’ fuel efficiency, passenger bullet trains
make some journeys even faster and with no emissions
whatsoever.5 The U.S. Train Initiative was a monumental
public project that sparked the economy for a decade.
Replacing miles and miles of interstate highways with a
new transportation system created millions of jobs—for
train technology experts, engineers, and construction
workers who designed and built raised rail tracks to
circumvent floodplains. This massive effort helped to
reeducate and retrain many of those displaced by the dying
fossil fuel economy. It also introduced a new generation of
workers to the excitement and innovation of the new
climate economy.
Running parallel to this mega public works effort was an
increasingly confident race to harness the power of
renewable sources of energy. A major part of the shift to
net-zero emissions was a focus on electricity; achieving the
goal required not only an overhaul of existing
infrastructure but also a structural shift. In some ways,
breaking up grids and decentralizing power proved easy.
We no longer burn fossil fuels. There is some nuclear
energy in those countries that can afford the expensive
technology,6 but most of our energy now comes from
renewable sources like wind, solar, geothermal, and hydro.
All homes and buildings produce their own electricity—
every available surface is covered with solar paint that
contains millions of nanoparticles, which harvest energy
from the sunlight,7 and every windy spot has a wind
turbine. If you live on a particularly sunny or windy hill,
your house might harvest more energy than it can use, in
which case the energy will simply flow back to the smart
grid. Because there is no combustion cost, energy is
basically free. It is also more abundant and more efficiently
used than ever.
Smart tech prevents unnecessary energy consumption,
as artificial intelligence units switch off appliances and
machines when not in use. The efficiency of the system
means that, with a few exceptions, our quality of life has
not suffered. In many respects, it has improved.
For the developed world, the wide-ranging transition to
renewable energy was at times uncomfortable, as it often
involved retrofitting old infrastructure and doing things in
new ways. But for the developing world, it was the dawn of
a new era. Most of the infrastructure that it needed for
economic growth and poverty alleviation was built
according to the new standards: low carbon emissions and
high resilience. In remote areas, the billion people who had
no electricity at the start of the twenty-first century now
have energy generated by their own rooftop solar modules
or by wind-powered minigrids in their communities. This
new access opened the door to so much more. Entire
populations have leaped forward with improved sanitation,
education, and health care. People who had struggled to
get clean water can now provide it to their families.
Children can study at night. Remote health clinics can
operate effectively.
Homes and buildings all over the world are becoming
self-sustaining far beyond their electrical needs. For
example, all buildings now collect rainwater and manage
their own water use. Renewable sources of electricity made
possible localized desalination, which means clean drinking
water can now be produced on demand anywhere in the
world. We also use it to irrigate hydroponic gardens, flush
toilets, and shower.8 Overall, we’ve successfully rebuilt,
reorganized, and restructured our lives to live in a more
localized way. Although energy prices have dropped
dramatically, we are choosing local life over long
commutes. Due to greater connectivity, many people work
from home, allowing for more flexibility and more time to
call their own.
We are making communities stronger. As a child, you
might have seen your neighbors only in passing. But now,
to make things cheaper, cleaner, and more sustainable,
your orientation in every part of your life is more local.
Things that used to be done individually are now done
communally—growing vegetables, capturing rainwater, and
composting. Resources and responsibilities are shared now.
At first you resisted this togetherness—you were used to
doing things individually and in the privacy of your own
home. But pretty quickly the camaraderie and unexpected
new network of support started to feel good, something to
be prized. For most people, the new way has turned out to
be a better recipe for happiness.
Food production and procurement are a big part of the
communal effort. When it became clear we needed to
revolutionize industrialized farming, we transitioned
quickly to regenerative farming practices, mixing perennial
crops, sustainable grazing, and improved crop rotation on
large-scale farms, with increased community reliance on
small farms.9 Instead of going to a big grocery store for
food flown in from hundreds, if not thousands, of miles
away, you buy most of your food from small local farmers
and producers. Buildings, neighborhoods, and even large
extended families form a food purchase group, which is
how most people buy their food now. As a unit they sign up
for a weekly drop-off, then distribute the food among the
group members. Distribution, coordination, and
management are everyone’s responsibility, which means
you might be partnered with a downstairs neighbor for
distribution one week and your upstairs neighbor the next.
While this community approach to food production
makes things more sustainable, food is still expensive,
consuming up to 30 percent of household budgets, which is
why growing your own is such a necessity.10 In community
gardens, on rooftops, at schools, and even hanging from
vertical gardens on balconies, food sometimes seems to be
growing everywhere.
We’ve come to realize, by growing our own, that food is
expensive because it should be expensive—it takes valuable
resources to grow it, after all. Water. Soil. Sweat. Time.11
For that reason, the most resource-depleting foods of all—
animal protein and dairy products—have practically
disappeared from our diets.12 But the plant-based
replacements are so good that most of us don’t notice the
absence of meat and dairy. Most young children cannot
believe we used to kill any animals for food. Fish is still
available, but it is farmed and yields are better managed by
improved technology.13
We make smarter choices about bad foods, which have
become an ever-diminishing part of our diets. Government
taxes on processed meats, sugars, and fatty foods helped us
reduce the carbon emissions from farming. The biggest
boon of all was to our collective health. Thanks to a
reduced number of cancers, heart attacks, and strokes,
people are living longer, and health services around the
world cost less and less. In fact, a huge portion of the costs
of combating climate change were recuperated by
governments’ savings on public health.14
Along with outrageous spending on health care, gasoline
and diesel cars are also anachronisms. Most countries
banned their manufacture in 2030,15 but it took another
fifteen years to get internal combustion engines off the
road completely. Now they are seen only in transport
museums or at special rallies where classic car owners pay
an offset fee to drive a few short miles around the track.
And, of course, they are all hauled in on the backs of huge
electric trucks.
When it came to making the switch, some countries were
already ahead of the curve. Technology-driven countries
such as Norway and bicycle-friendly nations like the
Netherlands managed to impose a moratorium on cars
much earlier. Unsurprisingly, the United States had the
hardest time of all. First, it restricted their sale, and then it
banned them from certain parts of cities—Ultra Low
Emission Zones.16 Then came the breakthrough in the
battery storage capacity of electric vehicles,17 the cost
reductions that came from finding alternative materials for
manufacture, and finally the complete overhaul of the
charging and parking infrastructure.18 This allowed people
easier access to cheap power for their electric vehicles.
Even better, car batteries are now bidirectionally
connected with the electric grid, so they can either charge
from the grid or provide power to the grid when they aren’t
being driven. This helps back up the smart grid that is
running on renewable energy.
The ubiquity and ease of electric vehicles were alluring,
but satisfaction of our appetite for speed finally did the
trick.19 Supposedly, to stop a bad habit you have to replace
it with one that is more salubrious or at least as enjoyable.
At first China dominated the manufacture of electric
vehicles, but soon U.S. companies started making vehicles
that were more desirable than ever before. Even some
classic cars got an upgrade, switching from combustion to
electric engines that could go from zero to sixty mph in 3.5
seconds.20 What’s strange is that it took us so long to
realize that the electric motor is simply a better way of
powering vehicles. It gives you more torque, more speed
when you need it, and the ability to recapture energy when
you brake, and it requires dramatically less maintenance.
As people from rural areas moved to the cities, they had
less need even for electric vehicles.21 In cities it’s now easy
to get around—transportation is frictionless. When you take
the electric train, you don’t have to fumble around for a
metro card or wait in line to pay—the system tracks your
location, so it knows where you got on and where you got
off, and it deducts money from your account accordingly.
We also share cars without thinking twice. In fact,
regulating and ensuring the safety of driverless ride
sharing was the biggest transportation hurdle for cities to
overcome. The goal has been to eliminate private
ownership of vehicles by 2050 in major metropolitan
areas.22 We’re not quite there yet, but we’re making
progress.
We have also reduced land transport needs. Three-
dimensional (3D) printers are readily available, cutting
down on what people need to purchase away from home.23
Drones organized along aerial corridors are now delivering
packages, further reducing the need for vehicles.24 Thus
we are currently narrowing roads, eliminating parking
spaces, and investing in urban planning projects that make
it easier to walk and bike in the city. Parking garages are
used only for ride sharing, electric vehicle charging, and
storage—those ugly concrete stacking systems and edifices
of yore are now enveloped in green. Cities now seem
designed for the coexistence of people and nature.
International air travel has been transformed. Biofuels
have replaced jet fuel. Communications technology has
advanced so much that we can participate virtually in
meetings anywhere in the world without traveling. Air
travel still exists, but it is used more sparingly and is
extremely costly. Because work is now increasingly
decentralized and can often be done from anywhere, people
save and plan for “slow-cations”—international trips that
last weeks or months instead of days. If you live in the
United States and want to visit Europe, you might plan to
stay there for several months or more, working your way
across the continent using local, zero-emissions
transportation.25
While we may have successfully reduced carbon
emissions, we’re still dealing with the aftereffects of record
levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. The long-living
greenhouse gases have nowhere to go other than the
already-loaded atmosphere, so they are still causing
increasingly extreme weather—though it’s less extreme
than it would have been had we continued to burn fossil
fuels. Glaciers and Arctic ice are still melting, and the sea
is still rising. Severe droughts and desertification are
occurring in the western United States, the Mediterranean,
and parts of China. Ongoing extreme weather and resource
degradation continue to multiply existing disparities in
income, public health, food security, and water availability.
But now governments have recognized climate change
factors for the threat multipliers that they are. That
awareness allows us to predict downstream problems and
head them off before they become humanitarian crises.26
So while many people remain at risk every day, the
situation is not as drastic or chaotic as it might have
been.27 Economies in developing nations are strong, and
unexpected global coalitions have formed with a renewed
sense of trust. Now when a population is in need of aid, the
political will and resources are available to meet that need.
The ongoing refugee situation has been escalating for
decades, and it is still a major source of strife and discord.
But around fifteen years ago, we stopped calling it a crisis.
Countries agreed on guidelines for managing refugee
influxes—how to smoothly assimilate populations, how to
distribute aid and resources, and how to share the tasks
within particular regions. These agreements work well
most of the time, but things get thrown off balance
occasionally when a country flirts with fascism for an
election cycle or two.
Technology and business sectors stepped up, too, seizing
the opportunity of government contracts to provide large-
scale solutions for distributing food and providing shelter
for the newly displaced. One company invented a giant
robot that could autonomously build a four-person dwelling
within days.28 Automation and 3D printing have made it
possible to quickly and affordably construct high-quality
housing for refugees. The private sector has innovated with
water transportation technology and sanitation solutions.
Fewer tent cities and housing shortages have led to less
cholera.
Everyone understands that we are all in this together. A
disaster that occurs in one country is likely to occur in
another in only a matter of years. It took us a while to
realize that if we worked out how to save the Pacific Islands
from rising sea levels this year, then we might find a way to
save Rotterdam in another five years. It is in the interest of
every country to bring all its resources to bear on problems
across the world. For one thing, creating innovative
solutions to climate challenges and beta testing them years
ahead of using them is just plain smart. For another, we’re
nurturing goodwill; when we need help, we know we will be
able to count on others to step up.
The zeitgeist has shifted profoundly. How we feel about
the world has changed, deeply. And unexpectedly, so has
how we feel about one another.
When the alarm bells rang in 2020, thanks in large part
to the youth movement, we realized that we suffered from
too much consumption, competition, and greedy self-
interest. Our commitment to these values and our drive for
profit and status had led us to steamroll our environment.
As a species we were out of control, and the result was the
near-collapse of our world. We could no longer avoid seeing
on a tangible, geophysical level that when you spurn
regeneration, collaboration, and community, the
consequence is impending devastation.
Extricating ourselves from self-destruction would have
been impossible if we hadn’t changed our mindset and our
priorities, if we hadn’t realized that doing what is good for
humanity goes hand in hand with doing what is good for
the Earth. The most fundamental change was that
collectively—as citizens, corporations, and governments—
we began adhering to a new bottom line: “Is it good for
humanity whether profit is made or not?”
The climate change crisis of the beginning of the century
jolted us out of our stupor. As we worked to rebuild and
care for our environment, it was only natural that we also
turned to each other with greater care and concern. We
realized that the perpetuation of our species was about far
more than saving ourselves from extreme weather. It was
about being good stewards of the land and of one another.
When we began the fight for the fate of humanity, we were
thinking only about the species’ survival, but at some point,
we understood that it was as much about the fate of our
humanity. We emerged from the climate crisis as more
mature members of the community of life, capable not only
of restoring ecosystems but also of unfolding our dormant
potentials of human strength and discernment. Humanity
was only ever as doomed as it believed itself to be.
Vanquishing that belief was our true legacy.
PART II
THREE MINDSETS
CHAPTER 4
Who We Choose to Be
Our future is unwritten. It will be shaped by who we choose
to be now.
As we learned during our stewardship of the Paris
Agreement, if you do not control the complex landscape of
a challenge (and you rarely do), the most powerful thing
you can do is change how you behave in that landscape,
yourself a catalyst for overall change. All too often in the
face of a task, we move quickly to “doing” without first
reflecting on “being”—what we personally bring to the
task, as well as what others might. And the most important
thing we can bring is our state of mind.
Mahatma Gandhi reminds us to be the change we want
to see. The actions we pursue are largely defined by the
mindset we cultivate in advance of the doing. When we’re
faced with an urgent task, it may feel counterintuitive to
first look inside ourselves, but it is essential.
Attempting change while we are informed by the same
state of mind that has been predominant in the past will
lead to insufficient incremental advances. In order to open
the space for transformation, we have to change how we
think and fundamentally who we perceive ourselves to be.
After all, if what’s at stake is nothing less than the quality
of human life for centuries to come, it is worth digging
down to the roots of who we understand ourselves to be.
Paradoxically, systemic change is a deeply personal
endeavor. Our social and economic structures are a product
of our way of thinking.
For example, our economy is based on the belief that we
can extract resources boundlessly, use them inefficiently,
and discard them wantonly, drawing from the planet more
than it can regenerate and polluting more than we can
clean up. Over time we’ve developed a deeply exploitative
ethos as the basis of our actions.
This no longer works.
Natural scientists have provided ample evidence that we
have reached several planetary boundaries, beyond which
Earth’s biosystems cannot sustain life. Soon there will be
little left to extract and exploit. Concerned social scientists
are clear on what we need to do: we must move toward a
regenerative economy, an economy that operates in
harmony with nature, repurposing used resources,
minimizing waste, and replenishing depleted resources. We
must return to the innate wisdom of nature herself, the
ultimate regenerator and recycler of all resources.
Less understood but just as important is the fact that we
have reached the limits of our individualistic competitive
approach. For a long time, Western societies have tended to
prize self-interest over the well-being of the whole. We
need to enlarge our understanding of ourselves and our
relationships with others, and certainly with the natural
systems that enable human life on Earth.
Our current crisis requires a total shift in our thinking.
To survive and thrive, we must understand ourselves to be
inextricably connected to all of nature. We need to cultivate
a deep and abiding sense of stewardship. This
transformation begins with the individual. Who we are and
how we show up in the world defines how we work with
others, how we interact with our surroundings, and
ultimately the future we co-create.
We believe three mindsets are fundamental to us all in
our pursuit to co-create a better world. With intentional
provocation, we call them Stubborn Optimism, Endless
Abundance, and Radical Regeneration. These mindsets are
not new. We can find shining examples in famous historical
figures, but the future we want requires that they be
prevalent among us all. These qualities of being are innate
human capacities (individual and collective), values that
can be called forth, nurtured, and developed in the crucible
of daily practice.
A shift in consciousness may sound grandiose to some,
insufficient to others. But we live at a time of growing
awareness of the intimate connections between the outer
and inner worlds. As author Joanna Macy has pointed out,
“In the past changing the self and changing the world were
regarded as separate endeavors and viewed in either-or
terms. That is no longer the case.”1 Scientific
understanding and spiritual insights are converging on the
reality of human-nature interconnectedness.
The transformative power of the three mindsets lies not
only in themselves but also in the direction each one
provides. Attached as we are to many forms of status quo in
our lives (relationships, job, home, etc.), we often delude
ourselves that they are permanent. But the fact is, nothing
is permanent; everything is always changing, no matter
how much we insist on standing still, hanging on to fleeting
moments. And making desired change always demands
going in an intentional direction.
Our new intentional direction must move us beyond
defeatism to optimism, beyond extraction toward
regeneration, beyond linear toward circular economies,
beyond individual benefit toward the common good, beyond
short-term thinking toward long-term thinking and acting.
By cultivating the three mindsets, we give clearer, stronger
direction to our lives and to our world, setting the
necessary foundation for us to collectively co-create the
world we want.
CHAPTER 5
Stubborn Optimism
Twenty-five hundred years ago, Siddhartha Gautama, the
man who became known as the Buddha, understood
optimism. He said many times that a brightness of mind
was both the final goal of the path of enlightenment and
also the first step. A bright mind is how you proceed.
Without it, you can’t make progress.
The Buddha also understood that we are not subject to
our attitudes in a passive way but are active participants in
creating them. Neuroscience has now confirmed this. It
does not matter if our natural tendency is to see things
with optimism or with pessimism. At this point in history
we have a responsibility to do what is necessary, and for
most of us that will involve some deliberate reprogramming
of our minds.
Psychological research has shown that attitudes can be
transformed by first identifying our thought patterns, then
deliberately cultivating a more constructive approach. The
practice involves becoming aware of these patterns,
drawing out the unconscious assumptions, and challenging
them when they don’t serve you.1
It’s not complicated, but neither is it easy. Essentially, we
all have inbuilt reactions to adverse things that happen
around us. From the latest alarming report on climate
change to missing the bus, we have a learned response to
all phenomena that we encounter in life, and those learned
reactions dictate how we respond to a particular situation.
When it comes to climate change, the vast majority of us
have a learned reaction of helplessness. We see the
direction the world is headed, and we throw up our hands.
Yes, we think, it’s terrible, but it’s so complex and so big
and so overwhelming. We can’t do anything to stop it.
This learned reaction is not only untrue, it’s become
fundamentally irresponsible. If you want to help address
climate change, you have to teach yourself a different
response.
You can do it. You can switch your focus, and you will be
stunned by the impact such a shift can create. You don’t
need to have all the answers, and you certainly don’t need
to hide from the truth, nor should you. When you are faced
with the hard realities, look at them with clarity, but also
know that you are incredibly lucky to be alive at a time
when you can make a transformative difference to the
future of all life on earth.
You are not powerless. In fact, your every action is
suffused with meaning, and you are part of the greatest
chapter of human achievement in history. Make this your
mental mantra. Take notice of how your mind tries to insist
on your helplessness in the face of the challenge and
refuses to accept it. Notice it, and refute it. It will not take
long for your thought patterns to change.
When your mind tells you that it is too late to make a
difference, remember that every fraction of a degree of
extra warming makes a big difference, and therefore any
reduction in emissions lessens the burden on the future.
When your mind tells you that this is all too depressing
to deal with and that it is better to focus on the things you
can directly affect, remind yourself that mobilizing for big
generational challenges can be thrilling and can imbue
your life with meaning and connection.
When your mind tells you that it will be impossible for
the world to lighten its dependence on fossil fuels,
remember that already more than 50 percent of the energy
in the UK comes from clean power,2 that Costa Rica is 100
percent clean,3 and that California has a plan to get to 100
percent clean, including cars and trucks, by the time
today’s toddlers have finished college.4
When your mind tells you that the problem is the broken
political system and we can’t fix that so there is no point in
doing anything, remind yourself that political systems are
still responsive to the views of people, and that throughout
history people have successfully overcome extraordinary
odds to achieve political change.
And when your mind tells you that you are just one
person, too small to make a difference, so why bother, you
can remind yourself that tipping points are nonlinear. We
don’t know what is going to make the difference, but we
know that in the end systems do shift and all the little
actions add up to a new world. Every time you make an
individual choice to be a responsible custodian of this
beautiful Earth, you contribute toward major
transformations.
You may not be religious or spiritually inclined, but
consider the lot of the stonemason in medieval Europe
building one of the great cathedrals. He could have chosen
to throw down his tools because he was not going to
personally finish the entire cathedral. Instead, he worked
patiently and carefully on his one piece, knowing he was
part of a great collective endeavor that would lift the hearts
and minds of generations. That is optimism, and cultivating
it will not only be a crucial step to advancing our human
story, it will also improve your life today.
Václav Havel aptly described optimism as “a state of
mind, not a state of the world.”5 Three characteristics are
generally agreed upon as essential to making this mindset
transformative: the intention to see beyond the immediate
horizon, the comfort with uncertainty about the final
outcome, and the commitment that is fostered by that
mindset.
To be optimistic, you must acknowledge the bad news
that is all too readily available in scientific reports, your
newsfeed, your Twitter account, and kitchen table
conversations bemoaning our current state of affairs. More
difficult, but necessary for any degree of change to take
place, is to recognize the adversities and still be able to see
that a different future is not only possible but is already
tiptoeing into our daily lives. Without denying the bad
news, you must make a point of focusing on all the good
news regarding climate change, such as the constantly
dropping prices of renewables, an increasing number of
countries taking on net-zero-emissions targets by 2050 or
before, the multiple cities banning internal combustion
vehicles, and the rising levels of capital shifting from the
old to the new economy. None of this is happening yet at
the necessary scale, but it is happening. Optimism is about
being able to intentionally identify and prescribe the
desired future so as to actively pull it closer.
It is always easier to cling to certainty than it is to work
for something because it is right and good, regardless of
whether it currently stands a decent chance of success. All
the measures to address climate change still require
further maturation; none guarantee ultimate success. We
don’t know which renewables, if any, will predominate, or
which are more likely to scale quickly. Problems with the
batteries of electric vehicles (weight, cost, recycling) must
still be solved, and charging networks still require
substantial expansion to succeed. Financial instruments
must more effectively manage the risks of new
technologies. Market models that shift us from single
ownership of homes and cars to shared ownership must
gather steam and make peace with regulation.
When you look at the future broadly instead of narrowly,
you see that you must take these uncertainties in stride, or
you will stay stuck in the knowns of the past. You have to
be willing to risk mistakes, delays, and disappointments, or
you will be at the mercy of only the tried and true, to your
ultimate peril.
This mindset is all the more important once you realize
that the habits, practices, and technologies of the past will
lead us only to ecological demise and human suffering.
Viewing our reality with optimism means recognizing that
another future is possible, not promised. In the face of
climate change, we all have to be optimistic, not because
success is guaranteed but because failure is unthinkable.
Optimism empowers you; it drives your desire to engage,
to contribute, to make a difference. It makes you jump out
of bed in the morning because you feel challenged and
hopeful at the same time. It calls you to that which is
emerging and makes you want to be an active part of
change. Rebecca Solnit puts it well: “Hope is an ax you
break down doors with in an emergency;…hope should
shove you out the door, because it will take everything you
have to steer the future away from endless war, from the
annihilation of the earth’s treasures and the grinding down
of the poor and marginal….To hope is to give yourself to the
future, and that commitment to the future makes the
present inhabitable.”6
In other words, optimism is the force that enables you to
create a new reality.
Optimism is not the result of achieving a task we have
set for ourselves. That is a celebration. Optimism is the
necessary input to meeting a challenge.
Optimism is about having steadfast confidence in our
ability to solve big challenges. It is about making the choice
to tenaciously work to make the current reality better.
Optimism is about actively proving, through every
decision and every action, that we are capable of designing
a better future.
From the darkness of an Alabama jail, Martin Luther
King, Jr., kept calling for the realization of a deeply held
dream, no matter how bleak its prospects. Many others
have done the same throughout history: John F. Kennedy
refusing to accept that nuclear war was inevitable. Gandhi
marching to the ocean to collect forbidden salt.
In all these cases, key people believed that a better
world was possible, and they were willing to fight for it.
They didn’t ignore difficult evidence or present things in a
way that wasn’t true. Instead they faced reality with a
fierce belief that change could happen, however impossible
it might have seemed at the moment.
On the road to the Paris Agreement in 2015, we learned
just how critical optimism is to transformation. When
Christiana took over responsibility for the United Nations’
annual rounds of climate negotiations in 2010, it was in the
wake of a total collapse of the previous year’s negotiations,
which had been held in Copenhagen.
Copenhagen was nothing short of a disaster. After years
of preparation and two weeks of excruciating around-the-
clock negotiations, the only result was a weak, inadequate
accord that was politically unacceptable and legally
irrelevant. The United States had embarrassingly declared
success prematurely. China and India had put up major
roadblocks, supported by all developing countries. It had
been a free-for-all of political frustration, outrage, and
disagreement.
It was far from the “Hopenhagen” the hosts had
advertised.
In fact, there had been blood.
Claudia Salerno, the Venezuelan representative, had
been excluded from the small room where only a few
leaders had negotiated behind closed doors. She was so
angry and so adamant about getting the floor, she
incessantly banged her country’s metal nameplate on her
desk until her hand was bleeding.
“Do I have to bleed to get your attention?” she screamed
at the Danish chairman. “International agreements cannot
be imposed by a small exclusive group. You are endorsing a
coup d’état against the United Nations.”
Each sentence was punctuated with the pounding of
metal and blood.
If this is what saving the planet looked like, we were all
doomed.
—
Six months later, UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon asked
Christiana to assume responsibility for the international
climate negotiations. There was little hope in his request:
pick up the pieces from the political garbage can and make
something of them.
No one, from a high-level administrator at the UN to a
government delegate to a climate activist working from
home, believed that the world had a shot at ever achieving
a workable agreement. Everyone thought it was too
complicated, too costly, and too late anyway.
As a result, one of the toughest challenges Christiana
faced was bringing everyone to believe that an agreement
was even possible. Prior to considering the political,
technical, and legal parameters of an eventual agreement,
she knew she had to dedicate herself to changing the mood
on climate. The impossible had to be made possible.
The very first step was to change her own attitude.
As the recently appointed Executive Secretary of the
United Nations Convention on Climate Change, Christiana
held her first and best-remembered press conference. The
new voice of the entire international process, she sat
before forty journalists, gathered in a windowless room in
the Maritim Hotel in Bonn, Germany.
After a few anodyne interjections, the most important
question was asked: “Ms. Figueres, do you think a global
agreement will ever be possible?”
Without thinking, she blurted, “Not in my lifetime.”
Christiana had instinctively spoken for the thousands of
people who had been in Copenhagen, and for millions more
who followed the proceedings online. Hope was gone, and
the pain was deep. Her words expressed the prevailing
mood, but they also ripped straight into her own heart. The
attitude she had just perpetuated was exactly the problem.
If she succumbed to despair, and by extension let this
whole political process succumb to it, it would define the
quality of life for millions of vulnerable people today and
determine the fate of future generations. She couldn’t let
that happen.
Impossible is not a fact. It is an attitude.
When Christiana walked out of the press conference that
day, she knew her primary task: to be a beacon of
possibility that would allow everyone to find a way to a
solution together. How it would happen she did not know,
but she knew with clarity that she had no other option.
Bringing about a complex, large-scale transformation is
akin to weaving a tapestry of elaborate design with
thousands of people who have never woven anything or
even seen the pattern. Almost two hundred nations, five
hundred supporting UN staff members, more than sixty
topics under negotiation across five (sometimes
intersecting) negotiating tracks, and thousands of
participants from all walks of life were involved. Of course,
everyone wanted a good future for humanity, but once you
dove just one level below that very basic goal, everything
else was under constant negotiation, from agreeing on the
agenda for one working session, to topics as contentious as
how science should be reflected in policy. Predictably,
setbacks and obstructions quickly became the norm.
—
Throughout the whole process, we paid attention to the
underlying challenging dynamics, guiding them into a
constructive space so that innovative solutions could
emerge from the fertile ground of collective participation
and wisdom. Careful and well-targeted interventions were
repeatedly necessary to ensure forward momentum but
could never become overbearing. The intention was to
constantly unblock pent-up energy and catalyze the next
level of work. Complex dynamic systems can be
intimidating if approached from the expectation of control,
but they are thrilling if seen as a carefully curated
landscape of potential that blossoms as problematic issues
find resolution and enrich the commonly agreed-upon
grounds.
In December 2015, 195 nations adopted the Paris
Agreement unanimously, and hundreds of millions of people
widely recognized it as a historic achievement.
Undoubtedly many factors contributed to this resounding
success, as well as thousands of individuals, but the key
was the contagious frame of mind that led to collective
wisdom and effective decision making. Everyone who was
there at the adoption, and millions of people following
online, felt optimistic about the future, but in fact optimism
had been the starting point of the journey. It had had to be,
or else we would never have reached any agreement.
We need to remember, however, that in the challenging
years to come, optimism on its own won’t be enough, as it
wasn’t enough in Paris. What sustained us through the long
nights and years of building that initial agreement was a
particular brand of optimism that is necessary for the most
difficult tasks: stubborn optimism.
Optimism is not soft, it is gritty. Every day brings dark
news, and no end of people tell us that the world is going to
hell. To take the low road is to succumb. To take the high
road is to remain constant in the face of uncertainty. That
we may be confronted by barriers galore should not
surprise anyone. That we may see worsening climate
conditions in the short term should also not surprise us. We
have to elect to boldly persevere. With determination and
utmost courage, we must conquer the hurdles in order to
push forward.
We need both systemic transformation and individual
behavioral changes. One without the other will not get us
to the necessary scale of change at the necessary pace. We
all sit at various points of society: members of families,
community leaders, CEOs, policy makers. No matter where
you sit, we all can and must exercise that responsibility in
favor of the common good. No one is irrelevant.
Particularly in the face of grand human challenges, the
only responsible approach we can take is to protect
humanity and other forms of life and steer the course of
history toward the better. Changing direction at this late
hour is entirely possible, but only with a collective intent
and optimism that is so robust, we jolt ourselves out of the
currently established default path.
The story of the five-year process toward Paris is in
many ways like the process we must now unleash. Today
most people believe it is impossible to transform our
economy in one decade. But we cannot afford that fatalism;
our only option is to turn our full attention to the
immediate actions we can undertake to change direction. It
starts with our own way of thinking about the challenge,
our determined attitude, and our capacity to infect others
with the same conviction, no matter how challenging that
is. That is stubborn optimism.
The evolution of humanity is a story of adaptive
ingenuity to the challenges of the time. We face the
greatest challenge of human history. We may be challenged
beyond our currently visible capacities, but that only means
that we are invited to rise to the next level of our abilities.
And we can.
CHAPTER 6
Endless Abundance
The feeling that we have to compete with others to get
what we want, or what we think we need, runs deep in
each of us. Most of us have grown up under the stifling
influence of the zero-sum paradigm, the notion that if one
person wins, another one has to lose. (One person’s gain
has to be “balanced” by another’s loss in order for the sum
of all gains and losses to be zero.) The zero-sum paradigm
has baked competition into our worldview. Without
competition, we could not have achieved many of the great
economic and social advances we have made over the
centuries. And we will still need a healthy competitive edge
to develop the new technologies that will help us address
climate change. But when we allow competition to become
the dominant feature of our decision making, we lose our
grounding and start to see scarcity in places it may not
even exist.
Few of us haven’t felt that rush of urgency and
determination to get ahead of the crowd for a seat on the
train or bus. It’s a feeling so ubiquitous that in some
countries transportation companies have announcements
reminding us to let passengers off the bus or train before
attempting to board. But the drive to compete for a seat is
sometimes so strong, the announcements cannot prevent
people from pushing in first to claim their spot.
The frenzy that dominates in these scenarios doesn’t
begin with our competitive impulse. It starts with the
deeply ingrained perception of scarcity—the view that
there is a limited amount of something regardless of what
the reality may be. We are convinced that there is only one
good seat, so we want to secure it before someone else
does. Whether it is based on objective reality or not, our
fear of scarcity elicits our competitive response, which in
turn feeds our fear of scarcity in a self-reinforcing cycle.
The perception of scarcity puts us into a very small
mental box. We can expand that box in either of two ways.
First, we can realize that quite often the perception of
scarcity is not objective but rather of our own making. We
can climb out of the mental scarcity box by understanding
that there are other seats on the train or bus, and that
more buses are coming a few minutes later.
The second way is to decide to step away from the zero-
sum paradigm, a rather odd construct when you think
about it. Yes, the number of seats on the bus is limited. But
another person’s gain does not necessarily have to be my
loss. Perhaps giving my seat on a bus or train to another
allows me to start an unexpected, delightful conversation.
Maybe that simple act improves the other person’s day or
adds joy to mine. Giving is well known to increase
individual happiness, so my “loss” can actually become my
“gain.” In fact, “my loss ↔ your gain” can actually become
“our gain.”
It’s all about the mindset.
Our mindset is so powerful that it can convince us that a
scarcity exists, throwing us into unnecessary competition
and thereby objectively creating the scarcity we initially
feared. For instance, Tucson, Arizona, is a desert
community, and over the years water has become more and
more scarce. The Santa Cruz River, which used to flow
freely through the community all year round, is now dry.
Only twenty-eight centimeters of rain fall on Tucson each
year. And perhaps because water has always been
perceived as scarce in this region, the growing population,
wanting more, has frantically pumped so much water from
the ground that the water table has dropped by more than
ninety-one meters. Trees and other vegetation, which used
to line the Santa Cruz, died along with the river itself. The
perception of water scarcity, which led to overpumping,
then contributed to even greater scarcity, because bare (or
paved over) land cannot easily absorb the little rain that
falls—most of which is washed away.
Here’s the interesting part: the twenty-eight centimeters
of rain that Tucson gets each year are actually more than
the municipal water it consumes each year.1 Water was
never measurably scarce, it was only perceived as being
scarce. Tucson has plenty of water if you consider the
abundance of the entire water cycle instead of focusing
only on the amount in your well at any given time. When a
resource is perceived as scarce but is in reality abundant
(plenty of seats on a bus or enough rain for everyone), we
have the option of reacting either in a narrowly competitive
way or in a more broadly collaborative manner. How we
react may be influenced by something as profound as our
degree of personal self-awareness, or by something as
simple as how we happen to be feeling that day. Our
attitude does not change any of the facts (how many seats
there are on the bus or how much rain falls), but it does
make a massive difference in the nature of our experience.
And in many cases, when we collaborate, we have more
rich experiences, not fewer.
However, when the resources are actually scarce and
getting scarcer, we face a very different situation in making
decisions. Contrary to what we might initially think, in
circumstances of real (not only perceived) scarcity, our only
viable option is collaboration. Fortunately, contrary to what
most of us believe, it is the option we human beings tend to
adopt, at least under certain circumstances.
In the face of disasters like hurricanes, earthquakes, and
even terrorist attacks, members of a community tend to
come together in solidarity with one another. Studies
conducted after Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans and
Typhoon Haiyan in the Philippines, as well as many other
disasters around the world, have shown that communities
respond overwhelmingly with an altruistic spirit of
solidarity under the initial common pain and then
collaborate to reconstruct and recover afterward.2 At these
moments, our tendency to give, be it time, skills, money,
love, or simply a home-cooked meal, overrides our
tendency to be competitive. Key to this shift away from
competition is that giving makes us happy, so while we act
primarily in service to others during times of great
hardship, we are also, in fact, acting in service to
ourselves.3
On November 13, 2015, two weeks before the start of
the final session of negotiations for the Paris Agreement,
the city suffered its worst terrorist onslaught ever. The
attackers targeted six popular locations across the city,
killing 130 people and wounding almost five hundred.4 No
one who was there in the days following will ever forget the
sight of thousands of pairs of shoes placed in neat rows in
the Place de la République, including a pair of plain black
shoes sent by Pope Francis. And far from staying away, 155
heads of state and government traveled to Paris two short
weeks afterward for the largest ever gathering of heads of
state and government under one roof on a single day, partly
because of the importance of the need to reach a global
climate agreement, and partly as a mass demonstration of
solidarity with France.
In times of profound suffering and great need, we rise to
the occasion, we stand shoulder to shoulder in mutual
support. That impulse to gather in a circle of care for one
another must be extended to our efforts to address the
climate crisis.
Particular recent disasters that you may recall, and the
subsequent collaboration and solidarity they precipitated,
likely had only a local impact, but the situation we face
with global scarcity is vastly more challenging. Globally, we
have dramatically fewer insects, birds, and mammals than
we did just fifty years ago, and far less forest cover. Our
soils are less productive, and our oceans are less bountiful.
Harder to see but even more threatening in its
consequence is the fact that we are running out of
atmospheric space for our greenhouse gas emissions. Think
of the world’s atmosphere as a bathtub in which, for fifty
years, not water but greenhouse gases have been rising.
They are now approaching the rim, the limit that the
bathtub can hold, or the scientifically established maximum
amount of greenhouse gases that the atmosphere can
contain—its carbon budget. If we exceed the carbon
budget, the bathtub will start to overflow uncontrollably.
We are on the verge of atmospheric tipping points that are
frighteningly unpredictable and irreversible. Every bit of
carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted—no matter where in the
world—contributes to the possibility of disaster. We are
rapidly exhausting the space in the bathtub. This is the
ultimate scarcity.
Adopted in 1992, the UN Climate Change Convention is
based on the recognition that developed countries bear
overwhelming historical responsibility for climate change
because of the emissions caused by their fossil-fuel-based
industrialization. In contrast, developing countries have
insignificant historical responsibility but bear
disproportionately high destructive impacts in relation to
the size of their economies. That is not ideology, it is an
indisputable fact. At the same time, three decades later it is
evident that, as they develop and their growing populations
emerge from poverty, some developing countries are
rapidly increasing their emissions because their economic
growth is still largely linked to fossil fuels. As a result,
industrialized nations have been advocating that
developing countries assume more responsibility for
emission reductions. For years, developing countries have
flatly rejected these demands as hindering their economic
growth, even as they must shoulder increasing negative
impacts from climate change.
Suggestions for a fair allocation of what remains of the
carbon budget have been varied. Some have proposed
imposing a limit on emissions from industrialized nations so
that space remains for those of developing countries; the
developed nations deemed this unacceptable. Others have
proposed a gradual reduction of emissions in industrialized
countries and a managed growth of emissions in developing
countries. Unsurprisingly, no happy point of convergence
has been agreed on. Another proposal would impose a
worldwide limit of two tons of CO2 emitted per person per
year. As the range of national per capita yearly emissions
spans from 0.04 to more than 37 tons of CO2, it was
inevitable that those countries substantially above the
suggested two tons did not seriously consider the proposal.
Fair allocation of the remaining atmospheric space has
proven to be a futile exercise no matter the formula. A fair
outcome is not viable as long as we pursue it from a
mindset of scarcity and competition.
The state of the planet no longer allows for this mindset
because we have reached existential scarcity: limits to the
survival of many of the ecosystems that sustain us and that
help to maintain safe greenhouse gas levels in the
atmosphere. If the Amazon is destroyed, carbon emissions
will rise so high that the entire planet, not only Brazil, will
suffer the consequences. Likewise, if the Arctic permafrost
thaws, not only will the countries surrounding the North
Pole suffer, but so will the whole Earth. We are all in the
same boat. A hole at one end of the boat does not mean
that only the occupants sitting there will drown. We all win
or lose together.
The new zero-sum model presupposes collaboration, not
competition, as the necessary engine for regenerating the
biosphere and creating abundance.
—
It was close to midnight, and we were at our breaking
point.
The 2014 negotiations in Lima, Peru, had been moving
forward swiftly over the past days, but now we were at the
anticipated impasse: responsibility for emissions
reductions. We had known that the issue would raise its
head, and that this time the consequences were grave—
they would make or break next year’s Paris negotiations.
Without fail, at every major international negotiation
session, whenever we were on the cusp of an intractable
deadlock, there would be a soft knock on the office door,
often after midnight, and Minister Xie Zhenhua, for years
the head of the Chinese delegation, would walk in. As
anticipated, here he was again with a clear message. The
draft negotiating text did not properly account for the great
differences in responsibility for, and future ability to
respond to, climate change. Developing countries would
prefer no agreement in Lima or Paris next year, if it meant
accepting one that was unfair. He pointed to a recent
agreement between the United States and China that
steered away from an approach grounded in competition
and scarcity, toward collaboration and abundance. The
agreement did not focus on the historical responsibility of
industrialized nations nor on the obligations of developing
countries to reduce their emissions. It was based on a
different paradigm, one that encouraged the shared pursuit
of the benefits of emissions reductions for individual
nations as well as for the collective: a new model beyond
zero sum.
Now it was our job to adapt that conceptual model to the
context of a global agreement between 195 nations in a
way that was coherent with all the rest of the issues for
which we were finding common ground. First we had to
repeatedly negotiate every word and every comma of the
adapted text between the U.S. delegation, led by Todd
Stern and Sue Biniaz, and the Chinese delegation led by
Minister Xie. We had to move quickly but discreetly
between delegation offices so as to not give any visible
signs of frenzy to the thousands of other delegates who
were exhausted and anxious about the deadlock, wondering
if the whole session would go up in flames. But after
several iterations of goodwill on both parts, an agreed
version emerged, and each side undertook to bring their
respective group of countries on board.
The new understanding established that reducing
emissions is indeed a responsibility of every nation, for its
own enlightened self-interest as well as for the benefit of
the planet as a whole. The mindset shift and associated
new language in the text—away from competition and
toward shared winning, where everyone can gain from a
new abundance without impinging on each other—unlocked
the door to the global agreement that would be signed in
Paris the following year.
An increasing number of countries today fully
understand that their development in the twenty-first
century can and should be clean; that by decarbonizing
their economies, they can reap the benefits of more jobs,
cleaner air, more efficient transportation, more habitable
cities, and more fertile lands. This shift toward a mindset of
creating abundance does not negate the limitations of a
carbon economy; instead, it gives every country a wealth of
positive individual and collective reasons to stay within that
limit. As one country moves forward demonstrating the
national benefits of clean technologies and policies, others
will follow, momentum will be built, and the global rate of
decarbonization will increase, protecting the planet.
When we are motivated by a desire for collaboration, we
liberate ourselves from the restrictive framing of attaining
“what I want, or think I need,” and open ourselves up to a
broader framing of what is available and possible in many
other forms—available to me, but not only to me, to others
as well. The realization of abundance is not an illusory
increase in physical resources, but rather an awareness of
a broad array of ways to satisfy needs and wants so that
everyone is content. In this way resources will be protected
and replenished, and the relationships among us are
enriched.
Endless abundance.
At the individual level, we are called to enhance
collaboration and nurture abundance as a mindset. Making
that mindset shift is not as hard as it sounds. Consider, for
example the endless abundance of energy coming from the
sun, wind, water, sea waves, and heat within the Earth, all
of which we are now harnessing to produce electricity, and
none of which will ever get used up. Regenerated soils,
forests, and oceans can all be wisely managed for endless
abundance rather than squandered for imminent depletion.
In fact, ecosystems operate from the very principle of
abundance—they depend on components within them that
are naturally plentiful, such as waste, to provide the food
and nutrients for further growth.
We can also add creativity, solidarity, innovation, and
many other abundant human attributes available to us,
endlessly.
The rise of collectively generated and freely shared
knowledge on the internet has data challenges that remain
to be addressed, but it has made the notion of collaborative
systems and endless abundance easier to understand.
Think of Wikipedia, LinkedIn, or Waze. Each user of the
system is unique, but all users are interrelated through the
network of the endlessly growing system. Every user
contributes to the whole, but the total body of knowledge is
larger than the sum of all users. And the system is in
constant change, amplifying in some areas, correcting
course in others, and growing into previously unknown
spaces. Competition plays a role, but it is limited because
everyone contributes, everyone benefits, and everyone
partakes of a constantly increasing total. Collaboration is
the name of the game. Shared benefit from endless
abundance is the result of the game.
As a next step, one could imagine a world of “open
source everything,” an open approach in every field of
human endeavor, where competition is no longer the
operating principle, but rather collaboration. Following the
principles we observe in any natural ecosystem, this
approach explicitly promotes learning and growth
throughout the whole system. It allows us to constantly
teach one another, thereby exponentially increasing our
capacity to co-create knowledge and share goods and
services with open access, used by everyone for the benefit
of all.
The practice of abundance starts by shifting our minds
away from perceived scarcity to what we can collectively
make abundant. In so doing, we will become more aware of
others, what we can learn from them and share with them.
We will be more conscious of our own impulse to compete
and, as a corrective, develop a keener interest in how we
can all win. We will be more likely to show appreciation to
those who have contributed to a joint task, encouraging
ever-higher levels of teamwork and collaboration
everywhere. We will share the results of our labor with
anyone who can use it as input to their further work,
without mentally claiming any intellectual property rights.
Another person’s success is not our loss; it is our constantly
growing collective success.
We are entering the next phase of human evolution. The
human species (and many other animal and plant species)
must now adapt to the scarcity of natural resources we
have caused, and the rapidly diminishing space left in our
global atmosphere for carbon emissions. To do this, we
need to prioritize collaboration. Faced with the ultimate
scarcity, we must internalize the new zero sum (either we
all win or we all lose) and apply a mindset of abundance to
that which we have left and that which we can co-create
and share.
CHAPTER 7
Radical Regeneration
Exhausted after a long day’s work at the UN, we were
having a quiet meal at a little restaurant close to our office,
chatting and commenting on what had been done and what
was left to do. Two young men sitting next to us had
finished eating and were talking over their third beer about
what to do next. We tried to focus on our own to-do list, but
their conversation pulled us away.
“But why do you want to leave?”
“Because there’s nothing more for me here.”
“So where do you want to go?”
“I don’t know. Wherever I can get something better.”
We looked at each other with raised eyebrows. The man
had expressed a sentiment we’d heard so many times
before—that when there’s nothing left, it’s time to find
more elsewhere.
The man’s focus on “getting something better” was no
individual quirk. It has been with human societies for
centuries. Conquerors of distant lands pillaged colonies for
metals, minerals, and exotic foods, in many cases leaving
little more than chaos, infectious diseases, and Bibles in
exchange. As managers of fertile soils, we humans have
proved remarkably effective at extracting trees and
nutrients, leaving only depleted topsoil in our wake.
There’s nothing inherently wrong with these instincts.
They help us grow to meet rising challenges. But our
growth, both personal and professional, is a two-way street:
what we get and what we give. As a species, however, we
have become used to a one-way transaction, that of getting,
often losing sight of the void that our taking has created.
Our planet can no longer support one-directional
growth. We have come to the end of humanity’s extraction
road. The time for “getting” is over. Staring us in the face is
a huge red sign that reads STOP: PRECIPICE AHEAD.
Extraction is a propensity deeply ingrained in human
behavior. To move away from extracting and depleting, we
need to concentrate on another equally strong and intrinsic
trait: our capacity for supporting regeneration. Caring for
ourselves and others. Connecting with nature. Working
together to replenish what we use and to make sure plenty
remains for tomorrow. These tendencies are just as much
second nature, but they are less well developed in modern
society. It’s time to bring them to the surface.
Being regenerative is not strange to us.
If you have children, think about how supportive you are
with them when they go through periods of deep doubt.
Remember how patiently you listen to their worries and
help them stay hopeful. Or think of how encouraging you
are to friends who may have fallen into a professional hole,
how much time and energy you invest in helping them
replenish their self-confidence so that they can rise to the
top of their game once again.
Sometimes it’s easier to act in more regenerative ways
with our friends and families—or even with strangers
halfway across the world—than with ourselves. While this
may be noble, to be most effective, we need to begin with
ourselves.
Amid the climate crisis, we each have an urgent
responsibility to replenish ourselves and protect ourselves
from breaking down. In the face of imminent burnout, some
of our colleagues who have worked for years to address
climate change under extremely stressful circumstances
have at some point prudently taken time off to restore their
energies by turning to the healing arms of nature or the
loving embrace of a spiritual community. The wisest among
them have incorporated meditation and mindfulness
practices into their daily lives.
We know from our own experience that continual
personal grounding is key to being able to withstand the
daily bombardment of bad news from all sides. Without
such grounding, you will be a leaf in the wind—vulnerable
to the elements from all directions. Better to stand as a
tree, firmly rooted in your own values, principles, and
convictions. The two of us easily notice the difference
between a day in which we meditate and a day in which we
don’t. The benefits of meditation undoubtedly blossom with
years of practice, but they are also palpable on a day-to-day
basis. Maybe you don’t care for meditation, and a spiritual
practice holds no interest for you. Fair enough. But this
does not mean you should not be mindful of yourself.
Whether it is gardening, crafting, drawing, playing or
listening to music, exercising, meandering in the park, or
paddling down a river, identify what replenishes you and
your soul, and do it regularly and intentionally.
Our first responsibility is to notice how and when we are
depleted and to support ourselves. Our second
responsibility is to reaffirm and strengthen the
regenerative capacity we already display with family and
friends. But we cannot stop there. Our third responsibility
is to engage those beyond our innermost circle and, indeed,
nature itself.
In the natural world, the strictest interpretation of the
term regeneration is the self-generated healing process
that restores an organism’s injured bodily part from the
remaining healthy tissue. For instance, newts, lizards,
octopuses, and starfish have the capacity to regenerate lost
limbs or tails. In humans, adults can regenerate a damaged
liver to its original size after either partial removal or
injury. And all of us have witnessed the miracle of skin
repairing itself after a scrape or wound, sometimes leaving
no trace of the injury at all.
A broader interpretation of regeneration is the capacity
of a species or a biosystem to recover on its own, once
humans remove the pressure they had been exerting.
Whale populations and degraded lands are good examples.
Gray whales and humpbacks, once decimated by
nineteenth-century commercial whaling practices, have
now almost recuperated their numbers. The prohibition of
whaling shows that if we remove the extractive pressure,
animal populations have the ability to rebound (assuming of
course we have not driven them to extinction). The same is
true for ecosystems, as we can see in photos of ancient
ruins abandoned by humans that have been taken over by
the surrounding green growth. The recuperation of a
flourishing ecosystem around Chernobyl is a great
example. With humans gone, the plants started to grow
back, supporting worms and fungi that nourished the soil.
Birdsong is now abundant and even large mammals like
boars and bears have returned. If we remove the pressures
we have wielded, nature tends to return to health.
The converging crises of climate change, deforestation,
biodiversity loss, desertification, and acidification of the
oceans have taken us to the point where we can no longer
naïvely depend on the Earth’s natural resilience or capacity
to recuperate. While nature is innately restorative,
regeneration does not always occur completely on its own.
Right now, we have almost extinguished nature’s capacity
for self-renewal. In many cases, ecosystem restoration
requires intentional human intervention, such as rewilding,
by which we not only remove the destructive pressure of
grazing or unsustainable harvesting but also reintroduce
native animals and help nature bounce back, slowly
recuperating its rich biodiversity. Planting trees and shrubs
in degraded or deforested landscapes is an intentional
regenerative process that restores soil health, increases
productivity, and stabilizes underground aquifers. In one
well-known effort currently under way to reforest the
Scottish Highlands, researchers noticed that when the
trees were lost from the landscape, so were the fungi
normally found in the soil around them. It turns out that
mycorrhizal fungi are hugely beneficial for reforesting
degraded landscapes, and now a sprinkling of native
mushroom spores is added to the roots of new saplings as
they are planted to speed up and strengthen the revival of
the Great Caledonian Forest.
Coral farming, another fine example of intentional
regeneration, is the process whereby fragments of corals
are collected from local reefs, further broken up, raised in
nurseries where they mature much faster than in the open
sea, and then planted at the restoration site to regrow the
damaged reef. With the advent of innovative coral-farming
techniques, scientists will soon be able to launch large-
scale restoration efforts to revive the valuable coral reefs
that are at risk or already dead. Nature can restore itself,
but with intentional human help it has a better chance and
can speed up. With our support, regeneration can become
the predominant direction of the future evolution of this
planet.
We have brought our natural world to several perilous
brinks from which it may not be able to recover on its own.
It is like an elastic band that stretches and contracts
normally but if stretched too far will snap. Undoubtedly
regeneration of nature now needs to be intentional,
planned, and well executed at scale.
We will not recover everything. Many species are
already extinct and will not return, and some ecosystems
may already be damaged beyond their resilience threshold.
But fortunately we still have a relatively hardy natural
environment that responds positively to our care and
caring. Well-intentioned and well-planned regenerative
practices will restore our ecosystems, perhaps not to their
former state but to a new state of regained health with
enhanced resilience.
—
Let’s begin our regenerative mindset shift by
acknowledging and internalizing the simple fact that our
lives, our very physical survival, depend directly on nature.
Human beings cannot survive longer than a few minutes
without oxygen. The oxygen we breathe comes from the
photosynthetic processes of trees, grasses, and other plants
on land and of phytoplankton in the oceans. Every sip of
water we drink comes from rain, glaciers, lakes, and rivers.
Without land we would have no food to eat, no fruits,
vegetables, or grains, no cows, chickens, or sheep; and
without rivers and oceans, we would have no fish or
seafood to consume. Humans cannot survive for more than
a week without water or for three weeks without food.
Every breath we take, every drop of liquid we drink, and
every morsel of food we eat comes from nature and
connects us profoundly to it. It is a simple basic truth, yet
one we often tend to ignore or take for granted.
It is not only our immediate survival that depends on
functioning ecosystems. In large part our health, physical
and emotional, relies on having contact with the natural
world around us. This contact is under threat from rising
rates of urbanization and from time spent with our
electronic devices. Sedentary indoor life—often
characterized by limited natural light, poor air quality,
walled surroundings, and increasing screen time—leads not
only to obesity and loss of physical strength but also to
feelings of isolation and depression. This family of
symptoms has been broadly diagnosed as “nature-deficit
disorder.”1 Conversely, studies show a significant decrease
in mortality, stress, and illness for those who exercise and
spend time in the natural world. Nature-based play,
gardening, and access to natural landscapes heighten our
sense of well-being while sensitizing us to the ever-
changing light, weather, and seasons.
Reconnection to nature is a powerful antidote to anxiety
and stress, as well as a counter to physical illnesses. The
Japanese health system has developed the practice of
shinrin-yoku—literally, forest “bath” (not with water)—or
spending mindful time in the woods. It is beneficial for soul
and body as it boosts the immune system, lowers blood
pressure, aids sleep, improves mood, and increases
personal energy. It has become a cornerstone of preventive
health care and healing in Japan.
A growing number of pediatricians are prescribing more
unstructured time in nature for children to fight childhood
obesity while engendering a sense of wonder and love of
local wildlife, fauna, and special places. In fact, some
doctors argue that watching documentaries about
endangered species and faraway ecosystems cannot
substitute for personally caring for plants at home and
directly exploring the flights of butterflies, birds, and
dragonflies.
—
Public consciousness of our dependence on, and
interconnectedness with, the planetary life-support system
is growing, along with an increasing awareness of the need
to restore ecosystems and planetary health. Countless
efforts are under way around the world to plant trees,
protect mangroves and peatlands, reestablish wetlands,
and restore degraded lands via rain harvesting, perennial
grains, grasses, and agroforestry. But more is needed so
that these solutions can be taken to scale globally.
A regenerative mindset is most effective if pursued
intentionally and consistently. It is both a tough mental
discipline and a gentleness of spirit that needs to be
cultivated. It is about understanding that beyond getting
what we want and need from our fellow human beings, we
have the responsibility to replenish ourselves and to help
others to restore themselves to levels of greater energy and
insight. It is about understanding that beyond extracting
and harvesting what we need from nature, it is our
responsibility and in our enlightened self-interest to protect
life on this planet, indeed even enhance the planet’s life-
giving capacity. Personal and environmental goals are
interlinked, mutually reinforcing, and they both need our
attention.
A regenerative mindset bridges the gap between how
nature works (regeneration) and how we humans have
organized our lives (extraction).2 It allows us to “redesign
human presence on Earth”3 driven by human creativity,
problem solving, and fierce love of this planet.
Sir David Attenborough, one of the most renowned
naturalists of our time, has warned us that “the Garden of
Eden is no more.” We agree. That is why we now have to
create a Garden of Intention—a deliberately regenerative
Anthropocene.
Instead of strip-mined mountains, destroyed forests, and
depleted oceans, imagine millions of rewilding projects
covering over a billion hectares of forests, regenerating
wetlands and grasslands, and restoring coral farms in all
tropical oceans.
We will not have a regenerative Anthropocene by
default, but we can create it by design. With directional
intent, we can shift our aspirations from our current
extractive growth to a life-sustaining society of
regenerative values, principles, and practices.
We can ignite regenerative human cultures that seek to
ensure that humanity becomes a life-sustaining influence
on all ecosystems and on the planet as a whole. We will
need artists as well as policy experts, farmers as well as
leaders of industry, grandmothers as well as inventors, and
indigenous leaders as well as scientists.
We can choose regeneration as the overarching design
principle of our lives and our activities. We can restore the
resilience of the land and our communities while healing
our souls. Our corporate strategy meetings and family
reunions should be carbon neutral for sure, but beyond
that, they can include regenerative projects in which we
put our hands in the soil or in the water, together taking
actions that restore rather than degrade life on our planet.
We have to shift our action compass from self-centric to
nature-aligned. We have to filter every action through a
consequential stress test, and we have to be pretty radical
about it. When considering an action, we have to ask: Does
it actively contribute to humans and nature thriving
together as one integrated system on this planet? If yes,
green light. If not, red light. Period.
This is not a distant dream. It is already happening.
Together with renowned author Arundhati Roy, we can say,
“Another world is not only possible, she is on her way.
Maybe many of us won’t be here to greet her, but on a
quiet day, if I listen very carefully, I can hear her
breathing.”
PART III
TEN ACTIONS
CHAPTER 8
Doing What Is Necessary
Toward the end of the first week of the Paris negotiations in
December 2015, we were working in Christiana’s office
when we heard a knock on the door.
Kevin O Hanlon, head of UN Security, came in. We had
all worked together for years, so the concern on his face
was easy to read.
“We found a bomb.”
It was the nightmare scenario we had been dreading.
Because of the recent terrorist attacks in Paris, we had
allowed the security forces of the host country to assume
responsibility for the arrival and departure area of the UN
meeting grounds. By law, the location of a UN negotiation
meeting is considered extraterritorial for the duration of
the meeting, therefore not under the sovereignty of the
host country. But for COP21, we had transformed Le
Bourget Airport into a large conference center, and with
195 countries and 25,000 people in attendance, it was an
obvious potential target. We knew we needed help from
French law enforcement, especially the specialized French
antiterrorism police and their bomb-sniffing dogs.
Thirty thousand police officers had been deployed across
the country, and 238 security checkpoints had been set up.
Security was unprecedented. What we were attempting to
accomplish inside the UN grounds was unprecedented as
well. Now we were five days into the largest climate
change negotiations in UN history. The stakes were
enormous.
Kevin explained that the bomb had been found in a trash
bag in the transportation hub of the Le Bourget subway
station, the main train stop for our conference—every
single one of the 25,000 participants streamed through that
station all day long. Christiana’s two daughters used the
station at least twice a day. Tom had two children at home,
waiting for him to return. We looked at each other and saw
in each other’s eyes the scenes from three weeks earlier in
Paris and Saint-Denis. Broken glass. Blood. Dead bodies.
Family members weeping.
The bomb had been deactivated, but there was no way to
determine if there were more explosive devices in the area.
Everything hung in the balance. After years of
development, we finally had a draft text of a global climate
agreement. We had the long-term target of a net-zero
emissions economy, language to protect the vulnerable, and
even a ratchet mechanism to periodically deepen emission
reductions to try to keep the world to “well below 2
degrees Celsius” of temperature rise. These ambitious
goals were in the draft text but were not guaranteed to
survive many countries’ political pressure to remove them.
Plus, we wanted more. We wanted the agreement to put us
on a path to a 1.5-degree-Celsius maximum temperature
rise. A 2-degree world would result in up to three times as
much infrastructure destruction, biological destruction,
and life-threatening heat, hunger, and water scarcity. The
difference would save millions of lives and perhaps even
give low-lying islands and coastlines a chance of survival. If
we called off the conference, we didn’t know whether we
could ever achieve an agreement again—formidable
political obstacles remained, and the forces of resistance
were beginning to gather to prevent the world from
achieving what it needed to do.
This was our chance.
And now a decision was needed.
Should we close down the conference and with it the
chance for a global climate agreement, or should we keep it
open, with all the risk that this entailed? Christiana was no
stranger to making hard choices, but this wasn’t a choice a
mother should ever have to make.
All the risks, the fears, and the loss washed over us both
in that moment. It was a terrifying place to be, but we
couldn’t stay there long. We had to act—one way or
another.
—
You also have a choice ahead of you, and by now you
understand the risks.
The time you have to make that choice and act on it is
vanishingly small. We have discussed the mindset everyone
needs to cultivate in order to meet the global challenge of
the climate crisis, but on its own, this is not enough. For
change to become transformational, our change in mindset
must manifest in our actions.
There are ten necessary actions for the making of a
regenerative future, the future we hope you will choose.
Some may be familiar; others will be new. We have
considered not only the world we are trying to create but
also the risks inherent in the effort.
On one level, the big solution to the climate crisis is
blindingly obvious; we need to stop filling our atmosphere
with greenhouse gases. But in order to deliver on that goal,
we need to find myriad small solutions.
Greenhouse gases are emitted as a direct result of the
things humans do to survive, such as sourcing food and
getting around. Our ways of doing and being have become
so entangled with what is killing the planet that we cannot
feasibly just flip a switch and stop emitting greenhouse
gases.1 Consider the implications: if in an imaginary world,
we stopped using all fossil fuels in an instant, if we denied
people what they are used to—we would have a global
revolution in a matter of weeks if not days.
On the other hand, if governments do not do enough and
keep endangering the lives of young people and their
future children, a major uprising is also likely and perhaps
even already underway.2
We need transformational change at the speed that
science demands and in a manner consistent with
democracy—that is, if we do not wish to descend into
tyranny or anarchy. This point is critical. In the coming
decades, climate change will show up in larger and more
lethal ways, leading to more forced migrations, changes in
agricultural output, and more extreme weather.
Increasingly populist leaders will try to justify their actions
by claiming to protect the short-term interests of those they
govern. This could hinder attempts to deal with the root
causes of climate change, thereby worsening the crisis.
Even the most casual observers of today’s politics see that
this risk is not merely theoretical. A five-year drought in
Syria—the worst ever recorded—destroyed agriculture and
caused many rural families to migrate to cities. Large
numbers of refugees were already pouring in from the war
in Iraq, and the combined tensions gave rise to the civil war
and the atrocities committed by Bashar al-Assad. Then a
flow of refugees, largely from Syria, made their way to
Europe, where Chancellor Angela Merkel eventually
accepted many into Germany.3 This led to fundamental
changes in the German political system as the AfD
(Alternative for Germany), a far-right movement, jumped
from averaging 3 percent in the polls to 16 percent and is
now a major political force.4 This weakened Merkel, then
the de facto leader of the European Union, and it continues
to affect politics in Europe and beyond.
If we are to resist extremist politics as the effects of
climate change grow ever more critical, we will have to be
vastly better prepared than we are today. The ten action
areas we set out here attempt to portray not only how we
can reduce emissions but also how as a society we can
make ourselves more resilient to extremist movements that
could pull us back in the wrong direction.
The ten actions that we call for are not only about
moving beyond fossil fuels and investing in technological
solutions. They also call for a fairer economic system that
does not strain the social net even further. They call for
strong political engagement by everyone, and for
relinquishing nostalgia for a past that might be dangerous
to re-create. The additional pieces may feel remote from
the issue of climate change, but they are fundamental parts
of our response. We must reject the cycle of blame and
retribution and embrace the shared endeavor we so
desperately need. We cannot strain the social safety net
and continue to expand inequality, or else our democratic
systems will refuse to allow further changes to the
economy. We have to get our arms around the whole issue
at the same time.
What we will ask of you is significant. It is not simply
about making minor changes to your lifestyle, although
those can be important too; it is about transforming our
priorities in order to create a future in which all of us may
thrive. It will involve developing and utilizing the qualities
of mind we talked about in the previous section and using
them to take greater steps toward creating a new world.
None of us has complete control over which path the
world ultimately chooses to take and which future will be
ours. But each of us individually can engage in these ten
action areas, giving direction to the transformation toward
a regenerative world.
We are all weavers of the grand tapestry of history. As
we cast our minds back and consider those who lived at
moments of great consequence, we naturally feel that if we
had lived then, we would have been among those who made
the noble choices rather than those who stumbled along,
head down, changing nothing. Well, this is our chance.
Every one of the needed actions is something you can
personally achieve as a human being, even if that boils
down to urging others to take climate change seriously. Our
hope is that by the time you put this book down, you will
understand that you can make a significant difference.
We can no longer afford the indulgence of feeling
powerless.
We can no longer afford to assume that addressing
climate change is the sole responsibility of national or local
governments, or corporations or individuals. This is an
everyone-everywhere mission in which we all must
individually and collectively assume responsibility. You play
many roles in your life—parent, spouse, friend,
professional, person of faith, agnostic. You may have great
means or none at all. You may sit on the board of a
corporation or lead a city, province, or country. Whoever
you are, you are needed now in every one of your roles.
Changing our mindset is critical but does not suffice. We
invite you to dive into doing as soon as possible. Focus on
doing one or two of the ten actions at first. Choose the
areas that make the most sense for you, and then challenge
yourself to do more over time. Know that our discussion
can only point the way, shining a light on what we think is
critical at this unique moment, but all of us can do myriad
other things to make a difference.5 If you leave this book
with a commitment to be part of this journey, then you will
need to go beyond what we set out here.
You already know the end of our bomb story.
We had to do what was necessary, no matter the cost.
We knew the only way to truly protect our own children
was to courageously continue the work of protecting all
humanity and our planetary home. The metro station
stayed open. The conference proceeded. Taking this action
was not without risk, but neither of us regrets it. We hope
that, in ten years, we will be able to say the same about our
collective action.
The time for doing what we can has passed.
Each of us must now do what is necessary.
ACTION 1: Let Go of the Old World
To meet the challenges of the climate crisis and preserve
all that we hold dear; to retain democracy, social justice,
human rights, and other hard-won freedoms in the future,
we must part ways with that which threatens to destroy
them. Now is the time to make profound shifts in how we
live, work, and relate to each other. To be successful, we
need to make a series of intentional moves.
The first of these is to honor the past, then let it go.
Fossil fuels have given a huge boost to humanity’s
development, but their continued use is no longer
supportable because of the extraordinary damage they
cause to our health, our ecosystems, and our climate.
Viable alternatives are safer. Now is the time for us to
thank fossil fuels, retire them, and move on.
It is the same story for so many of the profound shifts we
need to make today. The building blocks of our current
society—energy, transportation, and agricultural systems,
which we now know to be harmful—must undergo radical
transformations.
We all find change difficult. We tend to cling to what we
know and resist what is new—even when the new brings
tremendous benefits. Opposition to onshore wind turbines
in the UK is a good example. Even though onshore wind is
now the cheapest form of energy6 (cheaper than coal, oil,
gas, and other renewable sources), rural landowners have
significantly resisted it, keen to preserve the appearance of
the countryside. When the Conservative Party (which
derives much of its support from these rural communities)
came to power in 2015, it slashed subsidies and changed
planning laws for onshore wind—leading to an 80 percent
reduction in new capacity.7 Only now, with climate change
awareness rapidly rising among the UK public, is support
for onshore wind starting to outweigh an attachment to
yesterday’s aesthetics.
Be mindful that some individuals and industries are
actively fighting the changes we need to make to achieve a
world that is only 1.5 degrees warmer. They are sowing
fear and uncertainty, sponsoring divisiveness, and seducing
us into an unconstructive blame game, all of which we
would do well to resist.
Change makes us vulnerable to tribalism and to the
illusion of certainty. In the transition to a regenerative
world, one of the biggest risks is that the political center
does not hold, and people succumb to the easy promises of
populist leaders at either end of the political spectrum.
History and early signs both suggest that this might be our
new reality, with the real potential to turn democracy into
tyranny. We cannot go back to the way of life that created
the climate emergency in the first place, but treading new
ground is politically challenging. The political shocks
currently reverberating across the world are just the start.
Change can also trigger blame. Some people who claim
to be on the right side of the climate change debate will
have a narrative laced with exclusion or blame. Blame is
already a powerful current in our relationship to climate
change—it is directed toward the developed world, the oil
industry, capitalism and corporations, particular countries,
and the older generation. Outrage is understandable,
particularly now that we know beyond a doubt that some
companies hid the truth about climate change for decades
in order to continue making money.8 In those cases, justice
and due process are called for and should certainly be
delivered.
But blame does not serve us. It creates a sense of
needed restitution but does not actually deliver it. Blame
can consume us and cause us to lose years of constructive
action. History shows very clearly that once humans start
pointing the finger of blame at each other, it can be hard to
stop. In the aftermath of the First World War, the Allied
powers humiliated Germany, forced her to accept full blame
for the war, and imposed crippling reparations payments.
Historians agree that that paved the way for the rise of
fascism and a second massive global conflict twenty years
later.9
Here’s what we can do to let go of the old world and
keep the worst of our impulses in check:
—
Focus on where you’re going, not on where you’ve been. Cultivate your
constructive vision for the future and hold on to it, come
what may. When you can see where you’re going, you won’t
be so afraid of losing your grip on the past.
—
Build resilience to nostalgia. Recognize and understand the inherent
impermanence of our world, and build a practice of
nonattachment. We can all be susceptible to a desire to re-
create the past. However, history teaches us that at
moments of profound change, our nostalgia can be used
against us. It can distract us from the urgent work ahead,
and political leaders may appeal to the past to manipulate
our emotions and secure our consent to act immorally.
—
Burst out of your bubble. We will not be able to make big changes
in our society without fully understanding and accepting
one another’s deeply held values and legitimate concerns.
Certain segments of our society may continue to resist
change for good reasons, and our failure to understand
them may set us all back. In 2018 French President
Emmanuel Macron tried to approach reducing emissions
and air pollution by increasing the fuel tax. But he failed to
bring everyone on board—those struggling to make ends
meet faced unacceptable increases in the cost of their
commutes. The result was a fury of protest, catching the
government completely off guard. And the French gilets
jaunes (“yellow jackets”) activists spectacularly forced
Macron to abandon his plan.10 Why do these disconnects
happen? Partly because we are becoming increasingly
divided by the type of media we consume. We tend to read
opinion pieces that reflect or support our own views,
reinforcing what we want to hear and already believe.
Cleverly programmed algorithms turbocharge that process
on the internet and social media.11
This means that often we have no idea what other people
deeply value or think.
Get offline and get to know your neighbors, people in the
grocery line, or fellow commuters. Challenge your own
assumptions, and be mindful of misinformation and
disinformation. Share your hopes and fears in person, listen
to others, and be honest and respectful.
—
In 1990, after spending twenty-seven years in prison,
Nelson Mandela was informed by President F. W. De Klerk
that he would be freed in less than twenty-four hours. The
following day Mandela walked out of Victor Verster Prison
and into history. He had to pass through a courtyard,
beyond which he would be a free man. As he later
recounted, he knew that if he did not forgive his captors
before he reached the outer wall, he never would. So he
forgave them. This did not mean that he forgot. The Truth
and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) that he later
established played a remarkable role in helping post-
apartheid South Africa let go of its past. The TRC allowed
anyone who had been a victim of violence to be heard in a
formal setting. In addition, anyone who had perpetrated
violence could also give testimony and request amnesty
from prosecution. Mandela’s achievement and the process
he established greatly aided the transition from one state
to another very different one.
The past was relinquished, and the future finally had
room to emerge.
We too must let go of the fossil-fuel-dominated past
without recrimination. The process of letting go is
essential, and it must be intentional. The more work we do
to let go of the old world and walk with confidence into the
future, the stronger we’ll be for what lies ahead.
ACTION 2: Face Your Grief but Hold a Vision of the Future
The winters, springs, summers, and autumns, the rainy and
dry seasons that we remember will not be those that our
children and their children will enjoy. It’s rare today to find
someone over fifty who isn’t conscious that the weather
patterns that defined their childhoods are being quickly
and drastically altered. Glaciers and lakes are rapidly
retreating, and our oceans are choking in plastic.12 Ancient
bones and diseases are surfacing in the permafrost.13 As
our weather and landscapes change before our eyes, as
millennial signposts of natural rhythms disappear, our
understanding of the ways of the world is unraveling.
Things don’t make sense the way they used to.
We cannot hide from the grief that flows from the loss of
biodiversity and the impoverished lives of future
generations. We have to feel the full force of this new
reality in our bones. There is a power to consciously
bearing witness to all that is unfolding without turning
away, and counterintuitively, you may actually feel better
about the situation when you deeply accept the reality of it.
And beyond this, we also then need to look to the future
and set our sights on what we can still create. The changes
to come will be more disorienting than those we have
already experienced, and it will be easy to lose our footing
unless we can clearly see where we want to go. We need to
take responsibility for this reality by facing the uncertain
future with as much courage as we can muster. Doing so
requires us to understand why we must meet this moment
with energy and commitment.
For years, the countries of the world tried to reach a
global agreement on climate change. The effort became so
all-encompassing that the challenge being attempted began
to merge with the reason for doing it. The vision became
securing a global agreement. As powerful and important as
it was, the global agreement was actually a goal in service
of a vision. The vision was, and still is, a regenerative world
where humans and nature can thrive.
Confusing vision with goals is easy. A goal is a specific
target that we set on the way to achieving a vision. It
includes the strategies and tactics we use in moving toward
the vision. Goals are critical, but we also need a vision to
inspire the kind of commitment and energy we will need to
get through the difficult years ahead. If we don’t have a
vision, our goals alone may not afford us the flexibility
necessary to achieve the vision.
And if we lose sight of the big picture and become
fixated on how to achieve it, at best, progress can grind to
a halt, or worse, divisiveness can take hold.
However, for those eager to take action, fixating on the
vision can feel irresponsible and unconnected to reality.
When we are caught up in the issues of today—
communities decimated by increasingly violent weather
patterns; the unbridgeable chasm between the rich and the
poor; rapacious multinational companies focused on short-
term profits rather than long-term value; and political
leaders bent on driving divisions between nations (and
within nations)—having a vision can seem naïve and wishful
thinking. The distance between projecting a vision of a
better world and realizing it through concerted action can
sometimes seem unbridgeable.
Having a vision is essential, but we have to be open to
doing things in new ways. So hold on to your vision, but
remain flexible and adaptive about the route to get there.
The route may change based on circumstances, while the
vision remains a fixed North Star, a guide and a
destination.
—
Start with why. You do not have to believe your vision is likely to
be achieved, or that the struggle to achieve it is going well,
to keep pursuing it.
Pondering the different scenarios presented at the
beginning of this book, you may conclude that we cannot
turn this ship around in time, that we are going to crash,
and that our vision is unattainable. That thought is not
irrational. What would be irrational is to imagine that the
reasons for building a better future are therefore
diminished. Stubborn optimism needs to motivate you
daily; you always need to bear in mind why you feel the
future is worth fighting for. The essential “why” should be
the driving force of all efforts to combat climate change no
matter what.
—
Imagination is essential. Ideologies and ways of organizing this
world can seem very ingrained, but they are subject to
major disruption more easily than you think. It took
Emmeline Pankhurst and the suffragette movement slightly
more than a decade to force the British government to give
women the right to vote.14 The Soviet Union seemed so
solid as to be eternal, but once cracks started to appear,
the edifice crumbled in just a few months.15
In 1939 General Motors presented visitors to the World’s
Fair in New York City with an imaginative vision of what
the future could look like. It was called Futurama and
consisted of an enormous model of multiple high-rise
buildings, vast suburbs, and large motorways for travel
between them, necessitating the use of cars.16
Imagination is going to be critical as we work to
transform today’s urban sprawl to make it fit for the future.
Some futurists have predicted that in the course of a
decade, the rise of the autonomous, shared, on-demand
electric car means we will need 80 percent fewer cars on
the roads than we do now.17 This will free up huge areas of
urban space that are currently used as parking lots.
In London, for instance, it could mean that 70 percent of
the space currently used for parking cars, or the equivalent
of about five thousand sports fields, could become available
for growing food, rewilding, or building sustainable
housing.18
Much of what we imagine to be permanent is more
ephemeral than we realize. Sometimes imagination can
seem naïve, but don’t belittle thinking big. Time and again
societies have turned seeming fantasies into realities when
circumstances require something new.
—
Keep your eyes on what’s to come. There will be times when we feel
we are failing. However much we progress, we will see
some deterioration in our environment and our society.
Heartbreakingly, people will die as a result of climate
change, land that people live on will become uninhabitable,
and species will continue to become extinct—all causes for
real grief, and grieving is needed. Give adequate time and
space for that necessary mourning, and seek support from
your communities—both are extremely important. We
cannot and should not turn away from the pain, but that
heartbreak should spur us on to greater action rather than
sink us into a pit of blame, despair, or hopelessness.
As Maya Angelou said so eloquently: “You may
encounter many defeats, but you must not be defeated. In
fact, it may be necessary to encounter the defeats, so you
can know who you are, what you can rise from, how you
can still come out of it.”19
A compelling vision is like a hook in the future. It
connects you to the pockets of possibility that are emerging
and helps you pull them into the present. Hold on to that.
Stay firmly fixed to a vision of a world you know is possible.
This act is radical resistance to the belief that solving our
problems is beyond us.
When Martin Luther King, Jr., stood on the steps of the
Lincoln Memorial in August 1963, the outlook for race
relations in the United States was grim. Just months earlier,
Alabama governor George Wallace had stood outside the
Alabama state capitol and declared, “Segregation now,
segregation tomorrow, segregation forever.” To enforce
segregation, police unleashed dogs and water cannons on
protesters, even on children as young as six. Even those
who supported civil rights felt that change was too far off
and the campaign was hopeless. Given that context, King’s
words about having a dream were like a light in darkness.
He didn’t know how it was going to happen, but he held
tight to his vision of a society in which people were treated
equally regardless of their race. The following year his
persistence led to the passage of the Civil Rights Act, and
his vision lived on after his death, inspiring equal rights
movements across the world and embedding nonviolent
protest as a cornerstone of political protest movements.20
A world that has become richer in the active use of
vision and imagination is a much more vibrant, inspiring,
and joyful place. In these complex times, we often lament
the lack of global leaders who can show us the way and
help guide us. Those people are important, but we must all
believe that the world is worth saving and a regenerative
future is utterly possible. In the end, we are not going to
solve this problem by hoping that our democratic systems
produce enlightened leadership. They might, but the
survival of our species can’t depend on the partisan lines of
a divided electorate. Instead, we must all embrace a strong
vision of a better future.
ACTION 3: Defend the Truth
Three centuries ago Jonathan Swift wrote, “Falsehood flies,
and truth comes limping after it.”21 How prophetic this
turned out to be. A recent analysis by MIT shows that on
Twitter lies spread on average six times faster than truth,
and that truth never reaches the same level of
penetration.22 Social media is an engine for the production
and dissemination of lies.
This fact has serious consequences for our society and in
particular for our ability to come together to deal with
complicated long-term threats like the climate crisis. In this
“post-truth era,” the undermining of science now has
currency.
The fabric of the scientific method is fraying. Objectivity
is under attack. Some political leaders have chosen to part
company with objective reality. The rise of social media has
afforded these leaders ample opportunity to obscure facts.
This move toward subjectivity creates a breeding ground
for oppression and tyranny. We all have an urgent
responsibility to recognize and defend such an attack on
truth because if it persists, our small window of opportunity
to turn back the tide on the climate crisis will be lost
forever.
In no period of history did leaders ever speak the truth
at all times, but right now an altogether different level of
lying is evident in the political arena.
Humans are vulnerable to the post-truth world for a
reason. Our natural inclination seems to be to seek
confirmation of things we already believe to be true, rather
than evidence for an objective reality.23
It feels good to have our beliefs confirmed, and we
respond with positive emotion to anyone who makes us feel
this way. Thus, if a leader affirms our belief that vaccines
cause autism, or that climate change is a hoax, or that
anything else that we feel to be true is true, then we get a
frisson of positive emotion. This well-documented and –
researched phenomenon is called confirmation bias.24
Climate change will result in disasters, lots of them:
inundations of major cities, loss of islands, a rising tide of
migration. At these moments of extreme vulnerability,
leaders with authoritarian instincts will want to seize the
chance to consolidate their power. Populist authoritarian
rulers will not seek to address the complex climate crisis
with long-term solutions; instead they will find someone to
blame. We cannot allow them to use the coming disasters to
exacerbate tragedy to the detriment of us all.
Here’s what we can do to defend the truth:
—
Free your mind. In the end, you are responsible for what you
choose to believe in a post-truth world. Make no mistake,
this problem is not ancillary to the climate crisis. If we
can’t agree on something as basic as a verified fact, our
hands will be tied when it comes to the big stuff, and
climate change is huge.
The reality of climate change is finally provoking
genuine public anger, spurring people onto the streets. Our
democratic systems cannot resist our voices for long,
provided we can maintain the basis of objective truth
within our societies. We must consciously enter into a state
of self-reflection, questioning whether we are making a
conscious choice to adhere only to information that does
not challenge our position. For example, the fact that you
are reading this book might be an instance of your own
confirmation bias. Pay attention to your own eagerness to
believe political leaders you agree with and to disbelieve
those with whom you don’t. Fight to force your mind down
avenues and ways of thinking that you are unused to.
Thinking outside established patterns is a radical act for
preserving our collective freedom. Get good at it.
—
Learn to distinguish between real science and pseudoscience. In 2017, the
Heartland Institute, a conservative think tank funded in
part by the Mercer Family Foundation, sent beautifully
produced textbooks on climate science to three hundred
thousand schoolteachers across the United States. The
book, originally targeting policy makers and published in
2015 to coincide with the Paris negotiations, was titled Why
Scientists Disagree About Global Warming and began with
this statement: “Probably the most widely repeated claim in
the debate over global warming is that ‘97% of scientists
agree’ that climate change is man-made and dangerous.
This claim is not only false, but its presence in the debate is
an insult to science.” This textbook, authored by
“distinguished climate scientists,” was sent to teachers,
with a letter urging them to use the book and its
accompanying DVD in their classrooms. The Heartland
Institute, which promotes denial of established climate
science, encouraged people to “seek out advice from
independent, non governmental organizations and
scientists who are free of financial and political conflicts of
interest” rather than relying on the UN Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) for scientific advice.
It would have been extremely difficult for some
recipients of that book to determine whether this was real
science or bunk, and whether the authors were indeed
distinguished climate scientists. In fact, one author was
formerly director of environmental science at Peabody
Energy (a coal company that went bankrupt). That author
has a master’s degree and a Ph.D. in geography, not
climate science. One of his credits is that he is the lead
author of the reports of the Nongovernmental International
Panel on Climate Change (NIPCC). Note the striking and
confusing similarity of that name to the UN-backed IPCC.
The NIPCC is actually a project sponsored by the Heartland
Institute. Many teachers immediately saw the textbook as
the unscientific propaganda it was, but those who didn’t
and used it in their classrooms had a lasting impact on
their students.
This story teaches us a good lesson: even when a
document looks “official,” is beautifully produced, and is
authored by real scientists, we should approach its
contents with caution. It is essential that you make the
extra effort to determine whether you are basing your
opinions on fact or fiction. Check where your information
comes from. If necessary, follow the money. Determine the
source of the funding for the research in question, be it a
climate science statement, report, or article. See if the
research is accredited by an established university or other
well-known academic body. The simplest way to do this is to
find out if the study was “peer reviewed,” meaning
reviewed and evaluated by other experts in the field. For
example, the IPCC report on 1.5 degrees Celsius, released
in October 2018, was a collaboration of ninety-one authors
and review editors from forty different countries. Most
mainstream newspapers will have an editorial policy to
ensure that sources are either peer reviewed or have
similar criteria for reliability, but it is always worth
checking.
—
Don’t give up on climate deniers. As we enter the post-truth world
more fully, the fault line between a desire for truth and an
adherence to ideology runs closer to each of us. Some of us
may have a natural inclination for one point of view but a
deeper desire for truth, whereas others will exhibit a
slavish adherence to one perspective, whatever the facts.
In fact, those at the latter extreme have left the arena in
which facts make a difference. Many people are now
experiencing this even within their own families. Facts
aren’t enough to change the mind of a climate denier, so
presenting statistics and sources won’t help. If you reach
them, it will be because you sincerely listened to them and
strove to understand their concerns. By giving care, love,
and attention to every individual, we can counter the forces
pulling us apart.
—
For people who came of age between the fall of the Berlin
Wall and the fall of the Twin Towers, today’s world can
indeed appear strange. Those days were marked by a
general consensus about how humanity should advance.
Some may now wish for that simpler time, making us
vulnerable to the promises of leaders who would take us
back instead of focusing on what lies ahead.
The future will be different, it will be complex, and the
genie of social media can’t be put back in the bottle. There
is no getting away from the fact that humanity needs to
come to grips with the truth if it wishes to contain a
monster of its own creation. If we wish to come together to
address the climate crisis, and halt the rapidly accelerating
extinctions that are now taking place in greater and
greater numbers, we need to accept our responsibility to
always defend the incontrovertible truths of climate change
and their consequences. We are all responsible for what we
hold to be true and for defending that truth against attack.
We will succeed by applying a thoroughly critical approach
to the information that shapes our ideas, opinions, and
actions. We will succeed by calling out falsehoods,
particularly those that may determine how we act on
climate change. Once this becomes a habit, once we
become better practiced at determining what is real, the
fog of misinformation that we are currently cloaked in and
the daily distractions vying for our attention will be easier
to navigate. When we work this way to defend and advance
a fact-based reality, the view of the regenerative future we
want, and the path we will travel to get there, will come
more sharply into focus.
ACTION 4: See Yourself as a Citizen—Not as a Consumer
The South Indian monkey trap is an ingenious but cruel
device. It consists of a coconut staked to the ground with a
hole in it and a ball of sweet rice inside. A monkey
approaches and fits his hand through the hole to grasp the
rice he can smell inside. However, the hole is not large
enough for his clenched fist to pass back through. His
instinct is to keep his hand clasped over the ball of rice, so
he is trapped by his instinct, not by anything physical: if he
would let go of the rice, he would be free.
Such is our relationship with consumption (purchasing,
using, and throwing away): we know it is trapping us, but it
has become so embedded in our psyche—to the point of
being almost instinctive—that we cannot let go.
Much of what we buy is intended to enhance our sense
of identity. Particular brands of clothes, soap, cookies,
televisions, and cars are designed with a tribe in mind,
their attributes carefully cultivated by the consumer goods
companies that sell the products. Identity and consumption
keep moving closer together. In the UK, for example, the
average person consumes more than sixty-five pounds of
clothes every year, equivalent to about five loads of
laundry.25 These purchases are driven mainly by the fact
that fashion trends change each season. These cycles, by
their very nature, require us to clear out our closets
regularly and hop back in line for more clothes.
But the fashion industry has an enormous carbon
footprint. Textile production is second only to the oil
industry for pollution. It adds more greenhouse gases to
our atmosphere than all international flights and maritime
shipping combined. Estimates suggest that the fashion
industry is responsible for a whopping 10 percent of global
CO2 emissions,26 and as we increase our consumption of
fast fashion, the related emissions are set to grow rapidly.
Our engines of economic growth depend on us
continuing to spend money. In the 1920s, some Americans
were concerned that a new generation was emerging that
had satisfied its needs—and that would lead to a drag on
growth. President Herbert Hoover’s Committee on Recent
Economic Change in 1929 concluded that advertising was
necessary to create “new wants that will make way for
endlessly newer wants as fast as they are satisfied.”27
Today consumer goods companies spend a great deal of
money to make sure we remain stuck in the consumption
cycle. Their marketing and advertising budgets are
enormous. In the United States, the price of one thirty-
second advertisement during the Super Bowl—one of the
most-watched sporting events on television—was more than
$5 million in 2019.28 Amazon, the online marketplace,
raked in an extraordinary $10 billion in revenue from
advertising sales in 2018 alone.29 Every year more than
$550 billion is spent on advertising in a world of
consumption and fast consumerism.30
What is more, billions of products are intentionally
designed to become obsolete, fueling even more economic
growth as we strive to replace them. Single-use plastics are
the epitome of that, but obsolescence—the process of
becoming outdated and discarded—is designed into almost
all consumer goods. Warranties for certain products rarely
go beyond three years because the product is likely to
break after that period. And often a new item costs less
than the replacement part. New software updates won’t
install on old computers, meaning those too must be
replaced. The list is endless and depressing. As a result, the
practice of mending, repairing, and restoring is becoming a
dying art.
In the global economy, supply chains often reach across
the world and back again. Each link represents a different
production stage, often performed by a different company,
from the mining of precious metals in Bolivia for your
smartphone to the packaging of the final product in China.
As a result, it is hard to know which parts of the supply
chains of major corporations practice sustainability and
which contribute to climate change.
Here’s what you can do.
—
Reclaim your idea of a good life. Consumerism is the prevailing
definition of a good life: you are in perpetual pursuit of the
almighty upgrade, whether it is to your phone, your
clothes, or your car. But rather than meeting our needs,
buying things in order to achieve a sense of satisfaction or
belonging can become addictive and lead to self-doubt and
confusion about our very identity and life direction.31
Identifying as a consumer—of any particular type of
product or brand—implies passivity, and it also implies that
consuming that product meets our needs.
Consumerism traps us into thinking we can purchase
personality. Moreover, it eats up our mental space and
creates a constricted view of the world, one in which our
value and identity are built upon the proliferation of
disposable waste. Psychological studies have shown that
mass consumption creates a bigger and bigger hole in our
lives that we keep trying to fill.32 As we consciously or
unconsciously attempt to consolidate our sense of identity
through curated buying habits, we drive the engine of mass
consumption faster and faster, bringing ourselves ever
closer to the edge of disaster.
Despite all the ways culture is pushing us in the
direction of blind consumerism, we can start to
intentionally push back. We can develop the mental
discipline to resist the imperatives of consumerism. We can
change our consumption habits and vote with our money
for products that are sustainable.
Further, we can change the way we identify as
consumers, to reboot our relationship with materialism.
Freeing ourselves from the influence of advertising can be
a liberating experience and a radical political act.
—
Become a better consumer. In the short term, we can improve
matters by changing our consumption patterns within the
system. Not all purchases are equal. Buying high-quality
clothes made from organic cotton that will last and be
handed down is different from buying cheap, disposable
items that end up in a landfill after a few weeks of wear. If
you have the option of voting with your money, make more
educated decisions about the products you do need to buy.
Buy from companies that are public about their values,
have made commitments to sustainability, and are part of
organizations that certify they are following through on
their pledges. The impact will be significant.
Vote with your money. Most important, eliminate waste.
Apply the old-fashioned adage of reduce, reuse, recycle.
When we need to buy things, our choices should be
informed and enlightened.
—
Dematerialize. Consider how we made the change from vinyl,
cassette tapes, and CDs to downloading or streaming
music. Technology in many instances now allows us to do
without material objects while still enjoying the services
that they provide. Less can be more. In the near future,
even individual ownership of cars may cease to exist as the
dominant paradigm—the transportation we need might be
offered by shared vehicles, probably self-driving and
certainly electric.33 One day consumers may come to define
themselves not as owners of products but as beneficiaries
of systems of service delivery. Already the world’s largest
provider of overnight accommodation (Airbnb) owns no
buildings. The world’s largest provider of personal
transport (Uber) owns no cars.34 This shift from ownership
to stewardship will fundamentally change our relationship
to consumerism. We can help accelerate it by engaging
with it and welcoming it with open arms.
—
The story of the happy fisherman, first made popular by
Paulo Coelho, has several versions. A content fisherman is
relaxing on the beach in his little village after catching a
few big fish. A businessman walks past, notices the bounty,
and asks the fisherman how long it took to catch all those
big fish. Not very long, says the fisherman. The
businessman asks why then, if it didn’t take long, the
fisherman doesn’t spend more time at sea, so as to catch
more fish. The fisherman replies that the fish he caught are
enough to feed his whole family, and that when he finishes
with his catch, he can go home to play with his children,
take a nap with his wife, then join his friends for drinks and
music making in the evening.
The businessman suggests to the fisherman that he
could lend him some money to be more successful. Then
the fisherman can spend more time at sea and buy a bigger
boat to catch lots more fish that he could sell to make more
money. He can then invest the money in more boats and set
up a big fishing company. Over time the fishing company
can go public on the stock exchange and make the
fisherman millions.
“And then what?” asks the fisherman.
The businessman proudly explains that then the
fisherman can retire. He can finally enjoy spending his days
as he wishes: catching a few fish in the morning, spending
time playing with his children, taking an afternoon nap
with his wife, and joining his friends for drinks and music
making in the evenings.
It has been said that the most important things in life are
not things. If, like Coelho’s fisherman, we can learn to
recognize what is enough, we might also move beyond the
mindset of consumption and ownership, consciously
avoiding the forces that feed that mindset. We can begin to
appreciate that with a different approach to life, our
capacity for happiness will increase and that our drain on
the planet will dramatically slow down.
ACTION 5: Move Beyond Fossil Fuels
The assumption that we will always need fossil fuels comes
from mental attachment to the past. In order to move
beyond fossil fuels, we must let go of the conviction that
they are necessary for humanity to thrive in the future.
Only when this mindset is challenged can we migrate our
thinking, finances, and infrastructure to the new energies.
Fossil fuel companies are deliberately slowing the
transition. As providers of these still plentiful and potent
energy sources, these companies have power that has
grown exponentially, and now their influence is deep and
wide.
Many businesses continue to invest heavily in lobbying
to water down new regulations that would help shift the
economy beyond fossil fuels.35 Some individuals in senior
leadership positions, however, wish to address the issue
and transform their businesses. That desire is sincere—we
know this firsthand. But they are in a tough spot: if they
shift their companies too far and too fast, they destabilize
their business model, and investors will punish them. If
they delay the shift too long, the value of their company
may crumble. Several are playing the dangerous waiting
game to be the “last one out,” continuing to derive income
from the market space left by companies that are leaving
fossil fuels behind.
Almost all governments are still subsidizing fossil fuels.
The fossil fuel industry may dispute it, but it receives huge
government handouts. Globally, governments spend about
$600 billion every year keeping prices of fossil fuels
artificially low.36 That’s around three times as much as
subsidies provided for renewable energy.37 Governments
may claim their administrations support renewable energy,
but until they stop subsidizing fossil fuels, our progress will
stall.
Mark Carney, the governor of the Bank of England,
famously said that unless we make a smooth transition
from today’s fossil-fuel-based economy to the fully
decarbonized economy we need in the future, at some point
there will be a “jump to distress,”38 meaning that high-
carbon assets will suddenly drop in value by a large
percentage. Carney urged us to avoid that at all costs.
When you think about how much of our economy is built on
a foundation of fossil fuels, his prediction comes as no
surprise. Entire industries, companies, and governments
could go bankrupt or lose a lot of value very suddenly if we
delay transition to the point of crisis.
If we allow a jump to distress to happen, it will affect all
of us. Governments rely on tax receipts from fossil fuels to
finance their services. Many pensions are invested in fossil
fuels and in companies reliant on them. The systemic
nature of the financial services system means that if a
major drop in value occurs, it will quickly affect lots of
other, seemingly unrelated entities. Such a jump to distress
could make the financial crisis of 2008 pale in comparison.
Given all this, the urgent shift from fossil fuels must
happen in a planned and measured way and not as the
result of panic. In 2017, heads of central banks came
together to establish the Network for Greening the
Financial System (NGFS) and are now united in their
efforts to be vigilant of the impacts of climate change on
global monetary stability.39
A growing body of financial research and information
about how countries and companies are likely to perform in
a future that is fundamentally different from the past is
helping investors understand the risk. For example,
Moody’s rating agency (one of the highly influential
agencies that assess risks to companies and countries) now
has a controlling stake in RiskFirst, a firm that measures
the physical risks of climate change.40 Investors are
reallocating capital away from what are now commonly
known as “stranded assets.” That reallocation is moving
markets and catching the attention of corporate leaders,
but it needs to go much further, much faster.
—
Stand up for 100 percent renewable energy. In the past few years, energy
generation from renewable sources has undergone an
impressive surge. We are currently on track to supply 30
percent of power demand in 2023 from renewables, and 50
percent by 2030.41 Corporations are taking the lead.
Almost two hundred companies, including well-known ones
such as Apple, IKEA, Bank of America, Danone, eBay,
Google, Mars, Nike, and Walmart, have already shifted to
100 percent renewables as sources of electricity or are on
their way to doing so.42 Seventy-five percent of people in
Europe and North America support government taking
strong action for electricity to be generated by 100 percent
renewable power.43 To become our new reality, renewable
power will have to be delivered at the systemic level by
leaders in political and institutional situations of authority.
Those leaders represent the priorities of the people who
elect them, so let’s vote for leaders who advocate clean
energy.
If those in positions of power and influence today expect
to be remembered as loyal public servants, responsible for
representing the people, then they must look to the future
with clearer vision. We should reward with our votes only
the leaders who step forward with genuine insight.
We can do this with real confidence, because solar and
wind power have developed at a speed and scale that few
believed possible just a few years ago. With a 90 percent
drop in costs for solar panels in the past decade,
renewables now compete with coal on price alone in most
places around the world, and increasingly with gas as
well.44 A similar story is unfolding for both onshore and
offshore wind energy production. The storage solutions
required to smooth out energy from solar and wind are also
rapidly evolving to become economically viable.
As costs have dropped, innovators are reimagining how
energy grids of the future will operate. Far more intelligent
and interconnected grids are emerging.
—
Make a time-bound, ambitious plan. We have ten years to cut our
global emissions in half and another twenty years after
that, at maximum, to get them to net zero. Corporations
and countries have great responsibility for leading the
charge, but we can all play our part by reducing our own
personal emissions. If we think clearly and act when we
need to, this is enough time.45 The 50 percent reduction
necessary over the next ten years is where we must now
focus our attention. That is a global figure, but the number
can be averaged out in this way: those of us who have been
using far more than our share should reduce our emissions
more than 50 percent. Let’s aim for a minimum of 60
percent, knowing that we humans tend to overestimate
what we can achieve in a year and underestimate what we
can achieve in ten.
What would your life look like in ten years if you were
using at least 60 percent less fossil fuel than you are now?
Most of your current emissions probably come from flying,
driving, and heating and cooling your house. The key
culprits tend to be expensive items that we can’t easily
abandon, such as cars, boilers, and air conditioners. Once
you have bought a car, you will use it, and while you may
try to use it less, there is a limit to what you can achieve.
Consider shifting to an electric vehicle within the next ten
years. The increased efficiency and range of electric
vehicles, combined with price drops and innovative
financing models, are putting them within the reach of
more and more of us. Even midrange models are now
capable of driving 150 miles in one stretch, and charging
stations are more abundant than ever before.46 Others may
consider moving beyond the car, and even away from car
ownership, a possibility that is becoming increasingly
viable.
As for heating and cooling your house, you should aspire
to buy renewable electricity through the grid and to
generate more at home. Improving insulation and switching
to electric heating all at once may seem daunting. Take one
step at a time. Start by performing an energy audit in your
home to identify energy leakages and inefficiencies. This
will help you to prioritize your energy upgrade investments.
You can do the cheaper energy improvements first, then
plan phased investments over a few years when, say, a
boiler would have to be replaced anyway. Over time you
will save money and reduce emissions.
Reducing flying is likely to have the biggest impact if you
live in a wealthy country. Much of what is wonderful about
the world has come from the fact that we can visit different
parts of it, have cultural exchanges, and see amazing
places. It is an unbelievable privilege for those who are
able to afford it to get on a plane in one part of the world
and get off, ten hours later, on the other side. If you enjoy
travel adventures, take business trips, or visit family
abroad, you will not find it easy to give up flying.
Only 6 percent of the world’s population has ever set
foot on a plane.47 If you are among them, it is incumbent
upon you to take a stance and make a plan. You might
decide never to set foot on a plane again, and if you do, we
applaud and celebrate you. But in reality, that may not be
possible for you today, but you can still make a
contribution. You can commit to not flying for holidays, or
to taking the train to places within, say, five hundred miles
of your home. You might commit to taking only a certain
number of flights per year, or to taking meetings via
videoconferencing.
However you approach it, air transportation is one of the
critical issues we are going to have to grapple with on the
path to a 60 percent reduction by 2030. Neither it nor the
other changes discussed here have to be frightening. When
people consider such lifestyle changes, they can become
alarmed and feel that something precious is being taken
from them. However the opposite is the case. While we may
resist change, the reality is that the speed, scale, and
reckless use of resources in our wasteful economy are
making few of us happy. As we focus on making thoughtful
changes to help preserve what we really care about, finding
a sense of purpose often improves our quality of life. Try it
for yourself, and see what you find.
ACTION 6: Reforest the Earth
The future we must choose will require us to pay more
attention to our bond with nature. Ancient stands of trees
teeming with life are integral to our survival. Extracting
more and more output from increasingly depleted and
exhausted soil is a formula for our own destruction. If we
want to thrive over the long term, we need to find the
sweet spot of working to regenerate nature for its own
benefit and ours, and drawing from it only what we need to
support our lives. Achieving this balance on a global scale
is still possible. We can be the generation to achieve it.
Forests create the conditions for forests, in a self-
sustaining system. They give up moisture to the sky, which
creates clouds and rain, moving water back to all parts of
the forest. Microscopic fungi in vast underground networks
of mycelia stretch between trees across thousands of miles
and connect them, sharing nutrients. Soils build up and
create the rich foundation for future generations of trees.
This symbiotic interplay makes a forest vulnerable,
however. If we destroy enough of it, or fragment it, thereby
hindering its interconnectedness, the whole system can
collapse. We will lose the great forests of this Earth the
way, in an old saying, people go bankrupt: first very slowly,
and then very fast.
Since the dawn of agriculture, humans have cut down
approximately 3 trillion trees, or half the trees on Earth. As
a result, almost half the land on our planet has been
severely degraded from its natural state. In 2018 alone, 12
million hectares of forest—equivalent to thirty football
fields a minute—were razed, a third of which was pristine
primary rain forest.48 If we carry on in the same vein, we
will destroy everything that is left of our forests within a
very few short decades. Even if we avert this fate,
generations to come will wonder in astonishment at how
close we came and how mindlessly we almost threw the
forests away.
Almost all tropical deforestation is driven by demand for
four commodities: beef, soy, palm oil, and wood. Beef cattle
are responsible for more than double the deforestation of
the other three combined. In the Amazon, providing land
for beef cattle to graze on is directly responsible for more
than 80 percent of the deforestation.49 In addition, much of
the soy is used as feedstock for chickens, pigs, and cattle.
This situation is bad and about to get worse, with Brazil
lifting previous forest-protecting policies,50 and China now
massively increasing its meat and dairy consumption.51
Industrial agriculture and the food industry, which often
prioritize profitable food over nutritious food, are almost as
big a driver of climate change as fossil fuels. Yet much of
the food produced is never eaten. It doesn’t even
necessarily get to the people who need it. In the Global
South, a lack of roads and storage facilities means that food
often rots before it gets to people, and even if it does reach
them in time, they might not have the money to buy it. In
the Global North, food languishes in home and store
refrigerators until well past its use-by date, or it is left
uneaten on the plate at the end of a meal and then thrown
away. Such waste then drives greater food production.
We can achieve food security for all. At least two
distinguished ecologists have calculated we could feed the
world adequately by making selective improvements in
agricultural productivity, sharply reducing food waste, and
changing our diets,52 which health experts recommend
anyway.53 We can do all these things without destroying
another square inch of nature.
—
Plant trees. Vast land areas around the world are potentially
available for reforestation and tree planting. One study
found that 900 million hectares, about the size of the entire
United States, are available for reforestation without
interfering with either human habitation or agriculture.54
Once new forests were mature, they would absorb and
store 205 billion tons of carbon, while supporting
biodiversity and making the planet more beautiful. That
equates to absorption of nearly 70 percent of all the CO2
released into the atmosphere since the Industrial
Revolution.
In addressing climate change, few actions are as critical,
as urgent, or as simple as planting trees. This ancient
carbon-absorbing technology needs no high technology, is
completely safe, and is very cheap. It literally reverses the
process that has led to climate change, in that as trees (and
all other biomasses) grow, they absorb CO2 from the air,
release oxygen, and return carbon to its rightful location: in
the soil. In addition, trees provide coveted green areas in
cities, reduce ambient temperature, may produce food, and
stabilize aquifers in rural and suburban areas.
Unfortunately, over the past five to ten years, we have
come to think of planting trees and reforesting as a
penance we must pay for the sin of emitting greenhouse
gases, or worse yet, as a pretended benefit that hides the
reality of emissions. “Offsetting” has developed a bad
reputation among some environmentalists. It is time to
correct this mistake. Every single one of us should plant
one tree, ten trees, or twenty. Don’t even think of it as an
offset—in itself it is a critically important contribution to
addressing climate change now, without the need for
sophisticated energy technologies. Those will be developed,
but even when we count on them, we will still need to
absorb carbon out of the air to reach net-zero emissions.
In short, we could return the climate to how it was
decades ago just by planting trees.55
Massive reforestation and restoration provide real
benefits for people. In China in the 1990s, vast areas of
land began to resemble the Dust Bowl of the American
Midwest, but China was able to halt this rapid degradation.
Programs were established to reforest 100 million hectares
by paying farmers directly to plant trees. The program is
ongoing and highly successful. It has resulted in more
stable rainfall, more fertile soil, and increased production
from farmland.56 Ethiopia, having diminished its forest
cover to a mere 4 percent of its territory, undertook a
record-breaking campaign by planting 350 million trees at
one thousand sites across the country, most of which were
planted in a single day.57 Not all of them will survive, but
those that do will make an important contribution.
The benefits of planting trees are not limited to rural or
agricultural areas. Trees will cool a city by up to 50
degrees Fahrenheit.58 That amount can make up for the
significant additional heat that cities will have to endure
under any climate scenario, and as cities in India are
already reaching temperatures in excess of 122 degrees
Fahrenheit, it could mean the difference between life and
death for millions of people. Trees also clean the air in
cities by filtering fine particulate matter and absorbing
pollutants. They regulate water flow, buffer flooding and
increase urban biodiversity. Their impact is so pronounced
that urban properties surrounded by trees are worth an
average of 20 percent more than those that are not.59 If we
are to make the transition to urban living that is needed to
provide space for nature to thrive, we need to bring nature
into cities and integrate it as never before.
—
Let nature flourish. The term rewilding has been coined to
describe the growing practice of allowing land to return to
its natural processes. Rewilding has the potential to
radically change the carbon balance of the atmosphere and
to preserve the web of life. Multiple large- and small-scale
rewilding initiatives are already taking place all over the
world. An excellent example is the Knepp Wildland Project
in West Sussex, England. In 2001, the project obtained
more than 3,500 acres of land that had been farmed
intensively since World War II. The land was severely
degraded, and the farm had rarely made a profit. Knepp
Wildland’s ethos is to allow natural processes to play out
rather than aiming for any particular goals or outcomes.
Free-roaming grazing animals—cattle, ponies, pigs, and
deer—drive this process-led regeneration, acting as proxies
for herbivores that would have grazed the land thousands
of years ago. Their different grazing preferences create a
mosaic of habitats from grassland and scrub to open-grown
trees and wood pasture. These animals need minimal
intervention. At low cost, they provide wild-range, slow-
grown, pasture-fed organic meat for which the market is
growing. In just over a decade, Knepp has seen astonishing
results in biodiversity. It is now a breeding hotspot for
purple emperor butterflies, turtle doves, and 2 percent of
the UK’s population of nightingales.
—
Go plant-based. If you eat less meat and dairy, your carbon
footprint will decrease, and your health will improve.
Eating less meat and dairy is better, and eating none at all
is best. While this may feel like a stretch for most of us, for
the vast majority of human history we ate very little meat.60
Many countries are already shifting toward plant-based
diets. Even if you feel that you cannot completely forgo
meat and dairy, adopting a flexible diet in which you enjoy
other foods for certain meals or certain days of the week
can have a huge impact. In reality, this is likely to be where
the biggest dietary changes will come in the next years. In
many countries the number of people planning to become
vegan or vegetarian is relatively low, but fully 50 percent of
the U.S. population would like to eat less meat. Plant-based
meat replacements are already becoming cheaper, more
efficient, and more delicious. By 2040, these products are
expected to make up 60 percent of the market, up from 10
percent today.61 The market is beginning to recognize the
future of plant-based food. You have the chance to join a
food revolution by adopting and normalizing a more plant-
based diet.
—
Boycott products contributing to deforestation. Too many ingredients in
the products we consume every day come from deforested
land. In 2010, Greenpeace released an advertisement
featuring an office worker opening a Kit Kat candy bar.
However, the bar was made not of chocolate but of
orangutan fingers, and as the office worker took a bite,
blood poured across his keyboard.62 The video hit a nerve,
helping people make the connection between candy
ingredients and the mass destruction of the orangutan’s
natural habitat. More than two hundred thousand e-mails
were sent to Nestlé; protests were held outside its offices.
Within six weeks one of the largest companies in the world
completely reversed its policy, committing to zero-
deforestation palm oil.63
It’s easy to forget how much power we all have if we
choose to use it. If a company is engaging in destructive
land practices, we can work to make that fact clear to
everyone. As that happens, you can remove your consent
from that company by refusing to buy its products.
We are not powerless.
ACTION 7: Invest in a Clean Economy
A linear model of growth rewards extraction and pollution.
We need to move from that model toward one that
regenerates natural systems. We are going to require a
clean economy that operates in harmony with nature,
repurposes used resources as much as possible, minimizes
waste, and actively replenishes depleted resources.
This new economic model will need better policies and
strong institutions so that the great market forces of
investment and entrepreneurialism can work toward
regeneration instead of extraction. Finance and investment
will play a key role. While we have managed capitalism
moderately well over the centuries, with successful
institutions such as law, taxation, and charity, we have not
yet perfected it. Now is the time to do so.
We are used to thinking of the economy as the primary
indicator of how we are performing as a species. More
economic growth is good, less is bad; negative growth, or a
recession, is a disaster. Politicians will do anything in their
power to keep the numbers moving in the upward
direction, and most regard this as their principal
responsibility.
Economic growth is currently measured by GDP, or gross
domestic product, the market value of goods and services
produced in a year. The idea that endless GDP growth is
the aim of responsible countries is highly embedded into
our cultures and becomes self-perpetuating, as the media,
politicians, business leaders, and others constantly refer to
it as second nature.64
But GDP is a poor marker of what human beings need in
order to thrive, as it is all about extracting, using, and
discarding resources. As a marker of success, it does not
effectively take into consideration the impacts of pollution
or inequality, or prioritize the value of health, education, or
even happiness. It also places no value on the actions that
regenerate degraded lands or that bring ailing oceans back
to health. To illustrate the point, if you drink coffee from a
disposable cup every day, GDP will go up, but the forests
will disappear and emissions will go up too. If you drink
coffee from a reusable ceramic mug, GDP will go down. If
you throw away your ceramic mug every day and buy a new
one, GDP will go through the roof.
In the current transition, strictly linear GDP growth can
no longer be the priority. More stuff does not mean a better
life, and indeed it is contributing to our existential crisis.
Moving away from quantity of products that can be
purchased, we must reorient our underlying sense of value
toward quality of life, including within all of Earth’s
ecosystems. Prioritizing growth according to its
contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
would be a good place to start. These seventeen
interconnected goals aspire to sustainably increase global
prosperity, equality, and well-being.65
—
Put your money where it matters. Capital tends to flow toward
investments that have worked in the past, as if the future
will resemble the past in any meaningful way. The world’s
capital is guarded by ranks of extremely cautious people
who are looking to secure a good return, and their top
priority is often to avoid risking a loss of value. This is
technically right, of course, but it presents us with a
problem. We’re not going to create the future we want
without some risk.
In June 2019, the Norwegian parliament voted into law
new plans for its sovereign wealth fund (the world’s
largest, managing $1 trillion in assets). It will divest more
than $13 billion of investments in fossil fuels and invest up
to $20 billion in renewables, beginning with wind and solar
projects in developed markets.66
You can help precipitate similar seismic shifts in
allocation of capital. In 2012, Bill McKibben and 350.org
began a grassroots divestment campaign to encourage
financial institutions to stop investing in projects and
companies that perpetuate the causes of climate change.67
It has grown into one of the most successful campaigns in
history. Financial firms with more than $8 trillion in
combined assets have divested their fossil fuel holdings.
This has made money available for climate solutions and
sent a warning signal to those still building the past. In
2016, Peabody, the world’s largest coal company, listed
divestment as one of the reasons for its bankruptcy.68 Shell
has listed divestment as a material risk to the future of its
business.69
Divesting from the past and reinvesting in the future can
be done right now. Your money has the power to destroy or
to build, and it is no longer acceptable to remain oblivious
to the fact. If you have a pension fund or savings, find out
where your money is invested. Do not underestimate the
power of the default option in defined pension schemes—if
you work for a company that has such a scheme, request
that it shift away from fossil fuels. Write to your pension
fund trustees and find out if they are divesting from the old
economy or how they propose to change the behavior of
corporations they are invested in so as to promote the
clean economy. Encourage your friends and colleagues to
do the same.
Once capital starts flowing in increasing amounts to
companies and projects that are advancing the future—and
we are making serious progress in that direction already—a
moment will come when we reach the zenith of our uphill
efforts and things will start to roll more easily in the right
direction. We are already seeing that dirty, polluting,
irresponsible investments perform less well than the
alternatives. Companies that shy away from considering
the future of the planet are also getting awkward questions
from customers (keep asking them!) and investors, and are
struggling to find bright young people to work for them.
With continued pressure, the money and momentum will
start flowing to those who are building the clean economy.
—
The building blocks for a regenerative economy are already
robust and thriving around the world. In January 2019,
Jacinda Ardern, Prime Minister of New Zealand, announced
that her government would soon present a “well-being
budget” to gauge the long-term impact of policy on the
quality of people’s lives. “We need to address the societal
well-being of our nation, not just the economic well-being,”
she said. This type of thinking, Prime Minister Ardern
argued, could help us shift beyond short-term cycles and
learn to see politics through a lens of “kindness, empathy
and well-being.”70 This is what we are called to do, as we
work to build the infrastructure and systems that will
benefit us, and retire those that are harming us.
Economic growth can deliver tremendous benefits, and
economic growth has lifted more people out of poverty than
any other model in history. But the days of valuing how
quickly we can dig stuff up and turn it into trash have to
come to an end, not as a matter of ideology or policy but as
a matter of survival. The reduction of poverty under the old
model may well be temporary, since our structure of
prioritizing short-termism and GDP will likely send many
people back into unforgiving poverty as climate change
accelerates. The good news is that economists increasingly
consider the seventeen Sustainable Development Goals to
be sensible objectives. Advancing the SDG framework
makes it absolutely possible for us to achieve sustainable
growth, effect emissions reductions, and reduce poverty in
consonance with one another in mutually reinforcing
systems.
In Costa Rica, President José Figueres Ferrer,
Christiana’s father, made the decision in 1948 to abolish
the army. He invested in education and expanded forest
cover from a low of less than 20 percent. Now Costa Rica
has one of the highest literacy rates in Latin America,71
forest cover is more than 50 percent,72 and the nation’s
electricity is provided almost exclusively by renewable
energy. Costa Rica measures its progress both by GDP and
by indicators that help the government make decisions that
maximize well-being. On the Happy Planet Index, Costa
Rica ranked number one as the happiest place on Earth in
2009, 2012, and 2018.73
ACTION 8: Use Technology Responsibly
Evolving new technologies have enormous potential for
delivering emissions reductions. We must embrace them
carefully but rapidly and not rely on them as a silver bullet.
As we grow more comfortable with machines being part of
our lives, we will need to use technology responsibly,
mindful of its power and influence, and ensure that proper
governance systems are in place.
If we make it through the climate crisis and arrive on the
other side with humanity and the planet intact, it will be
largely because we have learned to live well with
technology.
Artificial intelligence (AI) supported by sensors (to
gather data) and robotics (to automate physical activities)
together with the network of smart devices known as the
“internet of things” have huge potential to become our
greatest allies in the fight for survival.74 But these very
same technologies are also the ones that could destroy that
better future. For example, autonomous self-driving electric
vehicles could eliminate the need for unnecessary private
ownership of vehicles, but on the downside, they could also
allow unscrupulous governing bodies to track and control
the movements of every citizen.
A fire that warms you on a cold night is good; one that
consumes your home is bad.
Likewise, technology is neither inherently good nor
inherently bad. It just has to be managed properly.
Many people alive today will at some point likely
encounter a machine that is smarter than they are in
almost every way. The world famously got a taste of what
that might be like in 2017. The AI program AlphaGo Zero
figured out how to win at the ancient and notoriously
difficult Chinese strategy game of Go, learning entirely by
itself, essentially accumulating thousands of years of
human knowledge, and improving on it, in just forty days.75
Deep Mind, the company that developed AlphaGo Zero,
says the technology is not limited to machines that can
outcompete human beings in strategy games but is
intended to be used to inform new technology that will
positively impact society.76 But we can’t rely on the
promises of corporations to ensure that a technology is
aligned with our goals for regenerating nature and
pursuing the conditions that will help humanity thrive.
AI machines learn quickly, although we may not be able
to predict exactly what they will be used for. Machines
could become better at extracting what resources remain
on Earth and hoarding them for those who control the
technology—which is why protection against the abuse of
AI needs to be woven into policy oversight and governance
from the start.
Politicians and CEOs who are unwilling to lead or do
what we need to confront the climate crisis have often
touted future technology as a solution. But if we allow the
potential of future technology to blind us to the scale and
urgency of what we need to do today, we will be taking a
terrible risk. Not only might innovations not arrive in time,
but new technology will only fit well into a society that is
already moving in the right direction. Belief in innovation is
no excuse for lack of a plan.
To be sure, we need technology to avert climate disaster,
but technology also has huge potential to increase the
already-vast wealth disparities in our societies. In a world
where 70 percent of the population has to survive on a
share of only 2.5 percent of global wealth,77 the rise of
automation could exacerbate inequality and social
instability and complicate the advance of solutions to
complex problems like climate change.
For all the talk in certain political circles about
immigration taking jobs away from native citizens, it is
automation that is driving the vast majority of job losses
around the world.78 This problem will worsen in coming
decades. Likewise, the decline of meat consumption, as it is
replaced with plant-based and lab-grown alternatives, will
transform the economies of whole countries. In Brazil,
more than 20 million people are involved in the agriculture
industry.79 Up to two-thirds of them either raise cattle for
beef, or grow soy to feed cattle. To switch to more
sustainable agriculture, they could convert the land to
biofuel production, assuming increased demand for such in
the near future. The shift away from beef and toward
advanced biofuels will have huge benefits ecologically, but
if the transition is managed badly, without supporting
alternative training or jobs, the sudden unemployment of
millions could result in enormous human hardship,
increasing the appeal of extremist politicians. Even if we
develop all the technology needed to address the climate
crisis, humans may be so impacted by the transition that
we will elect leaders who pander to populist impulses and
divert our focus from the narrow gate toward a
regenerative future.
If properly managed, machines might make all the
difference in our ability to deal with the climate crisis in
time. Almost every sector that requires breakthroughs to
bring about a regenerative future will be massively aided
by machine learning. For example, one of the big problems
associated with securing large amounts of renewable
power on energy grids is that its generation is intermittent
—producing only when the sun is shining or the wind is
blowing.
With AI algorithms, it is now possible to completely
redesign our centralized energy grids. AI-informed energy
grids can be much more decentralized, acting as neural
networks, dynamically predicting what power is needed
when. AI-informed grids would “intuitively” map supply and
demand, flexing between storage and energy flow so that
greater amounts of renewable energy can be produced,
thus reducing gas and coal use, perhaps completely.80
AI is accelerating our decarbonization efforts in many
other areas. Machine learning is being used to prevent the
leakage of methane from gas pipelines, to accelerate the
development of solar fuels (synthetic chemical fuels
produced directly/indirectly from solar energy), to improve
battery storage technologies, to optimize freight and
transport for better efficiency, to reduce energy use in
buildings, to plant forests using drones, and much more.81
AI is also showing promising signs of improving our ability
to predict extreme weather and even of removing
greenhouse gases directly from the air.
Reaching the Paris Agreement was complicated, but
agreeing on a collective global approach to governing AI
could be even more so. Right now countries are in a race to
develop the skills and conditions to be leaders in this new
field, and different populations have different attitudes
about the acceptable degree of involvement of AI in our
lives. For instance, people in Nigeria and Turkey would be
happy to have AI systems perform major surgery on them,
but people in Germany and Belgium would not.82
Governments experience different degrees of pressure to
develop appropriate guidelines for managing AI, and as a
result some are very lax and some are highly stringent.83
Understandable as this is, it isn’t really good enough for
something as important as dealing with the climate crisis.
The effort of the French and Canadian governments to
create an International Panel for Artificial Intelligence is a
good start.84
—
Find out if your government, your local community, or the company you work for is
investing in AI, and what they are using it for. Take responsibility for
pressuring them, in whatever way you can, to look to the
international efforts already under way, and to put policies
in place to ensure that the AI they support will also
accelerate the regenerative future, not hinder our chances
of success.
—
In a few decades more than 9 billion people could inhabit
the planet, possibly more than 10 billion. It will be
impossible for so many people to live here if we have the
same impact per capita on our atmosphere as we do today.
Technology, specifically machine learning and AI, has the
potential to transform our presence here. Issues and
problems, including how we can effectively use natural
resources in a circular rather than linear way, that have
long eluded us may finally be unlocked.
When AlphaGo Zero was learning to play and win at Go,
the developers noticed that as it taught itself techniques
perfected by professional players over generations, it
occasionally made decisions to discard those techniques in
favor of new, better ones that human beings had not yet
had time to learn. In a race against time, the speed of
learning that AI offers has extraordinary—exponential—
potential to accelerate climate solutions, if it is deployed
and governed well.
A humbling story of how this might unfold took place at
Google’s data centers in 2016. For more than ten years
Google engineers had been at the cutting edge of
optimizing their data systems. Their servers were among
the most efficient in the world, and it seemed that any
improvements from then on would be marginal. Then they
unleashed DeepMind algorithms on the system. Energy
demand for cooling was consistently reduced by 40
percent.85 This illustration is just a tiny example of the
power of AI to make possible what seems impossible to the
human mind.
At present, investment in applying AI to the climate
crisis is lower than it should be. In the future, governments
and corporations around the world will have to carefully
support the responsible application of AI and invest quickly
in its capacity to deliver material breakthroughs in
emissions reductions. In that scenario, technology may be
our greatest ally on the road to a brighter future.
ACTION 9: Build Gender Equality
We must ensure that decision making at all levels of society
involves increasing numbers of women, because when
women lead, good things happen. That is the unequivocal
conclusion of years of research. Women often have a
leadership style that makes them more open and sensitive
to a wide range of views, and they are better at working
collaboratively, with a longer-term perspective. These traits
are essential to responding to the climate crisis.86
We know this because the early evidence is already in.
Companies, countries, NGOs, and financial institutions all
take stronger climate action when they are led by women
or have a high proportion of women in decision-making
roles.87 Recasting our society so that women play at least
an equal role in decision making at all levels (family,
community, professions, government) is now a matter of
survival.
In many countries, discrimination based on gender is
assumed to be a thing of the past. Yet studies show that all
industries still strongly tend to overestimate male
performance and underestimate female performance. While
women are aware of this discrepancy, men tend to dismiss
it. The vast majority of leadership role models remain male:
just look at any photo of G20 leaders from any year. The
well-publicized pay gap (women are paid 20 percent less
than men for the same work) is another manifestation and
shows that many perceptions continue to be subjective and
discriminatory.88
Before we can work to correct the imbalance of power
and decision making, we have to acknowledge that it exists,
often but not always based on structural unconscious bias.
Right now that is still lost on many.
Nonetheless many women have recognized the unique
gravity of our situation on climate change. Intrepid leaders
like Natalie Isaacs, Isra Hirsi, Nakabuye Flavia, Greta
Thunberg, and Penelope Lea have mobilized millions of
young people who are now demanding urgent climate
action and implementing it themselves. Women are at the
forefront of collaborative efforts to support each other in
the face of our changing climate. In many countries,
women’s intimate knowledge of the land means they are
quicker to spot environmental changes, to learn from them,
and out of necessity, find ways to adapt. Women are
pioneers of innovative climate solutions within their
communities, and they are instinctively good at deep
listening, at empathy and collective wisdom gathering,
especially in times of transition. These qualities have never
been more important or necessary.
A world with true gender equality would look different
from ours. Some seem to assume that it would look the
same but with a tilted gender power balance. But the
interesting element of gender equality, apart from its
evident moral rightness, is the opportunity it provides for
all of humanity to co-create a world that is regenerative
and in which we can thrive together. Nations with greater
female representation in positions of power have smaller
climate footprints. Companies with women on their
executive boards are far more likely to invest in renewable
energy and develop products that help solve the climate
crisis. Women legislators vote for environmental
protections almost twice as frequently as men, and women
who lead investment firms are twice as likely to make
investment decisions based on how companies treat their
employees and the environment.89
It is imperative that women be afforded educational
opportunities worldwide. Educated women can work, be
economically more productive, and help society make
better decisions. Crucially, education helps women stand
up for themselves and empowers them to make their own
choices, in particular about their reproductive health.
Keeping girls in school means they are less likely to marry
young or have as many children. According to the
Brookings Institution, in certain parts of the world, a girl
with twelve years of education compared to one with no
schooling will have up to five fewer children in her
lifetime.90
Today 130 million girls are being denied the right to
attend school, condemning a massive number of future
women to constant pregnancy, bringing more and more
children into parts of the world that will scarcely be able to
support them. By these calculations, 100 percent
enrollment of girls in school today would lessen the
anticipated global population in 2050 by 843 million
people,91 a boon in confronting the climate crisis.
If you are a woman, now is the time to consider running
for public office or being more assertive about a deserved
promotion at work. If you are a man, now is the time to
support and encourage your female colleagues, partners,
friends, and family members. Women may feel particularly
empowered by joining a wider movement or a cohort that
shares their aims. The Brand New Congress movement in
the United States, which played a significant role in a
record number of women being chosen for the 2018
primaries, is a powerful example.92 Female candidates,
including Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez—now a seriously
influential leader on climate action—drew on huge reserves
of confidence to run for office by standing shoulder to
shoulder with other women.93
We will be able to manage climate change better if we
can improve the ratio of women making the decisions about
how to do it. It’s time to either become one of those
decision makers or support women you know to become
one.
—
In the remote, sun-cracked desert of India’s westernmost
state, Gujarat, women are harnessing renewable power and
improving their livelihoods by acting collectively. Gujarat,
the source of nearly 76 percent of India’s salt, remains
largely disconnected from the electrical grid. For decades,
more than forty thousand salt-pan worker families (locally
called agariyas) have relied on diesel-powered pumps—
often spending more than 40 percent of their annual
revenue for the season’s production. Now that is all
changing. With visionary leadership and support from
Reemaben Nanavaty, a native of Gujarat and director of the
Self Employed Women’s Association (SEWA)—which, with 2
million members, is the largest trade union for informal
workers in the world—the agariyas are shifting to solar.
The first one thousand women who made the shift have
benefited from a doubling of their income—helping them to
achieve greater financial and social independence and
enabling them to send their children to middle and high
school. When rolled out to the 15,000 SEWA members who
work on the salt pans, the project will prevent the emission
of 115,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide—the equivalent of
taking nearly 25,000 cars off the road.94
Solar Sister, a social enterprise operating in Nigeria and
Tanzania, recruits women and trains them to sell
affordable, renewable energy sources, like solar lamps and
clean cookstoves. Deforestation and climate change mean
women must often walk farther than they used to in order
to collect water or find firewood for cooking. If they don’t
collect enough water or firewood, they are more likely to
experience domestic violence. The increased workload also
means that they have less time to spend on education or
income-generating activities. Solar Sister has recruited and
trained four thousand women who are now entrepreneurs
and have brought clean energy solutions to 1.6 million
people in Africa and relieved some of the pressure on
women.95
These are just two examples of women improving their
own lives and livelihoods and those of their sisters when
given the resources and freedom they need.
The potential is global.
ACTION 10: Engage in Politics
Finally, the action that we feel is ultimately the most
important. Democracies are threatened by the climate
crisis and must evolve to meet the challenge. In order to
help them do so, we all need to actively participate.
The transition to a regenerative world is possible only if
we have stable political systems that are responsive to our
planet’s changing needs and our citizens’ changing desires.
Since climate change threatens political security itself,96
stability is both an essential condition for the transition and
an outcome of managing it successfully.
If the first duty of government is to protect its people,
then across much of the world the form of democracy we
have become used to is failing. Climate change is an
existential threat and is likely to intensify faster than most
people today realize. If our systems of government can’t
protect us from that existential threat, they will in time be
replaced. But those replacements may take a long time to
evolve and will not necessarily be any better at advancing
us toward a regenerative future in the available time frame.
In many countries today, corporate interests have
captured our democracies. Just as with the tobacco
industry, a small minority of companies have used a
relatively limited amount of money to purchase
extraordinary influence in major legislative capitals and
thereby have prevented elected representatives from
protecting the people. Often this occurs through trade
associations, so even when corporations themselves do not
directly lobby for an outcome, it is done on their behalf.97
This has become a major issue. In the United States, for
example, in 2016, the National Association of
Manufacturers (NAM) won a long-fought battle to delay
implementation of the Clean Power Plan. In 2017, NAM
supported the U.S. withdrawal from the Paris Agreement.
Companies such as Microsoft, Procter & Gamble, Corning,
and Intel are all members of NAM, yet all claim to support
strong climate action under the Paris Agreement.98
On a national level, voter action (or inaction) and intent
underpin larger global moves. Over the last twenty years,
climate change has been steadily climbing up the list of
voter priorities.99 While this is good news, no significant
proportion of voters actually see climate as their highest
priority. That is a serious problem. In the United States,
new presidents have a very short window of time to
actually get big things done. For example, Barack Obama
came into office very committed to taking strong action on
climate, and he had a majority in both houses of Congress.
He could have chosen to prioritize—and would probably
have passed—ambitious climate legislation. However,
instead he made a decision to pursue health-care reform,
another campaign pledge and a domestic priority. Passing
health care required Obama to use up a significant part of
his political capital, and it built a knot of fierce resistance
to his other policies in the Republican Party, to the point
that they stonewalled anything he proposed. As a result,
not until his second term was he able to turn his political
attention to climate change. Even then, it was only by using
executive power that he made progress, not through
legislation.
Rather than wait for things to get worse, we must
embrace engagement at all levels of politics. We must see it
as one of our most pressing responsibilities, and we must
hold every politician to account. We must elect only leaders
who see far-reaching action on climate change as their
absolute first priority and who are prepared to act on the
first day they assume office. Large numbers of people must
vote on climate change as their number-one priority. As we
are in the midst of the most dire emergency, we must
urgently demand that those who seek high office offer
solutions commensurate with the scale of the problem.
Their policy platforms must strictly be informed by science.
It’s time to participate in nonviolent political movements
wherever possible.
In April 2019, the group Extinction Rebellion, building
on years of work by various nonprofit organizations, some
politicians, and other activists, seized the moment and
began a series of global protests, the first of which was to
take over central London for ten days in nonviolent protest.
Thousands of first-time activists, people who had never
marched or signed a petition in their lives, blocked roads,
linked arms, and planted trees on Waterloo Bridge. Within
two months of that initial protest, the UK declared a
climate emergency, adopted a target of net-zero emissions
by 2050 (less ambitious than what Extinction Rebellion was
calling for, but still a big step), and established a citizens’
assembly to look at how it could be achieved.100
Civil resistance by members of the public can outdo
efforts by political elites to achieve radical change. This is
not an aberration; it is how change happens, typically when
injustice in the prevailing system becomes too great.
Civil disobedience is not only a moral choice, it is also
the most powerful way of shaping world politics.101
Historically, systemic political shifts have required civil
disobedience on a significant scale. Few have occurred
without it. The numbers required may seem large, but they
are not impossible. History has shown that when
approximately 3.5 percent of the population participates in
nonviolent protest, success becomes inevitable.102 No
nonviolent protest has ever failed to achieve its aims once
it reached that threshold of participation. In the UK, this
would be 2.3 million people. In the United States, 11
million.
These numbers are now within our reach.
The remarkable rise to prominence of Greta Thunberg
and the Fridays for Future movement is showing us that
the world is ready for the next phase of direct action.103
Greta’s single, defiant act of civil disobedience—striking
from school every Friday—has captured the zeitgeist. She
inspired, in a relatively short period of time, a peaceful
process for igniting and harnessing the anger of millions of
young people in many countries and enrolling them in
regular climate activism.
Adding further momentum to the successful capital
divestment movement (in which money is moving away
from assets linked to fossil fuels), in 2019, the head of the
Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC)
described the mass mobilization of world opinion against
oil as the greatest threat its industry faces.104 This
mobilization has as its motivating force people from all
walks of life, spanning all generations, across all
continents. Every additional person who chooses to
participate will bring us closer to the tipping point for
success.
We acknowledge that participating in school strikes or
civil disobedience demonstrations is not always possible or,
in undemocratic societies and even in some democracies
around the world, safe. What is important is for you to
assess the avenues that might be open to you to engage in
the political process and to find ways to work within them.
Beyond directly addressing governments, other political
actions are needed. Corporations and trade associations
fund and engage in political lobbying against citizen action
on climate change. We need to remove our consent from
these corporations. The simplest way is to vote with your
money: stop buying their stocks, and stop buying their
products and services where alternatives exist. Talk to your
bank, talk to the institutions that manage your insurance
products or debts. Find out if your money is invested in
these corporations and ask for alternative options. Some
financial institutions are already taking protective action,
but others may not yet feel sufficient pressure from their
customers to make a serious shift in capital allocation.
Governments that are stable now and trying to find ways
to meet this challenge should be worked with, not
dismantled. We all have a responsibility to exert what
leverage we can inside the traditional power systems and
push them as far and as fast as we can. As we press both
inside and outside the system for the overdue political
changes that need to occur, we should also be mindful of
the role that institutions have played in upholding our basic
rights and our ability to weather transitions together. For
hundreds of years—thousands, in some cases—our
institutions of government, learning, communication, law,
and religion have held us to a norm. It is possible to argue
that this is what has kept us back, and at times in history
that has been true. But equally true is that they have
protected us from our worst instincts at moments of rage
and insanity. Let’s be mindful of what they have given us
and find ways, when appropriate, to protect them. Once
they are gone, they cannot be easily replaced.
Because climate change is unlike any other challenge
that humanity has had to face, we have no template for the
kind of political, economic, and societal transformation
needed now—but there are a range of extraordinary
examples we can learn from. Movements of civil
disobedience from the early twentieth-century suffragettes
to Gandhi’s drive for Indian independence to Martin Luther
King, Jr., and the 1960s civil rights movement to the 2003
Rose Revolution in Georgia—to name just a few—are all
inspirational insofar as they mobilized vast numbers of
people to champion their causes. An open, inclusive
narrative and a sense of working collectively to change
history for the better took them further than they ever
imagined possible. As Nelson Mandela said, “It always
seems impossible until it is done.”
Now is the time for us to participate—in our schools,
businesses, communities, towns, and countries—to ensure
that the battle to survive the climate crisis becomes the
biggest political movement in history. It is not about
changing governments or political leaders. It is about
waging sustained political action and engagement. The
ingredients to achieve our goal are ripe. We have huge
momentum with millions of people on the streets calling for
change. Corporations, cities, investors, and governments
all over the world are taking highly sophisticated and
coordinated action toward a 1.5-degree-Celsius future, and
are open and listening to the calls of emergency from the
streets.
If democracy is to survive and thrive into the twenty-first
century, climate change is the one big test that it cannot
fail.
CONCLUSION
A New Story
We want you to know two things.
First, even at this late hour we still have a choice about our future, and
therefore every action we take from this moment forward counts.
Second, we are capable of making the right choices about our own
destiny. We are not doomed to a devastating future, and humanity is
not flawed and incapable of responding to big problems, if we act.
Future generations will most likely look back at this
moment as the single most significant turning point for
action.
But the path we have set out is not easy, and success is
not assured. The road ahead is winding. We are at a
moment of real darkness, but there is no turning back. We
may kick against this reality, but actually, it is a moment of
truth, just as we find in all good stories. What is needed
now is a steadfast commitment to the task and an
understanding that failure is not an option.
We can be informed by art, literature, and history as
much as by science. Meeting the challenge of climate
change needs to become part of a new story of human
striving and renewal.
Right now, the predominant stories we are telling
ourselves about the climate crisis are not very inspiring.
But a new story can reinvigorate our efforts.
When the story changes, everything changes.
In October 1957, Americans looked upward as the Soviet
Union’s Sputnik I satellite crossed over the country.1 For
the first time, there was a satellite in the sky, and their
“enemy” had beaten them to it. That night, from
Pennsylvania to Kansas to Colorado, families realized in
dismay that the enemy could see them, was watching them.
How did the country respond? Within a few years,
President John F. Kennedy gave his famous speech about
landing a man on the moon within that decade, a feat far
more challenging than launching a satellite.2 He spoke of it
without knowing whether it could be done, and without a
detailed budget, plan, or timeline. He was reclaiming the
narrative and placing Americans inside a story that was
hopeful and in which they could prevail.
The speech both terrified and electrified NASA. Within a
few months it reorganized itself in line with this new goal.
Teams worked harder than ever to innovate, which was
particularly galvanizing and thrilling for young people; the
average age of the team that launched the Apollo missions
was twenty-eight.3 Everyone was part of a shared endeavor
that gave their lives meaning.
When Kennedy first paid a visit to NASA Mission
Control, at one point he came across a janitor who was
cleaning the control room. “And what is your role here?” he
asked.
“Mr. President, sir,” came the reply, “I’m putting a man
on the moon.”4
The compelling vision made this man feel that he was
part of something great, and he was. Someone had to keep
the room clean: it would not have been possible to put a
man on the moon if that didn’t happen. Imagine how the
janitor would have felt, however, if he had been cleaning a
control room for a government agency that had been
bested by a rival and was facing relative decline. It was the
story that motivated him to action.
Consider also the story that Great Britain told itself as it
was enduring the blitzkrieg raids of 1941. As late as 1939,
Britain had torn itself to pieces over different ideas of how
to deal with Hitler. Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain was
committed to a policy of appeasement and had great
support. With the memories of the First World War still
fresh, a good proportion of people would have done
anything to avoid facing the reality that Hitler would stop
at nothing to conquer Europe. Eventually, Chamberlain fell,
and in his place came Winston Churchill. Churchill is
remembered for many things, not all of them positive, but
his most remarkable achievement in those early days was
embedding a new story into the national psyche that
prepared people for what was to come. An island alone. A
greatest hour. A greatest generation that would fight them
on the beaches and fight them in the hills and in the
streets. A country that would never surrender.
Countless interviews with those who lived through that
time have again and again described how a spirit of shared
endeavor infused all actions, from the pilots in the Battle of
Britain, to the people who turned their gardens and green
spaces into food production on a massive scale. The simple
task of pulling potatoes from the soil became an act of
service in support of absent loved ones at the front and
part of the pursuit of victory.
Even with the Paris Agreement, for the longest time, the
story that prevailed was that climate change was too
complicated; it was impossible to get countries to agree,
and the structure of the UN would not allow agreement.
The negotiations were populated with thousands of people
who could explain in great detail and for many hours why
there was absolutely no way through the myriad complexity
to reach agreement. Changing that mindset was the
hardest but most critical step we took. The journey from
the failure in Copenhagen to the culmination in Paris was
marked by a gradual buildup of momentum, and as the
momentum built, the story changed.
At first there were only a few, but over time, thousands
of people became convinced that the moment for progress
was possible and that they had an important role to play. As
each country made a commitment, more people believed in
this possibility. The price of solar panels fell, cities took
leadership positions, people marched in the streets,
corporations took action, and investors moved money out of
fossil fuels. They all became steps on the journey to a new
story.
At this moment, when we have reached the limits of the
planet’s ability to sustain life in the form in which we know
it, we have also reached the limits of the stories that define
our lives. Personal achievements through individualistic
competition, continuous consumption, skepticism about our
ability to come together as humanity, and an inability to see
the deeper impacts of what we are doing to the planet—all
are no longer useful.
Now we must move toward understanding our shared
existence on this planet, not because it is a nice addendum
to what we do but because it is a matter of survival. Our
current quest for a regenerative future has even higher
levels of complexity and is decisively more consequential
than the U.S. quest to put a man on the moon or the UK’s
determination to defeat Hitler.
This is not the quest of one nation. This time it’s up to all
of us, to all the nations and peoples of the world. No matter
how complex or deep our differences, we fundamentally
share everything that is important: the desire to forge a
better world for everyone alive today and all the
generations to come.
Imagine, just for a moment, a world in which we had
achieved this quest. It may seem far-fetched to you, utopian
even, but since the very survival of humanity is at stake,
ironically we believe that our chances of rising to this
challenge are greater now than they have ever been.
Humanity is capable of coming together to do this. Whether
we will succeed in doing so will become apparent in a few
short years.
With this book, we have begun to weave together some
of the elements of our new story.
We can, together, reimagine our place in this world. As
human beings, we all have the outrageous fortune to be
here on this planet at this moment of profound
consequence.
When the eyes of our children, and their children, look
straight into ours, and they ask us “What did you do?” our
answer cannot just be that we did everything we could.
It has to be more than that.
There is really only one answer.
We did everything that was necessary.
So let us begin today to tell the story of how we did not
balk at this seemingly insurmountable challenge, of how we
were not defeated by the multiple setbacks we
encountered. Let us tell the story of how we made the
choice to pull away from the brink of peril, of how we took
our responsibility seriously and did everything that was
necessary to emerge from the crisis while rekindling our
relationships with each other and with all the natural
systems that enable human life on Earth.
Let it be a story of great adventure, against
overwhelming odds.
A story of survival.
And of a thriving existence.
WHAT YOU CAN DO NOW
This Action Plan is part of a growing movement of stubborn climate
activists committed to fulfilling the vision of a regenerative world.
We can only do this together and we hope you will join us at
www.GlobalOptimism.com.
RIGHT NOW
Take a deep breath and decide that collectively we can do this, and that
you will play your part. You will be a hopeful visionary for humanity
through these dark days. From this moment, despair ends and tactics
begin.
Decide that you will be part of the politics of the future. You will vote for,
campaign for, and support candidates who champion emissions reductions.
Reject the politics of nostalgia. For the next ten years, this will be your
number-one political priority.
Commit to reducing your impact on the climate by more than half of what
it is today by 2030. Aim for 60 percent. Just because right now you don’t
know how you will do so does not need to stop you. We are all learning.
TODAY OR TOMORROW
Determine where your principal elected officials stand on climate change;
write to them about your commitments and let them know. Tell them you
are watching.
Choose at least one day of the week to go meat-free, and decide how soon
you will add more days to that commitment.
Think big. How do you most impact climate change, and what big things
can you do to effect a regenerative future?
Tell others about your commitments, in person or on social media. Don’t be
shy! Invite others to follow suit. Your example will motivate them.
THIS WEEK
Share your personal plan to reduce emissions by more than half with your
partner, kids, and friends, and invite them to do so as well. Preserving the
future of all life should be joyful. Have fun with it.
Take some actions and stick to them over time—it will give you momentum.
Reduce daily energy use, bike instead of driving a car, switch your energy
supplier to 100 percent clean. It’s all good and all needs doing. Consider
what else you can do, while remembering there is still much to be done.
Go outside and look around. This world is damaged and hurting, but it is
also beautiful and intact and whole. Pay attention to something you have
forgotten—emerging leaves in the spring or frost on dead leaves in winter.
Feel the gratitude we owe the Earth for her bounty and beauty.
THIS MONTH
Find out who in your vicinity is organizing political action involving climate
change. Attend meetings and meet the concerned citizens. Go to
demonstrations and marches! Allow yourself to be inspired by the miracle
of committed groups intent on changing the world.
Start a conversation with someone who is not active on climate change
with a view toward understanding their stance and gently enlarging their
awareness of the crisis from their perspective.
Enact your commitments: What precisely will you do this year? How will it
affect you and your family? How will you begin to apply the changes you
plan to make?
Challenge your consumerism. Look at what you have bought, and ask
yourself whether it brings you joy. Question your impulses to buy more,
and begin to see how liberating it is to buy less.
Start a mindfulness practice, perhaps a breathing exercise of gratitude. Do
it every day, if only for a few minutes. Learn to create a gap of light
between yourself, the world, and your reactions.
Plant trees. As many as you can. Look for a local group doing tree planting.
Get out there when you can, and when you can’t, support others to do so.
Understand your privilege in relation to others, and commit to helping
level the playing field for all.
THIS YEAR
Be political in your daily life. Seek collective opportunities to advance the
cause of emissions reductions. It will inspire you and help you feel you are
part of a shared endeavor. Engage regularly in direct action if that is
possible where you live. VOTE!
Be consistent. You may have changed your electricity supply to 100
percent renewable energy, rethought your commute, changed your air
travel habits, and altered your diet. If you can sustain your effort for the
first year, you stand a good chance of doing so every year. Recognize your
accomplishment.
BY 2030
Deliver on your plan to cut your emissions by more than half. Celebrate
your achievement.
Finance others to plant more trees as a symbol of the fact that you still
have some way to go. Trees are good, and the world needs more of them.
Ensure you have voted in line with these priorities in national and regional
elections and been vocal about the fact that you have done so.
Continue to practice the other new habits you have developed.
Encourage those closest to you—family, friends, loved ones—to be climate
conscious.
Start the plan to reduce your emissions again by more than half over the
next decade.
BEFORE 2050
Be at net-zero emissions, having been part of the generation that chose a
better future for all of us.
APPENDIX
Tipping Points
Exponential Roadmap 2019 (www.exponentialroadmap.org). Adapted
from Steffen et al., “Trajectories of the Earth System in the
Anthropocene,” PNAS 115, no. 33 (2018): 8252–59
Temperature Scenarios
Temperature Scenarios. Adapted from Climate Action Tracker
(https://climateactiontracker.org/ global/ temperatures/)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
First, we would like to thank those family members and mentors who have
shaped and guided our worldviews. Among them are José Figueres Ferrer, Kofi
Annan, Thich Nhat Hanh, Bee Rivett-Carnac, Nigel Topping, Antony Turner,
Paul Dickinson, Fraser Durham, Howard and Sue Lamb, Vivienne and Michael
Zammit Cutajar, Sister True Dedication, Brother Phap Lai, and Brother Phap
Linh.
This book is in many ways an outcome of the work of all those people who
co-created the Paris Agreement of 2015, and of the many efforts since then to
ensure we meet the challenge of our times.
A significant group of trusted friends and advisers helped us develop and
hone the ideas in the book in a direct way. We are grateful to them all for their
patient reviewing and wise counsel. In particular we would like to mention
Natasha Rivett-Carnac, Jesse Abrams, Stephanie Antonian, Rosina Birbaum,
Amanda Eichel, Nick Foster, Thomas Friedman, Sarah Goodenough, Callum
Grieve, Dave Hicks, Andrew Higham, John Holdren, Sarah Hunter, Merlin
Hyman, Raj Joshi, Andy Karsner, Satish Kumar, Graham Leicester, Lindsay
Levin, Thomas Lingard, Thomas Lovejoy, Mark Lynas, Michael Mann, Marina
Mansilla Hermann, Mark Maslin, Bill McKibben, Jennifer Morgan, Jules Peck,
Matthew Phillips, Brooks Preston, Shyla Raghav, Chloe Revill, Mike Rivett-
Carnac, Bill Sharpe, Nicholas Stern, Betsy Taylor, Anne Topping, Patrick
Verkooijen, Daniel Wahl, Steve Waygood, Martin Weinstein, and Kerem Yilmaz.
Extra special thanks are due to Zoe Tcholak-Antich, Lauren Hamlin, and
Victoria Harris.
A much larger group of friends and colleagues have been our fellow
travelers both in the creation of the Paris Agreement and in the vital next steps
the world is now taking to address the climate crisis and deliberately choose a
better future. This list is vast, and it would be impossible for us to mention
everyone here, but we would like to pay special mention to Alejandro Agag,
Lorena Aguilar, Fahad Al Attiya, Ken Alex, Ali Al-Naimi, Carlos Alvarado
Quesada, Christiane Amanpour, Chris Anderson, Mats Andersson, Monica
Araya, John Ashford, David Attenborough, AURORA, Mariana Awad, Peter
Bakker, Vivian Balakrishnan, Ajay Banga, Greg Barker, Ecumenical Patriarch
Bartholomew, Nicolette Bartlett, Oliver Bäte, Kevin Baumert, Marc Benioff, Jeff
Bezos, Dean Bialek, Sue Biniaz, Fatih Birol, Michael Bloomberg, May Boeve,
Gail Bradbrook, Piers Bradford, Richard Branson, Jesper Brodin, Tom Brookes,
Jerry Brown, Sharan Burrow, Felipe Calderon, Kathy Calvin, Mark Campanale,
Miguel Arias Cañete, Mark Carney, Clay Carnill, Andrea Correa do Lago, Anne-
Sophie Cerisola, Robin Chase, Sagarika Chatterjee, Tomas Anker Christensen,
Pilita Clark, Helen Clarkson, Jo Confino, Aron Cramer, David Crane, John
Danilovich, Conyers Davis, Tony de Brum, Bernaditas de Castro Muller, Brian
Deese, Claudio Descalzi, Leonardo DiCaprio, Paula DiPerna, Elliot Diringer,
Sandrine Dixson Decleve, Ahmed Djoghlaf, Claudia Dobles Camargo, Alister
Doyle, José Manuel Entrecanales, Hernani Escobar, Patricia Espinosa,
Emmanuel Faber, Nathan Fabian, Laurent Fabius, Emily Farnworth, Daniel
Firger, James Fletcher, Pope Francis, Gail Gallie, Grace Gelder, Kristalina
Georgieva, Cody Gildart, Jane Goodall, Al Gore, Kimo Goree, Ellie Goulding,
Mats Granryd, Jerry Greenfield, Ólafur Grímsson, Sally Grover Bingham,
Emmanuel Guerin, Kaveh Guilanpour, Stuart Gulliver, Angel Gurria, Antonio
Guterres, William Hague, Thomas Hale, Brad Hall, Winnie Hallwachs, Simon
Hampel, Kate Hampton, Yuval Noah Harari, Jacob Heatley-Adams, Julian
Hector, Hilda Heine, Ned Helme, Barbara Hendricks, Jamie Henn, Anne
Hidalgo, François Hollande, Emma Howard Boyd, Stephen Howard, Arianna
Huffington, Kara Hurst, Mo Ibrahim, Jay Inslee, Natalie Isaacs, Maria Ivanova,
Lisa Jackson, Lisa Jacobson, Dan Janzen, Michel Jarraud, Sharon Johnson,
Kelsey Juliana, Yolanda Kakabadse, Lila Karbassi, Iain Keith, Mark Kenber, John
Kerry, Sean Kidney, Jim Kim, Ban Ki-moon, Lise Kingo, Richard Kinley, Sister
Jayanti Kirpalani, Isabelle Kocher, Caio Koch-Weser, Marcin Korolec, Larry
Kramer, Kalee Kreider, Kishan Kumarsingh, Rachel Kyte, Christine Lagarde,
Philip Lambert, Dan Lashof, Penelope Lea, Guilherme Leal, Bernice Lee, Jeremy
Leggett, Thomas Lingard, Andrew Liveris, Hunter Lovins, Mindy Lubber,
Miguel Ángel Mancera Espinosa, Gina McCarthy, Stella McCartney, Bill
McDonouh, Catherine McKenna, Sonia Medina, Bernadette Meehan, Johannes
Meier, Maria Mendiluce, Antoine Michon, David Miliband, Ed Miliband, Amina
Mohammed, Jennifer Morris, Tosi Mpanu-Mpanu, Nozipho Mxakato-Diseko,
Kumi Naidoo, Nicole Ng, Maite Nkoana-Mashabane, Indra Nooyi, Michael
Northrop, Tim Nuthall, Bill Nye, Jean Oelwang, Rafe Offer, Ngozi Okonjo-
Iweala, Hindou Oumarou Ibrahim, Kevin O Hanlon, René Orellana, Ricken
Patel, Jose Penido, Charlotte Pera, Jonathan Pershing, Stephen Petricone,
Stephanie Pfeifer, Shannon Phillips, Bertrand Piccard, François-Henri Pinault,
John Podesta, Paul Polman, Ian Ponce, Carl Pope, Jonathon Porritt, Patrick
Pouyanne, Manuel Pulgar Vidal, Tracy Raczek, Jairam Ramesh, Curtis Ravenell,
Robin Reck, Geeta Reddy, Dan Reifsnyder, Fiona Reynolds, Ben Rhodes, Alex
Rivett-Carnac, Chris Rivett-Carnac, Nick Robins, Jim Robinson, Mary Robinson,
Cristiam Rodriguez, Matthew Rodriguez, Kevin Rudd, Mark Ruffalo, Artur
Runge-Metzger, Karsten Sach, Claudia Salerno Caldera, Fredric Samama,
Richard Samans, M. Sanjayan, Steve Sawyer, Jerome Schmitt, Kirsty
Schneeberger, Seth Schultz, Klaus Schwab, Arnold Schwarzenegger, Jeff
Seabright, Maros Sefcovic, Leah Seligmann, Peter Seligmann, Oleg Shamanov,
Kevin Sheekey, Feike Sijbesma, Nat Simons, Paul Simpson, Michael Skelly, Erna
Solberg, Andrew Steer, Achim Steiner, Todd Stern, Tom Steyer, Irene Suárez,
Mustafa Suleyman, Terry Tamminen, Ratan Tata, Astro Teller, Tessa Tenant,
Halldór Thorgeirsson, Greta Thunberg, Svante Thunberg, Susan Tierney, Halla
Tomasdottir, Laurence Tubiana, Keith Tuffley, Jo Tyndall, Hamdi Ulukaya, Gino
van Begin, Ben van Beurden, Andy Vesey, Mark Watts, Dominic Waughray,
Meridith Webster, Scott Weiner, Helen Wildsmith, Antha Williams, Dessima
Williams, Mark Wilson, Justin Winters, Martin Wolf, Farhana Yamin, Zhang Yue,
Mohammed Yunus, Jochen Zeitz, and Xie Zhenhua.
We would like to thank each and every one of the outstanding colleagues of
the secretariat of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change, the always thorough UN security personnel, and the exemplary
Mission 2020 team.
This book would not have been possible without the remarkable skills of the
editors at Knopf and Bonnier that we were privileged to work with, Erroll
McDonald and Margaret Stead, with their respective teams.
After spending a good two years thinking about writing a book and making
almost no progress, the big transformation occurred when we met Doug
Abrams in September 2018. Doug and the team at Idea Architects transformed
our approach and made the project real in a way it simply would never have
been without them. In many ways, the book owes its genesis to this team more
than any other and, alongside Doug, to wordsmith Lara Love and efficient Ty
Gideon Love. Our gratitude goes also to Caspian Dennis, Sandy Violette, and
the whole team at Abner Stein, as well as Camilla Ferrier, Jemma McDonagh,
and the entire team at the Marsh Agency.
Finally, we cannot end this acknowledgment without thanking the close
friends and family members who supported us through the writing of this book.
The few months of actual writing time were marked by a remarkable intensity
of major events in our lives, of both sadness and joy. These included the passing
of two of Christiana’s brothers, Mariano and Martí; of Tom’s mother-in-law,
Irene Walter; and of Doug’s father, Richard Abrams. It also included the
wedding of Christiana’s daughter Yihana. We are left with a deep sense of
gratitude toward those closest to us who generously and patiently supported us
throughout this period, in particular Naima Ritter, Yihana Ritter, Kirsten
Figueres, Mariano Figueres, Chaco Delgado, David Hall, Ron Walter, Diana
Strike, Sara Rivett-Carnac, and Natasha Rivett-Carnac.
You are our past, our present, and our future.
NOTES
INTRODUCTION: THE CRITICAL DECADE
1. Charles Keeling, “The Concentration and Isotopic Abundances of Carbon
Dioxide in the Atmosphere,” Tellus 12, no. 2 (1960): 200–203,
https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/ doi/ epdf/ 10.1111/ j.2153-
3490.1960.tb01300.x. The Scripps Institution of Oceanography at UC
Davis has kept records of global atmospheric carbon dioxide concentration
since 1958, updating the Keeling Curve: https://scripps.ucsd.edu/
programs/ keelingcurve/.
2. David Neild, “This Map Shows Where in the World Is Most Vulnerable to
Climate Change,” ScienceAlert, February 19, 2016,
https://www.sciencealert.com/ this-map-shows-the-parts-of-the-world-most-
vulnerable-to-climate-change.
3. These two articles explain the science well and contain helpful visuals: D.
Piepgrass, “How Could Global Warming Accelerate If CO2 Is
‘Logarithmic’?” Skeptical Science, March 28, 2018,
https://skepticalscience.com/ why-global-warming-can-accelerate.html;
Aarne Granlund, “Three Things We Must Understand About Climate
Breakdown,” Medium, August 30, 2017, https://medium.com/
@aarnegranlund/ three-things-we-dont-understand-about-climate-change-
c59338a1c435.
4. Neild, “This Map Shows Where in the World Is Most Vulnerable to Climate
Change.”
5. Including in the UK and United States, for example: Sandra Laville, “Two-
thirds of Britons Want Faster Action on Climate, Poll Finds,” Guardian (U.S.
edition), June 19, 2019, https://www.theguardian.com/ environment/ 2019/
jun/ 19/ britons-want-faster-action-climate-poll; Valerie Volcovici, “Americans
Demand Climate Action (As Long As It Doesn’t Cost Much): Reuters Poll,”
Reuters, June 26, 2019, https://www.reuters.com/ article/ us-usa-election-
climatechange/ americans-demand-climate-action-reuters-poll-
idUSKCN1TR15W.
6. Elizabeth Howell, “How Long Have Humans Been on Earth?” Universe
Today, January 19, 2015, https://www.universetoday.com/ 38125/ how-long-
have-humans-been-on-earth/; Chelsea Harvey, “Scientists Say That 6,000
Years Ago, Humans Dramatically Changed How Nature Works,”
Washington Post, December 16, 2015, https://www.washingtonpost.com/
news/ energy-environment/ wp/ 2015/ 12/ 16/ humans-dramatically-changed-
how-nature-works-6000-years-ago/.
7. Margherita Giuzio, Dejan Krusec, Anouk Levels, Ana Sofia Melo, et al.,
“Climate Change and Financial Stability,” Financial Stability Review, May
2019, https://www.ecb.europa.eu/ pub/ financial-stability/ fsr/ special/ html/
ecb.fsrart201905_1~47cf778cc1.en.html.
8. Megan Mahajan, “Plunging Prices Mean Building New Renewable Energy
Is Cheaper Than Running Existing Coal,” Forbes, December 3, 2018
(updated May 6, 2019), https://www.forbes.com/ sites/ energyinnovation/
2018/ 12/ 03/ plunging-prices-mean-building-new-renewable-energy-is-
cheaper-than-running-existing-coal/ #61a0db2631f3.
9. Fossil Free, “What Is Fossil Fuel Divestment?” https://gofossilfree.org/
divestment/ what-is-fossil-fuel-divestment/.
10. Chris Flood, “Climate Change Poses Challenge to Long-Term Investors,”
Financial Times, April 22, 2019, https://www.ft.com/ content/ 992ba12a-
c02a-3bca-b947-0e2fbc5e91b7.
1. CHOOSING OUR FUTURE
1. For more on ice ages, see, for example, Michael Marshall, “The History of
Ice on Earth,” New Scientist, May 24, 2010, https://www.newscientist.com/
article/ dn18949-the-history-of-ice-on-earth/.
2. The world’s population is expected to hit 9.8 billion by 2050. United
Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, “Growing at a Slower
Pace, World Population Is Expected to Reach 9.7 Billion in 2050 and Could
Peak at Nearly 11 Billion around 2100,” June 17, 2019, https://www.un.org/
development/ desa/ en/ news/ population/ world-population-prospects-
2019.html.
3. Daniel Christian Wahl, “Learning from Nature and Designing as Nature:
Regenerative Cultures Create Conditions Conducive to Life,” Biomimicry
Institute, September 6, 2016, https://biomimicry.org/ learning-nature-
designing-nature-regenerative-cultures-create-conditions-conducive-life/.
4. The Industrial Revolution and the explosion of fossil fuel use changed our
direction. For more on this, see History.com, “Industrial Revolution,” July
1, 2019 (updated September 9, 2019), https://www.history.com/ topics/
industrial-revolution/ industrial-revolution for a history of the Industrial
Revolution; and Hannah Ritchie and Max Roser, “Fossil Fuels,” Our World
in Data, https://ourworldindata.org/ fossil-fuels, for the development of
fossil fuel use.
5. National Aeronautics and Space Administration, “Changes in the Carbon
Cycle,” NASA Earth Observatory, June 16, 2011,
https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/ features/ CarbonCycle/ page4.php.
6. Rémi d’Annunzio, Marieke Sandker, Yelena Finegold, and Zhang Min,
“Projecting Global Forest Area Towards 2030,” Forest Ecology and
Management 352 (2015): 124–33, https://www.sciencedirect.com/ science/
article/ pii/ S0378112715001346; John Vidal, “We Are Destroying
Rainforests So Quickly They May Be Gone in 100 Years,” Guardian (U.S.
edition), January 23, 2017, https://www.theguardian.com/ global-
development-professionals-network/ 2017/ jan/ 23/ destroying-rainforests-
quickly-gone-100-years-deforestation.
7. Josh Gabbatiss, “Earth Will Take Millions of Years to Recover from Climate
Change Mass Extinction, Study Suggests,” Independent, April 8, 2019,
https://www.independent.co.uk/ environment/ mass-extinction-recovery-
earth-climate-change-biodiversity-loss-evolution-a8860326.html.
8. Richard Gray, “Sixth Mass Extinction Could Destroy Life as We Know It—
Biodiversity Expert,” Horizon, March 4, 2019, https://horizon-magazine.eu/
article/ sixth-mass-extinction-could-destroy-life-we-know-it-biodiversity-
expert.html; Gabbatiss, “Earth Will Take Millions of Years.”
9. LuAnn Dahlman and Rebecca Lindsey, “Climate Change: Ocean Heat
Content,” Climate.gov, August 1, 2018, https://www.climate.gov/ news-
features/ understanding-climate/ climate-change-ocean-heat-content.
10. Lauren E. James, “Half of the Great Barrier Reef Is Dead,” National
Geographic, August 2018, https://www.nationalgeographic.com/ magazine/
2018/ 08/ explore-atlas-great-barrier-reef-coral-bleaching-map-climate-
change/.
11. T. Schoolmeester, H. L. Gjerdi, J. Crump, et al., Global Linkages: A Graphic
Look at the Changing Arctic, Rev. 1 (Nairobi and Arendal: UN Environment
and GRID-Arendal, 2019), http://www.grida.no/ publications/ 431.
12. National Aeronautics and Space Administration, “As Seas Rise, NASA
Zeros In: How Much? How Fast?” August 3, 2017, https://www.nasa.gov/
goddard/ risingseas.
13. Joseph Stromberg, “What Is the Anthropocene and Are We in It?”
Smithsonian, January 2013, https://www.smithsonianmag.com/ science-
nature/ what-is-the-anthropocene-and-are-we-in-it-164801414/.
14. An exploration can be found in Darrell Moellendorf, “Progress,
Destruction, and the Anthropocene,” Social Philosophy and Policy 34, no. 2
(2017): 66–88. See also the documentary film Anthropocene: The Human
Epoch, 2018, https://theanthropocene.org/ film/.
15. More than 3 degrees Celsius warmer than the preindustrial average global
temperature.
16. That is, 1.5 degrees Celsius higher than the preindustrial average global
temperature.
17. For a full explanation, see Intergovernmental Panel of Climate Change,
“Special Report: Global Warming of 1.5 ºC,” 2018, https://www.ipcc.ch/
sr15/.
18. Nebojsa Nakicenovic and Rob Swart, eds., Special Report on Emissions
Scenarios (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2000),
https://www.ipcc.ch/ report/ emissions-scenarios/.
2. THE WORLD WE ARE CREATING
1. Department of Public Health, Environmental and Social Determinants of
Health, World Health Organization, “Ambient Air Pollution: Health
Impacts,” https://www.who.int/ airpollution/ ambient/ health-impacts/ en/.
2. Greenpeace Southeast Asia, “Latest Air Pollution Data Ranks World’s Cities
Worst to Best,” March 5, 2019, https://www.greenpeace.org/ southeastasia/
press/ 679/ latest-air-pollution-data-ranks-worlds-cities-worst-to-best/.
3. “Cloud Seeding,” ScienceDirect, https://www.sciencedirect.com/ topics/
earth-and-planetary-sciences/ cloud-seeding.
4. Acid rain is any form of precipitation that contains high levels of nitric and
sulfuric acids. It can also occur in the form of snow and fog. Normal rain is
slightly acidic, with a pH of 5.6, while acid rain has a pH between 4.2 and
4.4. Most acid rain is a product of human activities. The biggest sources
are coal power plants, factories, and automobiles. See Christina Nunez,
“Acid Rain Explained,” National Geographic, February 28, 2019,
https://www.nationalgeographic.com/ environment/ global-warming/ acid-
rain/.
5. Heather Smith, “Will Climate Change Move Agriculture Indoors? And Will
That Be a Good Thing?” Grist, February 3, 2016, https://grist.org/ food/ will-
climate-change-move-agriculture-indoors-and-will-that-be-a-good-thing/.
6. Johan Rockström, “Climate Tipping Points,” Global Challenges Foundation,
https://www.globalchallenges.org/ en/ our-work/ annual-report/ climate-
tipping-points [inactive].
7. See David Wallace-Wells, The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming
(New York: Tim Duggen Books, 2019).
8. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, “Climate Change,” 2018,
http://www.gbrmpa.gov.au/ our-work/ threats-to-the-reef/ climate-change.
9. Aylin Woodward, “One of Antarctica’s Biggest Glaciers Will Soon Reach a
Point of Irreversible Melting,” Business Insider France, July 9, 2019,
http://www.businessinsider.fr/ us/ antarctic-glacier-on-way-to-irreversible-
melt-2019-7.
10. Roz Pidcock, “Interactive: What Will 2C and 4C of Warming Mean for Sea
Level Rise?” Carbon Brief, September 11, 2015,
https://www.carbonbrief.org/ interactive-what-will-2c-and-4c-of-warming-
mean-for-global-sea-level-rise; Josh Holder, Niko Kommenda, and Jonathan
Watts, “The Three-Degree World: The Cities That Will Be Drowned by
Global Warming,” Guardian (U.S. edition), November 3, 2017,
https://www.theguardian.com/ cities/ ng-interactive/ 2017/ nov/ 03/ three-
degree-world-cities-drowned-global-warming.
11. United Nations Climate Change News, “Climate Change Threatens
National Security, Says Pentagon,” October 14, 2014, https://unfccc.int/
news/ climate-change-threatens-national-security-says-pentagon. For more
useful resources, see American Security Project, “Climate Security Is
National Security,” https://www.americansecurityproject.org/ climate-
security/.
12. Polar Science Center, “Antarctic Melting Irreversible in 60 Years,”
http://psc.apl.uw.edu/ antarctic-melting-irreversible-in-60-years/.
13. Ocean Portal Team, “Ocean Acidification,” Smithsonian Institute, April
2018, https://ocean.si.edu/ ocean-life/ invertebrates/ ocean-acidification.
14. Chang-Eui Park, Su-Jong Jeong, Manoj Joshi, et al., “Keeping Global
Warming Within 1.5 °C Constrains Emergence of Aridification,” Nature
Climate Change 8, no. 1 (January 2018): 70–74.
15. Regan Early, “Which Species Will Survive Climate Change?” Scientific
American, February 17, 2016,
https://www.scientificamerican.com83647/article/which-species-will-
survive-climate-change/.
16. Scientific Expert Group on Climate Change and Sustainable Development,
“Confronting Climate Change: Avoiding the Unmanageable and Managing
the Unavoidable,” Sigma Xi, February 2007, https://www.sigmaxi.org/ docs/
default-source/ Programs-Documents/ Critical83647-Issues-in-Science/
executive-summary-of-confronting-climate83647-change.pdf.
17. For more on the risks of climate change on these river systems, see John
Schwartz, “Amid 19-Year Drought, States Sign Deal to Conserve Colorado
River Water,” New York Times, March 19, 2019, https://www.nytimes.com/
2019/ 03/ 19/ climate/ colorado-river-water.html; Sarah Zielinski, “The
Colorado River Runs Dry,” Smithsonian, October 2010,
https://www.smithsonianmag.com/ science-nature/ the-colorado-river-runs-
dry-61427169/; “Earth Matters: Climate Change Threatening to Dry Up the
Rio Grande River, a Vital Water Supply,” CBS News, April 22, 2019,
https://www.cbsnews.com/ news/ earth-day-2019-climate-change-
threatening-to-dry-up-rio-grande-river-vital-water-supply/.
18. Gary Borders, “Climate Change on the Rio Grande,” World Wildlife
Magazine, Fall 2015, https://www.worldwildlife.org/ magazine/ issues/ fall-
2015/ articles/ climate-change-on-the-rio-grande.
19. Brian Resnick, “Melting Permafrost in the Arctic Is Unlocking Diseases and
Warping the Landscape,” Vox, September 26, 2019, https://www.vox.com/
2017/ 9/6/ 16062174/ permafrost-melting.
20. “How Climate Change Can Fuel Wars,” Economist, May 23, 2019,
https://www.economist.com/ international/ 2019/ 05/ 23/ how-climate-change-
can-fuel-wars.
21. Silja Klepp, “Climate Change and Migration,” Oxford Research
Encyclopedias: Climate Science, April 2017, https://oxfordre.com/
climatescience/ view/ 10.1093/ acrefore/ 9780190228620.001.0001/ acrefore-
9780190228620-e-42.
22. Resnick, “Melting Permafrost.”
23. Derek R. MacFadden, Sarah F. McGough, David Fisman, Mauricio
Santillana, and John S. Brownstein, “Antibiotic Resistance Increases with
Local Temperature,” Nature, May 21, 2018, https://www.nature.com/
articles/ s41558-018-0161-6.
3. THE WORLD WE MUST CREATE
1. P. J. Marshall, “Reforestation: The Critical Solution to Climate Change,”
Leonardo DiCaprio Foundation, December 7, 2018,
https://www.leonardodicaprio.org/ reforestation-the-critical-solution-to-
climate-change/.
2. Julio Díaz, public health and environment expert at the National School of
Public Health in Madrid, which is part of the Carlos III Health Institute,
reports that individuals with kidney problems and neurodegenerative
diseases such as Parkinson’s visit the doctor more frequently in hot
weather. Excessive heat also increases the risk of premature births and low
birth rates. Cited in Manuel Planelles, “More Than a Feeling: Summers in
Spain Really Are Getting Longer and Hotter,” El País, April 3, 2019,
https://elpais.com/ elpais/ 2019/ 04/ 03/ inenglish/ 1554279672_888064.html.
3. E. O. Wilson Biodiversity Foundation, “Half-Earth: Our Planet’s Fight for
Life,” https://eowilsonfoundation.org/ half-earth-our-planet-s-fight-for-life/;
Emily E. Adams, “World Forest Area Still on the Decline,” Earth Policy
Institute, August 31, 2012, http://www.earth-policy.org/ indicators/ C56/
forests_2012.
4. Project Drawdown, “Tree Intercropping,” https://www.drawdown.org/
solutions/ food/ tree-intercropping; Project Drawdown, “Silvopasture,”
https://www.drawdown.org/ solutions/ food/ silvopasture.
5. Petra Todorovich and Yoav Hagler, “High-Speed Rail in America,” America
2050, January 2011, http://www.america2050.org/ pdf/ HSR-in-America-
Complete.pdf; Anton Babadjanov, “Can We Replace Cross-Country Air with
Rail Travel? Yes, We Can!” Seattle Transit Blog, February 15, 2019,
https://seattletransitblog.com/ 2019/ 02/ 15/ can-we-replace-cross-country-air-
with-rail-travel-yes-we-can/.
6. Project Drawdown, “Nuclear,” https://www.drawdown.org/ solutions/
electricity-generation/ nuclear. See also Union of Concerned Scientists,
“Nuclear Power & Global Warming,” May 22, 2015 (updated November 8,
2018), https://www.ucsusa.org/ nuclear-power/ nuclear-power-and-global-
warming.
7. RMIT University, “Solar Paint Offers Endless Energy from Water Vapor,”
ScienceDaily, June 14, 2017, https://www.sciencedaily.com/ releases/ 2017/
06/ 170614091833.htm.
8. Global Water Scarcity Atlas, “Desalination Powered by Renewable Energy,”
https://waterscarcityatlas.org/ desalination-powered-by-renewable-energy/.
9. Project Drawdown, “Pasture Cropping,” https://www.drawdown.org/
solutions/ coming-attractions/ pasture-cropping. See also Taylor Mooney,
“What Is Regenerative Farming? Experts Say It Can Combat Climate
Change,” CBS News, July 28, 2019, https://www.cbsnews.com/ news/ what-
is-regenerative-farming-cbsn-originals/.
10. For more on climate change and food prices, see Nitin Sethi, “Climate
Change Could Cause 29% Spike in Cereal Prices: Leaked UN Report,”
Business Standard, July 15, 2019, https://www.business-standard.com/
article/ current-affairs/ climate-change-could-cause-29-spike-in-cereal-
prices-leaked-un-report-119071500637_1.html.
11. For more on this concept, see Anna Behrend, “What Is the True Cost of
Food?” Spiegel Online, April 2, 2016, https://www.spiegel.de/ international/
tomorrow/ the-true-price-of-foodstuffs-a-1085086.html; Megan Perry, “The
Real Cost of Food,” Sustainable Food Trust, November 2015,
https://sustainablefoodtrust.org/ articles/ the-real-cost-of-food/.
12. Sarah Gibbens, “Eating Meat Has ‘Dire’ Consequences for the Planet, Says
Report,” National Geographic, January 16, 2019,
https://www.nationalgeographic.com/ environment/ 2019/ 01/ commission-
report-great-food-transformation-plant-diet-climate-change/.
13. Fisheries and Aquaculture Department, Food and Agriculture Organization
of the United Nations, “Climate Change Mitigation Strategies,” September
28, 2016, http://www.fao.org/ fishery/ topic/ 166280/ en.
14. Jennifer L. Pomeranz, Parke Wilde, Yue Huang, Renata Micha, and Dariush
Mozaffarian, “Legal and Administrative Feasibility of a Federal Junk Food
and Sugar-Sweetened Beverage Tax to Improve Diet,” American Journal of
Public Health, January 10, 2018, https://ajph.aphapublications.org/ doi/
10.2105/ AJPH.2017.304159; Arlene Weintraub, “Should We Tax Junk Foods
to Curb Obesity?” Forbes, January 10, 2018, https://www.forbes.com/ sites/
arleneweintraub/ 2018/ 01/ 10/ should-we-tax-junk-foods-to-curb-obesity/;
Mexico and Hungary are already piloting the idea of taxing junk food; see
Julia Belluz, “Mexico and Hungary Tried Junk Food Taxes—and They Seem
to Be Working,” Vox, January 17, 2018 (updated April 6, 2018),
https://www.vox.com/ 2018/ 1/17/ 16870014/ junk-food-tax.
15. This is already happening: “China’s Hainan Province to End Fossil Fuel Car
Sales in 2030,” Phys.org, March 6, 2019, https://phys.org/ news/ 2019-03-
china-hainan-province-fossil-fuel.html.
16. This is already happening in the UK: Tom Edwards, “ULEZ: The Most
Radical Plan You’ve Never Heard Of,” BBC News, March 26, 2019,
https://www.bbc.com/ news/ uk-england-london-47638862.
17. Smart Energy International, “Storage Advancements Fast-Track New
Power Projects, Experts Say,” June 21, 2018, https://www.smart-
energy.com/ news/ energy-storage-new-power-projects/.
18. Adela Spulber and Brett Smith, “Are We Building the Electric Vehicle
Charging Infrastructure We Need?” IndustryWeek, November 21, 2018,
https://www.industryweek.com/ technology-and-iiot/ are-we-building-
electric-vehicle-charging-infrastructure-we-need.
19. Echo Huang, “By 2038, the World Will Buy More Passenger Electric
Vehicles Than Fossil-Fuel Cars,” Quartz, May 15, 2019, https://qz.com/
1618775/ by-2038-sales-of-electric-cars-to-overtake-fossil-fuel-ones/; Jesper
Berggreen, “The Dream Is Over—Europe Is Waking Up to a World of
Electric Cars,” CleanTechnica, February 17, 2019,
https://cleantechnica.com/ 2019/ 02/ 17/ the-dream-is-over-europe-is-waking-
up-to-a-world-of-electric-cars/.
20. We can already achieve this acceleration in 2019. See James Gilboy, “The
Porsche Taycan Will Do Zero-to-60 in 3.5 Seconds,” The Drive, August 17,
2018, https://www.thedrive.com/ news/ 22984/ the-porsche-taycan-will-do-
zero-to-60-in-3-5-seconds; and classic car retrofits are already starting to
take off: Robert C. Yeager, “Vintage Cars with Electric-Heart Transplants,”
New York Times, January 10, 2019, https://www.nytimes.com/ 2019/ 01/ 10/
business/ electric-conversions-classic-cars.html.
21. United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, “68% of the
World Population Projected to Live in Urban Areas by 2050, Says UN,” May
16, 2018, https://www.un.org/ development/ desa/ en/ news/ population/ 2018-
revision-of-world-urbanization-prospects.html.
22. David Dudley, “The Guy from Lyft Is Coming for Your Car,” CityLab,
September 19, 2016, https://www.citylab.com/ transportation/ 2016/ 09/ the-
guy-from-lyft-is-coming-for-your-car/ 500600/.
23. Annie Rosenthal, “How 3D Printing Could Revolutionize the Future of
Development,” Medium, May 1, 2018, https://medium.com/
@plus_socialgood/ how-3d-printing-could-revolutionize-the-future-of-
development-54a270d6186d; Elizabeth Royte, “What Lies Ahead for 3-D
Printing?” Smithsonian, May 2013, https://www.smithsonianmag.com/
science-nature/ what-lies-ahead-for-3-d-printing-37498558/.
24. Marissa Peretz, “The Father of Drones’ Newest Baby Is a Flying Car,”
Forbes, July 24, 2019, https://www.forbes.com/ sites/ marissaperetz/ 2019/
07/ 24/ the-father-of-drones-newest-baby-is-a-flying-car/.
25. The “slow-cation” was already popular from the seventeenth to the
nineteenth centuries, in the form of the “Grand Tour.” Richard Franks,
“What Was the Grand Tour and Where Did People Go?” Culture Trip,
December 4, 2017, https://theculturetrip.com/ europe/ articles/ what-was-
the-grand-tour-and-where-did-people-go/.
26. International Organization for Migration mission statement,
https://www.iom.int/ migration-and-climate-change-0. See also Erik Solheim
and William Lacy Swing, “Migration and Climate Change Need to Be
Tackled Together,” United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change, September 7, 2018, https://unfccc.int/ news/ migration-and-climate-
change-need-to-be-tackled-together.
27. Richard B. Rood, “What Would Happen to the Climate If We Stopped
Emitting Greenhouse Gases Today?” The Conversation, December 11,
2014. http://theconversation.com/ what-would-happen-to-the-climate-if-we-
stopped-emitting-greenhouse-gases-today-35011.
28. The 3D-printed version is already building houses at speed. See Adele
Peters, “This House Can Be 3D-Printed for $4,000,” Fast Company, March
12, 2018, https://www.fastcompany.com/ 40538464/ this-house-can-be-3d-
printed-for-4000.
4. WHO WE CHOOSE TO BE
1. Joanna Macy and Chris Johnstone, Active Hope: How to Face the Mess
We’re in Without Going Crazy (San Francisco: New World Library, 2012),
32.
5. STUBBORN OPTIMISM
1. Kendra Cherry, “Learned Optimism,” Verywell Mind, July 25, 2019,
https://www.verywellmind.com/ learned-optimism-4174101.
2. Jeremy Hodges, “Clean Energy Becomes Dominant Power Source in U.K.,”
Bloomberg, June 20, 2019, https://www.bloomberg.com/ news/ articles/ 2019-
06-20/ clean-energy-is-seen-as-dominant-source-in-u-k-for-first-time.
3. Jordan Davidson, “Costa Rica Powered by Nearly 100% Renewable
Energy,” EcoWatch, August 6, 2019, https://www.ecowatch.com/ costa-rica-
net-zero-carbon-emissions-2639681381.html.
4. Sammy Roth, “California Set a Goal of 100% Clean Energy, and Now Other
States May Follow Its Lead,” Los Angeles Times, January 10, 2019,
https://www.latimes.com/ business/ la-fi-100-percent-clean-energy-
20190110-story.html.
5. Václav Havel, Disturbing the Peace: A Conversation with Karel Huizdala
(New York: Vintage Books, 1991), 181–82.
6. Rebecca Solnit, Hope in the Dark: Untold Histories, Wild Possibilities
(Chicago: Haymarket Books, 2016), 4.
6. ENDLESS ABUNDANCE
1. Brad Lancaster, “Planting the Rain to Grow Abundance,” lecture at
TEDxTucson, March 6, 2017, https://www.youtube.com/ watch?
v=I2xDZlpInik.
2. American Sociological Association, “In Disasters, Panic Is Rare; Altruism
Dominates,” ScienceDaily, August 8, 2002, https://www.sciencedaily.com/
releases/ 2002/ 08/ 020808075321.htm.
3. Therese J. Borchard, “How Giving Makes Us Happy,” Psych Central, July 8,
2018, https://psychcentral.com/ blog/ how-giving-makes-us-happy/.
4. Wikipedia, “November 2015 Paris Attacks,” https://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/
November_2015_Paris_attacks.
7. RADICAL REGENERATION
1. Richard Louv, Last Child in the Woods: Saving Our Children from Nature-
Deficit Disorder (New York: Algonquin, 2005).
2. Gregory Bateson, Steps to an Ecology of Mind (Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1972).
3. Daniel Christian Wahl, Designing Regenerative Cultures (Charmouth, UK:
Triarchy Press, 2016), 267.
8. DOING WHAT IS NECESSARY
1. Even if we did, the world would not stop warming. See Ute Kehse, “Global
Warming Doesn’t Stop When the Emissions Stop,” Phys.org, October 3,
2017, https://phys.org/ news/ 2017-10-global-doesnt-emissions.html.
2. Caitlin E. Werrell and Francesco Femia, “Climate Change Raises Conflict
Concerns,” UNESCO Courier, no. 2 (2018), https://en.unesco.org/ courier/
2018-2/ climate-change-raises-conflict-concerns.
3. “Germany on Course to Accept One Million Refugees in 2015,” Guardian
(U.S. edition), December 7, 2015, https://www.theguardian.com/ world/
2015/ dec/ 08/ germany-on-course-to-accept-one-million-refugees-in-2015.
4. Benedikt Peters, “5 Reasons for the Far Right Rising in Germany,”
Süddeutsche Zeitung, https://projekte.sueddeutsche.de/ artikel/ politik/ afd-
5-reasons-for-the-far-right-rising-in-germany-e403522/.
5. Project Drawdown is a great additional resource, and outlines one hundred
solutions to reverse global warming.
6. Reality Check team, “Reality Check: Which Form of Renewable Energy Is
Cheapest?” BBC News, October 26, 2018, https://www.bbc.com/ news/
business-45881551.
7. Michael Savage, “End Onshore Windfarm Ban, Tories Urge,” Guardian
(U.S. edition), June 30, 2019, https://www.theguardian.com/ environment/
2019/ jun/ 30/ tories-urge-lifting-off-onshore-windfarm-ban.
8. Shannon Hall, “Exxon Knew About Climate Change Almost 40 Years Ago,”
Scientific American, October 26, 2015,
https://www.scientificamerican.com/ article/ exxon-Knew-about-climate-
change-almost-40-years-ago/.
9. Sarah Pruitt, “How the Treaty of Versailles and German Guilt Led to World
War II,” History.com, June 29, 2018 (updated June 3, 2019),
https://www.history.com/ news/ treaty-of-versailles-world-war-ii-german-
guilt-effects.
10. S.P., “What, and Who, Are France’s ‘Gilets Jaunes’?” Economist, November
27, 2018, https://www.economist.com/ the-economist-explains/ 2018/ 11/ 27/
what-and-who-are-frances-gilets-jaunes.
11. Alex Birkett, “Online Manipulation: All the Ways You’re Currently Being
Deceived,” Conversion XL, November 19, 2015 (updated February 7,
2019), https://conversionxl.com/ blog/ online-manipulation-all-the-ways-
youre-currently-being-deceived/.
12. Stephanie Pappas, “Shrinking Glaciers Point to Looming Water Shortages,”
Live Science, December 8, 2011, https://www.livescience.com/ 17379-
shrinking-glaciers-water-shortages.html.
13. Bridget Alex, “Artic [sic] Meltdown: We’re Already Feeling the
Consequences of Thawing Permafrost,” Discover, June 2018,
http://discovermagazine.com/ 2018/ jun/ something-stirs.
14. Fern Riddell, “Suffragettes, Violence and Militancy,” British Library,
February 6, 2018, https://www.bl.uk/ votes-for-women/ articles/ suffragettes-
violence-and-militancy.
15. Office of the Historian, Department of State, “The Collapse of the Soviet
Union,” https://history.state.gov/ milestones/ 1989-1992/ collapse-soviet-
union.
16. “Futurama: ‘Magic City of Progress’ ” in World’s Fair: Enter the World of
Tomorrow, Biblion, http://exhibitions.nypl.org/ biblion/ worldsfair/ enter-
world-tomorrow-futurama-and-beyond/ story/ story-gmfuturama.
17. Abby Norman, “Aliens, Autonomous Cars, and AI: This Is the World of
2118,” Futurism.com, January 11, 2018, https://futurism.com/ 2118-
century-predictions; Matthew Claudel and Carlo Ratti, “Full Speed Ahead:
How the Driverless Car Could Transform Cities,” McKinsey & Company,
August 2015, https://www.mckinsey.com/ business-functions/ sustainability/
our-insights/ full-speed-ahead-how-the-driverless-car-could-transform-cities.
18. Brad Plumer, “Cars Take Up Way Too Much Space in Cities. New
Technology Could Change That,” Vox, 2016, https://www.vox.com/ a/new-
economy-future/ cars-cities-technologies; Vanessa Bates Ramirez, “The
Future of Cars Is Electric, Autonomous, and Shared—Here’s How We’ll Get
There,” Singularity Hub, August 23, 2018, https://singularityhub.com/ 2018/
08/ 23/ the-future-of-cars-is-electric-autonomous-and-shared-heres-how-well-
get-there/.
19. Tim Walker, “Maya Angelou Dies: ‘You May Encounter Many Defeats, but
You Must Not Be Defeated,’ ” Independent, May 28, 2014,
https://www.independent.co.uk/ news/ people/ maya-angelou-dies-you-may-
encounter-many-defeats-but-you-must-not-be-defeated-9449234.html.
20. “Martin Luther King Jr.—Biography,” NobelPrize.org,
https://www.nobelprize.org/ prizes/ peace/ 1964/ king/ biographical.
21. Jonathan Swift, “The Art of Political Lying,” The Examiner, Nov. 9, 1710,
https://www.bartleby.com/ 209/ 633.html.
22. Soroush Vosoughi, Deb Roy, and Sinan Aral, “The Spread of True and False
News Online,” Science, March 9, 2018, https://science.sciencemag.org/
content/ 359/ 6380/ 1146.full.
23. Carolyn Gregoire, “The Psychology of Materialism, and Why It’s Making
You Unhappy,” Huffington Post, December 15, 2013 (updated December 7,
2017), https://www.huffpost.com/ entry/ psychology-materialism_n_4425982.
24. Encyclopaedia Britannica Online, “Confirmation Bias,”
https://www.britannica.com/ science/ confirmation-bias.
25. Ben Webster, “Britons Buy a Suitcase Full of New Clothes Every Year,”
Times (UK), October 5, 2018, https://www.thetimes.co.uk/ article/ britons-
buy-a-suitcase-full-of-new-clothes-every-year-wxws895qd.
26. United Nations Climate Change News, “UN Helps Fashion Industry Shift to
Low Carbon,” United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change,
September 6, 2018, https://unfccc.int/ news/ un-helps-fashion-industry-shift-
to-low-carbon.
27. Al Gore, The Future: Six Drivers of Global Change (New York: Random
House, 2013), 159.
28. Christina Gough, “Super Bowl Average Costs of a 30-Second TV
Advertisement from 2002 to 2019 (in Million U.S. Dollars),” Statista,
August 9, 2019, https://www.statista.com/ statistics/ 217134/ total-
advertisement-revenue-of-super-bowls/.
29. Garett Sloane, “Amazon Makes Major Leap in Ad Industry with $10 Billion
Year,” Ad Age, January 31, 2019, https://adage.com/ article/ digital/ amazon-
makes-quick-work-ad-industry-10-billion-year/ 316468.
30. A. Guttmann, “Global Advertising Market—Statistics & Facts,” Statista,
July 24, 2018, https://www.statista.com/ topics/ 990/ global-advertising-
market/.
31. A great article summing up the research can be found here: Tori
DeAngelis, “Consumerism and Its Discontents,” American Psychological
Association, June 2004, https://www.apa.org/ monitor/ jun04/ discontents.
32. Ibid.
33. Tony Seba and James Arbib, “Are We Ready for the End of Individual Car
Ownership?” San Francisco Chronicle, July 10, 2017,
https://www.sfchronicle.com/ opinion/ openforum/ article/ Are-we-ready-for-
the-end-of-individual-car-11278535.php.
34. A great article and podcast on this can be found here: Hans-Werner Kaas,
Detlev Mohr, and Luke Collins, “Self-Driving Cars and the Future of the
Auto Sector,” McKinsey & Company, August 2016,
https://www.mckinsey.com/ industries/ automotive-and-assembly/ our-
insights/ self-driving-cars-and-the-future-of-the-auto-sector.
35. Rosie McCall, “Millions of Fossil Fuel Dollars Are Being Pumped into Anti-
Climate Lobbying,” IFLScience, March 22, 2019,
https://www.iflscience.com/ environment/ millions-of-fossil-fuel-dollars-are-
being-pumped-into-anticlimate-lobbying/.
36. Eliot Whittington, “How Big Are Fossil Fuel Subsidies?” Cambridge
Institute for Sustainability Leadership, https://www.cisl.cam.ac.uk/
business-action/ low-carbon-transformation/ eliminating-fossil-fuel-subsidies/
how-big-are-fossil-fuel-subsidies.
37. Global Studies Initiative, “What We Do: Fossil Fuel Subsidies and Climate
Change,” International Institute for Sustainable Development,
https://www.iisd.org/ gsi/ what-we-do/ focus-areas/ renewable-energy-
subsidies-fossil-fuel-phase-out.
38. Mark Carney, “Breaking the Tragedy of the Horizon—Climate Change and
Financial Stability,” speech given at Lloyd’s of London, September 29,
2015, https://www.fsb.org/ wp-content/ uploads/ Breaking-the-Tragedy-of-the-
Horizon-%E2%80%93-climate-change-and-financial-stability.pdf.
39. The official website for the Network for Greening the Financial System is
https://www.ngfs.net/ en. See A Call for Action: Climate Change as a Source
of Financial Risk (NGFS, April 2019, https://www.banque-france.fr/ sites/
default/ files/ media/ 2019/ 04/ 17/ ngfs_first_comprehensive_report_-
_17042019_0.pdf.
40. Moody’s, “Moody’s Acquires RiskFirst, Expanding Buy-Side Analytics
Capabilities,” press release, July 25, 2019, https://ir.moodys.com/ news-and-
financials/ press-releases/ press-release-details/ 2019/ Moodys-Acquires-
RiskFirst-Expanding-Buy-Side-Analytics-Capabilities/ default.aspx.
41. Fatih Birol, “Renewables 2018: Market Analysis and Forecast from 2018 to
2023,” International Energy Agency, October 2018, https://www.iea.org/
renewables2018/.
42. RE100, “Companies,” http://there100.org/ companies.
43. David Roberts, “Utilities Have a Problem: The Public Wants 100%
Renewable Energy, and Quick,” Vox, October 11, 2018,
https://www.vox.com/ energy-and-environment/ 2018/ 9/14/ 17853884/
utilities-renewable-energy-100-percent-public-opinion.
44. Stefan Jungcurt, “IRENA Report Predicts All Forms of Renewable Energy
Will Be Cost Competitive by 2020,” SDG Knowledge Hub, January 16,
2018, http://sdg.iisd.org/ news/ irena-report-predicts-all-forms-of-renewable-
energy-will-be-cost-competitive-by-2020/.
45. United Nations Climate Change, “IPCC Special Report on Global Warming
of 1.5 °C,” United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change,
https://unfccc.int/ topics/ science/ workstreams/ cooperation-with-the-ipcc/
ipcc-special-report-on-global-warming-of-15-degc.
46. Sunday Times Driving, “10 Electric Cars with 248 Miles or More Range to
Buy Instead of a Diesel or Petrol,” Sunday Times (UK), July 1, 2019,
https://www.driving.co.uk/ news/ 10-electric-cars-248-miles-range-buy-
instead-diesel-petrol/.
47. Christine Negroni, “How Much of the World’s Population Has Flown in an
Airplane?” Air & Space, January 6, 2016, https://www.airspacemag.com/
daily-planet/ how-much-worlds-population-has-flown-airplane-180957719/;
original analysis was carried out by Tom Farrier, an air safety specialist, on
Quora: Farrier, “What Percent of the World’s Population Will Fly in an
Airplane in Their Lives?” Quora, December 13, 2013,
https://www.quora.com/ What-percent-of-the-worlds-population-will-fly-in-
an-airplane-in-their-lives.
48. Liz Goldman and Mikaela Weisse, “Technical Blog: Global Forest Watch’s
2018 Data Update Explained,” Global Forest Watch, April 25, 2019,
https://blog.globalforestwatch.org/ data-and-research/ technical-blog-global-
forest-watchs-2018-data-update-explained; Gabriel daSilva, “World Lost 12
Million Hectares of Tropical Forest in 2018,” Ecosystem Marketplace, April
25, 2019, https://www.ecosystemmarketplace.com/ articles/ world-lost-12-
million-hectares-tropical-forest-2018/.
49. Rhett A. Butler, “Beef Drives 80% of Amazon Deforestation,” Mongabay,
January 29, 2009, https://news.mongabay.com/ 2009/ 01/ beef-drives-80-of-
amazon-deforestation/; full report here: Greenpeace Amazon, “Amazon
Cattle Footprint, Mato Grosso: State of Destruction,” February 2010,
https://www.greenpeace.org/ usa/ wp-contentuploads/ legacy/ Global/ usa/
report/ 2010/ 2/amazon-cattle-footprint.pdf.
50. Herton Escobar, “Deforestation in the Amazon Is Shooting Up, but Brazil’s
President Calls the Data ‘a Lie,’ ” Science, July 28, 2019,
https://www.sciencemag.org/ news/ 2019/ 07/ deforestation-amazon-shooting-
brazil-s-president-calls-data-lie.
51. Yuna He, Xiaoguang Yang, Juan Xia, Liyun Zhao, and Yuexin Yang,
“Consumption of Meat and Dairy Products in China: A Review,”
Proceedings of the Nutrition Society 75, no. 3 (August 2016): 385–91,
https://doi.org/ 10.1017/ S0029665116000641.
52. David Tilman, Michael Clark, David R. Williams, et al., “Future Threats to
Biodiversity and Pathways to Their Prevention,” Nature 546, (June 1,
2017): 73–81, https://www.nature.com/ articles/ nature22900; Jonathan A.
Foley, Navin Ramankutty, Kate A. Brauman, et al., “Solutions for a
Cultivated Planet,” Nature 478 (October 12, 2011): 337–42,
https://www.nature.com/ articles/ nature10452.
53. EATForum, “The EAT-Lancet Commission on Food, Planet, Health,”
https://eatforum.org/ eat-lancet-commission/.
54. Jean-Francois Bastin, Yelena Finegold, Claude Garcia, et al., “The Global
Tree Restoration Potential,” Science 365, no. 6448 (July 5, 2019): 76–79,
https://science.sciencemag.org/ content/ 365/ 6448/ 76.
55. Ibid.
56. World Agroforestry, “New Look at Satellite Data Quantifies Scale of China’s
Afforestation Success,” press release, May 5, 2017,
https://www.worldagroforestry.org/ news/ new-look-satellite-data-quantifies-
scale-chinas-afforestation-success.
57. United Nations Environment Programme, “Ethiopia Plants over 350 Million
Trees in a Day, Setting New World Record,” August 2, 2019,
https://www.unenvironment.org/ news-and-stories/ story/ ethiopia-plants-
over-350-million-trees-day-setting-new-world-record.
58. Roland Ennos, “Can Trees Really Cool Our Cities Down?” The
Conversation, December 22, 2015, http://theconversation.com/ can-trees-
really-cool-our-cities-down-44099.
59. Amy Fleming, “The Importance of Urban Forests: Why Money Really Does
Grow on Trees,” Guardian (U.S. edition), October 12, 2016,
https://www.theguardian.com/ cities/ 2016/ oct/ 12/ importance-urban-forests-
money-grow-trees.
60. Humans’ meat consumption has varied throughout history but has
generally been much lower than at present. Prehistoric humans ate
occasional scavenged carrion, while ancient Greeks and Romans consumed
between 20 and 30 kilograms per person per year. In the Middle Ages,
European consumption stood at 40 kilograms per capita per year, and in
the post-plague Renaissance, at 110 kilograms. During the Industrial
Revolution the average dropped to only 14 kilograms per person per year.
See Tomorrow Today, “A History of Meat Consumption,” video, Deutsche
Welle, January 18, 2019, https://www.dw.com/ en/ a-history-of-meat-
consumption/ av-47130648. Post-industrialization and -refrigeration, meat
consumption has steadily increased: from 20 kilograms per person globally
in 1960 to 40 kilograms per person globally today. Consumption is highest
across high-income countries (with the greatest meat-eaters residing in
Australia, consuming around 116 kilograms per person in 2013). The
average European and North American consumes nearly 80 kilograms and
more than 110 kilograms, respectively. (Hannah Ritchie and Max Roser,
“Meat and Dairy Production,” Our World in Data, August 2017,
https://ourworldindata.org/ meat-and-seafood-production-consumption.)
61. Areeba Hasan, “Signal of Change: AT Kearney Expects Alternative
Meats to Make Up 60% Market in 2040,” Futures Centre, July 16, 2019,
https://www.thefuturescentre.org/ signals-of-change/ 224145/ kearney-
expects-alternative-meats-make-60-market-2040.
62. Paul Armstrong, “Greenpeace, Nestlé in Battle over Kit Kat Viral,” CNN,
March 20, 2010, http://edition.cnn.com/ 2010/ WORLD/ asiapcf/ 03/ 19/
indonesia.rainforests.orangutan.nestle/ index.html.
63. Greenpeace International, “Nestlé Promise Inadequate to Stop
Deforestation for Palm Oil,” press release, September 14, 2018,
https://www.greenpeace.org/ international/ press-release/ 18400/ nestle-
promise-inadequate-to-stop-deforestation-for-palm-oil/. For further analysis
of Nestlé’s predicament and its response, see Aileen Ionescu-Somers and
Albrecht Enders, “How Nestlé Dealt with a Social Media Campaign Against
It,” Financial Times, December 3, 2012, https://www.ft.com/ content/
90dbff8a-3aea-11e2-b3f0-00144feabdc0.
64. Two extremely useful articles on this subject are Jonathan Rowe and Judith
Silverstein, “The GDP Myth,” JonathanRowe.org, http://jonathanrowe.org/
the-gdp-myth, originally published in Washington Monthly, March 1, 1999;
and Stephen Letts, “The GDP Myth: The Planet’s Measure for Economic
Growth Is Deeply Flawed and Outdated,” ABC.net.au, June 2, 2018,
https://www.abc.net.au/ news/ 2018-06-02/ gdp-flawed-and-out-of-date-why-
still-use-it/ 9821402.
65. United Nations, “About the Sustainable Development Goals,”
https://www.un.org/ sustainabledevelopment/ sustainable-development-
goals/. These goals are: No Poverty; Zero Hunger; Good Health and Well-
being; Quality Education; Gender Equality; Clean Water and Sanitation;
Affordable and Clean Energy; Decent Work and Economic Growth;
Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure; Reduced Inequalities; Sustainable
Cities and Communities; Responsible Consumption and Production;
Climate Action; Life Below Water; Life on Land; Peace, Justice, and Strong
Institutions; Partnerships for the Goals.
66. Dieter Holger, “Norway’s Sovereign-Wealth Fund Boosts Renewable
Energy, Divests Fossil Fuels,” Wall Street Journal, June 12, 2019,
https://www.wsj.com/ articles/ norways-sovereign-wealth-fund-boosts-
renewable-energy-divests-fossil-fuels-11560357485.
67. 350.org, “350 Campaign Update: Divestment,” https://350.org/ 350-
campaign-update-divestment/.
68. Chris Mooney and Steven Mufson, “How Coal Titan Peabody, the World’s
Largest, Fell into Bankruptcy,” Washington Post, April 13, 2016,
https://www.washingtonpost.com/ news/ energy-environment/ wp/ 2016/ 04/
13/ coal-titan-peabody-energy-files-for-bankruptcy/.
69. 350.org, “Shell Annual Report Acknowledges Impact of Divestment
Campaign,” press release, June 22, 2018, https://350.org/ press-release/
shell-report-impact-of-divestment/.
70. Ceri Parker, “New Zealand Will Have a New ‘Well-being Budget,’ Says
Jacinda Ardern,” World Economic Forum, January 23, 2019,
https://www.weforum.org/ agenda/ 2019/ 01/ new-zealand-s-new-well-being-
budget-will-fix-broken-politics-says-jacinda-ardern/.
71. Enter Costa Rica, “Costa Rica Education,” https://www.entercostarica.com/
travel-guide/ about-costa-rica/ education.
72. World Bank, “Accounting Reveals That Costa Rica’s Forest Wealth Is
Greater Than Expected,” May 31, 2016, https://www.worldbank.org/ en/
news/ feature/ 2016/ 05/ 31/ accounting-reveals-that-costa-ricas-forest-wealth-
is-greater-than-expected.
73. See http://happyplanetindex.org/ countries/ costa-rica.
74. For a helpful introduction to AI, see Snips, “A 6-Minute Intro to AI,”
https://snips.ai/ content/ intro-to-ai/ #ai-metrics.
75. David Silver and Demis Hassabis, “AlphaGo Zero: Starting from Scratch,”
DeepMind, October 18, 2017, https://deepmind.com/ blog/ alphago-zero-
learning-scratch/.
76. DeepMind, https://deepmind.com/.
77. Rupert Neate, “Richest 1% Own Half the World’s Wealth, Study Finds,”
Guardian (U.S. edition), November 14, 2017, https://www.theguardian.com/
inequality/ 2017/ nov/ 14/ worlds-richest-wealth-credit-suisse.
78. Amy Sterling, “Millions of Jobs Have Been Lost to Automation. Economists
Weigh In on What to Do About It,” Forbes, June 15, 2019,
https://www.forbes.com/ sites/ amysterling/ 2019/ 06/ 15/ automated-future/.
79. Trading Economics, “Brazil—Employment in Agriculture (% of Total
Employment),” https://tradingeconomics.com/ brazil/ employment-in-
agriculture-percent-of-total-employment-wb-data.html.
80. For more information, see Olivia Gagan, “Here’s How AI Fits into the
Future of Energy,” World Economic Forum, May 25, 2018,
https://www.weforum.org/ agenda/ 2018/ 05/ how-ai-can-help-meet-global-
energy-demand.
81. David Rolnick, Priya L. Donti, Lynn H. Kaack, et al., “Tackling Climate
Change with Machine Learning,” Arxiv, June 10, 2019, https://arxiv.org/ pdf/
1906.05433.pdf.
82. PricewaterhouseCoopers, “What Doctor? Why AI and Robotics Will Define
New Health,” April 11, 2017, https://www.pwc.com/ gx/ en/ industries/
healthcare/ publications/ ai-robotics-new-health/ ai-robotics-new-health.pdf.
83. Nicolas Miailhe, “AI & Global Governance: Why We Need an
Intergovernmental Panel for Artificial Intelligence,” United Nations
University Centre for Policy Research, December 10, 2018,
https://cpr.unu.edu/ ai-global-governance-why-we-need-an-
intergovernmental-panel-for-artificial-intelligence.html.
84. Tom Simonite, “Canada, France Plan Global Panel to Study the Effects of
AI,” Wired, December 6, 2018, https://www.wired.com/ story/ canada-france-
plan-global-panel-study-ai/.
85. Richard Evans and Jim Gao, “DeepMind AI Reduces Google Data Centre
Cooling Bill by 40%,” DeepMind, July 20, 2016, https://deepmind.com/ blog/
deepmind-ai-reduces-google-data-centre-cooling-bill-40/.
86. United Nations Division for the Advancement of Women (UNDAW), “Equal
Participation of Women and Men in Decision-Making Processes, with
Particular Emphasis on Political Participation and Leadership,” report of
the Expert Group Meeting, October 24–25, 2005; Kathy Caprino, “How
Decision-Making Is Different Between Men and Women and Why It Matters
in Business,” Forbes, May 12, 2016, https://www.forbes.com/ sites/
kathycaprino/ 2016/ 05/ 12/ how-decision-making-is-different-between-men-
and-women-and-why-it-matters-in-business/; Virginia Tech, “Study Finds
Less Corruption in Countries Where More Women Are in Government,”
ScienceDaily, June 15, 2018, https://www.sciencedaily.com/ releases/ 2018/
06/ 180615094850.htm.
87. United Nations Climate Change News, “5 Reasons Why Climate Action
Needs Women,” United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change, April 2, 2019, https://unfccc.int/ news/ 5-reasons-why-climate-
action-needs-women; Emily Dreyfuss, “Here’s a Way to Fight Climate
Change: Empower Women,” Wired, December 3, 2018,
https://www.wired.com/ story/ heres-a-way-to-fight-climate-change-
empower-women/.
88. Thais Compoint, “10 Key Barriers for Gender Balance (Part 2 of 3),” Déclic
International, March 5, 2019, https://declicinternational.com/ key-barriers-
gender-balance-2/.
89. Anne Finucane and Anne Hidalgo, “Climate Change Is Everyone’s Problem.
Women Are Ready to Solve It,” Fortune, September 12, 2018,
https://fortune.com/ 2018/ 09/ 12/ climate-change-sustainability-women-
leaders/.
90. Project Drawdown.
91. Ibid.
92. Brand New Congress, https://brandnewcongress.org/.
93. Andrea González-Ramírez, “The Green New Deal Championed by
Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Gains Momentum,” Refinery29, February 7,
2019, https://www.refinery29.com/ en-us/ 2018/ 12/ 219189/ alexandria-
ocasio-cortez-green-new-deal-climate-change; on female solidarity and the
recognition of U.S. female politicians for the suffragist movement: Sirena
Bergman, “State of the Union: How Congresswomen Used Their Outfits to
Make a Statement at Trump’s Big Address,” Independent, February 6,
2019, https://www.independent.co.uk/ life-style/ women/ trump-state-union-
women-ocasio-cortez-pelosi-suffragette-white-a8765371.html.
94. Natural Resources Defense Council, “Salt of the Earth, Courtesy of the
Sun,” January 30, 2019, https://www.nrdc.org/ stories/ salt-earth-courtesy-
sun.
95. Solar Sister, https://solarsister.org.
96. Laurie Goering, “Climate Pressures Threaten Political Stability—Security
Experts,” Reuters, June 24, 2015, https://uk.reuters.com/ article/
climatechange-security-politics/ climate-pressures-threaten-political-
stability-security-experts-idUKL8N0ZA2H220150624.
97. Laura McCamy, “Companies Donate Millions to Political Causes to Have a
Say in the Government—Here Are 10 That Have Given the Most in 2018,”
Business Insider France, October 13, 2018, http://www.businessinsider.fr/
us/ companies-are-influencing-politics-by-donating-millions-to-politicians-
2018-9.
98. Influence Map, “National Association of Manufacturers (NAM),”
https://influencemap.org/ influencer/ National-Association-of-Manufacturing-
NAM.
99. On the United States, for example, see Andy Stone, “Climate Change: A
Real Force in the 2020 Campaign?” Forbes, July 25, 2019,
https://www.forbes.com/ sites/ andystone/ 2019/ 07/ 25/ climate-change-a-real-
force-in-the-2020-campaign/.
100
. For more on Extinction Rebellion, see their website,
https://rebellion.earth/; Brian Doherty, Joost de Moor, and Graeme Hayes,
“The ‘New’ Climate Politics of Extinction Rebellion?” openDemocracy,
November 27, 2018, https://www.opendemocracy.net/ en/ new-climate-
politics-of-extinction-rebellion/.
101
. For more resources on civil disobedience, see “Civil Disobedience,”
ScienceDirect, https://www.sciencedirect.com/ topics/ computer-science/
civil-disobedience.
102
. Erica Chenoweth, “The ‘3.5% Rule’: How a Small Minority Can Change the
World,” Carr Center for Human Rights Policy, May 14, 2019,
https://carrcenter.hks.harvard.edu/ news/ 35-rule-how-small-minority-can-
change-world.
103
. Fridays for Future, https://www.fridaysforfuture.org/.
104
. Jonathan Watts, “ ‘Biggest Compliment Yet’: Greta Thunberg Welcomes Oil
Chief’s ‘Greatest Threat’ Label,” Guardian (U.S. edition), July 5, 2019,
https://www.theguardian.com/ environment/ 2019/ jul/ 05/ biggest-
compliment-yet-greta-thunberg-welcomes-oil-chiefs-greatest-threat-label.
CONCLUSION: A NEW STORY
1. More on Sputnik from NASA: National Aeronautics and Space
Administration, “Sputnik and the Dawn of the Space Age,” October 10,
2007, https://history.nasa.gov/ sputnik/.
2. An analysis of this speech, fifty years on, can be found here: Marina Koren,
“What John F. Kennedy’s Moon Speech Means 50 Years Later,” The
Atlantic, July 15, 2019, https://www.theatlantic.com/ science/ archive/ 2019/
07/ apollo-moon-landing-jfk-speech/ 593899/.
3. Space Center Houston, “Photo Gallery: Apollo-Era Flight Controllers,” July
2, 2019, https://spacecenter.org/ photo-gallery-apollo-era-flight-controllers/.
4. For an analysis of the “JFK and the janitor” incident and what it reveals
about inspiration and motivation, see Zach Mercurio, “What Every Leader
Should Know About Purpose,” Huffington Post, February 20, 2017,
https://www.huffpost.com/ entry/ what-every-leader-should-know-about-
purpose_b_58ab103fe4b026a89a7a2e31.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND FURTHER READING
THE PROBLEM
Archer, David. The Long Thaw: How Humans Are Changing the Next 100,000
Years of Earth’s Climate. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton Science Library, 2016.
Carson, Rachel. Silent Spring. New York: Mariner Books, 1962.
Evans, Alex. The Myth Gap: What Happens When Evidence and Arguments
Aren’t Enough. Bodelva, Cornwall, UK: Eden Project Books, 2017.
Ghosh, Amitav. The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the Unthinkable.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2017.
Goodell, Jeff. The Water Will Come: Rising Seas, Sinking Cities, and the
Remaking of the Civilized World. New York: Back Bay Books, 2018.
Hansen, James. Storms of My Grandchildren: The Truth About the Coming
Climate Catastrophe and Our Last Chance to Save Humanity. New York:
Bloomsbury, 2010.
Henson, Robert. The Rough Guide to Climate Change. London; Rough Guides,
2011.
Jamail, Dahr. The End of Ice: Bearing Witness and Finding Meaning in the Path
of Climate Disruption. New York: New Press, 2019.
Jamieson, Dale. Reason in a Dark Time: Why the Struggle Against Climate
Change Failed—And What It Means for Our Future. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Keeling, Charles. “The Concentration and Isotopic Abundances of Carbon
Dioxide in the Atmosphere.” Tellus 12, no. 2 (1960).
https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/ doi/ epdf/ 10.1111/ j.2153-
3490.1960.tb01300.x.
Kolbert, Elizabeth. Field Notes from a Catastrophe: Man, Nature, and Climate
Change. New York: Bloomsbury, 2015.
Lancaster, John. The Wall: A Novel. New York: W. W. Norton, 2019.
Lynas, Mark. Six Degrees: Our Future on a Hotter Planet. Boone, Iowa:
National Geographic, 2008.
Masson-Delmotte, V., P. Zhai, H.-O. Pörtner, D. Roberts, J. Skea, P. R. Shukla, A.
Pirani, W. Moufouma-Okia, C. Péan, R. Pidcock, S. Connors, J. B. R.
Matthews, Y. Chen, X. Zhou, M. I. Gomis, E. Lonnoy, T. Maycock, M.
Tignor, and T. Waterfield, eds. Global Warming of 1.5°C. An IPCC Special
Report on the Impacts of Global Warming of 1.5°C Above Pre-Industrial
Levels and Related Global Greenhouse Gas Emission Pathways, in the
Context of Strengthening the Global Response to the Threat of Climate
Change, Sustainable Development, and Efforts to Eradicate Poverty. In
press.
Moellendorf, Darrell. “Progress, Destruction, and the Anthropocene.” Social
Philosophy and Policy 34, no. 2 (2017): 66–88.
Wallace-Wells, David. The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming. New York:
Tim Duggan Books, 2019.
DESIGNING THE FUTURE: POLITICAL, SOCIAL, TECHNOLOGICAL, AND
CULTURAL CHANGE
Davey, Edward. Given Half a Chance: Ten Ways to Save the World. London:
Unbound, 2019.
Franklin, Daniel. Mega Tech: Technology in 2050. London: Economist Books,
2017.
Gold, Russell. Superpower: One Man’s Quest to Transform American Energy.
New York: Simon and Schuster, 2019.
Harvey, Hal. Designing Climate Solutions: A Policy Guide for Low-Carbon
Energy. Washington, D.C.: Island Press, 2018.
Hawken, Paul, ed. Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to
Reverse Global Warming. London: Penguin Books, 2017.
Latour, Bruno. Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climate Regime. Cambridge,
UK: Polity Press, 2018.
Leicester, Graham. Transformative Innovation: A Guide to Practice and Policy.
Charmouth, UK: Triarchy Press, 2016.
Lovelock, James. The Vanishing Face of Gaia: A Final Warning. London:
Penguin, 2010.
McKibben, Bill. Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? New
York: Henry Holt, 2019.
O’Hara, Maureen, and Graham Leicester. Dancing at the Edge, Competence,
Culture and Organization in the 21st Century. Charmouth, UK: Triarchy
Press, 2012.
Robinson, Mary. Climate Justice: Hope, Resilience, and the Fight for a
Sustainable Future. London: Bloomsbury, 2018.
Sachs, Jeffrey D. The Age of Sustainable Development. New York: Columbia
University Press, 2015.
Sahtouris, Elisabet. Gaia: The Story of Earth and Us. Scotts Valley, Calif.:
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2018.
Smith, Bren. Eat Like a Fish: My Adventures as a Fisherman Turned
Restorative Ocean Farmer. New York: Knopf, 2019.
Snyder, Timothy. On Tyranny: Twenty Lessons from the Twentieth Century.
New York: Tim Duggan Books, 2017.
Wahl, Daniel Christian. Designing Regenerative Cultures. Charmouth, UK:
Triarchy Press, 2016.
Walsh, Bryan. End Times: A Brief Guide to the End of the World. London:
Hachette Books, 2019.
Wheatley, Margaret J. Leadership and the New Science: Discovering Order in a
Chaotic World. Oakland, Calif.: Berrett-Koehler, 2006.
ECONOMICS
Assadourian, Erik. “The Rise and Fall of Consumer Cultures.” In Worldwatch
Institute, ed., State of the World 2010: Transforming Cultures from
Consumerism to Sustainability. New York: W. W. Norton, 2010.
Jackson, Tim. Prosperity Without Growth: Economics for a Finite Planet.
London: Routledge Earthscan, 2009.
Klein, Naomi. On Fire: The (Burning) Case for a Green New Deal. New York:
Simon and Schuster, 2019.
———. This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. the Climate. New York: Simon
and Schuster, 2015.
Lovins, L. Hunter, Stewart Wallis, Anders Wijkman, and John Fullerton. A Finer
Future: Creating an Economy in Service to Life. Philadelphia: New
Society, 2018.
Meadows, Donella H., Dennis L. Meadows, Jørgen Randers, and William W.
Behrens III. Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update. Chelsea, Vt.: Chelsea
Green, 2004.
Nordhaus, William. The Climate Casino: Risk, Uncertainty, and Economics for a
Warming World. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 2015.
Raworth, Kate. Doughnut Economics: Seven Ways to Think Like a 21st-Century
Economist. New York: Random House, 2017.
Rowland, Deborah. Still Moving: How to Lead Mindful Change. New York:
Wiley Blackwell, 2017.
PERSONAL ACTION AND MOVEMENT BUILDING
Bateson, Gregory. Steps to an Ecology of Mind. New York: Chandler, 1972.
Berners-Lee, Mike. There Is No Planet B: A Handbook for the Make or Break
Years. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2019.
Extinction Rebellion. This Is Not a Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook.
London: Penguin, 2019.
Foer, Jonathan Safran. We Are the Weather: Saving the Planet Begins at
Breakfast. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2019.
Friedman, Thomas L. Thank You for Being Late: An Optimist’s Guide to
Thriving in the Age of Acceleration. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux,
2016.
Havel, Václav. Disturbing the Peace: A Conversation with Karel Huizdala. New
York: Vintage Books, 1991.
Louv, Richard. Last Child in the Woods: Saving Our Children from Nature-
Deficit Disorder. New York: Algonquin, 2005.
Macy, Joanna, and Chris Johnstone. Active Hope: How to Face the Mess We’re
in Without Going Crazy. San Francisco: New World Library, 2012.
Mandela, Nelson. A Long Walk to Freedom. New York: Time Warner Books,
1995.
Martinez, Xiuhtezcatl. We Rise: The Earth Guardians Guide to Building a
Movement That Restores the Planet. New York: Rodale Books, 2018.
Plous, Scott. The Psychology of Judgment and Decision Making. Philadelphia:
Temple University Press, 1993.
Quinn, Robert E. Building the Bridge As You Walk on It: A Guide for Leading
Change. Greensboro, N.C.: Jossey-Bass, 2004.
Scranton, Roy. Learning to Die in the Anthropocene: Reflections on the End of
Civilization. San Francisco: City Lights, 2015.
Seligman, Martin E. P. Learned Optimism: How to Change Your Mind and Your
Life. London: Vintage, 2006.
Sharpe, Bill. Three Horizons: The Patterning of Hope. Charmouth, UK:
Triarchy Press, 2013.
Solnit, Rebecca. Hope in the Dark: Untold Histories, Wild Possibilities.
Chicago: Haymarket Books, 2016.
Thunberg, Greta. No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference. London: Penguin,
2019.
Wheatley, Margaret J. Who Do We Choose to Be? Facing Reality, Claiming
Leadership, Restoring Sanity. Oakland, Calif.: Berrett-Koehler, 2017.
NATURE
Baker, Nick. ReWild: The Art of Returning to Nature. London: Aurum, 2017.
Brown, Gabe. Dirt to Soil: One Family’s Journey into Regenerative Agriculture.
London: Chelsea Green, 2018.
Eisenstein, Charles. Climate: A New Story. Berkeley, Calif.: North Atlantic
Books, 2018.
Glassley, William E. A Wilder Time: Notes from a Geologist at the Edge of the
Greenland Ice. New York: Bellevue Literary Press, 2018.
Kolbert, Elizabeth. The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History. London:
Picador, 2015.
Monbiot, George. Feral: Rewilding the Land, Sea and Human Life. London:
Penguin, 2015.
Oakes, Lauren E. In Search of the Canary Tree: The Story of a Scientist, a
Cypress, and a Changing World. New York: Basic Books, 2018.
Simard, Suzanne. Finding the Mother Tree. London: Penguin Random House,
2020.
Tree, Isabella. Wilding: The Return of Nature to a British Farm. London:
Picador, 2018.
Wohlleben, Peter. The Hidden Life of Trees: What They Feel, How They
Communicate—Discoveries from a Secret World. Vancouver, B.C.:
Greystone Books, 2016.
Wulf, Andrea. The Invention of Nature: Alexander von Humboldt’s New World.
New York: Vintage, 2015.
THE SCIENCE: USEFUL RESOURCES
Earth Observatory, NASA, https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/
National Geographic, nationalgeographic.com
Nature: Climate Change, nature.com
Our World in Data, Ourworldindata.org
ScienceAlert.com
ScienceDirect.com
Smithsonian Magazine, smithsonianmag.com
Skeptical Science: Getting skeptical about global warming skepticism,
https://skepticalscience.com/
Water Scarcity Atlas, waterscarcityatlas.org
World Health Organization, who.int
Drawdown.org: https://www.drawdown.org/ references
W�at’s next on
your reading list?
Discover your next
great read!
Get personalized book picks and up-to-date news about this author.
Sign up now.
Delivering a high-quality product at a reasonable price is not enough anymore.
That’s why we have developed 5 beneficial guarantees that will make your experience with our service enjoyable, easy, and safe.
You have to be 100% sure of the quality of your product to give a money-back guarantee. This describes us perfectly. Make sure that this guarantee is totally transparent.
Read moreEach paper is composed from scratch, according to your instructions. It is then checked by our plagiarism-detection software. There is no gap where plagiarism could squeeze in.
Read moreThanks to our free revisions, there is no way for you to be unsatisfied. We will work on your paper until you are completely happy with the result.
Read moreYour email is safe, as we store it according to international data protection rules. Your bank details are secure, as we use only reliable payment systems.
Read moreBy sending us your money, you buy the service we provide. Check out our terms and conditions if you prefer business talks to be laid out in official language.
Read more